Руководство для gmc yukon

ai162802044566_22_GMC_Yukon_XL_Denali_COV_en_US_84793870A_2021AUG9.pdf 1 8/3/2021 3:54:06 PM
2022
Scan to Access
M
Y
CM
MY
CY
CMY
K
• Owner’s Manual
• Warranty Information
• Connected Services
• myGMC Mobile App
• How To Videos
• Vehicle Diagnostics
• Schedule Maintenance
• Vehicle Features
United States
Customer Assistance
1-800-462-8782
Roadside Assistance
1-888-881-3302
Canada
Customer Assistance
1-800-263-3777
Roadside Assistance
1-800-268-6800
United States and Canada
84793870 A
Connected Services
1-888-4-ONSTAR
2022 Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali
C
Operating, servicing and maintaining a passenger
vehicle or off-highway motor vehicle can expose
you to chemicals including engine exhaust, carbon
monoxide, phthalates, and lead, which are known
to the State of California to cause cancer and birth
defects or other reproductive harm. To minimize
exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do not idle
engine except as necessary, service your vehicle
in a well-ventilated area and wear gloves or wash
your hands frequently when servicing your
vehicle. For more information go to
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.
Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali
Owner’s Manual
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Contents
Introduction
If the vehicle has the Duramax diesel
engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement
for additional and specific information on
this engine.
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Service and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
Litho in U.S.A.
Part No. 84793870 A First Printing
subsequent to the printing of this owner’s
manual, including changes in standard or
optional content.
The names, logos, emblems, slogans, vehicle
model names, and vehicle body designs
appearing in this manual including, but not
limited to, GM, the GM logo, GMC, the GMC
Truck Emblem, YUKON, and DENALI are
trademarks and/or service marks of General
Motors LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates,
or licensors.
For vehicles first sold in Canada, substitute
the name “General Motors of Canada
Company” for GMC wherever it appears in
this manual.
This manual describes features that may or
may not be on the vehicle because of
optional equipment that was not purchased
on the vehicle, model variants, country
specifications, features/applications that may
not be available in your region, or changes
Refer to the purchase documentation
relating to your specific vehicle to confirm
the features.
Keep this manual in the vehicle for quick
reference.
Canadian Vehicle Owners
A French language manual can be obtained
from your dealer, at www.helminc.com,
or from:
Propriétaires Canadiens
On peut obtenir un exemplaire de ce guide
en français auprès du concessionnaire ou à
l'adresse suivante:
©
2021 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
2
Introduction
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service
47911 Halyard Drive
Plymouth, MI 48170
USA
Caution
Caution indicates a hazard that could
result in property or vehicle damage.
Using this Manual
To quickly locate information about the
vehicle, use the Index in the back of the
manual. It is an alphabetical list of what is
in the manual and the page number where
it can be found.
Danger, Warning, and Caution
Warning messages found on vehicle labels
and in this manual describe hazards and
what to do to avoid or reduce them.
{ Danger
Danger indicates a hazard with a high
level of risk which will result in serious
injury or death.
{ Warning
Warning indicates a hazard that could
result in injury or death.
A circle with a slash through it is a safety
symbol which means “Do not,” “Do not do
this,” or “Do not let this happen.”
Symbols
The vehicle has components and labels that
use symbols instead of text. Symbols are
shown along with the text describing the
operation or information relating to a
specific component, control, message, gauge,
or indicator.
M : Shown when the owner’s manual has
additional instructions or information.
* : Shown when the service manual has
additional instructions or information.
0 : Shown when there is more information
on another page — “see page.”
Vehicle Symbol Chart
Here are some additional symbols that may
be found on the vehicle and what they
mean. See the features in this manual for
information.
u : Air Conditioning System
G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil
9 : Airbag Readiness Light
! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)
$ : Brake System Warning Light
9 : Dispose of Used Components Properly
P : Do Not Apply High Pressure Water
B : Engine Coolant Temperature
_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited
H : Flammable
[ : Forward Collision Alert
R : Fuse Block Cover Lock Location
+ : Fuses
j : ISOFIX/LATCH System Child Restraints
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Introduction
Q : Keep Fuse Block Covers Properly
d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak/Electronic
Installed
Stability Control (ESC)
| : Lane Change Alert
@ : Lane Departure Warning
A : Lane Keep Assist
* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
: : Oil Pressure
X : Park Assist
~ : Pedestrian Ahead Indicator
O : Power
7 : Rear Cross Traffic Alert
I : Registered Technician
/ : Remote Vehicle Start
h : Risk of Electrical Fire
> : Seat Belt Reminders
I : Side Blind Zone Alert
h : Stop/Start
7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
a : Under Pressure
k : Vehicle Ahead Indicator
3
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
4
Introduction
Instrument Panel Overview
Yukon Shown, Denali Similar
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Introduction
1. Electric Parking Brake 0 219.
2.
g Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control 0 220.
h Auto Stop Disable Switch (If
Equipped). See Stop/Start System 0 207
X Park Assist Button (If Equipped). See
Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing
0 242.
A Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 261 (If
Equipped).
5 Hill Descent Control (HDC) 0 222 (If
Equipped).
- 110V Power Outlet Enable Button
(If Equipped). See Power Outlets 0 100.
3. Air Vents 0 186
4. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn and
Lane-Change Signals 0 140.
Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 97.
Rear Window Wiper/Washer 0 98.
5. Head-Up Display (HUD) 0 125 (If
Equipped).
6. Favorite Switches (Out of View). See
Steering Wheel Controls 0 146.
Volume Switches (Out of View). See
Steering Wheel Controls 0 146.
7. Instrument Cluster 0 104.
8. Hazard Warning Flashers 0 139
(Denali Only).
9. Shift Buttons. See Automatic
Transmission 0 211.
Electronic Range Select (ERS). See Manual
Mode 0 214.
10. Light Sensor. See Automatic Headlamp
System 0 138.
11. Infotainment. See Introduction 0 144.
12. Instrument Panel Storage 0 89 (If
Equipped).
13. Hazard Warning Flashers 0 139.
14. Infotainment Controls. See Overview
0 145.
15. Dual Automatic Climate Control System
0 182.
5
16. Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 43
(If Equipped).
17. Power Outlet (12V Direct Current) (If
Equipped). See Power Outlets 0 100.
18. Rear Climate Control Buttons. See Rear
Climate Control System 0 185.
19. USB Port 0 153.
20. Wireless Charging 0 101.
21. ENGINE START/STOP. See Ignition
Positions 0 205.
22. Steering Wheel Controls 0 146.
23. Horn 0 97.
24. Hood Release. See Hood 0 297.
25. Steering Wheel Adjustment 0 96.
26. Cruise Control 0 230.
Adaptive Cruise Control (Advanced) 0 232
(If Equipped).
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System
0 253 (If Equipped).
Heated Steering Wheel 0 96 (If
Equipped).
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
6
Introduction
27. Trailer Brake Control Panel (If Equipped).
See Towing Equipment 0 274.
28. Data Link Connector (DLC) (Out of View).
See Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check
Engine Light) 0 112.
29. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 136.
Fog Lamps 0 140 (If Equipped).
Instrument Panel Illumination Control
0 141.
30. Driver Mode Control 0 223.
Automatic Transfer Case Knob (If
Equipped). See Four-Wheel Drive 0 214.
Four Corner Air Suspension System 0 227
(If Equipped).
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Keys, Doors, and
Windows
Keys and Locks
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . . . . . 8
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Doors
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Power Assist Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Steering Column Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
28
29
29
29
Keys
{ Warning
Interior Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror . . .
Rear Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Keys and Locks
29
29
29
29
Windows
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Roof
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Leaving children in a vehicle with a
remote key is dangerous and children or
others could be seriously injured or killed.
They could operate the power windows
or other controls or make the vehicle
move. The windows will function with
the remote key in the vehicle, and
children or others could be caught in the
path of a closing window. Do not leave
children in a vehicle with a remote key.
7
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
8
Keys, Doors, and Windows
If it becomes difficult to turn a key, inspect
the key blade for debris. Periodically clean
with a brush or pick.
. If the remote key is still not working
With an active OnStar or connected service
plan, an OnStar Advisor may remotely
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar Overview
0 401.
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation
If locked out of the vehicle, see Roadside
Assistance Program 0 393.
The mechanical key inside the remote key is
used for the driver door and glove box.
To remove the mechanical key, press the
button on the side of the remote key near
the bottom, and pull the mechanical key
out. Never pull the mechanical key out
without pressing the button.
The mechanical key may have a bar-coded
key tag that the dealer or qualified
locksmith can use to make new keys. store
this information in a safe place, not in the
vehicle.
See your dealer if a replacement key or
additional key is needed.
If equipped with memory seats, remote keys
1 and 2 are linked to seating positions of
memory 1 or 2. See Memory Seats 0 41.
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System
See Radio Frequency Statement 0 398.
If there is a decrease in the remote key
operating range:
. Check the distance. The remote key may
be too far from the vehicle.
. Check the location. Other vehicles or
objects may be blocking the signal.
. Check the remote key’s battery. See
“Battery Replacement” later in this
section.
correctly, see your dealer or a qualified
technician for service.
The Keyless Access system allows for vehicle
entry when the remote key is within 1 m
(3 ft). See “Keyless Access Operation” later
in this section.
The remote key functions may work up to
60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle.
Other conditions can affect the performance
of the remote key. See Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System 0 8.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Q : Press to lock all doors.
If enabled, the turn signal lamps flash once
on the second press to indicate locking has
occurred. If enabled, the horn chirps when
Q is pressed again within three seconds. See
Vehicle Personalization 0 128.
Pressing Q arms the alarm system. See
Vehicle Alarm System 0 24.
If equipped with auto mirror folding,
pressing and holding Q for one second will
fold the mirrors, if enabled. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 128.
K : Press once to unlock only the driver
door. If K is pressed again within
three seconds, all remaining doors unlock.
The interior lamps may come on and stay
on for 20 seconds or until the ignition is
turned on.
If enabled, the turn signal lamps flash twice
to indicate unlocking has occurred.
If enabled, the exterior lamps may turn on.
See Vehicle Personalization 0 128.
Pressing K on the remote key disarms the
alarm system. See Vehicle Alarm System
0 24.
If equipped with auto mirror folding,
pressing and holding K for one second will
unfold the mirrors, if enabled. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 128.
Press and hold K until the windows fully
open, if remote window operation is
enabled. See Vehicle Personalization 0 128.
b : Press twice to open or close the
liftgate. Press once to stop the liftgate from
moving.
c : Press twice to open the liftglass.
7 : Press and release to initiate vehicle
locate. The turn signal lamps flash and the
horn sounds three times.
Press and hold 7 for more than
three seconds to activate the panic alarm.
The turn signal lamps flash and the horn
sounds repeatedly for 30 seconds. The alarm
turns off when the ignition is turned on or
7 is pressed again. The ignition must be off
for the panic alarm to work.
/ : To remote start the vehicle, double
press / from outside the vehicle using the
remote key. The vehicle cannot be started if
a remote key is left inside the vehicle. See
Remote Vehicle Start 0 13.
9
Keyless Access Operation
The Keyless Access system allows for doors
and the liftgate to be accessed without
removing the remote key from your pocket,
purse, briefcase, etc. The remote key must
be within 1 m (3 ft) of the liftgate or door
being opened. If the vehicle has this feature,
there will be a button on the outside door
handles.
Keyless Access can be programmed to
unlock all doors on the first lock/unlock
press from the driver door. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 128.
If equipped with memory seats, remote keys
1 and 2 are linked to seating positions of
memory 1 or 2. See Memory Seats 0 41.
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from the
Driver Door
When the doors are locked and the remote
key is within 1 m (3 ft) of the door handle,
pressing the lock/unlock button on the
driver door handle will unlock the driver
door. If the lock/unlock button is pressed
again within five seconds, all passenger
doors and the liftgate will unlock.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
10
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Pressing the lock/unlock button will cause
all doors to lock if any of the following
occur:
. The lock/unlock button was used to
unlock all doors.
. Any vehicle door has been opened and all
doors are now closed.
Disable/Enable Keyless Unlocking of Exterior
Door Handles and Liftgate
Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar
Pressing the lock/unlock button will cause
all doors to lock if any of the following
occur:
. It has been more than five seconds since
the first lock/unlock button press.
. Two lock/unlock button presses were
used to unlock all doors.
. Any vehicle door has been opened and all
doors are now closed.
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from the
Passenger Doors
When the doors are locked and the remote
key is within 1 m (3 ft) of the door handle,
pressing the lock/unlock button on a
passenger door handle will unlock all doors.
If equipped, keyless unlocking of the exterior
door handles and liftgate can be disabled
and enabled.
Disabling Keyless Unlocking:
With the vehicle off, press and hold Q and
K on the remote key at the same time for
approximately three seconds. The turn signal
lamps will flash four times quickly to
indicate access is disabled. Using any
exterior handle to unlock the doors or open
the liftgate will cause the turn signal lamps
to flash four times quickly, indicating access
is disabled. If disabled, disarm the alarm
system before starting the vehicle.
Disabling Keyless Unlocking may also be
configured under Vehicle Personalization
0 128.
Enabling Keyless Unlocking:
With the vehicle off, press and hold Q and
K on the remote key at the same time for
approximately three seconds. The turn signal
lamps will flash twice quickly to indicate
access is enabled.
Enabling Keyless Unlocking may also be
configured under Vehicle Personalization
0 128.
Passive Locking
The Keyless Access system will lock the
vehicle several seconds after all doors are
closed, if the vehicle is off and at least one
remote key has been removed from the
interior, or none remain in the interior.
If other electronic devices interfere with the
remote key signal, the vehicle may not
detect the remote key inside the vehicle.
If passive locking is enabled, the doors may
lock with the remote key inside the vehicle.
Do not leave the remote key in an
unattended vehicle.
To customize the doors to automatically lock
when exiting the vehicle, see “Remote Lock,
Unlock, Start” under Vehicle Personalization
0 128.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Temporary Disable of Passive Locking
Keyless Liftgate Opening
Temporarily disable passive locking by
pressing and holding K on the interior door
switch with a door open for at least
four seconds, or until three chimes are
heard. Passive locking will then remain
disabled until Q on the interior door is
pressed, or until the vehicle is turned on.
Press the touch pad on the underside of the
liftgate handle to open the liftgate when all
doors are unlocked, or when the remote key
is within 1 m (3 ft).
Remote Left In Vehicle Alert
Keyless Liftglass Opening
Press the exterior liftglass button to open
the liftglass when all doors are unlocked,
or when the remote key is within 1 m (3 ft).
When the vehicle is turned off and a remote
key is left in the vehicle, the horn will chirp
three times after all doors are closed. To
turn on or off see Vehicle Personalization
0 128.
See Liftgate 0 17.
Remote Removed From Vehicle Alert
Programming Remote Keys to the
Vehicle
If the vehicle is on with a door open, and
then all doors are closed, the vehicle will
check for remote keys inside. If a remote
key is not detected, the Driver Information
Center (DIC) will display NO REMOTE
DETECTED and the horn will chirp three
times. This occurs only once each time the
vehicle is driven. To turn on or off see
Vehicle Personalization 0 128.
Key Access
To access a vehicle with a weak remote key
battery, see Door Locks 0 14.
Only remote keys programmed to the
vehicle will work. If a remote key is lost or
stolen, a replacement can be purchased and
programmed through your dealer. The
vehicle can be reprogrammed so that lost or
stolen remote keys no longer work. Each
vehicle can have up to eight remote keys
programmed to it.
11
Starting the Vehicle with a Low Remote
Key Battery
For improved vehicle security, the remote
key is equipped with a motion sensor. When
starting the vehicle, if the remote key has
been idle for an extended period of time,
the DIC may display KEY IN SLEEP MODE,
MOVE KEY, THEN START. Move the remote
key slightly and try starting the vehicle.
If the remote key battery is weak or if there
is interference with the signal, the DIC may
display NO KEY FOUND, REPLACE BATTERY IN
KEY or NO REMOTE KEY WAS DETECTED
PLACE KEY IN KEY POCKET THEN START YOUR
VEHICLE when starting the vehicle.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
12
Keys, Doors, and Windows
To start the vehicle:
1. Place the remote key in the remote key
pocket.
2. With the vehicle in P (Park) or N (Neutral)
press the brake pedal and ENGINE
START/STOP.
Replace the remote key battery as soon
as possible.
Battery Replacement
{ Warning
With Bench Seat
Never allow children to play with the
remote key. The remote key contains a
small battery, which can be a choking
hazard. If swallowed, internal burns can
occur, resulting in severe injury or death.
Seek medical attention immediately if a
battery is swallowed.
{ Warning
To avoid personal injury, do not touch
metal surfaces on the remote key when
it has been exposed to extreme heat.
These surfaces can be hot to the touch at
temperatures above 59 °C (138 °F).
Without Bench Seat
Caution
When replacing the battery, do not touch
any of the circuitry on the remote key.
Static from your body could damage the
remote key.
Caution
Always replace the battery with the
correct type. Replacing the battery with
an incorrect type could potentially create
a risk of battery explosion. Dispose of
used batteries according to instructions
and local laws. Do not attempt to burn,
crush, or cut the used battery, and avoid
exposing the battery to environments
with extremely low air pressures or high
temperatures.
Replace the battery in the remote key soon
if the DIC displays REPLACE BATTERY IN
REMOTE KEY.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Keys, Doors, and Windows
To replace the battery:
13
3. Lift the battery with a flat object.
4. Remove the battery.
5. Insert the new battery, positive side
toward the back cover. Replace with a
CR2032 or equivalent battery.
6. Push together the remote key.
7. Reinsert the mechanical key.
Remote Vehicle Start
1. Press the button on the side of the
remote key and pull the mechanical key
out. Never pull the mechanical key out
without pressing the button.
2. With the mechanical key removed, insert
a flat, thin object in the center of the
remote key to separate and remove the
back cover.
If equipped with the remote start feature,
the climate control system will come on
when the vehicle is started remotely
depending on the outside temperature.
The rear defog and heated and ventilated
seats, if equipped, may also come on. See
Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 43 and
Vehicle Personalization 0 128.
Laws in some communities may restrict the
use of remote starters. Check local
regulations for any requirements on remote
starting of vehicles.
Do not use remote start if the vehicle is low
on fuel. The vehicle may run out of fuel.
The vehicle cannot be remote started if:
. The remote key is in the vehicle.
. The hood is not closed.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
14
Keys, Doors, and Windows
. There is an emission control system
.
.
.
.
malfunction and the malfunction indicator
lamp is on.
The hazard flashers are on.
The 30 minutes of runtime have
been used
The vehicle is not in P (Park).
The vehicle is not off.
The engine will turn off during a remote
vehicle start if:
. The coolant temperature gets too high.
. The oil pressure gets low.
The remote key range may be reduced
while the vehicle is running.
Other conditions can affect the performance
of the remote key. See Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System 0 8 or
Vehicle Personalization 0 128.
Starting the Engine Using Remote Start
1. Press S twice on the remote key. The
turn signal lamps will flash. The lamps
flash to confirm the request to remote
start the vehicle has been received.
During the remote start, the parking
lamps will remain on as long as the
engine is running.
2. The engine will shut off after 15 minutes
or after the remainder of the 30 minute
total running time is used, unless you
stop the remote start before engine
running has completed or the vehicle is
turned on.
3. Press the brake pedal and turn the
ignition on to drive the vehicle.
Total Engine Run Time
Remote start can be used for up to
30 minutes of total engine run time.
After two remote starts of 15 minutes,
or multiple shorter time starts totaling
30 minutes have been used, the vehicle
must be started and then turned off before
the remote start can be used again.
Canceling a Remote Start
To cancel a remote start, do one of the
following:
S until the parking
lamps turn off.
. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.
. Turn the ignition on and then off.
. Press and hold
Door Locks
{ Warning
Unlocked doors can be dangerous.
. Passengers, especially children, can
easily open the doors and fall out of a
moving vehicle. The doors can be
unlocked and opened while the vehicle
is moving. The chance of being thrown
out of the vehicle in a crash is
increased if the doors are not locked.
So, all passengers should wear seat
belts properly and the doors should be
locked whenever the vehicle is driven.
. Young children who get into unlocked
vehicles may be unable to get out.
A child can be overcome by extreme
heat and can suffer permanent injuries
or even death from heat stroke.
Always lock the vehicle whenever
leaving it.
. Outsiders can easily enter through an
unlocked door when you slow down
or stop the vehicle. Locking the doors
can help prevent this from happening.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Keys, Doors, and Windows
To lock or unlock the doors from outside the
vehicle:
. Press Q or K on the remote key. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation 0 8.
. Use the mechanical key in the
driver door.
The remote key must be within 1 m (3 ft) of
the liftgate or door being opened or locked.
Press the button on the door handle to
open. See “Keyless Access Operation” in
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation 0 8.
To lock or unlock the doors from inside the
vehicle:
The door key lock cylinder turns freely when
either the wrong key is used, or the correct
key is not fully inserted. The free-turning
door lock feature prevents the lock from
being forced open. To reset the lock, turn it
to the vertical position with the correct key
fully inserted. Remove the key and insert it
again. If this does not reset the lock, turn
the key halfway around in the cylinder and
repeat the reset procedure.
Q or K on the power door lock
switch.
. Pulling an interior door handle will unlock
the door. Pulling the door handle again
unlatches it.
. Press
Keyless Access
Free-Turning Locks
Power Door Locks
Press Q or K on the Remote Key. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation 0 8.
Q : Press to lock the doors. The indicator
light in the switch will illuminate when
locked.
K : Press to unlock the doors.
15
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
16
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Security Status indicator
Delayed Locking
This feature delays the locking of the doors
until five seconds after all doors are closed.
When Q is pressed on the power door lock
switch while the door is open, a chime will
sound three times indicating delayed locking
is active.
The doors will lock automatically
five seconds after all doors are closed. If a
door is reopened before that time, the
five-second timer will reset when all doors
are closed again.
A light on the upper surface of the driver's
door trim is used to indicate vehicle security
status.
Press Q on the door lock switch again or
press Q on the remote key to lock the
doors immediately.
This light will be OFF any time the ignition
is ON, except momentarily when vehicle
doors are locking.
This feature can be programmed. See
“Delayed Door Lock” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 128.
Solid : Indicates securing with doors closed.
Fast Flash : Indicates securing with
doors open.
Slow Flash : Indicates battery conserving
secured state.
No light : Indicates unsecured state.
Automatic Door Locks
The doors will lock automatically when all
doors are closed, the ignition is on, and the
vehicle is shifted out of P (Park).
If a vehicle door is unlocked, and then
opened and closed, the doors will lock either
when your foot is removed from the brake
or the vehicle speed becomes faster than
13 km/h (8 mph).
To unlock the doors:
. Press K on the power door lock switch.
. Shift the transmission into P (Park).
Automatic door locking cannot be disabled.
Automatic door unlocking can be
programmed. See Vehicle Personalization
0 128.
Lockout Protection
When locking is requested with the driver
door open and the vehicle is on or in ACC/
ACCESSORY, all the doors will lock and then
the driver door will unlock.
If the vehicle is off and locking is requested
while a door is open, when all doors are
closed the vehicle will check for remote keys
inside. If a remote key is detected and the
number of remote keys inside has not
reduced, the driver door will unlock and the
horn will sound three times.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Keys, Doors, and Windows
This can be manually overridden by pressing
and holding Q on the power door lock
switch.
Safety Locks
The rear door safety locks prevent
passengers from opening the rear doors
from inside the vehicle.
To open a rear door when the safety lock
is on:
1. Unlock the door by activating the inside
handle, by pressing the power door
unlock switch, or by using the
remote key.
2. Open the door from the outside.
When the safety lock is enabled, adults and
older children will not be able to open the
rear door from the inside. Cancel the safety
locks to enable the doors to open from the
inside.
To cancel the safety lock:
1. Unlock the door and open it from the
outside.
2. Move the lever up to unlock. Do the
same for the other door.
Doors
The safety lock is on the inside edge of the
rear doors. To use the safety lock:
1. Move the lever down to the lock
position.
2. Close the door.
3. Do the same for the other rear door.
Liftgate
Warning (Continued)
through the seal between the body and
the trunk/hatch or liftgate. Engine
exhaust contains carbon monoxide (CO)
which cannot be seen or smelled. It can
cause unconsciousness and even death.
If the vehicle must be driven with the
liftgate or trunk/hatch open:
. Close all of the windows.
. Fully open the air outlets on or under
the instrument panel.
. Adjust the climate control system to a
setting that brings in only outside air
and set the fan speed to the highest
setting. See “Climate Control Systems”
in the Index.
. If the vehicle is equipped with a
power liftgate, disable the power
liftgate function.
See Engine Exhaust 0 210.
{ Warning
Exhaust gases can enter the vehicle if it
is driven with the liftgate or trunk/hatch
open, or with any objects that pass
(Continued)
17
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
18
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Caution
To avoid damage to the liftgate or
liftgate glass, make sure the area above
and behind the liftgate is clear before
opening it.
Manual Liftgate
Press the button (2) above the license plate
to open the liftglass, or press c twice
quickly on the remote key. Do not leave the
liftglass open when raising the liftgate.
There will be a delay in the release of the
liftglass if there is an attempt to open it
while the rear wiper is in motion.
Use the pull cup to lower and close the
liftgate. Do not press the touch pad while
closing the liftgate. This will cause the
liftgate to be unlatched.
The liftgate can be opened when locked if
the remote key is within 1 m (3 ft) of the
touch pad. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation 0 8.
To open the liftgate, press K on the power
door lock switch or press K on the remote
key twice to unlock all doors. Press the
touch pad (1) on the underside of the
liftgate handle and lift up.
The liftgate has an electric latch. If the
battery is disconnected or has low voltage,
the liftgate will not open. The liftgate will
resume operation when the battery is
reconnected and charged.
Power Liftgate Operation
{ Warning
You or others could be injured if caught
in the path of the power liftgate. Make
sure there is no one in the way of the
liftgate as it is opening and closing.
Caution
Driving with an open and unsecured
liftgate may result in damage to the
power liftgate components.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Keys, Doors, and Windows
When stopping the gate at low heights it
may partially reopen.
If equipped, the power liftgate switch is on
the overhead console. The vehicle must be
in P (Park).
The power liftgate may be temporarily
disabled in extremely low temperatures,
or after repeated power cycling over a short
period of time. If this occurs, the liftgate can
still be operated manually. Select OFF on the
liftgate switch.
The modes are:
MAX : Opens to maximum height.
3/4 : Opens to a reduced height that can be
set from 3/4 to fully open. Use to prevent
the liftgate from opening into overhead
obstructions such as a garage door or
roof-mounted cargo. The liftgate can be
opened manually all the way.
OFF : Opens manually only.
To power open or close the liftgate, select
MAX or 3/4 mode and then:
. Press
b twice quickly on the remote
key until the liftgate moves.
. Press
8 on the overhead console. The
driver door must be unlocked or locked
without the security armed.
. Press the touch pad on the underside of
the liftgate handle after unlocking all
doors. A locked vehicle can be opened if
the remote key is within 1 m (3 ft) of the
touch pad.
19
l on the bottom edge of the
liftgate next to the latch to close.
. Press
Press any liftgate button, the touch pad,
or b on the remote key while the liftgate
is moving to stop it. Pressing any liftgate
button or pressing b twice quickly on the
remote key restarts the operation in the
reverse direction. Pressing the touch pad on
the liftgate handle will restart the motion,
but only in the opening direction.
Caution
Manually forcing the liftgate to open or
close during a power cycle can damage
the vehicle. Allow the power cycle to
complete.
If the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park) while
the power function is in progress, the
liftgate will continue to completion. If the
vehicle is accelerated before the liftgate has
completed moving, the liftgate may stop or
reverse direction. Check for Driver
Information Center (DIC) messages and make
sure the liftgate is closed and latched before
driving.
Falling Liftgate Detection
If the power liftgate automatically closes
after a power opening cycle, it indicates that
the system is reacting to excess weight on
the liftgate or a possible support strut
failure. Remove any excess weight.
A repetitive chime will sound while the
falling liftgate detection feature is operating.
If the liftgate continues to automatically
close after opening, see your dealer for
service before using the power liftgate.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
20
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Interfering with the power liftgate motion
or manually closing the liftgate too quickly
after power opening may resemble a
support strut failure. This could also activate
the falling liftgate detection feature. Allow
the liftgate to complete its operation and
wait a few seconds before manually closing
the liftgate.
Obstacle Detection Features
If the liftgate encounters an obstacle during
a power open or close cycle, the liftgate will
automatically reverse direction and move a
short distance away from the obstacle. After
removing the obstruction, the power liftgate
operation can be used again. If the liftgate
encounters multiple obstacles on the same
power cycle, the power function will
deactivate. After removing the obstructions,
manually close the liftgate. This will allow
normal power operation functions to
resume.
If the vehicle is locked while the liftgate is
closing, and an obstacle is encountered that
prevents the liftgate from completely
closing, the horn will sound as an alert that
the liftgate did not close.
Setting the 3/4 Mode
To change the position the liftgate stops at
when opening:
1. Select MAX or 3/4 mode and power
open the liftgate.
2. Stop the liftgate movement at the
desired height by pressing any liftgate
button. Manually adjust the liftgate
position if needed.
3. Press and hold l on the bottom edge
of the liftgate next to the latch on the
outside of the liftgate until the turn
signals flash and a beep sounds. This
indicates the setting has been recorded.
The liftgate cannot be set below a minimum
programmable height. If there is no light
flash or sound, then the height adjustment
may be too low.
Manual Operation
Select OFF to manually operate the liftgate.
See “Manual Liftgate” at the beginning of
this section.
Caution
Attempting to move the liftgate too
quickly and with excessive force may
result in damage to the vehicle.
Operate the liftgate manually with a
smooth motion and moderate speed. The
system includes a feature which limits the
manual closing speed to protect the
components.
Hands-Free Operation
If equipped with Hands-Free Vehicle Access,
the liftgate may be operated with a kicking
motion under the rear bumper at the
location of the projected logo. The remote
key must be within 1m (3ft) of the rear
bumper to use hands-free feature.
Splashing water may cause the liftgate to
open. Keep the remote key away from the
rear bumper detection area or turn the
liftgate mode to OFF when cleaning or
working near the rear bumper to avoid
accidental opening.
The hands-free feature will not work while
the liftgate is moving. To stop the liftgate
while in motion use one of the liftgate
switches.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Keys, Doors, and Windows
21
When closing the liftgate using this feature,
there will be a short delay. The rear lights
will flash and a chime will sound. Step away
from the liftgate before it starts moving.
The hands-free feature can be customized.
See Vehicle Personalization 0 128. Choose
from the following:
On-Open and Close : The kicking motion is
activated to both open and close the
liftgate.
Projected Logo
On-Open Only : The kicking motion is
activated to only open the liftgate.
Off : The feature is disabled.
To operate, move your foot in a forward
kicking motion under the center of the rear
bumper, then pull it back.
. Do not sweep your foot side to side.
. Do not keep your foot under the bumper;
the liftgate will not activate.
. Do not touch the liftgate until it has
stopped moving.
. This feature may be temporarily disabled
under some conditions. If the liftgate
does not respond to the kick, open or
close the liftgate by another method or
start the vehicle. The feature will be
re-enabled.
If equipped with this feature, a vehicle logo
will be projected for one minute onto the
ground near the rear bumper when a
remote key is detected within approximately
2 m (6 ft) from the rear bumper. The
projected logo may not be visible under
brighter daytime conditions.
. 1 m (3 ft) Hands-Free Operation
Detection Zone
. 2 m (6 ft) Projected Logo Detection Zone
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
22
Keys, Doors, and Windows
The projected logo shows where to kick
towards the rear bumper.
. Power liftgate is turned off.
. The vehicle remains parked for 72 hours
The projected logo will not be restarted
using the same remote key unless it has
been out of range for longer than
20 seconds.
or more, with no remote key use or
Keyless Access operation. To re-enable,
press any button on the remote key or
open and close a vehicle door.
If a remote key is again detected within
approximately 2 m (6 ft) of the liftgate,
or another kick has been detected, the
one-minute timer will be reset.
The projected logo will not work for a single
remote key when a remote key:
. Has been left within approximately 5 m
(15 ft) of the liftgate for several minutes.
. Has been left inside the vehicle and all
vehicle doors are closed.
. Has approached the area outside of the
liftgate five times within 10 minutes.
The projected logo will not work under
these conditions:
. The vehicle battery is low.
. The transmission is not in P (Park).
. Hands Free Liftgate Control is set to off in
vehicle personalization. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 128.
Lens Cleaning
If equipped, use a cotton swab to clean
the lens.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Keys, Doors, and Windows
23
Hands-Free Liftgate and Projected Logo Availability
Action
Hands-Free Liftgate
Projected Logo
Remote key entering projected logo
detection zone
Operative
On for one minute
Remote key left inside projected logo
detection zone for minimum of 10 minutes
Operative
Off until remote key button press or a door is
opened and closed
Remote key brought in and out of projected Operative
logo detection zone five times or more within
10 minutes
Off for one hour or until remote key button
press or a door is opened and closed
Vehicle remains parked for more than
72 hours
Operative
Off until remote key button press or a door is
opened and closed
Vehicle battery is low
Non-operative
Off
Transmission is not in P (Park)
Non-operative
Off
Power liftgate is turned off
Non-operative
Off
Hands-free liftgate is disabled in vehicle personalization
Non-operative
Off
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
24
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Power Assist Steps
{ Warning
To avoid personal injury or property
damage, before entering or exiting the
vehicle, be sure the power assist step is
fully extended. Do not step on the power
assist step while it is moving. Never place
hands or other body parts between the
extended power assist step and the
vehicle.
If equipped, the power assist steps will
deploy when the door is opened and
automatically retract three seconds after the
door is closed. The power assist steps will
retract immediately if the vehicle starts
moving.
Disable the power assist steps before jacking
or placing any object under the vehicle. Too
much ice buildup may prevent deployment
of the power assist steps. Check the step
position before exiting the vehicle. If this
happens, disable the power assist steps,
clear the ice, then enable the assist steps
and confirm normal function prior to use.
Keep hands, children, pets, objects, and
clothing clear of the power assist steps
when in motion. The steps will reverse
direction if they encounter an obstruction
when opening or closing. Remove the
obstruction, then open and close the door
on the same side to complete the motion of
the assist steps. If the obstruction is not
cleared, the assist steps remain extended
while driving.
Vehicle Alarm System
To extend or retract both power assist steps
for cleaning, see Vehicle Personalization
0 128.
Enable/Disable
To enable or disable the power assist steps,
see Vehicle Personalization 0 128.
The indicator light, on the driver door near
the window, indicates the status of the
system. See Power Door Locks 0 15
Vehicle Security
Arming the Alarm System
This vehicle has theft-deterrent features;
however, they do not make the vehicle
impossible to steal.
1. Turn off the vehicle.
2. Lock the vehicle in one of three ways:
. Use the remote key.
. Use the Keyless Access system.
. With a door open, press Q on the
interior of the door.
3. After 30 seconds the alarm system will
arm, and the indicator light will begin to
slowly flash. Pressing Q on the remote
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Keys, Doors, and Windows
key a second time will bypass the
30-second delay and immediately arm
the alarm system.
The vehicle alarm system will not arm if the
doors are locked with the mechanical key.
If the driver door is opened without first
unlocking with the remote key, the horn will
chirp and the lights will flash to indicate
pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not started,
or the door is not unlocked by pressing K
on the remote key during the 10-second
pre-alarm, the alarm will be activated.
The alarm will also be activated if a
passenger door, the liftgate, or the hood is
opened without first disarming the system.
When the alarm is activated, the turn
signals flash and the horn sounds for about
30 seconds. The alarm system will then
re-arm to monitor for the next unauthorized
event.
Disarming the Alarm System
To disarm the alarm system or turn off the
alarm if it has been activated:
. Press K on the remote key.
. Unlock the vehicle using the Keyless
Access system.
. Start the vehicle.
To avoid setting off the alarm by accident:
. Lock the vehicle after all occupants have
exited.
. Always unlock a door with the remote
key, or use the Keyless Access system.
Unlocking the driver door with the
mechanical key will not disarm the
system or turn off the alarm.
How to Detect a Tamper Condition
If K is pressed on the remote key and the
horn chirps three times, an alarm occurred
previously while the alarm system was
armed.
If the alarm has been activated, a message
will appear on the DIC.
Power Sounder, Inclination Sensor, and
Intrusion Sensor
In addition to the standard theft-deterrent
system features, this system may also have
a power sounder, inclination sensor, and
intrusion sensor.
The power sounder provides an audible
alarm which is distinct from the vehicle’s
horn. It has its own power source, and can
sound an alarm if the vehicle’s battery is
compromised.
25
The inclination sensor can set off the alarm
if it senses movement of the vehicle, such
as a change in vehicle orientation.
The intrusion sensor monitors the vehicle
interior, and can activate the alarm if it
senses unauthorized entry into the vehicle’s
interior. Do not allow passengers or pets to
remain in the vehicle when the intrusion
sensor is activated.
Before arming the theft-deterrent system
and activating the intrusion sensor:
. Make sure all doors and windows are
completely closed.
. Secure any loose items such as a
sunshades.
. Make sure there are no obstructions
blocking the sensors in the front overhead
console.
. Close DVD screens before leaving the
vehicle.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
26
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Intrusion and Inclination Sensors Disable
Switch
It is recommended that the intrusion and
inclination sensors be deactivated if pets are
left in the vehicle or the vehicle is being
transported.
With the vehicle off, press o in the front
overhead console to turn off the feature.
The indicator light will come on
momentarily, indicating that these sensors
have been disabled until the next time the
alarm system is armed.
Steering Column Lock
If equipped, the steering column lock is a
theft-deterrent device. This feature locks the
steering column when the vehicle is turned
off and the driver door is opened, or when
the driver door is opened and then the
vehicle is turned off. The steering column
unlocks when the vehicle is turned on.
The Driver Information Center (DIC) may
display one of these messages:
. A message to service the steering column
lock indicates that an issue has been
detected with the column lock feature
and the vehicle should be serviced.
. A message that the steering column is
locked indicates that the engine is
running, but the steering column is still
locked. It is normal for the column to be
locked during a remote start, but the
column should unlock after the brake
pedal is pressed and the vehicle is started.
No message will display during a remote
start.
. A message that the steering wheel must
be turned and the vehicle must be started
again indicates that the column lock
mechanism is bound, the column locking
device was unable to unlock the steering
column, and the vehicle did not start.
If this happens, immediately turn the
steering wheel from side to side to
unbind the column lock. If this does not
unlock the steering column, turn the
vehicle off and open the driver door to
reset the system. Then turn the vehicle
on and immediately turn the steering
wheel side to side for about 15 seconds.
In some cases, it may take significant
force to unbind the column.
To keep the steering column from binding,
straighten the front wheels before turning
off the vehicle.
Immobilizer
See Radio Frequency Statement 0 398.
Immobilizer Operation
This vehicle has a passive theft-deterrent
system.
The system does not have to be manually
armed or disarmed.
The vehicle is automatically immobilized
when the vehicle is turned off.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Keys, Doors, and Windows
The immobilization system is disarmed
when the ignition is turned on or to ACC/
ACCESSORY and a valid remote key is
present in the vehicle.
The security light, in the instrument cluster,
comes on if there is a problem with arming
or disarming the theft-deterrent system.
The system has one or more remote keys
matched to an immobilizer control unit in
the vehicle. Only a correctly matched
remote key will start the vehicle. If the
remote key is ever damaged, you may not
be able to start your vehicle.
When trying to start the vehicle, the
security light may come on briefly.
If the engine does not start and the security
light stays on, there is a problem with the
system. Turn the ignition off and try again.
If the vehicle will not change ignition modes
(ACC/ACCESSORY, on, off), and the remote
key appears to be undamaged, try another
remote key. Or, you may try placing the
remote key in the backup location. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation 0 8.
If the ignition modes will not change with
the other remote key or in the backup
location, the vehicle needs service. If the
ignition does change modes, the first
remote key may be faulty. See your dealer.
It is possible for the immobilizer system to
learn new or replacement remote keys. Up
to eight remote keys can be programmed
for the vehicle. To program additional
remote keys, see “Programming Remote
Keys to the Vehicle” under Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 8.
27
Warning (Continued)
into the right lane, you could hit a
vehicle on the right. Check the inside
mirror or glance over your shoulder
before changing lanes.
The passenger side mirror is convex shaped.
A convex mirror's surface is curved so more
can be seen from the driver seat.
Power Mirrors
Do not leave the remote key or device that
disarms or deactivates the theft-deterrent
system in the vehicle.
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors
{ Warning
A convex mirror can make things, like
other vehicles, look farther away than
they really are. If you cut too sharply
(Continued)
To adjust the mirrors:
1. Press } or | to select the driver or
passenger side mirror. The indicator light
comes on.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
28
Keys, Doors, and Windows
2. Press the arrows on the control pad to
move the mirror up, down, right, or left.
3. Adjust the outside mirror so that the
side of the vehicle and the area behind
are seen.
4. Press either } or | again to deselect
the mirror. The indicator light goes off.
Turn Signal Indicator
If equipped, the mirror has turn signal
indicator lights, which flash in the direction
of the turn or lane change.
Folding Mirrors
Fold the mirrors inward to prevent damage
when going through an automatic car wash.
To fold, pull the mirror toward the vehicle.
Push the mirror outward, to return to its
original position.
The outside mirrors may automatically
unfold when the vehicle is driven above
20 km/h (12 mph), but may be folded with
the power folding mirror switch. If the
vehicle speed is driven above 40 km/h
(25 mph), they may automatically unfold
and may not be refolded with the power
folding mirror switch.
Power Folding
Resetting the Power Folding Mirrors
Manual Folding
Reset the power folding mirrors if:
. The mirrors are accidentally obstructed
while folding.
. They are accidentally manually folded/
unfolded.
. The mirrors do not stay in the unfolded
position.
. The mirrors vibrate at normal driving
speeds.
Puddle Lamps
If equipped, puddle lamps project light from
the bottom of the mirror to the area of
ground below the driver and passenger
doors. See Entry Lighting 0 142 and
Exit Lighting 0 142.
Memory Mirrors
The vehicle may have memory mirrors. See
Memory Seats 0 41.
Lane Change Alert (LCA)
To adjust power folding mirrors, if equipped:
The vehicle may have LCA. See Lane Change
Alert (LCA) 0 259.
1. Press
{ to fold the mirrors inward.
2. Press { again to return the mirrors to
the driving position.
Fold and unfold the mirrors one time using
the mirror controls to reset them to their
normal position. A noise may be heard
during the resetting of the power folding
mirrors. This sound is normal after a manual
folding operation.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Remote Mirror Folding
Heated Mirrors
Interior Mirrors
If equipped with power folding mirrors and
the mirrors have been folded with the
power folding mirror switch, they may not
be unfolded by use of remote key.
K : Press to heat the mirrors.
Interior Rearview Mirrors
If equipped with power folding mirrors and
the mirrors have not been folded with the
power folding mirror switch and the vehicle
is in P (Park), they may be automatically
folded/unfolded as follows:
Automatic Dimming Mirror
1. If doors are locked by pressing H on the
remote key, the mirrors will fold.
If doors are unlocked by pressing I on
the remote key, the mirrors will unfold.
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation 0 8.
2. If doors are locked by pressing the door
handle button, the mirrors will fold.
If doors are unlocked by pressing the
door handle button, the mirrors will
unfold. See “Keyless Unlocking/Locking
from the Driver Door” in Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 8.
3. If passive locking is enabled and doors
are locked by that feature, the mirrors
will fold. See “Passive Locking” in Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation
0 8.
See “Rear Window Defogger” under Dual
Automatic Climate Control System 0 182.
If equipped, the driver outside mirror
automatically adjusts for the glare of the
headlamps from behind. This feature comes
on when the vehicle is started.
Reverse Tilt Mirrors
If equipped with reverse tilt mirrors and
memory seats, the passenger and/or driver
mirror tilts to a preselected position when
the vehicle is in R (Reverse). This allows the
curb to be seen when parallel parking.
The mirror(s) may move from their tilted
position when:
. The vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse),
or remains in R (Reverse) for about
30 seconds.
. The vehicle is turned off.
. The vehicle is driven in R (Reverse) above
a set speed.
To turn this feature on or off, see Vehicle
Personalization 0 128.
29
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear view
of the area behind the vehicle.
Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the
mirror. Use a soft towel dampened with
water.
Manual Rearview Mirror
If equipped, push the tab forward for
daytime use and pull it rearward for
nighttime use to avoid glare of the
headlamps from behind.
Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror
If equipped, automatic dimming reduces the
glare of headlamps from behind. The
dimming feature comes on when the vehicle
is started.
Rear Camera Mirror
If equipped, this automatic dimming mirror
provides a wide angle camera view of the
area behind the vehicle.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
30
Keys, Doors, and Windows
The adjustment options are:
Pull the tab to turn on the display. Push the
tab to turn it off. When off the mirror is
automatic dimming. Adjust the mirror for a
clear view of the area behind the vehicle
while the display is off.
Press V to scroll through the adjustment
options.
. Brightness
Press t and u to adjust the settings using
the indicators on the mirror. The indicators
will remain visible for five seconds after the
last button activation, and the settings will
remain saved.
. Zoom
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Keys, Doors, and Windows
{ Warning
The Rear Camera Mirror (RCM) has a
limited view. Portions of the road,
vehicles, and other objects may not be
seen. Do not drive or park the vehicle
using only this camera. Objects may
appear closer than they are. Check the
outside mirrors or glance over your
shoulder when making lane changes or
merging. Failure to use proper care may
result in injury, death, or vehicle damage.
. Tilt
Troubleshooting
31
See your dealer for service if a blue screen
and 3 are displayed in the mirror, and
the display shuts off. Also, push the tab as
indicated to return to the automatic
dimming mode.
The Rear Camera Mirror may not work
properly or display a clear image if:
. There is glare from the sun or headlamps.
This may obstruct objects from view.
If needed, push the tab to turn off the
display.
. Dirt, snow, or other debris blocks the
camera lens. Clean the lens with a soft
damp cloth, or, if equipped, with the Rear
Camera Washer. See Rear Window Wiper/
Washer 0 98.
. The camera’s mounting on the vehicle has
been damaged, and/or the position or the
mounting angle of the camera has
changed.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
32
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Warning (Continued)
children in the rear seat, use the window
lockout switch to prevent operation of
the windows. See Keys 0 7.
Windows
{ Warning
Never leave a child, a helpless adult, or a
pet alone in a vehicle, especially with the
windows closed in warm or hot weather.
They can be overcome by the extreme
heat and suffer permanent injuries or
even death from heat stroke.
The vehicle aerodynamics are designed to
improve fuel economy performance. This
may result in a pulsing sound when either
rear window is down and the front windows
are up. To reduce the sound, open either a
front window or the sunroof, if equipped.
Power Windows
{ Warning
Children could be seriously injured or
killed if caught in the path of a closing
window. Never leave the remote key in a
vehicle with children. When there are
(Continued)
The power windows work when the ignition
is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, or when Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) is active. See
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 208.
Using the window switch, press to open or
pull to close the window.
The windows may be temporarily disabled if
they are used repeatedly within a
short time.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Keys, Doors, and Windows
33
Briefly press or pull the window switch in
the same direction to stop that window’s
express movement.
Window Lockout
This feature stops the rear passenger
window switches from working.
Window Automatic Reversal System
The express-close feature will reverse
window movement if it comes in contact
with an object. Extreme cold or ice could
cause the window to auto-reverse. The
window will operate normally after the
object or condition is removed.
Without Folding Mirrors
. Press
With Folding Mirrors
2 to engage the rear window
lockout feature. The indicator light is on
when engaged.
. Press 2 again to disengage.
Window Express Movement
All windows can be opened without holding
the window switch. Press the switch down
fully and quickly release to express open the
window.
If equipped, pull the window switch up fully
and quickly release to express close the
window.
Automatic Reversal System Override
{ Warning
If automatic reversal system override is
active, the window will not reverse
automatically. You or others could be
injured and the window could be
damaged. Before using automatic reversal
system override, make sure that all
people and obstructions are clear of the
window path.
When the engine is on, override the
automatic reversal system by pulling and
holding the window switch if conditions
prevent it from closing.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
34
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Programming the Power Windows
Programming may be necessary if the
vehicle battery has been disconnected or
discharged. If the window is unable to
express-up, program each express-close
window:
1. Close all doors.
2. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/
ACCESSORY.
3. Partially open the window to be
programmed. Then close it and continue
to pull the switch briefly after the
window has fully closed.
4. Open the window and continue to press
the switch briefly after the window has
fully opened.
Sun Visors
The sunroof cannot be opened or closed if
the vehicle has an electrical failure.
Pull the sun visor down to block glare.
Detach the sun visor from the center mount
to pivot to the side window and,
if equipped, extend along the rod.
Roof
Remote Window Operation
Sunroof
If equipped, this feature allows the windows
to be opened remotely. If enabled in vehicle
personalization, press and hold K on the
remote key. See Vehicle Personalization
0 128.
If equipped, the ignition must be on or in
ACC/ACCESSORY, or Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) must be active to operate the
sunroof. See Ignition Positions 0 205 and
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 208.
While the sunroof always operates in
express mode, movement can be stopped by
pressing the switch again.
1. SLIDE Switch
2. Power Sunshade Switch
3. TILT Switch
Sunroof Operation:
. Press and release D (1) to express-open
to the fully open position. This vehicle
may be equipped with a comfort stop
position to prevent excessive wind noise.
The sunroof will stop approximately
halfway open during an express open. To
fully open the sunroof, press and release
D (1) again.
. Pull and release
D (1) to express-close.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Keys, Doors, and Windows
. Press or pull
D (1) again to stop at the
desired location.
Sunshade Operation:
C (2) to express-open.
C (2) to express-close.
. Press and release
. Pull and release
. Press or pull
multiple times, the DIC message OPEN THEN
CLOSE SUNROOF will display, and express is
disabled. To operate sunroof while express is
disabled, the switch must be either pressed
or pulled and held.
C (2) again to stop at the
desired location.
Sunroof Vent Operation:
. Press and release
E (3) to vent the
sunroof.
. Pull and release
E (3) to close the
sunroof vent.
Automatic Reversal System
The sunroof and power sunshade,
if equipped, have an automatic reversal
system that is only active when the sunroof
and power sunshade are operated in
express-close mode.
If an object is in the path while
express-closing, the reversal system will
detect an object, stop, and open the sunroof
or power sunshade slightly.
If this condition occurs, attempt to remove
the object, then pull and release the switch
to express close. If the reversal occurs
Dirt and debris may collect on the sunroof
seal or in the track. This could cause an
issue with sunroof operation or noise.
It could also plug the water drainage
system. Periodically open the sunroof and
remove any obstacles or loose debris. Wipe
the sunroof seal and roof sealing area using
a clean cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
remove grease from the sunroof.
35
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
36
Seats and Restraints
Seats and Restraints
Head Restraints
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Front Seats
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Heated and Ventilated Front Seats . . . . . 43
Rear Seats
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Heated Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Third Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Seat Belts
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Buckle To Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
How to Wear Seat Belts Properly . . . . . . 54
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . 58
Seat Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Seat Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after a
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Airbag System
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
When Should an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . 63
What Makes an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . 64
How Does an Airbag Restrain? . . . . . . . . . 64
What Will You See after an Airbag
Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Replacing Airbag System Parts after a
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Child Restraints
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Infants and Young Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Replacing LATCH System Parts After a
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat
Belt in the Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat
Belt in the Front Passenger Seat) . . . . . 86
Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat
Belt in the Center Front Seat) . . . . . . . . 88
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Seats and Restraints
37
Head Restraints
The vehicle’s front seats have adjustable
head restraints in the outboard seating
positions.
{ Warning
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly, there is a
greater chance that occupants will suffer
a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do not
drive until the head restraints for all
occupants are installed and adjusted
properly.
If your vehicle has rear head restraints
that fold down, always return them to
the full upright position whenever an
occupant is seated in the seat.
Adjust the head restraint so that the top of
the restraint is at the same height as the
top of the occupant's head. This position
reduces the chance of a neck injury in a
crash.
Front Seats
The vehicle's front seats have adjustable
head restraints in the outboard seating
positions.
The height of the head restraint can be
adjusted.
To raise or lower the head restraint, press
the button located on the side of the head
restraint and pull up or push the head
restraint down, and release the button. Pull
and push on the head restraint after the
button is released to make sure that it is
locked in place.
The front seat outboard head restraints are
not removable.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
38
Seats and Restraints
Rear Seats
When an occupant or child restraint is in the
seat, always return the head restraint to the
full upright position. Push the head restraint
up and rearward until it locks into place.
Push and pull on the head restraint to make
sure that it is locked.
Second Row Seats
The vehicle’s second row seats have head
restraints in the outboard seating positions
that cannot be adjusted.
The second row outboard head restraints are
not removable.
Third Row Seats
The vehicle’s third row seats have head
restraints in the outboard seating positions
that cannot be adjusted up or down.
The second row outboard head restraints are
designed to be folded.
When folding the second row seatbacks
down, the head restraint will automatically
fold out of the way as the seat is
folded down.
To fold the head restraint, press the button
on the side of the head restraint.
The second row outboard head restraints
can be folded forward to allow for better
visibility when the rear seat is unoccupied.
The third row outboard head restraints are
not removable.
The third row outboard head restraints are
designed to be folded.
When folding the third row seatbacks down,
the head restraint will automatically fold
out of the way as the seat is folded down.
The head restraint can be folded forward to
allow for better visibility when the rear seat
is unoccupied.
The head restraint will fold forward
automatically.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Seats and Restraints
39
When an occupant or child restraint is in the
seat, always return the head restraint to the
full upright position. Push the head restraint
up and rearward until it locks into place.
Push and pull on the head restraint to make
sure that it is locked.
Front Seats
Power Seat Adjustment
{ Warning
To fold the head restraint, press the button
on the side of the head restraint.
You can lose control of the vehicle if you
try to adjust a driver seat while the
vehicle is moving. Adjust the driver seat
only when the vehicle is not moving.
{ Warning
The power seats will work with the
ignition off. Children could operate the
power seats and be injured. Never leave
children alone in the vehicle.
The head restraint will fold forward
automatically.
To adjust the seat:
. Move the seat forward or rearward by
sliding the control forward or rearward.
. If equipped, raise or lower the front part
of the seat cushion by moving the front
of the control up or down.
. Raise or lower the seat by moving the
rear of the control up or down.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
40
Seats and Restraints
Reclining Seatbacks
Warning (Continued)
The shoulder belt will not be against
your body. Instead, it will be in front of
you. In a crash, you could go into it,
receiving neck or other injuries.
Do not have a seatback reclined if the
vehicle is moving.
Lumbar Adjustment
The lap belt could go up over your
abdomen. The belt forces would be there,
not at your pelvic bones. This could cause
serious internal injuries.
To recline the seatback:
. Tilt the top of the control rearward to
recline.
. Tilt the top of the control forward to
raise.
{ Warning
Sitting in a reclined position when the
vehicle is in motion can be dangerous.
Even when buckled up, the seat belts
cannot do their job.
(Continued)
For proper protection when the vehicle is
in motion, have the seatback upright.
Then sit well back in the seat and wear
the seat belt properly.
. Press and hold the front or rear of the
control to increase or decrease lumbar
support.
. If equipped, press and hold the top or
bottom of the control to raise or lower
lumbar support.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Seats and Restraints
Memory Seats
Overview
If equipped, the memory seat feature allows
drivers to save their unique driving positions
and a shared exit position. See “Saving
Seating Positions” later in this section. The
saved positions can be recalled manually by
all drivers. See “Manually Recalling Seating
Positions” later in this section. Drivers with
remote key 1 and 2 can also recall them
automatically. See “Auto Seat Entry Memory
Recall” or “Auto Seat Exit Memory Recall”
later in this section. To enable automatic
recalls, turn on Seat Entry Memory and/or
Seat Exit Memory. See “Enable Automatic
Recalls” under “Vehicle Personalization
41
Settings” later in this section. The memory
recalls may be cancelled at any time during
the recall. See “Cancel Memory Seating
Recalls” later in this section.
3. Start the vehicle with the initial remote
key. The DIC welcome message should
display the driver number of the initial
remote key.
Identifying Driver Number
Saving Seating Positions
The vehicle identifies the current driver by
their remote key number 1–8. The current
remote key number may be identified by
Driver Information Center (DIC) welcome
message, “You are driver x for memory
recalls.” This message is displayed the first
few times the vehicle is turned on when a
different remote key is used. For Seat Entry
Memory to work properly, save positions to
the 1 or 2 memory button matching the
driver number of this welcome message. To
aid in identifying remote key IDs, it is
recommended to only carry one remote key
when entering the vehicle. Perform the
following if the welcome message is not
displayed:
1. Move all remote keys away from the
vehicle.
2. Start the vehicle with another remote
key. A DIC welcome message should
display indicating the driver number of
the other remote key. Turn the vehicle
off and remove the other remote key
from the vehicle.
Read these instructions completely before
saving memory positions.
To save preferred driving positions to
1 and 2:
1. Turn the vehicle on or to ACC/
ACCESSORY. A DIC welcome message
may indicate the driver number of the
current remote key. See “Identifying
Driver Number” previously in this
section.
2. Adjust all available memory features to
the desired driving position.
3. Press and release SET; a beep will sound.
4. Immediately upon releasing SET, press
and hold memory button 1 or 2 matching
the current Driver’s remote key number
until two beeps sound. If too much time
passes between releasing SET and
pressing 1 or 2, the two beeps will not
sound indicating memory position were
not saved. Repeat Steps 3 and 4 to try
again.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
42
Seats and Restraints
5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for the other remote
key 1 or 2 using the other 1 or 2 memory
button.
It is recommended to save the preferred
driving positions to both 1 and 2 if you are
the only driver.
To save the common exit seating position to
B that is used by all drivers for Manually
Recalling Seating Positions and Auto Seat
Exit Memory Recall features, repeat Steps 1–
4 using B, the exit button.
Manually Recalling Seating Positions
Press and hold 1, 2, or B button until the
recall is complete, to recall the positions
previously saved to that button.
Manual Memory recall movement for 1, 2 or
B buttons may be initiated and will
complete to the saved memory position if
the vehicle is in or out of P (Park).
Enable Automatic Recalls under Vehicle
Personalization Settings
. For Seat Entry Memory that begins
movement to the preferred driving
position of the 1 or 2 button when the
vehicle is turned on, select the Settings
menu, then Vehicle, then Seating Position,
then Seat Entry Memory, and then Select
ON or OFF. See “Auto Seat Entry Memory
Recall” later in this section.
. For Seat Exit Memory that begins
movement to the preferred exit position
of the B button when the vehicle is
turned off and the driver door is open or
opened, select the Settings menu, then
Vehicle, then Seating Position, then Seat
Exit Memory, and then Select ON or OFF.
See “Auto Seat Exit Memory Recall” later
in this section.
. See Vehicle Personalization 0 128 for
additional setting information.
Auto Seat Entry Memory Recall
Seat Entry Memory will automatically begin
movement to the seating positions of the 1
or 2 button corresponding to the driver’s
remote key number 1 or 2 detected by the
vehicle when:
. The vehicle is turned ON.
. Seating positions have been previously
saved to the same 1 or 2 button. See
“Saving Seating Positions” previously in
this section.
. Seat Entry Memory is enabled. See
“Enable Automatic Recalls” under “Vehicle
Personalization Settings” previously in this
section.
. The vehicle is in P (Park).
Seat Entry Memory Recall will continue if
the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park) prior to
reaching the saved memory position.
If the saved memory seat position does not
automatically recall, verify the recall is
enabled. See “Enable Automatic Recalls”
under “Vehicle Personalization Settings”
previously in this section.
If the memory seat recalls to the wrong
position, the driver’s remote key number 1
or 2 may not match the memory button
number positions they were saved to. Try
the other remote key or try saving the
positions to the other 1 or 2 memory
button. See “Saving Seating Positions”
previously in this section.
Automatic Seat Entry Memory recalls are
only available for driver’s remote key
numbers 1 and 2. Remote keys 3–8 will not
provide Seat Entry Memory recalls.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Seats and Restraints
Auto Seat Exit Memory Recall
. During Manual memory recall:
Seat Exit Memory will begin movement to
the seating position of the B
button when:
. The vehicle is turned off and the driver
door is open or opened within a
short time.
. A seating position has been previously
been saved to the B memory button.
See “Saving Seating Positions” previously
in this section.
. Seat Exit Memory is enabled. See “Enable
Automatic Recalls” under “Vehicle
Personalization Settings” previously in this
section.
. The vehicle is in P (Park).
Release 1, 2, or B memory button
. During Auto Seat Entry Memory Recall:
Turn vehicle off
Seat Exit Memory recall will continue if the
vehicle is shifted out of P (Park) prior to
reaching the saved memory position.
Seat Exit Memory is not linked to the
driver’s remote key. The seating position
saved to B is used for all drivers.
Cancel Memory Seating Recalls
. During any memory recall:
Press a power seat control
Press SET memory button
Press SET, 1, 2, or
B memory buttons
43
Warning (Continued)
cushion, cover, or similar item. This may
cause the seat heater to overheat. An
overheated seat heater may cause a burn
or may damage the seat.
. During Auto Seat Exit Memory Recall:
Press SET, 1, 2, or
B memory buttons
Obstructions
If something has blocked the seat while
recalling a memory position, the recall may
stop. Remove the obstruction and try the
recall again. If the memory position still
does not recall, see your dealer.
Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats
{ Warning
If temperature change or pain to the skin
cannot be felt, the seat heater may cause
burns. To reduce the risk of burns, use
care when using the seat heater,
especially for long periods of time. Do
not place anything on the seat that
insulates against heat, such as a blanket,
(Continued)
Heated and Ventilated Seat Buttons Shown,
Heated Seat Buttons Similar
If equipped, the buttons are near the
climate controls on the center stack. To
operate, the engine must be on.
Press I or + to heat the driver or
passenger seatback.
Press J or z to heat the driver or
passenger seatback and cushion.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
44
Seats and Restraints
Press C or {, if available, to ventilate the
driver or passenger seat. A ventilated seat
has a fan that pulls or pushes air through
the seat. The air is not cooled.
When this feature is off, the heated and
ventilated seat symbols on the buttons are
white. When a heated seat is turned on, the
symbol turns red. When a ventilated seat is
turned on, the symbol turns blue.
Press the button once for the highest
setting. With each press of the button, the
seat will change to the next lower setting,
and then to the off setting. The indicator
lights next to the buttons indicate three for
the highest setting and one for the lowest.
If the heated seats are on high, the level
may automatically be lowered after
approximately 30 minutes.
The passenger seat may take longer to
heat up.
Auto Heated and Ventilated Seats
When the vehicle is on, this feature,
if enabled, will automatically activate the
heated or ventilated seats at the level
required by the vehicle’s interior
temperature.
The active high, medium, low, or off heated
or ventilated seat level will be indicated by
the manual heated or ventilated seat
buttons on the center stack. Use the manual
heated or ventilated seat buttons on the
center stack to turn auto heated or
ventilated seats off. If the passenger seat is
unoccupied, the auto heated or ventilated
seats feature will not activate that seat. The
auto heated or ventilated seats feature can
be programmed to always be enabled when
the vehicle is on.
See Vehicle Personalization 0 128.
Remote Start Heated and Ventilated Seats
During a remote start, the heated or
ventilated seats, if equipped, can be turned
on automatically. When it is cold outside,
the heated seats turn on, and when it is hot
outside the ventilated seats turn on. If the
auto heated or ventilated seats feature,
if equipped, is not turned on, the heated or
ventilated seats may be canceled when the
ignition is turned on. If necessary, press the
heated or ventilated seat button to use the
heated or ventilated seats after the vehicle
is started.
The heated or ventilated seat indicator lights
may turn on during a remote start.
The temperature performance of an
unoccupied seat may be reduced. This is
normal.
The remote start heated or ventilated seats
may be enabled or disabled in the vehicle
personalization menu. See Remote Vehicle
Start 0 13 and
Vehicle Personalization 0 128.
Rear Seats
Rear Seat Reminder
If equipped, the message REAR SEAT
REMINDER LOOK IN REAR SEAT displays
under certain conditions indicating there
may be an item or passenger in the rear
seat. Check before exiting the vehicle.
This feature will activate when a second row
door is opened while the vehicle is on or up
to 10 minutes before the vehicle is turned
on. There will be an alert when the vehicle
is turned off. The alert does not directly
detect objects in the rear seat; instead,
under certain conditions, it detects when a
rear door is opened and closed, indicating
that there may be something in the
rear seat.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Seats and Restraints
The feature is active only once each time
the vehicle is turned on and off, and will
require reactivation by opening and closing
the second row doors. There may be an
alert even when there is nothing in the rear
seat; for example, if a child entered the
vehicle through the rear door and left the
vehicle without the vehicle being shut off.
1. Remove objects on the floor in front of
or on the second row seat, or in the seat
tracks on the floor.
2. Lift the lever below the seat cushion and
slide the seat forward or backward.
Reclining Seatbacks
To recline the seatback:
The feature can be turned on or off. See
Vehicle Personalization 0 128.
45
To return the seatback to the upright
position:
{ Warning
If either seatback is not locked, it could
move forward in a sudden stop or crash.
That could cause injury to the person
sitting there. Always push and pull on
the seatbacks to be sure they are locked.
1. Lift the lever fully while applying
pressure to the seatback, and the
seatback will return to the upright
position. If the lever is lifted without
applying pressure, the seat will release
to a folded position.
2. Push and pull on the seatback to make
sure it is locked.
Second Row Seats
Rear Seat Adjustment
Entering and Exiting the Third Row
To adjust the seat position:
1. Lift the lever on the outboard side of
the seat.
2. Move the seatback to the desired
position, and then release the lever to
lock the seatback in place.
3. Push and pull on the seatback to make
sure it is locked.
Manual Fold and Tumble Feature
{ Warning
Do not leave the second row seat in a
tumbled position while the vehicle is in
motion. A tumbled seat is not locked.
It can move when the vehicle is in
(Continued)
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
46
Seats and Restraints
If the seatback cannot fold flat, try
moving the front seat forward and/or
put the front seatback in the upright
position.
Warning (Continued)
motion. People in the vehicle could be
injured in a sudden stop or crash. Be sure
to return the seat to the passenger
seating position before driving the
vehicle. Push and pull on the seat to
make sure it is locked into place.
Caution
Folding a rear seat with the seat belts
still fastened may cause damage to the
seat or the seat belts. Always unbuckle
the seat belts and return them to their
normal stowed position before folding a
rear seat.
2. Lift the lever on the outboard side of the
seat to release the seatback.
3. Lift the lever again to release the rear of
the seat from the floor. The seat will
tumble forward.
The second row seats can be folded for
additional cargo space or folded and
tumbled for easy entry and exit to the third
row seat.
Folding and Tumbling the Seat from the
Third Row Seat
Folding and Tumbling the Seat
{ Warning
To fold and tumble the seat:
1. Make sure that there is nothing under,
in front of, or on the seat.
The seatback will fold forward to create
a flat load floor.
Using the third row seating position
while the second row is folded, or folded
and tumbled, could cause injury in a
sudden stop or crash. Be sure to return
(Continued)
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
Warning (Continued)
the seat to the passenger seating
position. Push and pull on the seat to
make sure it is locked into place.
seating position before driving the
vehicle. Push and pull on the seat to
make sure it is locked into place.
To fold and tumble the seat from the third
row seat:
1. Make sure that there is nothing under,
in front of, or on the seat.
{ Warning
3. Pull the strap again to release the rear of
the seat from the floor. The seat will
tumble forward.
Automatic Fold and Tumble Feature
{ Warning
2. Pull the strap on the bottom rear of the
second row seat to release the seatback.
The seatback will fold forward.
47
Do not leave the second row seat in a
tumbled position while the vehicle is in
motion. A tumbled seat is not locked.
It can move when the vehicle is in
motion. People in the vehicle could be
injured in a sudden stop or crash. Be sure
to return the seat to the passenger
(Continued)
Automatically folding and tumbling the
seat when someone is sitting in the seat,
could cause injury to the person sitting
there. Always make sure there is no one
sitting in the seat before pressing the
automatic seat release switch.
Caution
Folding a rear seat with the seat belts
still fastened may cause damage to the
seat or the seat belts. Always unbuckle
the seat belts and return them to their
normal stowed position before folding a
rear seat.
The vehicle must be in P (Park) for this
feature to work.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
48
Seats and Restraints
3. Press the switch again to release the rear
of the seat from the floor. The seat will
tumble forward.
Folding and Tumbling the Seat
To fold and tumble the seat:
1. Make sure that there is nothing under,
in front of, or on the seat.
The switches (2) can be used to fold the
third row seatbacks from the cargo area. See
Third Row Seats 0 49.
Returning the Seat to the Sitting Position
{ Warning
1. Second Row Power Seat Fold and
Tumble Switches
2. Third Row Power Seat Fold and Raise
Switches
Driver Side Rear Panel Switch
2. Press the automatic seat release switch
on the panel behind the rear doors. The
seatback automatically folds flat.
3. Press the switch again to release the rear
of the seat from the floor. The seat will
tumble forward.
Folding and Tumbling the Second Row Seat
from the Cargo Area
The vehicle must be in P (Park) for this
feature to work.
To fold and tumble the seat from the
cargo area:
1. Make sure that there is nothing under,
in front of, or on the seat.
2. Press the switch (1) on the side trim of
the cargo area to fold the second row
seatback.
The left switch folds the left seatback,
and the right switch folds the right
seatback.
If either seatback is not locked, it could
move forward in a sudden stop or crash.
That could cause injury to the person
sitting there. Always push and pull on
the seatbacks to be sure they are locked.
To return the seat to the sitting position
from the tumbled position:
1. Pull the seat down until it latches to the
floor. The seatback cannot be raised if
the seat is not latched to the floor.
2. Lift the seatback and push it rearward.
Push and pull on the seatback to make
sure it is locked.
3. For the 60/40 split-bench seat, make
sure the seat belt in the center seating
position is not caught between the two
seats and is not twisted.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Seats and Restraints
Heated Rear Seats
{ Warning
If temperature change or pain to the skin
cannot be felt, the seat heater may cause
burns. See the Warning under Heated
and Ventilated Front Seats 0 43.
49
Press the button once for the highest
setting. With each press of the button, the
seat will change to the next lower setting,
and then to the off setting. The indicator
lights next to the buttons indicate three for
the highest setting and one for the lowest.
If the heated seats are on high for
30 minutes, their level may automatically be
lowered.
Third Row Seats
Caution
Folding a rear seat with the seat belts
still fastened may cause damage to the
seat or the seat belts. Always unbuckle
the seat belts and return them to their
normal stowed position before folding a
rear seat.
The buttons are on the rear of the center
console.
With the engine running, press M or L to
heat the left or right outboard seat cushion.
An indicator on the rear climate control
display appears when this feature is on.
The third row seatbacks can be folded to
increase cargo space.
1. Open the liftgate to access the controls
for the third row seat.
2. Make sure that there is nothing under,
in front of, or on the seat.
3. If the second row seat is in the full rear
position, adjust it forward to allow the
third row seat to fold fully flat.
4. Disconnect the rear seat belt mini-latch,
using a key in the slot on the
mini-buckle, and let the belt retract into
the headliner.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
50
Seats and Restraints
Returning the Third Row Seatback to the
Upright Position
5. Stow the mini-latch in the holder in the
headliner.
6. Stow the seat belt in the belt
stowage clip.
Repeat the steps to fold the other
seatback, if desired.
Power Seatback Folding (If Equipped)
The vehicle must be in P (Park) for this
feature to work.
1. Second Row Power Seat Fold and
Tumble Switches
2. Third Row Power Seat Fold and Raise
Switches
1. Press and hold the switch (2) on the side
trim of the cargo area to fold the third
row seatback.
The left switch folds the left seatback,
and the right switch folds the right
seatback.
2. Repeat the steps for the other seatback,
if desired.
The switches (1) can be used to fold or fold
and tumble the second row seats from the
cargo area. See Second Row Seats 0 45.
1. Second Row Power Seat Fold and
Tumble Switches
2. Third Row Power Seat Fold and Raise
Switches
To return the third row seatback to the
upright position:
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
The person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. After raising the rear
seatback, always check to be sure that
the seat belts are properly routed and
attached, and are not twisted.
1. Ensure the seat belt is in the belt
stowage clip.
2. Open the liftgate to access the controls
for the seat.
3. Press and hold the switch (2) on the side
trim of the cargo area to raise the third
row seatback.
The left switch raises the left seatback,
and the right switch raises the right
seatback.
{ Warning
A seat belt that is improperly routed, not
properly attached, or twisted will not
provide the protection needed in a crash.
(Continued)
51
1. Pull up on the lever to release the
seatback.
2. Push the seatback forward to lay flat.
3. Repeat for the other seatback,
if necessary.
Returning the Third Row Seatback to the
Upright Position
4. Reconnect the center seat belt mini-latch
to the mini-buckle. Do not let it twist.
5. Pull on the seat belt to be sure the
mini-latch is secure.
6. Repeat the steps for the other seatback,
if desired.
Manual Seatback Folding (If Equipped)
1. Ensure the seat belt is in the belt
stowage clip.
2. From the rear of the vehicle, raise the
seatback to the upright position using
the pull strap on the back of the third
row seat, or lift the seatback and push it
into place from inside the vehicle.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
52
Seats and Restraints
{ Warning
Folding the Third Row Seats from the
Overhead Console
If either seatback is not locked, it could
move forward in a sudden stop or crash.
That could cause injury to the person
sitting there. Always push and pull on
the seatbacks to be sure they are locked.
There are additional switches which can be
used to fold the third row seatbacks from
the cargo area. See Third Row Seats 0 49.
Seat Belts
3. Push and pull on the seatback to make
sure it is locked in place.
This section describes how to use seat belts
properly, and some things not to do.
{ Warning
A seat belt that is improperly routed, not
properly attached, or twisted will not
provide the protection needed in a crash.
The person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. After raising the rear
seatback, always check to be sure that
the seat belts are properly routed and
attached, and are not twisted.
4. Reconnect the center seat belt mini-latch
to the mini-buckle. Do not let it twist.
5. Pull on the seat belt to be sure the
mini-latch is secure.
If the red light on the switch is
illuminated, the third row seatback is not
in the seating position.
{ Warning
To fold the seats from the overhead console,
if equipped:
The vehicle must be in P (Park) for this
feature to work.
1. Press and hold the switch to fold the
third row seatback.
The left switch folds the left seatback,
and the right switch folds the right
seatback.
2. Repeat the steps for the other seatback,
if desired.
3. Press and hold the switch to return the
seatback to the seating position.
Do not let anyone ride where a seat belt
cannot be worn properly. In a crash,
if you or your passenger(s) are not
wearing seat belts, injuries can be much
worse than if you are wearing seat belts.
You can be seriously injured or killed by
hitting things inside the vehicle harder or
by being ejected from the vehicle. In
addition, anyone who is not buckled up
can strike other passengers in the vehicle.
It is extremely dangerous to ride in a
cargo area, inside or outside of a vehicle.
In a collision, passengers riding in these
areas are more likely to be seriously
(Continued)
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
injured or killed. Do not allow passengers
to ride in any area of the vehicle that is
not equipped with seats and seat belts.
When riding in a vehicle, you travel as fast
as the vehicle does. If the vehicle stops
suddenly, you keep going until something
stops you. It could be the windshield, the
instrument panel, or the seat belts!
This vehicle has indicators as a reminder to
buckle the seat belts. See Seat Belt
Reminders 0 110.
When you wear a seat belt, you and the
vehicle slow down together. There is more
time to stop because you stop over a longer
distance and, when worn properly, your
strongest bones take the forces from the
seat belts. That is why wearing seat belts
makes such good sense.
Why Seat Belts Work
Questions and Answers About Seat Belts
Always wear a seat belt, and check that
all passenger(s) are restrained
properly too.
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle after a
crash if I am wearing a seat belt?
A: You could be — whether you are
wearing a seat belt or not. Your chance
of being conscious during and after a
crash, so you can unbuckle and get out,
is much greater if you are belted.
53
Also, in nearly all states and in all
Canadian provinces, the law requires
wearing seat belts.
Buckle To Drive
If equipped, this feature prevents the vehicle
from shifting out of P (Park) when the driver
seat belt is not buckled. The Buckle to Drive
feature must be turned ON in the
infotainment system to work. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 128 and if equipped, Teen
Driver 0 175. If the engine is running, the
driver seat belt is not buckled, and the brake
pedal is pressed with the vehicle in P (Park),
a message displays in the Driver Information
Center (DIC). Buckle the driver seat belt to
shift out of P (Park). Shifting from P (Park)
will be prevented once for each ignition
cycle.
Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why should I
have to wear seat belts?
For some fleet vehicles, the feature is
always ON and it cannot be turned OFF in
the infotainment system. Shifting from
P (Park) will be prevented each time the
above conditions exist.
A: Airbags are supplemental systems only.
They work with seat belts — not instead
of them. Whether or not an airbag is
provided, all occupants still have to
buckle up to get the most protection.
On some models, Buckle to Drive may also
prevent shifting out of P (Park) if a front
passenger is unbuckled under similar
conditions. A message displays in the DIC.
Buckle the front passenger seat belt to shift
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
54
Seats and Restraints
out of P (Park). This feature may not allow
the vehicle to shift out of P (Park) if an
object, such as a briefcase, handbag, grocery
bag, laptop, or other electronic device, is on
the front passenger seat. If this happens,
remove the object from the seat or buckle
the seat belt to shift out of P (Park).
Infants and Young Children 0 72. Review and
follow the rules for children in addition to
the following rules.
If the driver, or on some vehicles, the
present front passenger remains unbuckled,
the DIC message will turn off after several
seconds and the vehicle can be shifted out
of P (Park). See “Seat Belts” and “Child
Restraints” in the Index for information
about the importance of proper
restraint use.
There are important things to know about
wearing a seat belt properly.
It is very important for all occupants to
buckle up. Statistics show that unbelted
people are hurt more often in crashes than
those who are wearing seat belts.
Follow these rules for everyone's protection.
There are additional things to know about
seat belts and children, including smaller
children and infants. If a child will be riding
in the vehicle, see Older Children 0 70 or
{ Warning
You can be seriously injured, or even
killed, by not wearing your seat belt
properly.
If the driver seat belt or the front passenger
seat belt is unbuckled when driving, the seat
belt reminder chime and light(s) will come
on. See Seat Belt Reminders 0 110. This
feature may not function properly if the
airbag readiness light is on. See Airbag
Readiness Light 0 111.
How to Wear Seat Belts Properly
If you slid under it, the belt would apply
force on your abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries.
. Wear the shoulder belt over the shoulder
and across the chest. These parts of the
body are best able to take belt
restraining forces. The shoulder belt locks
if there is a sudden stop or crash.
. Sit up straight and always keep your feet
on the floor in front of you (if possible).
. Wear the lap part of the belt low and
snug on the hips, just touching the
thighs. In a crash, this applies force to the
strong pelvic bones and you would be
less likely to slide under the lap belt.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Seats and Restraints
Never allow the lap or shoulder belt to
become loose or twisted.
Never wear the shoulder belt under both
arms or behind your back.
Never route the lap or shoulder belt over an
armrest.
{ Warning
The seat belt can be pinched if it is
routed under plastic trim on the seat,
such as trim around the rear seatback
folding handle or side airbag. In a crash,
pinched seat belts might not provide
adequate protection. Never allow seat
belts to be routed under plastic trim
pieces.
Always use the correct buckle for your
seating position.
55
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
56
Seats and Restraints
position on the seat, move the seat
rearward or recline the seat until the
shoulder belt retractor lock releases.
Engaging the child restraint locking
feature in the front outboard seating
position may affect the passenger
sensing system. See Passenger Sensing
System 0 65.
{ Warning
You can be seriously injured or killed if
the shoulder belt is worn behind your
back, under your legs, or wrapped around
your neck. The shoulder belt can tighten
but cannot be loosened if it is locked. The
shoulder belt locks when it is pulled all
the way out of the retractor. It unlocks
when the shoulder belt is allowed to go
all the way back into the retractor, but it
cannot do this if it is wrapped around
you. You may have to cut the seat belt if
it is locked and tightened around you.
Lap-Shoulder Belt
All seating positions in the vehicle have a
lap-shoulder belt.
If you are using a rear seating position with
a detachable seat belt and the seat belt is
not attached, see Third Row Seats 0 49 for
instructions on reconnecting the seat belt to
the mini-buckle.
The following instructions explain how to
wear a lap-shoulder belt properly.
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is adjustable,
so you can sit up straight. To see how,
see “Seats” in the Index.
2. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt
across you. Do not let it get twisted.
The lap-shoulder belt may lock if you
pull the belt across you very quickly.
If this happens, let the belt go back
slightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt
across you more slowly.
If the shoulder portion of a passenger
belt is pulled out all the way, the child
restraint locking feature may be
engaged. See Child Restraint Systems
0 74. If this occurs, let the belt go back
all the way and start again. If the
locking feature stays engaged after
letting the belt go back to stowed
3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until
it clicks.
Pull up on the latch plate to make sure
it is secure.
If the belt is not long enough, see Seat
Belt Extender 0 58.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Seats and Restraints
57
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
Position the release button on the buckle
so that the seat belt could be quickly
unbuckled if necessary.
4. If equipped with a shoulder belt height
adjuster, move it to the height that is
right for you. See “Shoulder Belt Height
Adjuster” in this section for instructions
on use and important safety information.
The vehicle has a shoulder belt height
adjuster for the driver and front outboard
passenger positions.
Adjust the height so the shoulder portion of
the belt is on the shoulder and not falling
off of it. The belt should be close to, but not
contacting, the neck. Improper shoulder belt
height adjustment could reduce the
effectiveness of the seat belt in a crash. See
How to Wear Seat Belts Properly 0 54.
To unlatch the belt, push the button on the
buckle. The belt should return to its stowed
position.
5. To make the lap part tight, pull up on
the shoulder belt.
Always stow the seat belt slowly. If the seat
belt webbing returns quickly to the stowed
position, the retractor may lock and cannot
be pulled out. If this happens, pull the seat
belt straight out firmly to unlock the
webbing, and then release it. If the webbing
is still locked in the retractor, see your
dealer.
Before a door is closed, be sure the seat belt
is out of the way. If a door is slammed
against a seat belt, damage can occur to
both the seat belt and the vehicle.
Push the release button to move the height
adjuster to the desired position.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
58
Seats and Restraints
After the adjuster is set to the desired
position, try to move it down without
pushing the release button to make sure it
has locked into position.
Seat Belt Pretensioners
This vehicle has seat belt pretensioners for
the front outboard occupants.
Although the seat belt pretensioners cannot
be seen, they are part of the seat belt
assembly. They can help tighten the seat
belts during the early stages of a moderate
to severe frontal or near frontal crash if the
threshold conditions for pretensioner
activation are met.
Seat belt pretensioners can also help tighten
the seat belts in a side crash or rollover
event.
Pretensioners work only once. If the
pretensioners activate in a crash, the
pretensioners and probably other parts of
the vehicle's seat belt system will need to
be replaced. See Replacing Seat Belt System
Parts after a Crash 0 59.
Do not sit on the outboard seat belt while
entering or exiting the vehicle or at any
time while sitting in the seat. Sitting on the
seat belt can damage the webbing and
hardware.
Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides
Rear seat belt comfort guides may provide
added seat belt comfort for older children
who have outgrown booster seats and for
some adults. When installed on a shoulder
belt, the comfort guide positions the
shoulder belt away from the neck and head.
Comfort guides are available through your
dealer for the rear outboard seating
positions. Instructions are included with the
comfort guides.
Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy
Seat belts work for everyone, including
pregnant women. Like all occupants, they
are more likely to be seriously injured if
they do not wear seat belts.
A pregnant woman should wear a
lap-shoulder belt, and the lap portion should
be worn as low as possible, below the
rounding, throughout the pregnancy.
The best way to protect the fetus is to
protect the mother. When a seat belt is
worn properly, it is more likely that the
fetus will not be hurt in a crash. For
pregnant women, as for anyone, the key to
making seat belts effective is wearing them
properly.
Seat Belt Extender
If the vehicle's seat belt will fasten around
you, you should use it.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Seats and Restraints
But if a seat belt is not long enough, your
dealer will order you an extender. Only a
GM dealer issued extender should be used.
When you go in to order it, take the
heaviest coat you will wear, so the extender
will be long enough for you. To help avoid
personal injury, do not let someone else use
it, and use it only for the seat it is made to
fit. The extender has been designed for
adults. Never use it for securing child
restraints. For more information on the
proper use and fit of seat belt extenders see
the instruction sheet that comes with the
extender.
Safety System Check
Periodically check the seat belt reminder,
seat belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors,
shoulder belt height adjusters (if equipped),
and seat belt anchorages to make sure they
are all in working order. Look for any other
loose or damaged seat belt system parts
that might keep a seat belt system from
performing properly. See your dealer to
have it repaired. Torn, frayed, or twisted
seat belts may not protect you in a crash.
Torn or frayed seat belts can rip apart under
impact forces. If a belt is torn or frayed,
have it replaced immediately. If a belt is
twisted, it may be possible to untwist by
reversing the latch plate on the webbing.
If the twist cannot be corrected, ask your
dealer to fix it.
Make sure the seat belt reminder light is
working. See Seat Belt Reminders 0 110.
Keep seat belts clean and dry. See Seat Belt
Care 0 59.
Seat Belt Care
Keep belts clean and dry.
Seat belts should be properly cared for and
maintained.
Seat belt hardware should be kept dry and
free of dust or debris. As necessary, exterior
hard surfaces and seat belt webbing may be
lightly cleaned with mild soap and water.
Ensure there is not excessive dust or debris
in the mechanism. If dust or debris exists in
the system please see the dealer. Parts may
need to be replaced to ensure proper
functionality of the system.
{ Warning
Do not bleach or dye seat belt webbing.
It may severely weaken the webbing. In
a crash, they might not be able to
(Continued)
59
Warning (Continued)
provide adequate protection. Clean and
rinse seat belt webbing only with mild
soap and lukewarm water. Allow the
webbing to dry.
Replacing Seat Belt System Parts
after a Crash
{ Warning
A crash can damage the seat belt system
in the vehicle. A damaged seat belt
system may not properly protect the
person using it, resulting in serious injury
or even death in a crash. To help make
sure the seat belt systems are working
properly after a crash, have them
inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon as possible.
After a minor crash, replacement of seat
belts may not be necessary. But the seat
belt assemblies that were used during any
crash may have been stressed or damaged.
See your dealer to have the seat belt
assemblies inspected or replaced.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
60
Seats and Restraints
New parts and repairs may be necessary
even if the seat belt system was not being
used at the time of the crash.
The vehicle may have the following airbag:
. A front center airbag for the driver and
front outboard passenger
Have the seat belt pretensioners checked if
the vehicle has been in a crash, or if the
airbag readiness light stays on after you
start the vehicle or while you are driving.
See Airbag Readiness Light 0 111.
All vehicle airbags have the word AIRBAG on
the trim or on a label near the deployment
opening.
Airbag System
The vehicle has the following airbags:
. A frontal airbag for the driver
. A frontal airbag for the front outboard
passenger
. A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the
driver
. A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the
front outboard passenger
. A roof-rail airbag for the driver and for
the second and third row passengers
seated directly behind the driver
. A roof-rail airbag for the front outboard
passenger and the second and third row
passengers seated directly behind the
front outboard passenger
For frontal airbags, the word AIRBAG is on
the center of the steering wheel for the
driver and on the instrument panel for the
front outboard passenger.
For the front center airbag, the word AIRBAG
is on the inboard side of the driver seatback.
For seat-mounted side impact airbags, the
word AIRBAG is on the side of the seatback
or side of the seat closest to the door.
For roof-rail airbags, the word AIRBAG is on
the ceiling or trim.
Airbags are designed to supplement the
protection provided by seat belts. Even
though today's airbags are also designed to
help reduce the risk of injury from the force
of an inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
very quickly to do their job.
Here are the most important things to know
about the airbag system:
{ Warning
You can be severely injured or killed in a
crash if you are not wearing your seat
belt, even with airbags. Airbags are
designed to work with seat belts, not
replace them. Also, airbags are not
designed to inflate in every crash. In
some crashes seat belts are the only
restraint. See When Should an Airbag
Inflate? 0 63.
Wearing your seat belt during a crash
helps reduce your chance of hitting
things inside the vehicle or being ejected
from it. Airbags are “supplemental
restraints” to the seat belts. Everyone in
the vehicle should wear a seat belt
properly, whether or not there is an
airbag for that person.
{ Warning
Because airbags inflate with great force
and faster than the blink of an eye,
anyone who is up against, or very close
to any airbag when it inflates can be
seriously injured or killed. Do not sit
(Continued)
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
{ Warning
unnecessarily close to any airbag, as you
would be if sitting on the edge of the
seat or leaning forward. Seat belts help
keep you in position before and during a
crash. Always wear a seat belt, even with
airbags. The driver should sit as far back
as possible while still maintaining control
of the vehicle. The seat belts and the
front outboard passenger airbags are
most effective when you are sitting well
back and upright in the seat with both
feet on the floor.
Children who are up against, or very
close to, any airbag when it inflates can
be seriously injured or killed. Always
secure children properly in the vehicle. To
read how, see Older Children 0 70 or
Infants and Young Children 0 72.
Occupants should not lean on or sleep
against the front center armrest or
console in vehicles with a front center
airbag.
Occupants should not lean on or sleep
against the door or side windows in
seating positions with seat-mounted side
impact airbags and/or roof-rail airbags.
There is an airbag readiness light on the
instrument cluster, which shows the airbag
symbol.
The system checks the airbag electrical
system for malfunctions. The light tells you
if there is an electrical problem. See Airbag
Readiness Light 0 111.
61
Where Are the Airbags?
The driver frontal airbag is in the center of
the steering wheel.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
62
Seats and Restraints
The front outboard passenger frontal airbag
is in the passenger side instrument panel.
Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar
If the vehicle has a front center airbag, it is
in the inboard side of the driver seatback.
The driver and front outboard passenger
seat-mounted side impact airbags are in the
side of the seatbacks closest to the door.
Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar
The roof-rail airbags for the driver, front
outboard passenger, and second and third
row outboard seating positions are in the
ceiling above the side windows.
{ Warning
If something is between an occupant and
an airbag, the airbag might not inflate
properly or it might force the object into
that person causing severe injury or even
death. The path of an inflating airbag
must be kept clear. Do not put anything
between an occupant and an airbag, and
(Continued)
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
do not attach or put anything on the
steering wheel hub or on or near any
other airbag covering.
Do not use seat or console accessories
that block the inflation path of a
seat-mounted side impact airbag or the
front center airbag, if equipped.
Never secure anything to the roof of a
vehicle with roof-rail airbags by routing a
rope or tie-down through any door or
window opening. If you do, the path of
an inflating roof-rail airbag will be
blocked.
When Should an Airbag Inflate?
This vehicle is equipped with airbags. See
Airbag System 0 60. Airbags are designed to
inflate if the impact exceeds the specific
airbag system's deployment threshold.
Deployment thresholds are used to predict
how severe a crash is likely to be in time
for the airbags to inflate and help restrain
the occupants. The vehicle has electronic
sensors that help the airbag system
determine the severity of the impact.
Deployment thresholds can vary with
specific vehicle design.
Frontal airbags are designed to inflate in
moderate to severe frontal or near frontal
crashes to help reduce the potential for
severe injuries, mainly to the driver's or
front outboard passenger's head and chest.
Whether the frontal airbags will or should
inflate is not based primarily on how fast
the vehicle is traveling. It depends on what
is hit, the direction of the impact, and how
quickly the vehicle slows down.
Frontal airbags may inflate at different crash
speeds depending on whether the vehicle
hits an object straight on or at an angle,
and whether the object is fixed or moving,
rigid or deformable, narrow or wide.
Frontal airbags are not intended to inflate
during vehicle rollovers, rear impacts,
or many side impacts.
In addition, the vehicle has advanced
technology frontal airbags. Advanced
technology frontal airbags adjust the
restraint according to crash severity.
The front center airbag, if equipped, is
designed to inflate in moderate to severe
side crashes depending upon the location of
63
the impact, when either side of the vehicle
is struck. In addition, the front center airbag
is designed to inflate when the sensing
system predicts that the vehicle is about to
roll over on its side. The front center airbag
is not designed to inflate in frontal impacts,
near frontal impacts, or rear impacts.
Seat-mounted side impact airbags are
designed to inflate in moderate to severe
side crashes, depending on the location of
the impact. Seat-mounted side impact
airbags are not designed to inflate in
rollovers or in rear impacts. The driver side
seat-mounted side impact airbag is not
designed to inflate in frontal impacts or in
near frontal impacts. The passenger side
seat-mounted side impact airbag is designed
to inflate in moderate to severe frontal
impacts or in near frontal impacts.
A seat-mounted side impact airbag is
designed to inflate on the side of the vehicle
that is struck.
Roof-rail airbags are designed to inflate in
moderate to severe side crashes depending
on the location of the impact. In addition,
these roof-rail airbags are designed to inflate
during a rollover or in a severe frontal
impact. Roof-rail airbags are not designed to
inflate in rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
64
Seats and Restraints
will inflate when either side of the vehicle is
struck, if the sensing system predicts that
the vehicle is about to roll over on its side,
or in a severe frontal impact.
Airbags supplement the protection provided
by seat belts by distributing the force of the
impact more evenly over the
occupant's body.
In any particular crash, no one can say
whether an airbag should have inflated
simply because of the vehicle damage or the
repair costs.
Rollover capable roof-rail airbags are
designed to help contain the head and chest
of occupants in the outboard seating
positions in the first, second, and third rows.
The rollover capable roof-rail airbags are
designed to help reduce the risk of full or
partial ejection in rollover events, although
no system can prevent all such ejections.
What Makes an Airbag Inflate?
In a deployment event, the sensing system
sends an electrical signal triggering a release
of gas from the inflator. Gas from the
inflator fills the airbag causing the bag to
break out of the cover. The inflator, the
airbag, and related hardware are all part of
the airbag module.
For airbag locations, see Where Are the
Airbags? 0 61.
How Does an Airbag Restrain?
In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal
collisions, even belted occupants can contact
the steering wheel or the instrument panel.
In moderate to severe side collisions, even
belted occupants can contact the inside of
the vehicle.
But airbags would not help in many types
of collisions, primarily because the
occupant's motion is not toward those
airbags. See When Should an Airbag Inflate?
0 63.
Airbags should never be regarded as
anything more than a supplement to seat
belts.
What Will You See after an
Airbag Inflates?
After frontal and seat-mounted side impact
airbags inflate, they quickly deflate, so
quickly that some people may not even
realize the airbags inflated. The front center
airbag and roof-rail airbags may still be at
least partially inflated for some time after
they inflate. Some components of the airbag
module may be hot for several minutes. For
location of the airbags, see Where Are the
Airbags? 0 61.
The parts of the airbag that come into
contact with you may be warm, but not too
hot to touch. There may be some smoke
and dust coming from the vents in the
deflated airbags. Airbag inflation does not
prevent the driver from seeing out of the
windshield or being able to steer the
vehicle, nor does it prevent people from
leaving the vehicle.
{ Warning
When an airbag inflates, there may be
dust in the air. This dust could cause
breathing problems for people with a
history of asthma or other breathing
trouble. To avoid this, everyone in the
vehicle should get out as soon as it is
safe to do so. If you have breathing
problems but cannot get out of the
vehicle after an airbag inflates, then get
fresh air by opening a window or a door.
(Continued)
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
If you experience breathing problems
following an airbag deployment, you
should seek medical attention.
The vehicle has a feature that may
automatically unlock the doors, turn on the
interior lamps and hazard warning flashers,
and shut off the fuel system after the
airbags inflate. The feature may also
activate, without airbag inflation, after an
event that exceeds a predetermined
threshold. After turning the ignition off and
then on again, the fuel system will return to
normal operation; the doors can be locked,
the interior lamps can be turned off, and
the hazard warning flashers can be turned
off using the controls for those features.
If any of these systems are damaged in the
crash they may not operate as normal.
{ Warning
A crash severe enough to inflate the
airbags may have also damaged
important functions in the vehicle, such
as the fuel system, brake and steering
systems, etc. Even if the vehicle appears
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
to be drivable after a moderate crash,
there may be concealed damage that
could make it difficult to safely operate
the vehicle.
Use caution if you should attempt to
restart the engine after a crash has
occurred.
In many crashes severe enough to inflate
the airbag, windshields are broken by
vehicle deformation. Additional windshield
breakage may also occur from the front
outboard passenger airbag.
. Airbags are designed to inflate only once.
After an airbag inflates, you will need
some new parts for the airbag system.
If you do not get them, the airbag
system will not be there to help protect
you in another crash. A new system will
include airbag modules and possibly other
parts. The service manual for the vehicle
covers the need to replace other parts.
. The vehicle has a crash sensing and
diagnostic module which records
information after a crash. See Vehicle
Data Recording and Privacy 0 399 and
Event Data Recorders 0 400.
65
. Let only qualified technicians work on the
airbag systems. Improper service can
mean that an airbag system will not work
properly. See your dealer for service.
Passenger Sensing System
The vehicle has a passenger sensing system
for the front outboard passenger position.
The passenger airbag status indicator will
light on the overhead console when the
vehicle is started.
United States and Canada
The words ON and OFF, and the symbols for
on and off, will be visible during the system
check. When the system check is complete,
either the word ON or OFF, and the symbol
for on or off, will be visible. See Passenger
Airbag Status Indicator 0 111.
The passenger sensing system turns off the
front outboard passenger frontal airbag
under certain conditions. No other airbag is
affected by the passenger sensing system.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
66
Seats and Restraints
The passenger sensing system works with
sensors that are part of the front outboard
passenger seat and seat belt. The sensors
are designed to detect the presence of a
properly seated occupant and determine if
the front outboard passenger frontal airbag
should be allowed to inflate or not.
According to accident statistics, children are
safer when properly secured in a rear seat
in the correct child restraint for their weight
and size.
Whenever possible, children aged 12 and
under should be secured in a rear seating
position.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in the
front. This is because the risk to the
rear-facing child is so great, if the airbag
inflates.
{ Warning
A child in a rear-facing child restraint can
be seriously injured or killed if the
passenger frontal airbag inflates. This is
because the back of the rear-facing child
restraint would be very close to the
inflating airbag. A child in a
forward-facing child restraint can be
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
seriously injured or killed if the passenger
frontal airbag inflates and the passenger
seat is in a forward position.
Even if the passenger sensing system has
turned off the passenger frontal airbag,
no system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not deploy
under some unusual circumstance, even
though the airbag is turned off.
Never put a rear-facing child restraint in
the front seat, even if the airbag is off.
If securing a forward-facing child restraint
in the front outboard passenger seat,
always move the seat as far back as it
will go. It is better to secure child
restraints in the rear seat. Consider using
another vehicle to transport the child
when a rear seat is not available.
If the vehicle does not have a rear seat that
will accommodate a rear-facing child
restraint, a rear-facing child restraint should
not be installed in the vehicle, even if the
airbag is off.
The passenger sensing system is designed to
turn off the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag if:
. The front outboard passenger seat is
unoccupied.
. The system determines an infant is
present in a child restraint.
. A front outboard passenger takes his/her
weight off of the seat for a period
of time.
When the passenger sensing system has
turned off the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag, the OFF indicator will light
and stay lit as a reminder that the airbag is
off. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator
0 111.
The passenger sensing system is designed to
turn on the front outboard passenger frontal
airbag anytime the system senses that a
person of adult size is sitting properly in the
front outboard passenger seat.
When the passenger sensing system has
allowed the airbag to be enabled, the ON
indicator will light and stay lit as a reminder
that the airbag is active.
For some children, including children in child
restraints, and for very small adults, the
passenger sensing system may or may not
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Seats and Restraints
turn off the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag, depending upon the person's
seating posture and body build. Everyone in
the vehicle who has outgrown child
restraints should wear a seat belt
properly — whether or not there is an
airbag for that person.
{ Warning
If the airbag readiness light ever comes
on and stays on, it means that
something may be wrong with the airbag
system. To help avoid injury to yourself
or others, have the vehicle serviced right
away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 111
for more information, including important
safety information.
If the On Indicator Is Lit for a Child
Restraint
The passenger sensing system is designed to
turn off the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag if the system determines that
an infant is present in a child restraint. If a
child restraint has been installed and the ON
indicator is lit:
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Remove the child restraint from the
vehicle.
3. Remove any additional items from the
seat such as blankets, cushions, seat
covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers.
4. Reinstall the child restraint following the
directions provided by the child restraint
manufacturer and refer to Securing Child
Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the
Center Front Seat) 0 88 or
Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat
Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 84 or
Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat
Belt in the Front Passenger Seat) 0 86.
Make sure the seat belt retractor is
locked by pulling the shoulder belt all
the way out of the retractor when
installing the child restraint, even if the
child restraint is equipped with a seat
belt lock off. When the retractor lock is
set, the belt can be tightened but not
pulled out of the retractor.
5. If, after reinstalling the child restraint
and restarting the vehicle, the ON
indicator is still lit, turn the vehicle off.
Then slightly recline the vehicle seatback
and adjust the seat cushion,
67
if adjustable, to make sure that the
vehicle seatback is not pushing the child
restraint into the seat cushion.
Also make sure the child restraint is not
trapped under the vehicle head restraint.
If this happens, adjust the head restraint.
See Head Restraints 0 37.
6. Restart the vehicle.
The passenger sensing system may or may
not turn off the airbag for a child in a child
restraint depending upon the child’s size.
It is better to secure child restraints in a
rear seat. Consider using another vehicle to
transport the child when a rear seat is not
available. Never put a rear-facing child
restraint in the front seat, even if the ON
indicator is not lit.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
68
Seats and Restraints
If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an
Adult-Sized Occupant
If a person of adult size is sitting in the
front outboard passenger seat, but the OFF
indicator is lit, it could be because that
person is not sitting properly in the seat or
that the child restraint locking feature is
engaged. Use the following steps to allow
the system to detect that person and enable
the front outboard passenger frontal airbag:
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Remove any additional material from the
seat, such as blankets, cushions, seat
covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers.
3. Place the seatback in the fully upright
position.
4. Have the person sit upright in the seat,
centered on the seat cushion, with legs
comfortably extended.
5. If the shoulder portion of the belt is
pulled out all the way, the child restraint
locking feature will be engaged. This
may unintentionally cause the passenger
sensing system to turn the airbag off for
some adult-sized occupants. If this
happens, unbuckle the belt, let the belt
go back all the way, and then buckle the
belt again without pulling the belt out
all the way.
6. Restart the vehicle and have the person
remain in this position for two to
three minutes after the ON indicator
is lit.
{ Warning
If the front outboard passenger airbag is
turned off for an adult-sized occupant,
the airbag will not be able to inflate and
help protect that person in a crash,
resulting in an increased risk of serious
injury or even death. An adult-sized
occupant should not ride in the front
outboard passenger seat, if the passenger
airbag OFF indicator is lit.
Additional Factors Affecting System
Operation
Seat belts help keep the passenger in
position on the seat during vehicle
maneuvers and braking, which helps the
passenger sensing system maintain the
passenger airbag status. See “Seat Belts”
and “Child Restraints” in the Index for
additional information about the importance
of proper restraint use.
A thick layer of additional material, such as
a blanket or cushion, or aftermarket
equipment such as seat covers, seat heaters,
and seat massagers can affect how well the
passenger sensing system operates. We
recommend that you not use seat covers or
other aftermarket equipment except when
approved by GM for your specific vehicle.
See Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 69 for more
information about modifications that can
affect how the system operates.
The ON indicator may be lit if an object,
such as a briefcase, handbag, grocery bag,
laptop, or other electronic device, is put on
an unoccupied seat. If this is not desired,
remove the object from the seat.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Seats and Restraints
{ Warning
Stowing articles under the passenger seat
or between the passenger seat cushion
and seatback may interfere with the
proper operation of the passenger
sensing system.
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle
Airbags affect how the vehicle should be
serviced. There are parts of the airbag
system in several places around the vehicle.
Your dealer and the service manual have
information about servicing the vehicle and
the airbag system. To purchase a service
manual, see Publication Ordering
Information 0 397.
{ Warning
For up to 10 seconds after the vehicle is
turned off and the battery is
disconnected, an airbag can still inflate
during improper service. You can be
injured if you are close to an airbag
when it inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
They are probably part of the airbag
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
system. Be sure to follow proper service
procedures, and make sure the person
performing work for you is qualified to
do so.
Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
Adding accessories that change the vehicle's
frame, bumper system, height, front end,
or side sheet metal may keep the airbag
system from working properly.
The operation of the airbag system can also
be affected by changing, including
improperly repairing or replacing, any parts
of the following:
. Airbag system, including airbag modules,
front or side impact sensors, sensing and
diagnostic module, airbag wiring, or front
center console
. Front seats, including stitching, seams or
zippers
. Seat belts
. Steering wheel, instrument panel,
overhead console, ceiling trim, or pillar
garnish trim
69
. Inner door seals, including speakers
Your dealer and the service manual have
information about the location of the airbag
modules and sensors, sensing and diagnostic
module, and airbag wiring along with the
proper replacement procedures.
In addition, the vehicle has a passenger
sensing system for the front outboard
passenger position, which includes sensors
that are part of the passenger's seat. The
passenger sensing system may not operate
properly if the original seat trim is replaced
with non-GM covers, upholstery, or trim,
or with GM covers, upholstery, or trim
designed for a different vehicle. Any object,
such as an aftermarket seat heater or a
comfort enhancing pad or device, installed
under or on top of the seat fabric, could
also interfere with the operation of the
passenger sensing system. This could either
prevent proper deployment of the passenger
airbag(s) or prevent the passenger sensing
system from properly turning off the
passenger airbag(s). See Passenger Sensing
System 0 65.
If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail airbags,
see Different Size Tires and Wheels 0 342 for
additional important information.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
70
Seats and Restraints
If the vehicle must be modified because you
have a disability and you have questions
about whether the modifications will affect
the vehicle's airbag system, or if you have
questions about whether the airbag system
will be affected if the vehicle is modified for
any other reason, call Customer Assistance.
See Customer Assistance Offices 0 392.
Airbag System Check
The airbag system does not need regularly
scheduled maintenance or replacement.
Make sure the airbag readiness light is
working. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 111.
Caution
If an airbag covering is damaged, opened,
or broken, the airbag may not work
properly. Do not open or break the airbag
coverings. If there are any opened or
broken airbag coverings, have the airbag
covering and/or airbag module replaced.
For the location of the airbags, see Where
Are the Airbags? 0 61. See your dealer for
service.
Replacing Airbag System Parts
after a Crash
Child Restraints
Older Children
{ Warning
A crash can damage the airbag systems
in the vehicle. A damaged airbag system
may not properly protect you and your
passenger(s) in a crash, resulting in
serious injury or even death. To help
make sure the airbag systems are
working properly after a crash, have
them inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon as possible.
If an airbag inflates, you will need to
replace airbag system parts. See your dealer
for service.
If the airbag readiness light stays on after
the vehicle is started or comes on when you
are driving, the airbag system may not work
properly. Have the vehicle serviced right
away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 111.
Older children who have outgrown booster
seats should wear the vehicle’s seat belts.
The manufacturer instructions that come
with the booster seat state the weight and
height limitations for that booster. Use a
booster seat with a lap-shoulder belt until
the child passes the fit test below:
. Sit all the way back on the seat. Do the
knees bend at the seat edge? If yes,
continue. If no, return to the booster seat.
. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. Does the
shoulder belt rest on the shoulder? If yes,
continue. If no, try using the rear seat
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Seats and Restraints
belt comfort guide, if available. See “Rear
Seat Belt Comfort Guides” under
Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 56. If a comfort guide
is not available, or if the shoulder belt
still does not rest on the shoulder, then
return to the booster seat.
. Does the lap belt fit low and snug on the
hips, touching the thighs? If yes, continue.
If no, return to the booster seat.
. Can proper seat belt fit be maintained for
the length of the trip? If yes, continue.
If no, return to the booster seat.
Q: What is the proper way to wear seat
belts?
A: An older child should wear a lap-shoulder
belt and get the additional restraint a
shoulder belt can provide. The shoulder
belt should not cross the face or neck.
The lap belt should fit snugly below the
hips, just touching the top of the thighs.
This applies belt force to the child's
pelvic bones in a crash. It should never
be worn over the abdomen, which could
cause severe or even fatal internal
injuries in a crash.
Also see “Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides”
under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 56.
According to accident statistics, children are
safer when properly restrained in a rear
seating position.
In a crash, children who are not buckled up
can strike other people who are buckled up,
or can be thrown out of the vehicle. Older
children need to use seat belts properly.
{ Warning
Never allow more than one child to wear
the same seat belt. The seat belt cannot
properly spread the impact forces. In a
crash, they can be crushed together and
seriously injured. A seat belt must be
used by only one person at a time.
71
{ Warning
Never allow a child to wear the seat belt
shoulder belt under both arms or behind
their back. A child can be seriously
injured by not wearing the lap-shoulder
belt properly. In a crash, the child would
not be restrained by the shoulder belt.
The child could move too far forward
increasing the chance of head and neck
injury. The child might also slide under
the lap belt. The belt force would then be
applied right on the abdomen. That could
cause serious or fatal injuries. The
shoulder belt should go over the shoulder
and across the chest.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
72
Seats and Restraints
Infants and Young Children
Everyone in a vehicle needs protection! This
includes infants and all other children.
Neither the distance traveled nor the age
and size of the traveler changes the need,
for everyone, to use safety restraints. In
fact, the law in every state in the United
States and in every Canadian province says
children up to some age must be restrained
while in a vehicle.
{ Warning
{ Warning
Children can be seriously injured or killed
if the shoulder belt is worn behind their
back, under their legs, or wrapped around
their neck. The shoulder belt can tighten
but cannot be loosened if it is locked. The
shoulder belt locks when it is pulled all
the way out of the retractor. It unlocks
when the shoulder belt is allowed to go
all the way back into the retractor, but it
cannot do this if it is wrapped around the
child. Never leave children unattended in
a vehicle and never allow children to
improperly wear, or play with, the seat
belts.
Never hold an infant or a child while
riding in a vehicle. Due to crash forces, an
infant or a child will become so heavy it
is not possible to hold it during a crash.
For example, in a crash at only
40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) infant
will suddenly become a 110 kg (240 lb)
force on a person's arms. An infant or
child should be secured in an appropriate
child restraint.
Every time infants and young children ride
in vehicles, they should have the protection
provided by appropriate child restraints.
Neither the vehicle’s seat belt system nor its
airbag system is designed for them.
Children who are not restrained properly can
strike other people, or can be thrown out of
the vehicle.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Seats and Restraints
designed to be used in a motor vehicle and
is certified to comply with US Federal or
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.
If it is, the child restraint will have a label
saying that it meets federal motor vehicle
safety standards. The NHTSA website
includes a list of registered car seat
manufacturers (https://www.nhtsa.gov) and
links to their registration pages for
consumers. Registration helps manufacturers
identify purchasers for recall notices.
{ Warning
Children who are up against, or very
close to, any airbag when it inflates can
be seriously injured or killed. Never put a
rear-facing child restraint in the front
passenger seat. Secure a rear-facing child
restraint in a rear seat.
It is also better to secure a forward-facing
child restraint in a rear seat. If a
forward-facing child restraint must be
secured in the front passenger seat,
always move the front passenger seat as
far back as it will go.
If a child restraint is installed in the
second row center seat, move the second
row seat to the rearward position,
whenever possible, to minimize contact
with the front center airbag.
73
Child restraints are devices used to restrain,
seat, or position children in the vehicle and
are sometimes called child seats or car seats.
There are three basic types of child
restraints:
. Forward-facing child restraints
. Rear-facing child restraints
. Belt-positioning booster seats
The proper child restraint for your child
depends on their size, weight, and age, and
also on whether the child restraint is
compatible with the vehicle in which it will
be used.
For each type of child restraint, there are
many different models available. When
purchasing a child restraint, be sure it is
The instruction manual that is provided with
the child restraint states the weight and
height limitations for that particular child
restraint. In addition, there are many kinds
of child restraints available for children with
special needs.
{ Warning
To reduce the risk of neck and head
injury in a crash, infants and toddlers
should be secured in a rear-facing child
restraint until age two, or until they
reach the maximum height and weight
limits of their child restraint.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
74
Seats and Restraints
{ Warning
A young child's hip bones are still so
small that the vehicle seat belt may not
remain low on the hip bones, as it
should. Instead, it may settle up around
the child's abdomen. In a crash, the belt
would apply force on a body area that is
unprotected by any bony structure. This
alone could cause serious or fatal injuries.
To reduce the risk of serious or fatal
injuries during a crash, young children
should always be secured in an
appropriate child restraint.
Child Restraint Systems
Forward-Facing Child Restraint
Rear-Facing Infant Restraint
A rear-facing child restraint provides
restraint with the seating surface against
the back of the infant.
The harness system holds the infant in place
and, in a crash, acts to keep the infant
positioned in the restraint.
A forward-facing child restraint provides
restraint for the child's body with the
harness.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Seats and Restraints
Securing an Add-On Child Restraint in
the Vehicle
{ Warning
Booster Seats
A belt-positioning booster seat is used for
children who have outgrown their
forward-facing child restraint. Boosters are
designed to improve the fit of the vehicle's
seat belt system until the child is large
enough for the vehicle seat belts to fit
properly without a booster seat. See the
seat belt fit test in Older Children 0 70.
A child can be seriously injured or killed
in a crash if the child restraint is not
properly secured in the vehicle. Secure
the child restraint properly in the vehicle
using the vehicle seat belt or LATCH
system, following the instructions that
came with that child restraint and the
instructions in this manual.
To help reduce the chance of injury, the
child restraint must be secured in the
vehicle. Child restraints must be secured in
vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt
portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by the
LATCH system. See Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 77 for
more information. Never use a seat belt
extender when installing a child restraint.
Use only seats and related equipment that
are certified to comply with US Federal or
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards to
secure a child restraint. Children can be
endangered in a crash if the child restraint is
not properly secured in the vehicle.
75
When securing an add-on child restraint,
refer to the following:
1. Instruction labels provided on the child
restraint
2. Instruction manual provided with the
child restraint
3. This vehicle owner's manual
The child restraint instructions are
important, so if they are not available,
obtain a replacement copy from the
manufacturer.
Keep in mind that an unsecured child
restraint can move around in a collision or
sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle.
Be sure to properly secure any child
restraint in the vehicle — even when no
child is in it.
In some areas Certified Child Passenger
Safety Technicians (CPSTs) are available to
inspect and demonstrate how to correctly
use and install child restraints. In the U.S.,
refer to the National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) website to locate
the nearest child safety seat inspection
station. For CPST availability in Canada,
check with Transport Canada or the
Provincial Ministry of Transportation office.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
76
Seats and Restraints
Securing the Child Within the Child
Restraint
{ Warning
A child can be seriously injured or killed
in a crash if the child is not properly
secured in the child restraint. Secure the
child properly following the instructions
that came with that child restraint.
Where to Put the Restraint
According to accident statistics, children and
infants are safer when properly restrained in
an appropriate child restraint secured in a
rear seating position.
Whenever possible, children aged 12 and
under should be secured in a rear seating
position.
The vehicle may be equipped with a front
center airbag in the inboard side of the
driver seat. Even with a front center airbag,
a child restraint can be installed in any
second row seating position.
Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the
front. This is because the risk to the
rear-facing child is so great if the airbag
deploys.
{ Warning
Warning (Continued)
A child in a rear-facing child restraint can
be seriously injured or killed if the front
passenger airbag inflates. This is because
the back of the rear-facing child restraint
would be very close to the inflating
airbag. A child in a forward-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured or killed
if the front passenger airbag inflates and
the passenger seat is in a forward
position.
See Passenger Sensing System 0 65 for
additional information.
Even if the passenger sensing system has
turned off the front passenger frontal
airbag, no system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not deploy
under some unusual circumstance, even
though it is turned off.
A child in a child restraint in the center
front seat can be badly injured or killed
by the frontal airbags if they inflate.
Never secure a child restraint in the
center front seat. It is always better to
secure a child restraint in a rear seat.
Secure rear-facing child restraints in a
rear seat, even if the airbag is off. If you
secure a forward-facing child restraint in
the front seat, always move the front
passenger seat as far back as it will go.
It is better to secure the child restraint in
a rear seat.
(Continued)
If a child restraint is installed in a second
row center seat, move the second row
seat to the rearward position, whenever
possible, to minimize contact with the
front center airbag.
{ Warning
Do not use child restraints in the center
front seat position.
When securing a child restraint with the
seat belts in a rear seat position, study the
instructions that came with the child
restraint to make sure it is compatible with
this vehicle.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Seats and Restraints
Child restraints and booster seats vary
considerably in size, and some may fit in
certain seating positions better than others.
Do not install a child restraint in any rear
seating position where it cannot be installed
securely.
Depending on where you place the child
restraint and the size of the child restraint,
you may not be able to access adjacent seat
belts or LATCH anchors for additional
passengers or child restraints. Adjacent
seating positions should not be used if the
child restraint prevents access to or
interferes with the routing of the seat belt.
The seat in front of an installed child
restraint should be adjusted to ensure
proper installation according to the child
restraint manual.
When installing a child restraint in an
adjustable second row seating position, the
seat should be adjusted fore or aft to ensure
proper installation according to the child
restraint manual. If the seat is able to
recline, the seat back should be positioned
to its full upright position before installing a
child restraint.
Wherever a child restraint is installed, be
sure to follow the instructions that came
with the child restraint and secure the child
restraint properly.
Keep in mind that an unsecured child
restraint can move around in a collision or
sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle.
Be sure to properly secure any child
restraint in the vehicle — even when no
child is in it.
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System)
The LATCH system secures a child restraint
during driving or in a crash. LATCH
attachments on the child restraint are used
to attach the child restraint to the anchors
in the vehicle. This system is designed to
make installation of a child restraint easier.
In order to use the LATCH system in your
vehicle, you need a child restraint that has
LATCH attachments. LATCH-compatible
rear-facing and forward-facing child seats can
be properly installed using either the LATCH
anchors or the vehicle’s seat belts. Do not
use both the seat belts and the LATCH
anchorage system to secure a rear-facing or
forward-facing child restraint.
77
Booster seats use the vehicle’s seat belts to
secure the child and the booster seat. If the
manufacturer recommends that the booster
seat be secured with the LATCH system, this
can be done as long as the booster seat can
be positioned properly and there is no
interference with the proper positioning of
the lap-shoulder belt on the child.
Make sure to follow the instructions that
came with the child restraint, and also the
instructions in this manual.
When installing a child restraint with a top
tether, you must also use either the lower
anchors or the seat belts to properly secure
the child restraint. A child restraint must
never be attached using only the top tether.
For a forward-facing 5-pt harness child
restraint where the combined weight of the
child and restraint are up to 29.5 kg (65 lb),
use either the lower LATCH anchorages with
the top tether anchorage, or the seat belt
with the top tether anchorage. Where the
combined weight of the child and restraint
are greater than 29.5 kg (65 lb), use the seat
belt with the top tether anchorage only.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
78
Seats and Restraints
Recommended Methods for Attaching Child Restraints
Use Only Approved Attachment Methods Show with an X
Combined Weight of
the Child + Child
Restraint
LATCH-Lower
Anchors Only
Seat Belt Only
Rear-Facing Child
Restraint
Up to 29.5 kg (65 lb)
X
X
Rear-Facing Child
Restraint
Greater than
29.5 kg (65 lb)
Forward-Facing Child
Restraint
Up to 29.5 kg (65 lb)
Forward-Facing Child
Restraint
Greater than
29.5 kg (65 lb)
Restraint Type
See Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat
Belt in the Center Front Seat) 0 88 or
Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt
in the Rear Seat) 0 84 or
Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt
in the Front Passenger Seat) 0 86.
LATCH-Lower Anchors
and Top Tether
Anchor
Seat Belt and Top
Tether Anchor
X
X
X
X
Child restraints built after March 2014 are
labeled with the maximum child weight,
with which the LATCH system can be used
for installing the child restraint.
The following explains how to attach a child
restraint with these attachments in the
vehicle.
Not all vehicle seating positions have lower
anchors. In this case, the seat belt must be
used (with top tether where available) to
secure the child restraint. See Securing Child
Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Center
Front Seat) 0 88 or
Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt
in the Rear Seat) 0 84 or
Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt
in the Front Passenger Seat) 0 86.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Seats and Restraints
Lower Anchors
Top Tether Anchor
top tether always to be attached. In Canada,
the law requires that forward-facing child
restraints have a top tether, and that the
tether be attached. Be sure to read and
follow the instructions for your child
restraint.
Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor
Locations
Lower anchors (1) are metal bars built into
the vehicle. There are two lower anchors for
each LATCH seating position that will
accommodate a child restraint with lower
attachments (2).
A top tether (3,4) is used to secure the top
of the child restraint to the vehicle. A top
tether anchor is built into the vehicle. The
top tether attachment hook (2) on the child
restraint connects to the top tether anchor
in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward
movement and rotation of the child restraint
during driving or in the event of a crash.
The child restraint may have a single
tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Either will
have a single attachment hook (2) to secure
the top tether to the anchor.
Some child restraints with a top tether are
designed for use with or without the top
tether being attached. Others require the
79
Second Row — 60/40
H : Seating positions with two lower
anchors.
} : Seating positions with top tether
anchors.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
80
Seats and Restraints
The top tether anchors are on the rear of
the seatback for the outboard seating
positions and the rear of the seat cushion
for the center seating position in the second
row. Be sure to use an anchor located
directly behind the seating position where
the child restraint will be placed.
The lower anchors are located in the crease
between the seatback and seat cushion.
The lower anchors are located in the crease
between the seatback and seat cushion.
Second Row — Bucket
H : Seating positions with two lower
anchors.
} : Seating positions with top tether
anchors.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Seats and Restraints
Securing a Child Restraint Designed for
the LATCH System
For models with bucket second row seating,
the top tether anchors are on the rear of
the seatback for each seating position in the
second row. Be sure to use an anchor
located directly behind the seating position
where the child restraint will be placed.
{ Warning
A child could be seriously injured or killed
in a crash if the child restraint is not
properly attached to the vehicle using
either the LATCH anchors or the vehicle
seat belt. Follow the instructions that
came with the child restraint and the
instructions in this manual.
For the third row seat, the top tether
anchors are on the back of the seatback. Be
sure to use an anchor located directly
behind the seating position where the child
restraint will be placed.
Third Row Seat
} : Seating positions with top tether
anchors.
81
Do not secure a child restraint in a position
without a top tether anchor if a national or
local law requires that the top tether be
attached, or if the instructions that come
with the child restraint say that the top
tether must be attached.
According to accident statistics, children and
infants are safer when properly restrained in
a child restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating position.
See Where to Put the Restraint 0 76 for
additional information.
{ Warning
To reduce the risk of serious or fatal
injuries during a crash, do not attach
more than one child restraint to a single
anchor. Attaching more than one child
restraint to a single anchor could cause
the anchor or attachment to come loose
or even break during a crash. A child or
others could be injured.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
82
Seats and Restraints
{ Warning
Children can be seriously injured or
strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped
around their neck. The shoulder belt can
tighten but cannot be loosened if it is
locked. The shoulder belt locks when it is
pulled all the way out of the retractor.
It unlocks when the shoulder belt is
allowed to go all the way back into the
retractor, but it cannot do this if it is
wrapped around a child’s neck. If the
shoulder belt is locked and tightened
around a child’s neck, the only way to
loosen the belt is to cut it.
Buckle any unused seat belts behind the
child restraint so children cannot reach
them. Pull the shoulder belt all the way
out of the retractor to set the lock, and
tighten the belt behind the child restraint
after the child restraint has been
installed.
Caution
Do not let the LATCH attachments rub
against the vehicle’s seat belts. This may
damage these parts. If necessary, move
buckled seat belts to avoid rubbing the
LATCH attachments.
Do not fold the rear seatback when the
seat is occupied. Do not fold the empty
rear seat with a seat belt buckled. This
could damage the seat belt or the seat.
Unbuckle and return the seat belt to its
stowed position, before folding the seat.
The vehicle is equipped with a front center
airbag in the inboard side of the driver seat.
Even with a front center airbag, a child
restraint can be installed in any second row
seating position.
If you need to secure more than one child
restraint in the rear seat, see Where to Put
the Restraint 0 76.
1. Attach and tighten the lower
attachments to the lower anchors. If the
child restraint does not have lower
attachments or the desired seating
position does not have lower anchors,
secure the child restraint with the seat
belt and top tether when recommended
by the child restraint manufacturer. Refer
to your child restraint manufacturer
instructions and the instructions in this
manual.
1.1. Find the lower anchors for the
desired seating position.
1.2. Put the child restraint on the seat.
1.3. Attach and tighten the lower
attachments on the child restraint
to the lower anchors.
2. If the child restraint manufacturer
recommends that the top tether be
attached, adjust the top tether to its full
length and attach it to the anchor. Refer
to the child restraint instructions and the
following steps:
2.1. Find the top tether anchor.
2.2. Route, attach, and tighten the top
tether according to your child
restraint instructions and the
following instructions:
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Seats and Restraints
If the position you are using does
not have a headrest or head
restraint and you are using a single
tether, route the tether over the
seatback.
If the position you are using has a
fixed headrest or head restraint and
you are using a single tether, route
the tether around the inboard side
of the headrest or head restraint.
83
If the position you are using has a
fixed or an adjustable head restraint
and you are using a dual tether,
route the tether around the head
restraint.
If the child restraint is installed next
to a center seat, make sure the top
tether does not interfere with the
center seating position shoulder
belt/retractor. If it does, find
another suitable seating position to
install the child restraint.
3. Before placing a child in the child
restraint, make sure it is securely held in
place. To check, grasp the child restraint
at the LATCH path and attempt to move
it side to side and back and forth. There
should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement, for proper installation.
Replacing LATCH System Parts
After a Crash
If the position you are using does
not have a headrest or head
restraint and you are using a dual
tether, route the tether over the
seatback.
{ Warning
A crash can damage the LATCH system in
the vehicle. A damaged LATCH system
may not properly secure the child
restraint, resulting in serious injury or
(Continued)
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
84
Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
even death in a crash. To help make sure
the LATCH system is working properly
after a crash, see your dealer to have the
system inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon as possible.
If the vehicle has the LATCH system and it
was being used during a crash, new LATCH
system parts may be needed.
New parts and repairs may be necessary
even if the LATCH system was not being
used at the time of the crash.
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat)
The vehicle may be equipped with a front
center airbag in the inboard side of the
driver seat. Even with a front center airbag,
a child restraint can be installed in any
second row seating position. If you install a
child restraint in a second row center seat,
move the second row seat to the rearward
position, whenever possible, to minimize
contact with the front center airbag.
When securing a child restraint with the
seat belts in a rear seat position, study the
instructions that came with the child
restraint to make sure it is compatible with
this vehicle.
If the child restraint has the LATCH system,
see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) 0 77 for how and where to
install the child restraint using LATCH. If a
child restraint is secured in the vehicle using
a seat belt and it uses a top tether, see
Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) 0 77 for top tether anchor
locations.
Do not secure a child seat in a position
without a top tether anchor if a national or
local law requires that the top tether be
anchored, or if the instructions that come
with the child restraint say that the top
tether must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have a top
tether, and that the tether be attached.
If the child restraint or vehicle seat position
does not have the LATCH system, you will
be using the seat belt to secure the child
restraint. Be sure to follow the instructions
that came with the child restraint.
If more than one child restraint needs to be
installed in the rear seat, be sure to read
Where to Put the Restraint 0 76.
If the child restraint manufacturer
recommends using a top tether, attach and
tighten the top tether to the top tether
anchor. Refer to the instructions that came
with the child restraint and see Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 77.
1. Put the child restraint on the seat.
If the head restraint interferes with the
proper installation of the child restraint,
the head restraint may be removed. See
"Head Restraint Removal and
Reinstallation" under Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 77.
2. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap
and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat
belt through or around the child
restraint. The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Seats and Restraints
3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until
it clicks.
Position the release button on the
buckle, away from the child restraint, so
that the seat belt could be quickly
unbuckled if necessary.
The push button used to release the
latch plate must be visible and not
obscured by the child restraint. There
must not be direct contact of the child
restraint to the push button.
4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of
the retractor to set the lock. When the
retractor lock is set, the belt can be
tightened but not pulled out of the
retractor.
85
5. To tighten the belt, push down on the
child restraint, pull the shoulder portion
of the belt to tighten the lap portion of
the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back
into the retractor. When installing a
forward-facing child restraint, it may be
helpful to use your knee to push down
on the child restraint as you tighten
the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the retractor
to make sure the retractor is locked.
If the retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 4 and 5.
6. For forward-facing child restraints, attach
and tighten the top tether to the top
tether anchor (loop). Refer to the child
restraint instructions, the vehicle LATCH
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
86
Seats and Restraints
anchor weight limits, and instructions
listed in Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 77.
7. Before placing a child in the child
restraint, make sure it is securely held in
place. To check, grasp the child restraint
at the seat belt path and attempt to
move it side to side and back and forth.
When the child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no more than
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the
vehicle seat belt and let it return to the
stowed position. If the top tether is attached
to a top tether anchor, disconnect it.
If the head restraint was removed, reinstall
it before the seating position is used. See
"Head Restraint Removal and Reinstallation"
under Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 77 for additional
information on installing the head restraint
properly.
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Seat Belt in the Front
Passenger Seat)
This vehicle has airbags. A rear seat is a
safer place to secure a forward-facing child
restraint. See Where to Put the Restraint
0 76.
In addition, the vehicle has a passenger
sensing system which is designed to turn off
the front outboard passenger frontal airbag
under certain conditions. See Passenger
Sensing System 0 65 and
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 111 for
more information, including important
safety information.
Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the
front. This is because the risk to the
rear-facing child is so great, if the airbag
deploys.
{ Warning
A child in a rear-facing child restraint can
be seriously injured or killed if the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
inflates. This is because the back of the
rear-facing child restraint would be very
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
close to the inflating airbag. A child in a
forward-facing child restraint can be
seriously injured or killed if the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag inflates
and the passenger seat is in a forward
position.
Even if the passenger sensing system has
turned off the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag, no system is fail-safe. No
one can guarantee that an airbag will not
deploy under some unusual circumstance,
even though it is turned off.
Secure rear-facing child restraints in a
rear seat, even if the airbag is off. If you
secure a forward-facing child restraint in
the front outboard passenger seat,
always move the seat as far back as it
will go. It is better to secure the child
restraint in a rear seat.
See Passenger Sensing System 0 65 for
additional information.
If the child restraint uses a top tether, see
Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) 0 77 for top tether anchor
locations.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Seats and Restraints
Do not secure a child seat in a position
without a top tether anchor if a national or
local law requires that the top tether be
anchored, or if the instructions that come
with the child restraint say that the top
tether must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have a top
tether, and that the tether be attached.
When using the lap-shoulder belt to secure
the child restraint in this position, follow the
instructions that came with the child
restraint and the following instructions:
1. Move the seat as far back as it will go
before securing the forward-facing child
restraint. Move the seat upward or the
seatback to an upright position,
if needed, to get a tight installation of
the child restraint.
The push button used to release the
latch plate must be visible and not
obscured by the child restraint. There
must not be direct contact of the child
restraint to the push button.
When the passenger sensing system has
turned off the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag, the OFF indicator on the
passenger airbag status indicator should
87
light and stay lit when you start the
vehicle. See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 111.
2. Put the child restraint on the seat.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap
and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat
belt through or around the child
restraint. The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of
the retractor to set the lock. When the
retractor lock is set, the belt can be
tightened but not pulled out of the
retractor.
4. Push the latch plate into the buckle until
it clicks.
Position the release button on the
buckle, away from the child restraint, so
that the seat belt could be quickly
unbuckled if necessary.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
88
Seats and Restraints
7. Before placing a child in the child
restraint, make sure it is securely held in
place. To check, grasp the child restraint
at the seat belt path and attempt to
move it side to side and back and forth.
When the child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no more than
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
If the airbag is off, the OFF indicator in the
passenger airbag status indicator will come
on and stay on when the vehicle is started.
6. To tighten the belt, push down on the
child restraint, pull the shoulder portion
of the belt to tighten the lap portion of
the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back
into the retractor. When installing a
forward-facing child restraint, it may be
helpful to use your knee to push down
on the child restraint as you tighten
the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the retractor
to make sure the retractor is locked.
If the retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
If a child restraint has been installed and
the ON indicator is lit, see “If the On
Indicator Is Lit for a Child Restraint” under
Passenger Sensing System 0 65.
To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the
vehicle seat belt and let it return to the
stowed position.
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Seat Belt in the Center
Front Seat)
{ Warning
A child in a child restraint in the center
front seat can be badly injured or killed
by the frontal airbags if they inflate.
Never secure a child restraint in the
center front seat. It is always better to
secure a child restraint in a rear seat.
Do not use child restraints in the center
front seat position.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Storage
Storage
Storage Compartments
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Floor Console Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Storage Compartments
{ Warning
Do not store heavy or sharp objects in
storage compartments. In a crash, these
objects may cause the cover to open and
could result in injury.
Glove Box
Lift up the glove box handle to open it. Use
the key to lock and unlock the glove box.
Cupholders
Bench Seat Cupholders
Instrument Panel Storage
Additional Storage Features
Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Roof Rack System
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
The cupholders are in front of the center
console storage area when the armrest is
down. See Center Console Storage 0 91.
There is storage on the instrument panel.
To open, if the storage is covered, press the
button and slide the cover until it locks.
To close, press the button and release. The
door will close automatically.
89
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
90
Storage
Bucket Seat Cupholders
Press the button to open the cover,
if equipped.
Rear Storage
Rear Cupholders
There are cupholders in front of and behind
the center console storage area.
There is storage in the floor of the rear
cargo area. Lift the handle to access.
For second row bench seat, there are
cupholders in the armrest. Pull down the
armrest to access the cupholders.
Armrest Storage
For vehicles with a rear seat armrest, pull
the loop at the top of the armrest down to
access the cupholders.
Denali
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Storage
Center Console Storage
91
If equipped, pull the front center armrest
down to access the storage area with
cupholders.
Press the button and lift to open. There may
be a removable divider.
Bucket Seat (Denali)
Bench Seat
The SD card is used for navigation. Do not
remove the card from the holder. See the
infotainment section.
Bucket Seat
If equipped, press the latch and lift to open.
Depending on the options, there may be a
removable storage tray, SD card holder,
auxiliary jack, and USB port(s) inside.
Power Sliding Center Console
If equipped, the center console moves
rearward and forward using a button on the
overhead console. There is more storage
when the center console is rearward.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
92
Storage
To move the armrest forward, push forward
on the center of the armrest with the palm
of your hand.
When Valet Mode is enabled, the center
console slide is locked. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 128.
Floor Console Storage
Press and hold R to move the center
console rearward.
Press and hold Q to move the center
console forward.
When the center console is all of the way
back, there is a storage bin under the
armrest. Pull on the handle to open.
If equipped with front center seat storage,
unlock with the mechanical key inside the
remote key. See Keys 0 7.
Press the latch, and lift to open.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Storage
Additional Storage Features
Convenience Net
Cargo Tie-Downs
There are two cargo tie-downs in the rear
cargo area. These can be used to strap cargo
down and keep it from moving inside the
vehicle.
This vehicle may have a convenience net in
the rear of the vehicle. Attach it to the
cargo tie-downs for storing small loads.
Do not use the net to store heavy loads.
93
{ Warning
Before driving and occasionally during a
trip, check that cargo is securely fastened,
rests evenly between the cross rails and
does not block the vehicle's lamps or
windows. Never load cargo directly on
the roof of the vehicle or allow cargo to
hang over the rear or sides of the vehicle.
Never load cargo without first properly
installing cross rails and other accessories
designed to carry cargo. Personal injury,
death or damage to the vehicle or other
property may occur.
If driving for a long distance, on rough
roads, or at high speeds, occasionally stop
the vehicle to make sure the cargo remains
in its place.
Roof Rack System
Cargo Weight Limits
The vehicle may be equipped with side-rails
for a roof rack system. Cargo must be
secured with properly installed cross rails
and other accessories designed to carry
cargo. These can be purchased from your
dealer.
Do not exceed the maximum cargo weight
for the roof rack system, including the
weight of the cross rails and any other
accessories used to carry the cargo such as
bike racks or roof boxes. The maximum
cargo weight that can be loaded onto the
roof rack system is 100 kg (220 lb) or the
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
94
Storage
weight designated in the instructions that
came with the cross rails or other roof rack
accessories, whichever is less.
{ Warning
Never load the roof rack with more
weight than specified in this section.
Loading cargo on the roof rack will make
the vehicle's center of gravity higher. To
avoid losing control of the vehicle, avoid
overloading, high speeds, sudden starts,
sharp turns, sudden braking, or abrupt
maneuvers when carrying cargo on the
roof rack.
The weight of any cargo carried on the roof
rack system must be included in calculating
the loaded weight of the vehicle. Do not
exceed the maximum vehicle capacity when
loading the vehicle, including cargo carried
on the roof rack system and passengers and
cargo carried in the vehicle. For more
information on vehicle capacity and loading,
see Vehicle Load Limits 0 201.
A Center High-Mounted Stoplamp (CHMSL) is
located above the rear window glass. Make
sure items loaded on the roof of the vehicle
do not block or damage the CHMSL.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Instruments and Controls
Instruments and Controls
Controls
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Rear Window Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . 109
Transmission Temperature Gauge . . . . . 109
Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator . . . . . . 111
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check
Engine Light) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Brake System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Service Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . . 115
Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Four-Wheel-Drive Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Hill Descent Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Light . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)
Disabled Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Traction Control System (TCS)/
StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Engine Coolant Temperature Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Driver Mode Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Four Corner Air Suspension Light . . . . . . 119
Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
95
Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Information Displays
Driver Information Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . 122
Head-Up Display (HUD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Vehicle Messages
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Engine Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Vehicle Personalization
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Universal Remote System
Universal Remote System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Universal Remote System
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Universal Remote System Operation . . . 135
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
96
Instruments and Controls
Controls
Power Tilt and Telescoping Steering Wheel
Heated Steering Wheel
To adjust the steering wheel, if equipped:
1. Press the control up or down to tilt the
steering wheel up or down.
2. Press the control rearward or forward to
move the steering wheel closer or away
from you.
( : If equipped, press to turn the heated
Do not adjust the steering wheel while
driving.
Automatic Heated Steering Wheel
Steering Wheel Adjustment
Manual Tilt and Telescoping Steering Wheel
To
1.
2.
3.
adjust the steering wheel:
Pull the lever down.
Move the steering wheel up or down.
Pull or push the steering wheel closer or
away from you.
4. Pull the lever up to lock the steering
wheel in place.
Do not adjust the steering wheel while
driving.
Steering Wheel Controls
The infotainment system can be operated
by using the steering wheel controls. See
Steering Wheel Controls 0 146.
steering wheel on or off. An indicator next
to the button is lit when the feature is
turned on.
The steering wheel takes about
three minutes to start heating.
If equipped with remote start, the heated
steering wheel may turn on during a remote
start along with the heated seats when it is
cold outside. The heated steering wheel
indicator may come on in remote start.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Instruments and Controls
If equipped with auto heated seats, the
heated steering wheel will turn on when the
auto heated seat is activated. The heated
steering wheel indicator will display the
state of the steering wheel heat.
See Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 43
and
Vehicle Personalization 0 128.
Horn
To sound the horn, press
steering wheel.
a on the
Windshield Wiper/Washer
1X : For a single wipe, briefly move the
wiper lever down. For several wipes, hold
the wiper lever down.
OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.
c : If equipped with Rainsense, use this
setting for intermittent wipes when
Rainsense is disabled, or Rainsense wipes
when Rainsense is enabled. For intermittent
wipes, move the windshield wiper lever to
AUTO, then turn the band up for more
frequent wipes or down for less frequent
wipes. If Rainsense is turned on, see
“Rainsense” later in this section.
LO : Use for slow wipes.
HI : Use for fast wipes.
f : Pull the windshield wiper lever
With the ignition on or in ACC/ACCESSORY,
move the windshield wiper lever to select
the wiper speed.
toward you to spray windshield washer fluid
and activate the wipers. The wipers will
continue until the lever is released or the
maximum wash time is reached. When the
windshield wiper lever is released, additional
wipes may occur depending on how long
the windshield washer has been activated.
See Washer Fluid 0 310 for information on
filling the windshield washer fluid reservoir.
97
Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades
and windshield before using them. If frozen
to the windshield, carefully loosen or thaw
them. Damaged blades should be replaced.
See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 315.
{ Warning
In freezing weather, do not use the
washer until the windshield is warmed.
Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice
on the windshield, blocking your vision.
{ Warning
Before driving the vehicle, always clear
snow and ice from the hood, windshield,
washer nozzles, roof, and rear of the
vehicle, including all lamps and windows.
Reduced visibility from snow and ice
buildup could lead to a crash.
Wiper Parking
If the ignition is turned off while the wipers
are on LO, HI, or AUTO with Rainsense
turned off, they will immediately stop.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
98
Instruments and Controls
If the windshield wiper lever is then moved
to OFF before the driver door is opened or
within 10 minutes, the wipers will restart
and move to the base of the windshield.
If the ignition is turned off while the wipers
are performing wipes due to windshield
washing or Rainsense, the wipers continue
to run until they reach the base of the
windshield.
Rainsense
If equipped with Rainsense and the feature
is turned on, a sensor near the top center of
the windshield detects the amount of water
on the windshield and controls the
frequency of the windshield wiper based on
the current sensitivity setting.
Keep this area of the windshield clear of
debris to allow for best system performance.
AUTO : Move the windshield wiper lever to
AUTO. Turn the band on the wiper lever to
adjust the sensitivity.
. Turn the band up for more sensitivity to
moisture.
. Turn the band down for less sensitivity to
moisture.
. Move the windshield wiper lever out of
the AUTO position to deactivate
Rainsense.
To turn the Rainsense feature on or off, see
“Rain Sense Wipers” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 128.
Wiper Arm Assembly Protection
Windshield Washer
L m : Push the paddle marked with the
windshield washer symbol at the top of the
turn signal lever to spray washer fluid and
activate the wipers. The wipers will continue
until the paddle is released or the maximum
wash time is reached. When the paddle is
released, additional wipes may occur
depending on how long the windshield
washer had been activated. See Washer
Fluid 0 310 for information on filling the
windshield washer fluid reservoir.
Rear Window Wiper/Washer
When using an automatic car wash, move
the windshield wiper lever to OFF. This
disables the automatic Rainsense windshield
wipers.
With Rainsense, if the transmission is in
N (Neutral) and the vehicle speed is very
slow, the wipers will automatically stop at
the base of the windshield.
The wiper operations return to normal when
the transmission is no longer in N (Neutral)
or the vehicle speed has increased.
The rear window wiper/washer controls are
on the end of the windshield wiper lever.
Turn the controls to adjust the setting.
OFF : Turns the wiper off.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Instruments and Controls
INT : Turns on the rear wiper with a delay
between wipes.
ON : Turns on the rear wiper.
L : Push the windshield wiper lever
forward to spray washer fluid on the rear
window. The wipers will clear the rear
window and either stop or return to your
preset speed. For more washer cycles, push
and hold the lever.
The rear window wiper/washer will not
operate if the liftgate is open or ajar. If the
liftgate is opened while the rear wiper is on,
the wiper returns to the parked position and
stops.
See “Rear Camera Washer” later in this
section.
Rear Wiper Arm Assembly Protection
When using an automatic car wash, move
the rear wiper control to OFF to disable the
rear wiper. In some vehicles, if the
transmission is in N (Neutral) and the
vehicle speed is very slow, the rear wiper
will automatically park under the rear
spoiler.
The wiper operations return to normal when
the transmission is no longer in N (Neutral)
or the vehicle speed has increased.
Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear
If the rear wiper control is off, the rear
wiper will automatically operate
continuously when the transmission is in
R (Reverse), and the front windshield wiper
is performing low or high speed wipes.
If the rear wiper control is off, the
transmission is in R (Reverse), and the front
windshield wiper is performing INT wipes,
then the rear wiper automatically performs
INT wipes.
This feature can be turned on or off. See
Vehicle Personalization 0 128.
The windshield washer reservoir is used for
the windshield, rear window, and rear mirror
camera, if equipped. See Rear Camera Mirror
0 29. Check the fluid level in the reservoir if
either washer is not working. See Washer
Fluid 0 310.
99
Rear Camera Washer
If equipped, push the windshield wiper lever
forward to spray washer fluid on the rear
camera lens. The lever returns to its starting
position when released. See Rear Camera
Mirror 0 29.
Compass
The vehicle may have a compass display on
the Driver Information Center (DIC). The
compass receives its heading and other
information from the Global Positioning
System (GPS) antenna, Electronic Stability
Control (ESC), and vehicle speed information.
The compass system is designed to operate
for a certain number of miles or degrees of
turn before needing a signal from the GPS
satellites. When the compass display shows
CAL, drive the vehicle for a short distance in
an open area where it can receive a GPS
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
100
Instruments and Controls
signal. The compass system will
automatically determine when a GPS signal
is restored and provide a heading again.
12 Volt Power Outlet
Leaving electrical equipment plugged in
for an extended period of time while the
vehicle is off will drain the battery.
Always unplug electrical equipment when
not in use and do not plug in equipment
that exceeds the maximum 15 amp
rating.
Clock
Set the time and date using the
infotainment system. See "Time / Date"
under Settings 0 171.
Power Outlets
Certain power accessory plugs may not be
compatible with the accessory power outlet
and could overload vehicle or adapter fuses.
If a problem is experienced, see your dealer.
Accessory power outlets can be used to plug
in electrical equipment, such as a cell phone
or MP3 player.
The vehicle has one 12 Volt accessory power
outlet under the climate control system and
one 110/120 Volt Alternating Current outlet
on the rear of the center console.
Caution
Caution
Do not insert metal objects such as USB
cord plugs, electronic accessories, keys,
or coins into the 12-volt power outlet.
Objects may become hot, melt, or cause
a spark damaging the outlet or the metal
object. Only use compatible 12-volt power
accessories in the power outlet.
When adding electrical equipment, be sure
to follow the proper installation instructions
included with the equipment. See Add-On
Electrical Equipment 0 294.
Caution
Hanging heavy equipment from the
power outlet can cause damage not
covered by the vehicle warranty. The
power outlets are designed for accessory
power plugs only, such as cell phone
charge cords.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Instruments and Controls
Power Outlet 110/120 Volt Alternating
Current
If equipped, the vehicle has two alternating
current power outlets. One on the back of
the center console and one in the rear of
the vehicle.
When the ignition is on, power to the 110
Volt outlet is enabled after the button is pressed, see Instrument Panel
Overview 0 4 for button location. A green
indicator light on the button indicates when
the 110 Volt outlet is enabled. 110 Volt
power is supplied to the outlet when it is
enabled and electrical equipment is plugged
into that outlet. One power outlet can be
used with electrical equipment that uses a
maximum of 400 watts. Ensure that all
connected devices do not exceed 400 watts.
The power outlet can be turned off by
pressing the - button.
An indicator light on the outlet illuminates
when the system is enabled and no system
fault is detected. The outlet will not provide
power when the ignition is off, the button is not pressed, or the plug is not
fully seated into the outlet. The outlet does
not operate while the engine is starting. If a
USB powered streaming device is being
used, it is suggested to use a USB Port for
power, see USB Port 0 153. If uninterrupted
power supply is required while driving,
disable the auto-stop feature, see Stop/Start
System 0 207.
If equipment is connected using more than
400 watts or a system fault is detected, a
protection circuit shuts off the power supply
and the indicator light will flash.
Do not use a power outlet with a missing or
damaged cover.
The power outlet is not designed for the
following, and may not work properly if
they are plugged in:
101
. Equipment with high initial peak wattage,
such as compressor-driven refrigerators
and electric power tools
. Other equipment requiring an extremely
stable power supply, such as
microcomputer-controlled electric blankets
and touch sensor lamps
. Medical equipment
Wireless Charging
If equipped and enabled, the vehicle has
wireless charging in the bin below the
climate control system. The system operates
at 145 kHz and wirelessly charges one Qi
compatible smartphone. The power output
of the system is capable of charging at a
rate up to 3 amp (15 W), as requested by
the compatible smartphone. See Radio
Frequency Statement 0 398.
{ Warning
Wireless charging may affect the
operation of an implanted pacemaker or
other medical devices. If you have one, it
is recommended to consult with your
doctor before using the wireless charging
system.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
102
Instruments and Controls
The vehicle must be on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,
or Retained Accessory Power (RAP) must be
active. The wireless charging feature may
not correctly indicate charging when the
vehicle is in RAP, during a Bluetooth phone
call, or when phone projection (e.g. Apple
CarPlay / Android Auto) is active. See
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 208.
The operating temperature is −40 °C (−40 °F)
to 85 °C (185 °F) for the charging system and
0 °C (32 °F) to 35 °C (95 °F) for the phone.
A charging stopped alert may be displayed
on the infotainment screen, if the wireless
charger or smartphone are outside of
normal operating temperature. Charging will
automatically resume when a normal
operating temperature is reached.
Warning (Continued)
On the rare occasion that the charging
system does not detect an object, and
the object gets wedged between the
smartphone and charger, remove the
smartphone and allow the object to cool
before removing it from the charger, to
prevent burns.
{ Warning
Remove all objects from the charger
before charging your compatible
smartphone. Objects, such as coins, keys,
rings, paper clips, or cards, between the
smartphone and charger may become
very hot.
(Continued)
To charge a compatible smartphone:
1. Confirm the smartphone is capable of
wireless charging.
2. Remove all objects from the charging
pad. The system may not charge if there
are any objects between the smartphone
and charger.
3. Place the smartphone face up against
the rear of the charger.
To maximize the charge rate, ensure the
smartphone is fully seated and centered
in the holder with nothing under it.
A thick smartphone case may prevent
the charger from working, or reduce the
charging performance. See your dealer
for additional information.
4. A green ] will appear on the
infotainment display, next to the phone
icon. This indicates that the smartphone
is detected.
5. If a smartphone is placed on the charger
and ] turns off or turns yellow, remove
the smartphone and any objects from
the pad. Turn the smartphone
180 degrees and wait a few seconds
before placing/aligning it on the pad
again.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Instruments and Controls
6. If a smartphone is placed on the charger
and ] turns red, the charger and/or the
smartphone is overheated. Remove the
smartphone and any objects from the
charger in order to cool the system.
The smartphone may become warm during
charging. This is normal. In warmer
temperatures, the speed of charging may be
reduced.
For vehicles with wireless phone projection,
the smartphone may overheat during
wireless charging. The smartphone may slow
down, stop charging, or shut down to
protect the battery. The phone may need to
be removed from its case to prevent
overheating. The ] may flash while the
phone is cooling down enough for wireless
charging to automatically resume. This is
normal. Individual phone performance
may vary.
Software Acknowledgements
Certain Wireless Charging Module product
from LG Electronics, Inc. ("LGE") contains the
open source software detailed below. Refer
to the indicated open source licenses (as are
included following this notice) for the terms
and conditions of their use.
OSS Notice Information
To obtain the source code that is
contained in this product, please visit
https://opensource.lge.com. In addition to
the source code, all referred license terms,
warranty disclaimers and copyright notices
are available for download. LG Electronics
will also provide open source code to you
on CD-ROM for a charge covering the cost of
performing such distribution (such as the
cost of media, shipping, and handling) upon
email request to [email protected] This
offer is valid for three (3) years from the
date on which you purchased the product.
Freescale-WCT library
Copyright (c) 2012-2014 Freescale
Semiconductor, Inc.. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary
forms, with or without modification, are
permitted provided that the following
conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must
retain the above copyright notice, this
list of conditions and the following
disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must
reproduce the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following
103
disclaimer in the documentation and/or
other materials provided with the
distribution.
3. Neither the name of the copyright holder
nor the names of its contributors may be
used to endorse or promote products
derived from this software without
specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN
NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER
OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF
THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGE.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
104
Instruments and Controls
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators
Instrument Cluster
Warning lights and gauges can signal that
something is wrong before it becomes
serious enough to cause an expensive repair
or replacement. Paying attention to the
warning lights and gauges could prevent
injury.
Some warning lights come on briefly when
the engine is started to indicate they are
working. When one of the warning lights
comes on and stays on while driving,
or when one of the gauges shows there
may be a problem, check the section that
explains what to do. Waiting to do repairs
can be costly and even dangerous.
Classic Display English Cluster Shown, Others Similar
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Speedometer 0 107
Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 122
Tachometer 0 107
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge 0 108
Voltmeter Gauge 0 109
Transmission Temperature Gauge
0 109
6. Fuel Gauge 0 107
7. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
0 109
Reconfigurable Instrument Cluster
The instrument cluster layout can be
changed. There are four display
configurations to choose from: Classic,
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Instruments and Controls
Progressive, Digital, and Clean. The Classic,
Progressive, and Digital, layouts may also be
configured with one, two, or four gauges.
See “Lower Gauges” under “Options.” The
Clean layout will only display the fuel
gauge. Use the steering wheel control to
move between the different display zones
and scroll through the different displays. See
“Display Layout” under “Options.”
. Classic configuration displays a larger
speedometer and tachometer on the far
left and right sides of the display. There
are info display areas inside of the
speedometer and tachometer. The DIC
area is located in the center of the
display.
. Progressive configuration displays a
smaller speedometer and tachometer on
the far left and right sides of the display.
There are info display areas inside of the
speedometer and tachometer. The DIC
area is larger and located in the center of
the display.
. Digital configuration displays the info
display areas on the far left and right
sides of the display. The DIC area is larger
and located in the center of the display.
. Clean configuration is a simplified display
that has a digital speed in the center. The
DIC area is located on the far right of the
display.
Cluster Menu
There are interactive display areas in the
instrument cluster. Locations vary by the
selected display layout.
105
applications. Press the thumbwheel to select.
Not all applications or features are available
on all vehicles.
. Info App. This is where the selected Driver
Information Center (DIC) displays can be
viewed. See Driver Information Center
(DIC) 0 122.
. Audio
. Navigation
. Phone
. Options
Left/Right Side Info
Information displayed here can be
customized from the Options menu. See
“Options” below.
Compass : If equipped, shows the direction
the vehicle is heading. This info is the
default option for the left side.
Use the right steering wheel control to open
and scroll through the different items and
displays.
Press o or p to access the instrument
cluster applications. Use the thumbwheel to
scroll through the list of available
Time & Outside Temperature : Displays the
current time and outside air temperature.
Tire Pressure : Shows the approximate
pressures of all four tires. Tire pressure is
displayed in either kilopascal (kPa) or in
pounds per square inch (psi). If the pressure
is low, the value for that tire is shown in
amber.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
106
Instruments and Controls
Average Fuel Economy : Displays average
fuel economy, the best fuel economy over
the selected distance, and a bar graph
showing instantaneous fuel economy
Press the thumbwheel to change the
selected distance. Press and hold the
thumbwheel while this display is active to
reset the best fuel economy and average
fuel economy. This display can also be reset
by selecting reset in the menu
Transmission Fluid Temperature : Shows the
temperature of the automatic transmission
fluid in either degrees Celsius (°C) or degrees
Fahrenheit (°F).
Drive Mode : Displays the state of the drive
mode, ride height, and transfer case. This
info is only available as a right side option
and is the default selection for the
right side.
None : Displays the info area as empty.
Audio
Browse music, select from the favorites,
or change the audio source. Use the
thumbwheel to change the station or go to
the next or previous track.
Navigation
If there is an active route, press the
thumbwheel to cancel or resume route
guidance, or turn the voice prompts on
or off.
Phone
If there is no active phone call, view recent
calls, or scroll through contacts. During an
active call, mute the phone or switch to
handset operation.
Options
Use the thumbwheel to scroll through items
in the Options menu.
Display Layout : Choose Classic, Progressive,
Digital, and Clean layout by pressing the
thumbwheel while the desired item is
highlighted. Exit the Layout menu by
pressing o.
Left/Right Side Info : Press the thumbwheel
to select the items to be displayed in the
display areas. See "Left/Right Side Info"
previously in this section.
Lower Gauges : Choose one of four gauge
configurations by pressing the thumbwheel
while the desired item is highlighted. The
selected configuration will be displayed at
the bottom of the display.
Maximum displays fuel level, coolant
temperature, engine oil pressure, and
battery voltage. Transmission fluid
temperature displays instead of battery
voltage while in Tow Haul mode.
Medium displays fuel level, and coolant
temperature.
Minimum displays only the fuel level.
Info Page Options : Press the thumbwheel
to select the items to be displayed in the
Info app. See Driver Information Center (DIC)
0 122.
Units : Choose US or metric units by
pressing the thumbwheel while the desired
item is highlighted.
Speed Warning : Allows the driver to set a
speed that they do not want to exceed. To
set the Speed Warning press the
thumbwheel when Speed Warning is
displayed. Use the thumbwheel to adjust
the value and press to set the speed.
Once the speed is set, this feature can be
turned off by pressing the thumbwheel
while viewing this page. If the selected
speed limit is exceeded, a pop-up warning is
displayed with a chime.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Instruments and Controls
Speed Sign : Shows sign information, which
comes from a roadway database in the
onboard navigation system, if equipped.
Head-up Display (HUD) : If equipped, this
feature allows for adjusting the angle of the
HUD image and changing or turning off the
Speed Limit Sign.
HUD Rotation: Press the thumbwheel while
Adjust Rotation is highlighted to enter
Adjust Mode. Scroll to adjust the angle of
the HUD display. Press the thumbwheel to
confirm and save the setting. This feature
may only be available in P (Park).
Speedometer
The speedometer shows the vehicle's speed
in either kilometers per hour (km/h) or
miles per hour (mph).
Odometer
The odometer shows how far the vehicle has
been driven, in either kilometers or miles.
The odometer is always displayed in the
bottom of the Driver Information
Center (DIC).
107
vehicle is on and can move. The engine
could auto start at any time. When the
indicator points to OFF, the vehicle is off.
When the engine is on, the tachometer will
indicate the engine’s revolutions per minute
(rpm). The tachometer may vary by several
hundred rpm, during Auto Stop mode, when
the engine is shutting off and restarting.
Fuel Gauge
Trip Odometer
Speed Limit Style: Press the thumbwheel
while Speed Limit Style is highlighted to
change the speed sign style or to turn it off.
The trip odometer shows how far the
vehicle has been driven since the trip
odometer was last reset.
Traction and Stability Settings : Displays the
status of the Traction (TSC) and Stability
(ESC) control systems. To turn the Traction
Control System (TCS) on or off, choose
Traction. If equipped, to turn StabiliTrak/
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) on or off,
choose Stability. See Traction Control/
Electronic Stability Control 0 220.
The trip odometer is accessed and reset
through the Driver Information Center (DIC).
See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 122.
When the ignition is on, the fuel gauge
indicates the approximate amount of fuel
left in the tank.
Tachometer
There is an arrow near the fuel gauge
pointing to the side of the vehicle the fuel
door is on.
Software Information : Displays open source
software information.
Reset To Defaults : Allows the driver to
reset to default settings.
The tachometer displays the engine speed in
revolutions per minute (rpm).
For vehicles with the Stop/Start system,
when the ignition is on, the tachometer
indicates the vehicle status. When pointing
to AUTO STOP, the engine is off but the
When the indicator nears empty, the low
fuel light comes on. There still is a little fuel
left, but the vehicle should be refueled soon.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
108
Instruments and Controls
The fuel gauge may:
. Take a little more, or less fuel to fill up
than it indicates. For example, the gauge
may have indicated the tank is half full,
but it actually takes a little more, or less
than half the tank's capacity to fill
the tank.
. Moves a little while turning a corner,
speeding up, or braking.
. Takes a few seconds to stabilize after the
ignition is turned on and goes back to
empty when the ignition is turned off.
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge
See Engine Oil 0 302.
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge
These are normal conditions, none of which
indicate a problem with the fuel gauge.
Fuel Range
The estimated fuel range is located in the
bottom center of the display. The fuel range
is displayed with the approximate distance
the vehicle can be driven without refueling.
The fuel range estimate is based on an
average of the vehicle’s fuel economy over
recent driving history and the amount of
fuel remaining in the fuel tank.
When the estimated fuel range is low, the
range shows LOW and a message may also
display in the Driver Information
Center (DIC).
normal. If the oil pressure warning light or
Driver Information Center (DIC) message
indicates oil pressure outside the normal
operating range, check the vehicle's oil as
soon as possible.
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge
The engine oil pressure gauge shows the
engine oil pressure in kPa (kilopascals)
or psi (pounds per square inch) when the
engine is running.
Oil pressure can vary with engine speed,
outside temperature, coolant temperature,
and oil viscosity.
On some models, the oil pump will vary
engine oil pressure according to engine
needs. Oil pressure may change quickly as
the engine speed or load varies. This is
Caution
Lack of proper engine oil maintenance
can damage the engine. Driving with the
engine oil low can also damage the
engine. The repairs would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. Check the oil
level as soon as possible. Add oil if
required, but if the oil level is within the
operating range and the oil pressure is
still low, have the vehicle serviced.
Always follow the maintenance schedule
for changing engine oil.
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the
Duramax diesel supplement.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Instruments and Controls
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge
109
Voltmeter Gauge
Transmission Temperature Gauge
This gauge measures the temperature of the
vehicle's engine coolant.
While driving under normal operating
conditions, if the needle moves into the red
warning area, the engine is too hot. Pull off
the road, stop the vehicle, and turn off the
engine as soon as possible.
Transmission Temperature Gauge
This gauge displays while the vehicle is in
the Tow/Haul driver mode, and the lower
gauges are configured to display four
gauges. The transmission fluid temperature
is also selectable as Left/Right side info. To
change gauge configurations, see “Options”
under Instrument Cluster 0 104.
The transmission temperature gauge shows
the transmission fluid temperature. If the
gauge is reading in the red area and/or a
message appears in the Driver Information
Center (DIC), the vehicle must be stopped
and the cause checked. One possible cause is
a low fluid level in the transmission.
Caution
Transmission Temperature Gauge
Do not drive the vehicle while the
transmission fluid is overheating, or the
transmission can be damaged. This could
lead to costly repairs that would not be
covered by the warranty.
When the ignition is on, this gauge indicates
the battery voltage.
When the engine is running, this gauge
shows the condition of the charging system.
The gauge can transition from a higher to
lower or a lower to higher reading. This is
normal. If the vehicle is operating outside
the normal operating range, the charging
system light comes on. See Charging System
Light 0 112. The voltmeter gauge may also
read lower when in fuel economy mode.
This is normal.
Readings outside the normal operating
range can also occur when a large number
of electrical accessories are operating in the
vehicle and the engine is left idling for an
extended period. This condition is normal
since the charging system is not able to
provide full power at engine idle. As engine
speeds are increased, this condition should
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
110
Instruments and Controls
correct itself as higher engine speeds allow
the charging system to create maximum
power.
The vehicle can only be driven for a short
time with the readings outside the normal
operating range. If the vehicle must be
driven, turn off all accessories, such as the
radio and air conditioner.
Readings outside the normal operating
range indicate a possible problem in the
electrical system. Have the vehicle serviced
as soon as possible.
Seat Belt Reminders
Then the light stays on solid until the belt is
buckled. This cycle may continue several
times if the driver remains or becomes
unbuckled while the vehicle is moving.
If the driver seat belt is buckled, neither the
light nor the chime comes on.
Front Passenger Seat Belt Reminder
Light
The vehicle may have a front passenger seat
belt reminder light near the passenger
airbag status indicator. See Passenger
Sensing System 0 65.
The front passenger seat belt reminder light
and chime may come on if an object is put
on the seat such as a briefcase, handbag,
grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic
device. To turn off the reminder light and/or
chime, remove the object from the seat or
buckle the seat belt.
Second and Third Row Passenger Seat
Belt Reminder Light
The vehicle may have second and third row
passenger seat belt reminder lights.
Driver Seat Belt Reminder Light
There is a driver seat belt reminder light on
the instrument cluster.
When the vehicle is started, this light
flashes and a chime may come on to remind
passengers to fasten their seat belt.
When the vehicle is started, this light
flashes and a chime may come on to remind
the driver to fasten their seat belt.
Then the light stays on solid until the belt is
buckled. This cycle continues several times if
the front passenger remains or becomes
unbuckled while the vehicle is moving.
If the front passenger seat belt is buckled,
neither the chime nor the light comes on.
When the vehicle is started, these lights
come on solid to remind rear passengers to
fasten their seat belt. Then each light may
stay on solid or flash, and a chime may
come on if the rear passenger remains
unbuckled, or becomes unbuckled, when the
vehicle is moving. An X indicates the seat
belt is not buckled. A check mark indicates
the seat belt is buckled.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Instruments and Controls
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator
If the all rear passenger seat belts are
buckled, neither the chime nor the lights
come on.
For information on the front seat belt
reminder lights, see "Driver Seat Belt
Reminder Light" and "Front Passenger Seat
Belt Reminder Light" listed previously.
The rear passenger seat belt reminder light
and chime may come on if an object is put
on the seat such as a briefcase, handbag,
grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic
device. To turn off the reminder light and/or
chime, remove the object from the seat or
buckle the seat belt.
Airbag Readiness Light
This light shows if there is an electrical
problem with the airbag system. It is
located in the instrument cluster. The
system check includes the airbag sensor(s),
the passenger sensing system, the
pretensioners, the airbag modules, the
wiring, and the crash sensing and diagnostic
module. For more information on the airbag
system, see Airbag System 0 60.
111
The airbag readiness light comes on for
several seconds when the vehicle is started.
If the light does not come on then, have it
fixed immediately.
The vehicle has a passenger sensing system.
See Passenger Sensing System 0 65 for
important safety information. The overhead
console has a passenger airbag status
indicator.
{ Warning
If the airbag readiness light stays on
after the vehicle is started or comes on
while driving, it means the airbag system
might not be working properly. The
airbags in the vehicle might not inflate in
a crash, or they could even inflate
without a crash. To help avoid injury,
have the vehicle serviced right away.
If there is a problem with the airbag
system, a Driver Information Center (DIC)
message may also come on.
United States and Canada
When the vehicle is started, the passenger
airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF,
and the symbols for on and off, for several
seconds as a system check. Then, after
several more seconds, the status indicator
will light either ON or OFF, and the symbol
for on or off, to let you know the status of
the front outboard passenger frontal airbag.
If the word ON, and the on symbol, are lit
on the passenger airbag status indicator, it
means that the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag is allowed to inflate.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
112
Instruments and Controls
If the word OFF, and the off symbol, are lit
on the passenger airbag status indicator, it
means that the passenger sensing system
has turned off the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag.
If, after several seconds, both status
indicator lights remain on, if there are no
lights at all, or if the airbag readiness light
is on, there may be a problem with the
lights or the passenger sensing system. See
your dealer for service right away.
{ Warning
If the airbag readiness light ever comes
on and stays on, it means that
something may be wrong with the airbag
system. To help avoid injury to yourself
or others, have the vehicle serviced right
away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 111
for more information, including important
safety information.
Charging System Light
The charging system light comes on briefly
when the ignition is turned on, but the
engine is not running, as a check to show
the light is working. It should go out when
the engine is started.
If the light stays on, or comes on while
driving, there may be a problem with the
electrical charging system. Have it checked
by your dealer. Driving while this light is on
could drain the battery.
When this light comes on, or is flashing, the
Driver Information Center (DIC) also displays
a message.
If a short distance must be driven with the
light on, be sure to turn off all accessories,
such as the radio and air conditioner. Find a
safe place to stop the vehicle.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Light)
This light is part of the vehicle’s emission
control on-board diagnostic system. If this
light is on while the engine is running, a
malfunction has been detected and the
vehicle may require service. The light should
come on to show that it is working when
the ignition is in Service Mode. See Ignition
Positions 0 205.
Malfunctions are often indicated by the
system before any problem is noticeable.
Being aware of the light and seeking service
promptly when it comes on may prevent
damage.
Caution
If the vehicle is driven continually with
this light on, the emission control system
may not work as well, the fuel economy
may be lower, and the vehicle may not
(Continued)
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Instruments and Controls
Caution (Continued)
run smoothly. This could lead to costly
repairs that might not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
Caution
Modifications to the engine, transmission,
exhaust, intake, or fuel system, or the
use of replacement tires that do not
meet the original tire specifications, can
cause this light to come on. This could
lead to costly repairs not covered by the
vehicle warranty. This could also affect
the vehicle’s ability to pass an Emissions
Inspection/Maintenance test. See
Accessories and Modifications 0 296.
If the light is flashing : A malfunction has
been detected that could damage the
emission control system and increase vehicle
emissions. Diagnosis and service may be
required.
To help prevent damage, reduce vehicle
speed and avoid hard accelerations and
uphill grades. If towing a trailer, reduce the
amount of cargo being hauled as soon as
possible.
If the light continues to flash, find a safe
place to park. Turn the vehicle off and wait
at least 10 seconds before restarting the
engine. If the light is still flashing, follow
the previous guidelines and see your dealer
for service as soon as possible.
If the light is on steady : A malfunction has
been detected. Diagnosis and service may be
required.
Check the following:
. If fuel has been added to the vehicle
using the capless fuel funnel adapter,
make sure that it has been removed. See
“Filling the Tank with a Portable Gas Can”
under Filling the Tank 0 264. The
diagnostic system can detect if the
adapter has been left installed in the
vehicle, allowing fuel to evaporate into
the atmosphere. A few driving trips with
the adapter removed may turn off the
light.
. Poor fuel quality can cause inefficient
engine operation and poor driveability,
which may go away once the engine is
warmed up. If this occurs, change the fuel
brand. It may require at least one full
tank of the proper fuel to turn the light
113
off. See Recommended Fuel (5.3L Engine)
0 263 or
Recommended Fuel (6.2L Engine) 0 263.
If the light remains on, see your dealer.
Emissions Inspection and Maintenance
Programs
If the vehicle requires an Emissions
Inspection/Maintenance test, the test
equipment will likely connect to the
vehicle's Data Link Connector (DLC).
The DLC is under the instrument panel to
the left of the steering wheel. Connecting
devices that are not used to perform an
Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test or to
service the vehicle may affect vehicle
operation. See Add-On Electrical Equipment
0 294. See your dealer if assistance is
needed.
The vehicle may not pass inspection if:
. The light is on when the engine is
running.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
114
Instruments and Controls
. The light does not come on when the
ignition is in Service Mode.
. Critical emission control systems have not
been completely diagnosed. If this
happens, the vehicle would not be ready
for inspection and might require
several days of routine driving before the
system is ready for inspection. This can
happen if the 12-volt battery has recently
been replaced or run down, or if the
vehicle has been recently serviced.
See your dealer if the vehicle will not pass
or cannot be made ready for the test.
Brake System Warning Light
Metric
English
This light should come on briefly when the
vehicle is turned on. If it does not come on
then, have it fixed so it will be ready to
warn you if there is a problem.
If the light comes on and stays on at start
up, there is a brake problem. Have the brake
system inspected right away.
If the light comes on while driving, pull off
the road and stop carefully. The brake
system has electric brake boost. Vehicle
speed may be limited when the brake
system warning light comes on. The brake
pedal might be harder to push, or the brake
pedal may go closer to the floor. It could
take longer to stop. If the light is still on,
have the vehicle towed for service. See
Towing the Vehicle 0 360.
{ Warning
The brake system might not be working
properly if the brake system warning
light is on. Driving with the brake system
warning light on can lead to a crash.
If the light is still on after the vehicle has
been pulled off the road and carefully
stopped, have the vehicle towed for
service.
Electric Parking Brake Light
Metric
English
This light comes on when the parking brake
is applied. If the light continues flashing
after the parking brake is released, or while
driving, there is a problem with the Electric
Parking Brake system. A message may also
display in the Driver Information
Center (DIC).
If the light does not come on, or remains
flashing, see your dealer.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Instruments and Controls
Service Electric Parking Brake
Light
Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Warning Light
115
If both the ABS warning light and the brake
system warning light are on, ABS is not
functioning and there is a problem with the
regular brakes. See your dealer for service.
See Brake System Warning Light 0 114.
Four-Wheel-Drive Light
This light may come on briefly when the
vehicle is turned on. If it does not come on,
have it fixed so it will be ready to warn if
there is a problem.
This warning light should come on briefly
when the vehicle is turned on. If the light
does not come on, have it fixed so it will be
ready to warn if there is a problem.
If this light stays on or comes on while
driving, there is a problem with the Electric
Parking Brake (EPB). Take the vehicle to a
dealer as soon as possible. In addition to the
parking brake, other safety functions that
utilize the EPB may also be degraded.
A message may also display in the Driver
Information Center (DIC). See Electric Parking
Brake 0 219.
Engagement of the 4WD front axle lock will
disable ABS and illuminate the ABS warning
light. The ABS warning light will turn off
when the front axle lock is disengaged.
If the light comes on while driving, safely
stop as soon as it is possible and turn off
the vehicle. Then turn on the vehicle again
to reset the system.
If the ABS warning light stays on, or comes
on again while driving, the vehicle needs
service. A chime may also sound when the
light stays on.
If the ABS warning light is the only light on,
the vehicle has regular brakes, but ABS is
not functioning.
Auto Mode Shown, Other Modes Similar
If equipped, the four-wheel-drive light
displays what mode the vehicle is in. The
light will show each mode: 2WD, 4HI, AUTO
(all transfer cases); 4LOW and N (two-speed
transfer case only).
The light will flash when a shift is in
progress. Once the shift is complete the
light will be steady.
If the light turns amber, there may be a
malfunction with the four-wheel-drive
system. See your dealer.
See Four-Wheel Drive 0 214.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
116
Instruments and Controls
Hill Descent Control Light
If equipped, the Hill Descent Control light
comes on when the system is ready for use.
When the light flashes, the system is active.
See Hill Descent Control (HDC) 0 222.
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Light
This light flashes amber as a Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) alert, to indicate that the
lane marking has been unintentionally
crossed. If the system detects that the
vehicle has been steered intentionally across
a lane marker, the LDW may not be given.
Do not expect the LDW to occur when
intentionally crossing the lane marker.
See Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)
0 255.
See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) System
0 257.
Vehicle Ahead Indicator
LKA will not assist or alert if the turn signal
is active in the direction of lane departure,
or if LKA detects that you are accelerating,
braking, or actively steering.
See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 261.
Automatic Emergency Braking
(AEB) Disabled Light
If equipped, this indicator will display green
when a vehicle is detected ahead and amber
when you are following a vehicle ahead
much too closely.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System
0 253.
If equipped, this light is white if LKA is
turned on, but not ready to assist. This light
is green if LKA is turned on and is ready to
assist.
LKA may assist by gently turning the
steering wheel if the vehicle approaches a
detected lane marking. The LKA light is
amber when assisting.
This indicator will display when Automatic
Emergency Braking or Front Pedestrian
Braking has been turned off or is currently
unavailable due to malfunction.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Instruments and Controls
Pedestrian Ahead Indicator
If equipped, this indicator will display amber
when a nearby pedestrian is detected in
front of the vehicle.
See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) System
0 257.
The traction off light comes on when the
Traction Control System (TCS) has been
turned off. If StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) is turned off, TCS is also
turned off. To turn TCS and ESC off and on,
see Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control 0 220.
If ESC and TCS are off, the systems do not
assist in controlling the vehicle. Adjust
driving accordingly.
Traction Control System (TCS)/
StabiliTrak Light
If TCS is off, wheel spin is not limited unless
necessary to help protect the driveline from
damage. Adjust driving accordingly.
StabiliTrak OFF Light
This light comes on briefly when the vehicle
is turned on.
Traction Off Light
This light comes on briefly when the vehicle
is turned on. If it does not, have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer. If the system is
working normally, the indicator light then
turns off.
117
This light comes on briefly when the vehicle
is turned on. If the light does not come on,
have the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If the system is working normally, the
indicator light then turns off.
This light comes on when the StabiliTrak/
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system is
turned off. If StabiliTrak/ESC is off, the
Traction Control System (TCS) is also off. To
turn ESC off and on, see Traction Control/
Electronic Stability Control 0 220.
If the light does not come on, have the
vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the
system is working normally, the indicator
light turns off.
If the light is on and not flashing, the TCS
and potentially the StabiliTrak/ESC system
are not fully operational and may not assist
in maintaining control. Adjust driving
accordingly. If the condition persists, see
your dealer as soon as possible. A Driver
Information Center (DIC) message may
display.
The light flashes when the TCS and/or the
StabiliTrak/ESC system is actively working.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
118
Instruments and Controls
See Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control 0 220.
The light may also flash when ABS is active.
See Antilock Brake System (ABS) 0 218.
Trailer Sway Control Light (Uplevel
Cluster)
This light will flash when Trailer Sway
Control is active. See Trailer Sway Control
(TSC) 0 283.
Engine Coolant Temperature
Warning Light
If it does not, have the vehicle serviced by
your dealer. If the system is working
normally the indicator light goes off.
Caution
The engine coolant temperature warning
light indicates that the vehicle has
overheated. Driving with this light on can
damage the engine and it may not be
covered by the vehicle warranty. See
Engine Overheating 0 309.
This light comes on when Sport Mode is
selected.
The engine coolant temperature warning
light comes on when the engine has
overheated.
If this happens, pull over and turn off the
engine as soon as possible. See Engine
Overheating 0 309.
This light comes on when Snow Mode is
selected.
Driver Mode Control Light
This light comes on when Terrain Mode is
selected.
This light comes on briefly while starting
the vehicle.
This light comes on when Normal Mode is
selected.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Instruments and Controls
119
See Four Corner Air Suspension System
0 227.
Tire Pressure Light
This light comes on when Off-Road Mode is
selected.
This light comes on when the Tow/Haul
Mode is selected.
Four Corner Air Suspension Light
This light comes on when the air suspension
is raised to maximum ground clearance
height.
This light comes on when the air suspension
is raised to increased ground clearance
height.
For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Monitor
System (TPMS), this light comes on briefly
when the vehicle is started. It provides
information about tire pressures and
the TPMS.
This light comes on when the air suspension
is at normal ground clearance height.
This light comes on when the air suspension
is lowered for easy entry and exit from the
vehicle.
When the Light Is On Steady
This indicates that one or more of the tires
are significantly underinflated.
A Driver Information Center (DIC) tire
pressure message may also display. Stop as
soon as possible, and inflate the tires to the
pressure value shown on the Tire and
Loading Information label. See Tire Pressure
0 333.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
120
Instruments and Controls
It also comes on when the fuel gauge
indicator nears empty. The light turns off
when fuel is added. If it does not, have the
vehicle serviced.
When the Light Flashes First and Then Is On
Steady
If the light flashes for about a minute and
then stays on, there may be a problem with
the TPMS. If the problem is not corrected,
the light will come on at every ignition
cycle. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation
0 337.
Engine Oil Pressure Light
Caution
Lack of proper engine oil maintenance
can damage the engine. Driving with the
engine oil low can also damage the
engine. The repairs would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. Check the oil
level as soon as possible. Add oil if
required, but if the oil level is within the
operating range and the oil pressure is
still low, have the vehicle serviced.
Always follow the maintenance schedule
for changing engine oil.
Security Light
This light should come on briefly as the
engine is started. If it does not come on,
have the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If the light comes on and stays on, it means
that oil is not flowing through the engine
properly. The vehicle could be low on oil
and might have some other system
problem. See your dealer.
Low Fuel Warning Light
The security light should come on briefly as
the engine is started. If it does not come on,
have the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If the system is working normally, the
indicator light turns off.
If the light stays on and the engine does
not start, there could be a problem with the
theft-deterrent system. See Immobilizer
Operation 0 26.
A Low Fuel Warning Light near the fuel
gauge comes on briefly when the ignition is
turned on as a check to show it is working.
For vehicles with a reconfigurable cluster,
this light is in the display area and may not
come on when the ignition is turned on.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Instruments and Controls
121
High-Beam On Light
Front Fog Lamp Light
Cruise Control Light
This light comes on when the high-beam
headlamps are in use. See Headlamp High/
Low-Beam Changer 0 138.
For vehicles with fog lamps, this light comes
on when the fog lamps are turned on.
The cruise control light is white when the
cruise control is on and ready, and turns
green when the cruise control is set and
active.
IntelliBeam Light
The light goes out when the fog lamps are
turned off. See Fog Lamps 0 140.
Lamps On Reminder
This light comes on when the IntelliBeam
system, if equipped, is enabled. See Exterior
Lamp Controls 0 136.
This light comes on when the exterior lamps
are in use, except when only the Daytime
Running Lamps (DRL) are active. See Exterior
Lamp Controls 0 136.
See Cruise Control 0 230.
Adaptive Cruise Control Light
This light is white when the Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC, if equipped) is on and ready,
and turns green when the ACC is set and
active.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
122
Instruments and Controls
Curve Speed Control Light
Information Displays
Driver Information Center (DIC)
The DIC displays are shown in the center of
the instrument cluster in the Info app. See
Instrument Cluster 0 104. The displays show
the status of many vehicle systems.
If equipped, this light may illuminate green
when ACC is actively controlling the vehicle
speed and detects a sharp curve on the road
ahead.
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the
Duramax diesel supplement.
w or x : Use the thumbwheel to scroll up
or down in a list. Press the thumbwheel to
open a menu or select a menu item. Press
and hold to reset values on certain screens.
Info Page Options
The info pages on the DIC can be turned on
or off through the Options menu.
1. Press o or p to scroll to the Options
application.
2. Scroll w or x to choose Info pages and
press the thumbwheel.
ACC automatically slows the vehicle down
while navigating the curve and may increase
speed out of the curve, but will not exceed
the set speed.
3. Scroll w or x to move through the list
of possible information displays.
4. Press the thumbwheel, while an item is
highlighted, to select or deselect
that item.
See Adaptive Cruise Control (Advanced)
0 232.
Door Ajar Light
The info pages can also be turned on or off
through the DIC page Info Page Options.
Info Pages
o or p : Press to move left or right
between the interactive display zones in the
instrument cluster. Press the thumbwheel to
select.
This light comes on when a door is open or
not securely latched. Before driving, check
that all doors are properly closed.
The following is the list of all possible DIC
info page displays. Some may not be
available for your particular vehicle. Some
items may not be turned on by default but
can be turned on through the Options app.
See “Info Page Options” earlier in this
section.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Instruments and Controls
Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in either
kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per
hour (mph).
Drive Summary : Displays the current
distance traveled, in either kilometers (km)
or miles (mi).
It also includes the Average Fuel Economy.
Average Fuel Economy shows the
approximate average liters per
100 kilometers (L/100 km), kilometers per
liter (km/L), or miles per gallon (mpg). This
number only reflects the approximate
Average Fuel Economy that the vehicle has
at that moment, and changes as driving
conditions change.
The Average Fuel Economy display shows
the approximate average liters per
100 kilometers (L/100 km), kilometers per
liter (km/L), or miles per gallon (mpg). This
number is calculated based on the value
recorded since the last time this menu item
was reset. This number reflects only the
approximate average fuel economy that the
vehicle has at that moment, and changes as
driving conditions change.
Average Speed shows the average speed of
the vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h) or
miles per hour (mph). This average is
calculated based on various vehicle speeds
recorded since the last reset of this value.
The timer shows the time in the current
drive cycle.
Press the thumbwheel while this display is
active to reset the values.
All values in the Drive Summary are
automatically reset each time the vehicle is
started.
Timer : To start the timer, press the
thumbwheel while this display is active. The
display will show the amount of time that
has passed since the timer was last reset. To
stop the timer, press the thumbwheel
briefly while this display is active and the
timer is running.
Trip 1 or Trip 2, Average Fuel Economy, and
Average Speed : Shows the current distance
traveled, in either kilometers (km) or
miles (mi), since the trip odometer was last
reset.
Press the thumbwheel while this display is
active to reset the timer.
123
Tire Pressure : Shows the approximate
pressures of all four tires. Tire pressure is
displayed in either kilopascal (kPa) or in
pounds per square inch (psi). If the pressure
is low, the value for that tire is shown in
amber. See Tire Pressure Monitor System
0 336 and
Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 337.
Fuel Economy : Displays average fuel
economy, the best fuel economy over the
selected distance, and a bar graph showing
instantaneous fuel economy.
Press the thumbwheel to change the
selected distance. Press and hold the
thumbwheel while this display is active to
reset the best fuel economy and average
fuel economy. This display can also be reset
by selecting Reset in the menu.
Driver Assistance : If equipped, shows
information for Adaptive Cruise Control
(ACC), Lane Keep Assist (LKA), Forward
Collision Alert (FCA), and Follow Distance
Indicator(FDI).
Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the
remaining oil life. If REMAINING OIL LIFE
99% is displayed, that means 99% of the
current oil life remains.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
124
Instruments and Controls
When the remaining oil life is low, the
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will
appear on the display. The oil should be
changed as soon as possible. See Engine Oil
0 302. In addition to the engine oil life
system monitoring the oil life, additional
maintenance is recommended. See
Maintenance Schedule 0 374.
The Oil Life display must be reset after each
oil change. It will not reset itself. Do not
reset the Oil Life display at any time other
than when the oil has just been changed.
It cannot be reset accurately until the next
oil change. To reset, see Engine Oil Life
System 0 303.
Brake Pad Life : Displays an estimate of the
remaining life of the front and rear brake
pads. Messages will display based on brake
pad wear and the state of the system. Reset
the Brake Pad Life display after replacing the
brake pads. See Brake Pad Life System 0 312.
Air Filter Life : Shows an estimate of the
remaining engine air filter’s life and the
state of the system. Engine Air Filter Life
95% means 95% of the current air filter life
remains. Messages will display based on the
engine air filter life and the state of the
system. When the REPLACE SOON message
displays, the engine air filter should be
replaced at the earliest convenience.
The Air Filter Life display must be reset after
the engine air filter replacement. To reset,
see Engine Air Filter Life System 0 305.
Trailer Brake : On vehicles with the
Integrated Trailer Brake Control (ITBC)
system, the trailer brake display appears in
the DIC.
TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer gain setting.
This setting can be adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0
with either a trailer connected or
disconnected.
OUTPUT shows the power output to the
trailer any time a trailer with electric brakes
is connected. Output is displayed as a bar
graph. Dotted lines may appear in the
OUTPUT display if a trailer is not connected.
Off Road : If equipped, displays vehicle pitch
and roll information, road wheel angle, and
four-wheel drive (4WD) status. If the vehicle
has low traction, a low traction indicator
and the wheels affected will display amber
in the Off-Road page.
Engine Hours (Hourmeter) : Shows the total
number of hours the engine has run. This
display also shows the engine idle hours.
Average Speed : Displays the average
vehicle speed in kilometers per hour (km/h)
or miles per hour (mph). This average is
based on the various vehicle speeds
recorded since the last reset. Reset the
average speed by pressing the thumbwheel
while this display is active to show a
confirmation window to select Yes or No.
Transmission Fluid Temperature : Shows the
temperature of the automatic transmission
fluid in either degrees Celsius (°C) or degrees
Fahrenheit (°F).
Coolant Temperature : Shows the engine
coolant temperature in either degrees
Celsius (°C) or degrees Fahrenheit (°F).
Oil Temperature : Shows the engine oil
temperature in either degrees Celsius (°C) or
degrees Fahrenheit (°F).
Oil Pressure : Shows the current oil pressure
in either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds per
square inch (psi).
Info Page Options : Scroll to choose which
info pages appear on the DIC. Press the
thumbwheel to select or deselect.
Blank Page : Shows no information.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Instruments and Controls
Head-Up Display (HUD)
{ Warning
If the HUD image is too bright or too
high in your field of view, it may take
you more time to see things you need to
see when it is dark outside. Be sure to
keep the HUD image dim and placed low
in your field of view.
If equipped with HUD, some information
about the operation of the vehicle is
projected onto the windshield. The image is
projected through the HUD lens on top of
the instrument panel. The information
appears as an image focused out toward the
front of the vehicle.
Caution
If you try to use the HUD image as a
parking aid, you may misjudge the
distance and damage your vehicle. Do not
use the HUD image as a parking aid.
The HUD information can be displayed in
various languages. The speedometer reading
and other numerical values can be displayed
in either English or metric units.
The language selection is changed through
the radio, and the units of measurement is
changed through the instrument cluster. See
Settings 0 171 and “Options” under
Instrument Cluster 0 104.
125
Some vehicle messages or alerts displayed in
the HUD may be cleared by using the
steering wheel controls.
The HUD control is to the left of the
steering wheel.
HUD Display on the Windshield
Depending on how the vehicle is equipped,
the HUD may display some of the following
vehicle information and vehicle messages or
alerts:
. Speed
. Audio
. Phone
. Navigation
. Driver Assistance Features
. Vehicle Messages
To
1.
2.
3.
adjust the HUD image:
Adjust the driver seat.
Start the engine.
Use the following settings to adjust
the HUD.
$ : Press or pull to center the HUD image.
The HUD image can only be adjusted up and
down, not side to side.
! : Press to select the display view. Each
press will change the display view.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
126
Instruments and Controls
D : Pull and hold to brighten the display.
Press and hold to dim the display. Continue
to hold to turn the display off.
The HUD image will automatically dim and
brighten to compensate for outside lighting.
Use D to adjust as needed.
The HUD image can temporarily light up
depending on the angle and position of
sunlight on the HUD display. This is normal.
Polarized sunglasses could make the HUD
image harder to see.
Speed Limit Style Adjustment
If equipped, the speed limit style can be
changed to a speed limit bar or speed limit
sign from the Options menu in the
instrument cluster. Press the thumbwheel
while Speed Limit Style is highlighted to
change the speed sign style or to turn it off.
HUD Views
There are four views in the HUD. Some
vehicle information and vehicle messages or
alerts may be displayed in any view.
Head-Up Display (HUD) Rotation Option
If equipped, this feature under the Options
menu of the instrument cluster allows for
adjusting the angle of the HUD image and
changing or turning off the Speed
Limit Sign.
HUD Rotation: Press the thumbwheel while
Adjust Rotation is highlighted to enter
Adjust Mode. Scroll to adjust the angle of
the HUD display. Press the thumbwheel to
confirm and save the setting. This feature
may only be available in P (Park).
English Shown, Metric Similar
Active Safety View : This displays the speed
view along with a driver assistance graphic
on the left. Driver assistance graphics show
your vehicle, vehicle ahead, gap setting, and
lane status information. In addition to driver
assistance graphics, pedestrian advisory and
trailer sway indicators will be displayed.
English Shown, Metric Similar
Speed View : This displays the speedometer
reading in English or metric units, and speed
limit. Some information only appears on
vehicles that have these features, and when
they are active.
English Shown, Metric Similar
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Instruments and Controls
Navigation/Active OnStar View : This
displays the speed view along with
indicators for vehicle ahead, Lane Departure
Warning/Lane Keep Assist, trailer sway, and
pedestrian advisory. Turn-by-Turn navigation
information is shown during active route.
The compass heading is displayed when
navigation routing is not active.
Temporary Overlays
Infotainment: Audio, and Phone, are
temporary overlays linked to cluster layouts.
127
set speed. The current radio station, media
type, and incoming calls will also be
displayed.
All HUD views may briefly display audio
information when the driver uses the
steering wheel controls to adjust the audio
settings appearing in the instrument cluster.
Incoming phone calls appearing in the
instrument cluster, may also display in any
HUD view.
Navigation Turn-by-Turn Alerts shown in the
instrument cluster may also be displayed in
any HUD view.
Care of the HUD
Audio Overlay
Clean the inside of the windshield to remove
any dirt or film that could reduce the
sharpness or clarity of the HUD image.
Clean the HUD lens with a soft cloth
sprayed with glass cleaner. Wipe the lens
gently, then dry it.
HUD Troubleshooting
English Shown, Metric Similar
Off Road View : This displays the speed
view along with indicators for vehicle ahead,
Lane Departure Warning/Lane Keep Assist,
trailer sway, four-wheel drive status, and
pedestrian advisory. Off-road information
such as pitch angle, steering angle, and
rolling angle is also shown.
Phone Overlay
Audio/Phone Overlay : This displays digital
speed, indicators from speed view along
with audio/phone information, vehicle ahead
indicator, Lane Departure Warning/Lane
Keep Assist, and Adaptive Cruise Control and
Check that:
. Nothing is covering the HUD lens.
. The HUD brightness setting is not too
dim or too bright.
. The HUD is adjusted to the proper height.
. Polarized sunglasses are not worn.
. The windshield and HUD lens are clean.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
128
Instruments and Controls
If the HUD image is not correct, contact
your dealer.
The windshield is part of the HUD system.
See Windshield Replacement 0 316.
Vehicle Messages
Messages displayed on the DIC indicate the
status of the vehicle or some action that
may be needed to correct a condition.
Multiple messages may appear one after
another.
The messages that do not require
immediate action can be acknowledged and
cleared by pressing V. The messages that
require immediate action cannot be cleared
until that action is performed.
All messages should be taken seriously;
clearing the message does not correct the
problem.
If a SERVICE message appears, see your
dealer.
Follow the instructions given in the
messages. The system displays messages
regarding the following topics:
. Service Messages
. Fluid Levels
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Vehicle Security
Brakes
Steering
Ride Control Systems
Driver Assistance Systems
Cruise Control
Lighting and Bulb Replacement
Wiper/Washer Systems
Doors and Windows
Seat Belts
Airbag Systems
Engine and Transmission
Tire Pressure
Battery
Four Corner Air Suspension System
Engine Power Messages
REDUCED ACCELERATION DRIVE
WITH CARE
This message displays when the vehicle's
propulsion power is reduced. A reduction in
propulsion power can affect the vehicle's
ability to accelerate. If this message is on,
but there is no observed reduction in
performance, proceed to your destination.
Under certain conditions the performance
may be reduced the next time the vehicle is
driven. The vehicle may be driven while this
message is on, but maximum acceleration
and speed may be reduced. Anytime this
message stays on, or displays repeatedly,
the vehicle should be taken to your dealer
for service as soon as possible.
Under certain operating conditions,
propulsion will be disabled. Try restarting
after the ignition has been off for
two minutes.
Vehicle Speed Messages
SPEED LIMITED TO XXX KM/H (MPH)
This message shows that the vehicle speed
has been limited to the speed displayed. The
limited speed is a protection for various
propulsion and vehicle systems, such as
lubrication, thermal, brakes, suspension,
Teen Driver if equipped, or tires.
(If equipped with a diesel engine, see the
Duramax Diesel supplement.) – For Diesel
Vehicle Personalization
The following are all possible vehicle
personalization features. Depending on the
vehicle, some may not be available.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Instruments and Controls
129
For System, Apps, and Personal features and
functions, see Settings 0 171.
. Auto Rear Defog
Auto Defog
Auto Fan Speed
To access the vehicle personalization menu:
1. Touch the Settings icon on the Home
Page of the infotainment display.
2. Touch Vehicle to display a list of
available options.
3. Touch to select the desired feature
setting.
This setting specifies the amount of airflow
when the climate control fan setting is
Auto Fan.
This setting automatically directs air to the
windshield to assist in defogging, based on
temperature and humidity conditions.
9 or R to turn a feature off or on.
5. Touch z to go to the top level of the
4. Touch
Settings menu.
Auto Rear Defog
Auto Cooled Seats
This setting automatically turns the rear
defogger on based on temperature and
humidity conditions.
This setting automatically turns on and
regulates the ventilated seats when the
cabin temperature is warm. See Heated and
Ventilated Front Seats 0 43.
Touch Off or On.
The menu may contain the following:
Auto Heated Seats
Rear Seat Reminder
This setting automatically turns on and
regulates the heated seats when the cabin
temperature is cool. The auto heated seats
can be turned off by using the heated seat
buttons on the center stack. See Heated and
Ventilated Front Seats 0 43.
This allows for a chime and a message when
the rear door has been opened before or
during operation of the vehicle.
Touch Off or On.
Climate and Air Quality
Touch and the following may display:
. Auto Fan Speed
. Auto Cooled Seats
. Auto Heated Seats
. Auto Defog
Touch Off or On.
Touch Low, Medium, or High.
If equipped with the auto heated steering
wheel, this feature will turn on when the
auto heated seats turn on.
Touch Off or On.
Touch Off or On.
Collision/Detection Systems
Touch and the following may display:
. Alert Type
. Automatic Emergency Braking
. Front Pedestrian Braking
. Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier
. Lane Change Alert
. Park Assist
. Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols
. Rear Cross Traffic Alert
. Rear Pedestrian Detection
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
130
Instruments and Controls
Alert Type
Lane Change Alert
Touch Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake.
This feature sets the type of alert from the
driver assistance systems to help avoid
crashes.
This allows the feature to be turned on or
off. See Lane Change Alert (LCA) 0 259.
Comfort and Convenience
Touch Beeps or Safety Alert Seat.
Park Assist
Automatic Emergency Braking
This allows the feature to be turned on or
off. See Assistance Systems for Parking or
Backing 0 242.
Select Off or On.
Touch Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake.
Touch and the following may display:
. Chime Volume
. Hands Free Liftgate/Trunk Control
. Reverse Tilt Mirror
. Remote Mirror Folding
. Rain Sense Wipers
. Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear
Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols
Chime Volume
Front Pedestrian Braking
This setting enables the Rear Camera Park
Assist Symbols. See Assistance Systems for
Parking or Backing 0 242.
This determines the chime volume level.
This setting can alert of a potential crash
with a detected vehicle ahead and can apply
brakes to help reduce a collision’s severity.
This feature may help avoid or reduce the
harm caused by front-end crashes with
nearby pedestrians. See Front Pedestrian
Braking (FPB) System 0 257.
Touch Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake.
Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier
This setting determines if an alert will
appear when Adaptive Cruise Control brings
the vehicle to a complete stop and the
vehicle ahead of you starts moving again.
See Adaptive Cruise Control (Advanced)
0 232.
Touch Off or On.
Touch Off or On.
Touch Off or On.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert
This allows the Rear Cross Traffic Alert
feature to be turned on or off. See
Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing
0 242.
Touch Off or On.
Rear Pedestrian Braking
This setting specifies if alerts will display
when the vehicle detects pedestrians behind
when in R (Reverse). See Rear Pedestrian
Alert 0 252.
Touch the controls on the infotainment
display to adjust the volume.
Hands Free Liftgate/Trunk Control
The liftgate may be operated with a kicking
motion under the left corner of the rear
bumper. See Liftgate 0 17.
Touch Off, On-Open and Close,
or On-Open Only.
Reverse Tilt Mirror
When on, the driver, passenger, or both
driver and passenger outside mirrors will tilt
downward when the vehicle is shifted into
R (Reverse) to improve visibility of the
ground near the rear wheels. They may
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Instruments and Controls
move from their tilted position when the
vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) or
turned off. See Reverse Tilt Mirrors 0 29.
Touch Off, On - Driver and Passenger, On Driver, or On - Passenger.
Remote Mirror Folding
When on, the outside mirrors will remotely
fold or unfold when the Remote Key Q or
K button is pressed and held. See Folding
Mirrors 0 28.
Touch Off or On.
Rain Sense Wipers
This setting automatically turns on the
wipers when moisture is detected and the
wiper switch is in intermittent mode.
Touch Disabled or Enabled.
Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear
When on and the front wiper is on, the rear
wiper will automatically activate when the
vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse).
Touch Off or On.
Lighting
Touch and the following may display:
. Vehicle Locator Lights
. Exit Lighting
. Automatic High Beam Assist
Vehicle Locator Lights
This setting flashes the vehicle’s headlamps
when K is pressed on the Remote Key.
Touch Off or On.
Exit Lighting
This setting specifies how long the
headlamps stay on after the vehicle is
turned off and exited.
Touch Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds,
or 120 Seconds.
Automatic High Beam Assist
This setting specifies how the high beams
adjust based on the vehicle environment.
See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 136.
Touch IntelliBeam or Adaptive Headlight
System.
Power Door Locks
Touch and the following may display:
. Auto Door Lock
. Auto Door Unlock
. Delayed Door Lock
131
Auto Door Lock
When this feature is turned on, all doors
will automatically lock when the vehicle is
shifted out of P (Park) or when the vehicle
starts moving.
Select Off or On.
Auto Door Unlock
This setting allows selection of which doors
will automatically unlock when the vehicle is
shifted into P (Park).
Touch Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.
Delayed Door Lock
When on, this feature will delay the locking
of the doors. To override the delay, press
the power door lock switch on the door.
Touch Off or On.
Remote Lock, Unlock, and Start
Touch and the following may display:
. Remote Unlock Light Feedback
. Remote Lock Feedback
. Remote Door Unlock
. Remote Start Auto Cool Seats
. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
. Remote Window Operation
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
132
.
.
.
.
Instruments and Controls
Passive Door Unlock
Passive Door Lock
Remote Left in Vehicle Alert
Remote Removed from Vehicle Alert
Remote Unlock Light Feedback
When on, the exterior lamps will flash when
unlocking the vehicle with the Remote Key.
Touch Off or Flash Lights.
Remote Lock Feedback
This allows selection of what type of
feedback is given when locking the vehicle
with the Remote Key.
Touch Off, Lights and Horn, Lights Only,
or Horn Only.
Remote Door Unlock
This allows selection of which doors will
unlock when pressing K on the
Remote Key.
Touch All Doors or Driver Door.
Remote Start Auto Cool Seats
If equipped and turned on, this feature will
turn on the ventilated seats when using
remote start on warm days. See Heated and
Ventilated Front Seats 0 43 and
Remote Vehicle Start 0 13.
Touch Off or On.
Passive Door Lock
Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
This allows passive locking to be turned on
or off and selects feedback. See Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 8.
If equipped and turned on, this feature will
turn on the heated seats when using remote
start on cold days. See Heated and
Ventilated Front Seats 0 43 and
Remote Vehicle Start 0 13.
If equipped with Auto Heated Steering
Wheel, this feature will turn on when the
Remote Start Auto Heated Seats turn on.
Touch Off, On with Horn Chirp, or On.
Remote Left in Vehicle Alert
This feature sounds an alert when the
Remote Key is left in the vehicle.
Touch Off or On.
Touch Off or On.
Remote Removed from Vehicle Alert
Remote Window Operation
This feature beeps the horn 3 times when
exiting a running vehicle with the
Remote Key.
If equipped, this feature enables remote
operation of the windows with the Remote
Key. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation 0 8.
Touch Off or On.
Passive Door Unlock
This allows the selection of what doors will
unlock when using the button on the driver
door to unlock the vehicle.
Touch Off, All Doors or Driver Door Only.
Touch Off or On.
Ride Height
Touch and the following may display:
. Easy Exit Vehicle Height
Easy Exit Vehicle Height
This feature specifies if the vehicle will
automatically lower to make it easier to
enter or exit the vehicle.
Touch Off or On.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Instruments and Controls
Power Assist Steps
Seat Exit Memory
Touch and the following may display:
. Automatic Power Assist Steps
. Move Power Assist Steps
This feature automatically recalls the
previously stored exit button position when
the ignition is changed from on or ACC/
ACCESSORY to off and the driver door is
open. See Memory Seats 0 41.
Automatic Power Assist Steps
This feature specifies the position and use of
the running boards. See Power Assist Steps
0 24.
Touch Off or On.
Move Power Assist Steps
This feature moves the running boards to a
deployed position so they can be used with
the doors closed.
Touch Off or Deploy.
Seating Position
Touch and the following may display:
. Seat Entry Memory
. Seat Exit Memory
Seat Entry Memory
This feature automatically recalls the
previously stored 1 or 2 button positions
when the ignition is changed from off to on
or ACC/ACCESSORY. See Memory Seats 0 41.
Touch Off or On.
133
Universal Remote System
See Radio Frequency Statement 0 398.
Universal Remote System
Programming
Touch Off or On.
Suspension
Touch and the following may display:
. Service Mode
. Alignment Mode
Service Mode
This feature disables the air suspension
system and is used to prevent unintended
raising or lowering of the suspension..
Touch Off or On.
Alignment Mode
This feature will optimize the vehicle height
to provide the most accurate wheel
alignment.
Touch Off or On.
Teen Driver
See “Teen Driver” under Settings 0 171.
If equipped, these buttons are in the
overhead console.
This system can replace up to three remote
control transmitters used to activate devices
such as garage door openers, security
systems, and home automation devices.
These instructions refer to a garage door
opener, but can be used for other devices.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
134
Instruments and Controls
Do not use the Universal Remote system
with any garage door opener that does not
have the stop and reverse feature. This
includes any garage door opener model
manufactured before April 1, 1982.
Keep the original hand-held transmitter for
use in other vehicles as well as for future
programming. Erase the programming when
vehicle ownership is terminated. See
“Erasing Universal Remote System Buttons”
later in this section.
To program a garage door opener, park
outside directly in line with and facing the
garage door opener receiver. Clear all people
and objects near the garage door.
Make sure the hand-held transmitter has a
new battery for quick and accurate
transmission of the radio-frequency signal.
Programming the Universal Remote
System
Programming involves time-sensitive actions
and may time out, requiring the procedure
to be repeated. Read these instructions
completely before programming the
Universal Remote system. It may help to
have another person assist with the
programming process.
1. Hold the end of the hand-held
transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1 to 3 in)
away from the Universal Remote system
buttons with the indicator light in view.
The hand-held transmitter was supplied
by the manufacturer of the garage door
opener receiver.
2. Press and release one of the three
Universal Remote system buttons to be
programmed. Press and hold the
hand-held transmitter button. Do not
release the hand-held transmitter button
until the indicator light changes from a
slow to a rapid flash or continuous light.
Then release the hand-held transmitter
button.
Some garage door openers may require
substitution of Step 2 with the procedure
under “Radio Signals for Some Gate
Operators” later in this section.
3. Press and hold the newly programmed
Universal Remote system button for
five seconds while watching the indicator
light and garage door activation.
. If the indicator light stays on
continuously or the garage door
moves when the button is pressed,
then programming is complete. There
is no need to complete Steps 4–6.
. If the indicator light does not come
on or the garage door does not
move, a second button press may be
required. For a second time, press
and hold the newly programmed
button for five seconds. If the
indicator light stays on continuously
or the garage door moves when the
button is pressed, then programming
is complete. There is no need to
complete Steps 4–6.
. If the garage door does not move,
continue with programming
Steps 4–6.
Learn or Smart Button
4. After completing Steps 1–3, locate the
Learn or Smart button inside garage on
the garage door opener receiver. The
name and color of the button may vary
by manufacturer.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Instruments and Controls
5. Press and release the Learn or Smart
button. Step 6 must be completed within
30 seconds of pressing this button.
6. Return to the vehicle and firmly press
and hold the trained Universal Remote
system button for two seconds and
release. Repeat the “press/hold/release”
sequence up to three times to complete
the training process.
The Universal Remote system should now
activate the garage door. Repeat the process
for programming the remaining two
buttons.
For questions or programming help, see
www.homelink.com/gm or call
1-800-355-3515. For calls placed outside the
U.S., Canada, or Puerto Rico, international
rates will apply and may differ based on
landline or mobile phone.
Radio Signals for Some Gate Operators
Some gate operators and radio-frequency
laws require transmitter signals to time out
or quit after several seconds of transmission.
This may not be long enough for the
Universal Remote system to pick up the
signal during programming.
If the programming did not work, replace
Step 2 under “Programming the Universal
Remote System” with the following:
Press and hold the Universal Remote system
button while pressing and releasing the
hand-held transmitter button every
two seconds until the signal has been
successfully accepted by the Universal
Remote system. The Universal Remote
system indicator light will flash slowly at
first and then change to a rapid flash or
continuous solid-light. Proceed with Step 3
under “Programming the Universal Remote
System” to complete.
Universal Remote System
Operation
Using the Universal Remote System
Press and hold the appropriate Universal
Remote system button for at least one-half
second. The indicator light will come on
while the signal is being transmitted.
Erasing Universal Remote System
Buttons
Erase all programmed buttons when vehicle
ownership is terminated.
To erase:
135
1. Press and hold the two outside buttons
until the indicator light begins to flash.
This should take about 10 seconds.
2. Release both buttons.
Reprogramming a Single Universal
Remote System Button
To reprogram any of the system buttons:
1. Press and hold any one of the buttons.
Do not release the button.
2. The indicator light will begin to flash
after 20 seconds. Without releasing the
button, proceed with Step 1 under
“Programming the Universal Remote
System.”
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
136
Lighting
Lighting
Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . . . . . . . . 138
Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer . . . . 138
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . 138
Automatic Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . 138
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Turn and Lane-Change Signals . . . . . . . . . 140
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
; : Turns on the parking lamps including
all lamps, except the headlamps.
2 : Turns on the headlamps with the
parking lamps and instrument panel lights.
Interior Lighting
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Lighting Features
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . .
142
142
142
143
143
AUTO : Automatically turns on the
headlamps, parking lamps, taillamps,
instrument panel lights, roof marker lamps
(if equipped), and license plate lamps.
The exterior lamp control is on the
instrument panel to the left of the steering
wheel.
There are four positions:
O : Turns off the automatic headlamps and
When the headlamps are turned on while
the vehicle is on, the headlamps turn off
automatically 10 minutes after the ignition
is turned off. When the headlamps are
turned on while the vehicle is off, the
headlamps will stay on for 10 minutes
before turning off to prevent the battery
from being drained. Turn the headlamp
control off and then back to the headlamp
on position to make the headlamps stay on
for an additional 10 minutes.
To keep the lamps on for more than
10 minutes, the ignition must be on or in
ACC/ACCESSORY.
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL). Turn the
headlamp control to O again to turn the
automatic headlamps or DRL back on.
IntelliBeam System
For vehicles first sold in Canada, the off
position will only work when the vehicle is
shifted into P (Park).
If equipped, this system turns the vehicle's
high-beam headlamps on and off according
to surrounding traffic conditions.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Lighting
The system turns the high-beam headlamps
on when it is dark enough and there is no
other traffic present.
This light comes on in the instrument
cluster when the IntelliBeam system is
enabled.
Turning On and Enabling IntelliBeam
To enable the IntelliBeam system, activate
the high/low-beam changer two times
within two seconds while the exterior lamp
control is in AUTO or 2.
Driving with IntelliBeam
The system only activates the high beams
when driving over 40 km/h (25 mph).
The blue high-beam on light appears on the
instrument cluster when the high beams
are on.
There is a sensor near the top center of the
windshield that automatically controls the
system. Keep this area of the windshield
clear of debris to allow for best system
performance.
The high-beam headlamps remain on, under
the automatic control, until one of the
following situations occurs:
. The system detects an approaching
vehicle's headlamps.
. The system detects a preceding vehicle's
taillamps.
. The outside light is bright enough that
high-beam headlamps are not required.
. The vehicle's speed drops below 20 km/h
(12 mph).
. The IntelliBeam system can be disabled
by the High/Low-Beam Changer or the
Flash-to-Pass feature. If this happens, the
High/Low-Beam Changer must be
activated two times within two seconds
to reactivate the IntelliBeam system.
The instrument cluster light will come
on to indicate the IntelliBeam is
reactivated. See Headlamp High/
Low-Beam Changer 0 138 and
Flash-to-Pass 0 138.
137
The high beams may not turn off
automatically if the system cannot detect
another vehicle's lamps because of any of
the following:
. The other vehicle's lamps are missing,
damaged, obstructed from view,
or otherwise undetected.
. The other vehicle's lamps are covered
with dirt, snow, and/or road spray.
. The other vehicle's lamps cannot be
detected due to dense exhaust, smoke,
fog, snow, road spray, mist, or other
airborne obstructions.
. The vehicle's windshield is dirty, cracked,
or obstructed by something that blocks
the view of the light sensor.
. The vehicle is loaded such that the front
end points upward, causing the light
sensor to aim high and not detect
headlamps and taillamps.
. The vehicle is being driven on winding or
hilly roads.
The automatic high-beam headlamps may
need to be disabled if any of the above
conditions exist.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
138
Lighting
Exterior Lamps Off Reminder
Flash-to-Pass
A reminder chime sounds when the
headlamps or parking lamps are manually
turned on, the vehicle is turned off, and a
door is open. To disable the chime, turn the
lamps off.
This feature lets you use the high-beam
headlamps to signal a driver in front of you
that you want to pass. It works even if the
headlamps are in the automatic position.
Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer
Push the turn signal lever away from you
and release to turn the high beams on.
To return to low beams, push the lever
again or pull it toward you and release.
When the high-beam headlamps are on, this
indicator light on the instrument cluster will
also be on.
To use it, pull the turn signal lever toward
you, then release it.
If the headlamps are in the automatic
position or on low beam, the high-beam
headlamps will turn on. Depending on the
type of headlamp, they will either turn off
after a short duration or stay on as long as
you hold the lever toward you. The
high-beam indicator on the instrument
cluster will come on. Release the lever to
return to normal operation.
The DRL system comes on when the
following conditions are met:
. The ignition is on.
. The exterior lamp control is in AUTO.
. The light sensor determines it is daytime.
When the DRL system is on, only the DRL
are on. The taillamps, sidemarker lamps,
instrument panel lights, and other lamps
will not be on.
When it begins to get dark, the automatic
headlamp system switches from DRL to the
headlamps.
To turn off the DRL, turn the exterior lamp
control to O and then release. For vehicles
first sold in Canada, off will only work when
the vehicle is parked.
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
Automatic Headlamp System
DRL can make it easier for others to see the
front of the vehicle during the day. Fully
functional DRL are required on all vehicles
first sold in Canada.
When the exterior lamp control is set to
AUTO and it is dark enough outside, the
headlamps come on automatically.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Lighting
panel brightness control is in the full bright
position. See Instrument Panel Illumination
Control 0 141.
139
Hazard Warning Flashers
When it is bright enough outside, the
headlamps will turn off or may change to
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL).
The automatic headlamp system turns off
when the exterior lamp control is turned to
O or the ignition is off.
Lights On with Wipers
There is a light sensor on top of the
instrument panel. Do not cover the sensor,
otherwise the headlamps will come on when
they are not needed.
The system may also turn on the headlamps
when driving through a parking garage or
tunnel.
If the vehicle is started in a dark garage, the
automatic headlamp system comes on
immediately. If it is light outside when the
vehicle leaves the garage, there is a slight
delay before the automatic headlamp
system changes to the DRL. During that
delay, the instrument cluster may not be as
bright as usual. Make sure the instrument
If the windshield wipers are activated in
daylight with the engine on, and the
exterior lamp control is in AUTO, the
headlamps, parking lamps, and other
exterior lamps come on. The transition time
for the lamps coming on varies based on
wiper speed. When the wipers are not
operating, these lamps turn off. Move the
exterior lamp control to O or ; to disable
this feature.
Yukon/Yukon XL is shown, Denali similar
| : Press this button to make the front
and rear turn signal lamps flash on and off.
Press again to turn the flashers off.
When the hazard warning flashers are on,
the vehicle's turn signals will not work.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
140
Lighting
Turn and Lane-Change Signals
Replace any burned out bulbs. If a bulb is
not burned out, check the fuse. See Fuses
and Circuit Breakers 0 319.
Turn Signal On Chime
An arrow on the instrument cluster flashes
in the direction of the turn or lane change.
Move the turn signal lever all the way up or
down to signal a turn.
If the turn signal is left on for more than
1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime sounds at each
flash of the turn signal. The message TURN
SIGNAL ON will also appear in the Driver
Information Center (DIC). To turn the chime
and message off, move the turn signal lever
to the off position.
Fog Lamps
Raise or lower the lever for less than
one second until the arrow starts to flash to
signal a lane change. This causes the turn
signals to automatically flash three times.
It will flash six times if Tow/Haul Mode is
active. Holding the turn signal lever for
more than one second will cause the turn
signals to flash until the lever is released.
The lever returns to its starting position
whenever it is released.
If after signaling a turn or a lane change the
arrows flash rapidly or do not come on, a
signal bulb could be burned out.
If equipped with fog lamps, the button is on
the exterior lamp control, to the left of the
steering column.
The ignition must be on for the fog lamps
to come on.
# : Press to turn the fog lamps on or off.
A light will come on in the instrument
cluster.
When the fog lamps are turned on, the
parking lamps automatically turn on.
When the headlamps are changed to high
beam, the fog lamps also go off. When the
high-beam headlamps are turned off, the fog
lamps will come on again.
Some localities have laws that require the
headlamps to be on with the fog lamps.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Lighting
Interior Lighting
Dome Lamps
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control
come on when any door is opened, K on
the remote key is pressed, or when the
ignition is switched off.
Press and hold any of the overhead console
lens to turn all dome lamps on or off
manually.
Reading Lamps
There are dome lamps in the overhead
console and the headliner.
This feature adjusts the brightness of all
illuminated controls. The instrument panel
illumination control is above the exterior
lamp control.
D : Press the − or + to brighten or dim
the lights.
This feature is functional at night, or when
the headlamps or parking lamps are ON.
141
To change the dome lamp settings, press
the following:
j OFF : Press to turn off the dome
lamps when any door is opened, K on the
remote key is pressed, or when the ignition
is switched off. An indicator light on the
button will turn on when the dome lamp
override is activated. Press j OFF again
to deactivate this feature and the indicator
light will turn off. The dome lamps will
There are reading lamps in the overhead
console and the headliner, if equipped.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
142
Lighting
Lighting Features
The interior lights turn on when the ignition
is turned off.
Entry Lighting
The exterior and interior lamps remain on
for a set amount of time, then automatically
turn off.
The interior lamps turn on when pressing K
on the remote key or opening any doors,
and the dome lamp control is in the DOOR
position.
Some exterior lamps also turn on when
pressing K on the remote key or opening
any doors. Low-Beam lamps will only turn
on briefly at night, or in areas with limited
lighting.
All lamps will gradually fade out after about
30 seconds.
With Sunroof
Press the lens on each reading lamp to turn
it on or off.
Entry lighting can be disabled manually by
closing all doors, pressing Q on the remote
key, or starting the vehicle.
This feature can be changed. See “Vehicle
Locator Lights” under Vehicle Personalization
0 128.
Exit Lighting
Some exterior lamps and interior lamps turn
on when the driver door is opened after the
ignition is turned off.
The exterior lamps turn off immediately by
turning the exterior lamp control off.
This feature can be changed. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 128.
Battery Load Management
The vehicle has Electric Power Management
(EPM), which estimates the battery's
temperature and state of charge. It then
adjusts the voltage for best performance
and extended life of the battery.
When the battery's state of charge is low,
the voltage is raised slightly to quickly bring
the charge back up. When the state of
charge is high, the voltage is lowered
slightly to prevent overcharging. The
voltmeter gauge or the voltage display on
the Driver Information Center (DIC),
if equipped, may show the voltage moving
up or down. This is normal. If there is a
problem, an alert will be displayed.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Lighting
The battery can be discharged at idle if the
electrical loads are very high. This is true for
all vehicles. This is because the generator
(alternator) may not be spinning fast
enough at idle to produce all the power that
is needed for very high electrical loads.
A high electrical load occurs when several of
the following are on, such as: headlamps,
high beams, fog lamps, rear window
defogger, climate control fan at high speed,
heated seats, engine cooling fans, trailer
loads, and loads plugged into accessory
power outlets.
EPM works to prevent excessive discharge of
the battery. It does this by balancing the
generator's output and the vehicle's
electrical needs. It can increase engine idle
speed to generate more power, whenever
needed. It can temporarily reduce the power
demands of some accessories.
Normally, these actions occur in steps or
levels, without being noticeable. In rare
cases at the highest levels of corrective
action, this action may be noticeable to the
driver. If so, a DIC message might be
displayed and it is recommended that the
driver reduce the electrical loads as much as
possible.
Battery Power Protection
This feature helps prevent the battery from
being drained, if the interior courtesy lamps
or reading lamps are accidentally left on.
If any of these lamps are left on, they
automatically turn off after 10 minutes,
if the ignition is off. The lamps will not
come back on again until one of the
following occurs:
. The ignition is turned on.
. The doors are closed and then re-opened.
Exterior Lighting Battery Saver
The exterior lamps turn off about 10 minutes
after the ignition is turned off, if the parking
lamps or headlamps have been manually
left on. This protects against draining the
battery. To restart the 10-minute timer, turn
the exterior lamp control to the O position
and then back to the ; or 2 position.
To keep the lamps on for more than
10 minutes, the ignition must be on or in
ACC/ACCESSORY.
143
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
144
Infotainment System
Infotainment System
Introduction
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Radio
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Radio Data System (RDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Audio Players
Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices . . . . . 153
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Rear Seat Infotainment
Rear Seat Infotainment (RSI) System . . . 155
Navigation
Using the Navigation System . . . . . . . . . . 161
Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Navigation Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Global Positioning System (GPS) . . . . . . . 163
Vehicle Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Problems with Route Guidance . . . . . . . . 164
If the System Needs Service . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Database Coverage Explanations . . . . . . . 164
Voice Recognition
Introduction
Read the following pages to become familiar
with the features.
Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Phone
Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a
Phone) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Apple CarPlay and Android Auto . . . . . . . 170
Settings
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Teen Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Trademarks and License Agreements
Trademarks and License
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
{ Warning
Taking your eyes off the road for too
long or too often while using any
infotainment feature can cause a crash.
You or others could be injured or killed.
Do not give extended attention to
infotainment tasks while driving. Limit
your glances at the vehicle displays and
focus your attention on driving. Use voice
commands whenever possible.
The infotainment system has built-in
features intended to help avoid distraction
by disabling some features when driving.
These features may gray out when they are
unavailable. Many infotainment features are
also available through the instrument cluster
and steering wheel controls.
Before driving:
. Become familiar with the operation,
center stack controls, steering wheel
controls, and infotainment display.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Infotainment System
. Set up the audio by presetting favorite
stations, setting the tone, and adjusting
the speakers.
. Set up phone numbers in advance so they
can be called easily by pressing a single
control or by using a single voice
command.
145
Overview
Infotainment System
The infotainment system is controlled by using the infotainment display, controls on the
center stack, steering wheel controls, and voice recognition.
See Distracted Driving 0 191.
Active Noise Cancellation (ANC)
If equipped, ANC reduces engine noise in the
vehicle’s interior. ANC requires the
factory-installed audio system, radio,
speakers, amplifier (if equipped), induction
system, and exhaust system to work
properly. Deactivation is required by your
dealer if related aftermarket equipment is
installed.
1.
O (Power)
. Press to turn the power on.
. Press and hold to turn the
power off.
. Press to mute/unmute the system
when on.
. Turn to decrease or increase the
volume.
2.
7
. Radio: Press and release to go to
the previous station or channel.
Press and hold to seek one
previous station or channel only.
See AM-FM Radio 0 149.
. USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek to
the beginning of the current or
previous track. Press and hold to
seek to one previous track only.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
146
Infotainment System
Release to return to playing speed.
See USB Port 0 153 or
Bluetooth Audio 0 154.
3.
{
. Press to go to the Home Page. See
“Home Page” later in this section.
. Press to exit Android Auto or Apple
CarPlay. To enter back into Android
Auto or Apple CarPlay, press and
hold. See Apple CarPlay and
Android Auto 0 170.
4.
6
. Radio: Press and release to go to
the next station or channel. Press
and hold to seek one next station
or channel only.
. USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek the
next track. Press and hold to seek
to one next track only. Release to
return to playing speed. See USB
Port 0 153 or
Bluetooth Audio 0 154.
5. o BACK
. Press to return to the previous
display in a menu.
6.
Move an Icon to the Application Tray
V
. Turn to change tuner sources only
(AM/FM/SXM/DAB where
available), while in the audio app.
Does not support non-tuner
sources. Turn to scroll through
selections in phone
projection apps.
To move an icon to the application tray on
the left side of the screen, drag the icon to
the applications tray.
Steering Wheel Controls
Home Page
The Home Page is where vehicle application
icons are accessed. Some applications are
disabled when the vehicle is moving.
Swipe left or right across the display to
access the pages of icons.
Managing Home Page Icons
1. Touch and hold any of the Home Page
icons to enter edit mode.
2. Continue holding the icon and drag it to
the desired position.
3. Release your finger to drop the icon in
the desired position.
Move an Icon to Another Page
1. Drag the icon to the edge of the display
toward the desired page.
2. Continue dragging and dropping
application icons as desired.
If equipped, some audio controls can be
adjusted at the steering wheel.
g : Press to answer an incoming call or
start voice recognition. See Bluetooth
(Overview) 0 165 or
Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone)
0 166.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Infotainment System
c : Press to decline an incoming call or
end a current call. Press to mute or unmute
the infotainment system when not on a call.
Using the System
Android Auto
Audio
If equipped, touch the Android Auto icon to
activate Android Auto after a supported
device is connected. See Apple CarPlay and
Android Auto 0 170.
Touch the Audio icon to display the active
audio source page. Examples of available
sources may include AM, FM, SXM (if
equipped), USB, AUX, and Bluetooth.
Phone
Touch the Phone icon to display the Phone
main page. See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 165
or
Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone)
0 166.
Nav
The favorites and volume switches are on
the back of the steering wheel.
1. Favorite: When on a radio source, press
to select the next or previous audio
broadcast favorite. When listening to a
media device, press to select the next or
previous track.
2. Volume: Press to increase or decrease
the volume.
147
OnStar Services
If equipped, touch the OnStar Services icon
to display the OnStar Services and Account
pages. See OnStar Overview 0 401.
Camera
If equipped, touch the Camera icon to access
the camera application. See Assistance
Systems for Parking or Backing 0 242.
If equipped, touch the Nav icon to display
the navigation map. See Using the
Navigation System 0 161.
Shortcut Tray
Settings
Infotainment Display Features
Touch the Settings icon to display the
Settings menu. See Settings 0 171.
Infotainment display features show on the
display when available. When a feature is
unavailable, it may gray out. When a
feature is touched, it may highlight.
Apple CarPlay
If equipped, touch the Apple CarPlay icon to
activate Apple CarPlay after a supported
device is connected. See Apple CarPlay and
Android Auto 0 170.
The shortcut tray is near the bottom of the
display. It shows up to four applications.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
148
Infotainment System
Haptic Feedback
Touch and Hold
If equipped, haptic feedback is a pulse that
occurs when an icon or option is touched on
the display or when controls on the center
stack are pressed.
done up, down, right, or left. This feature is
only available when vehicle is parked and
not in motion.
Nudge
Infotainment Gestures
Use the following finger gestures to control
the infotainment system.
Touch/Tap
Touch and hold can be used to start another
gesture, or to move or delete an application.
Drag
Nudge is used to move items a short
distance on a list or a map. To nudge, hold
and move the selected item up or down to
a new location.
Fling or Swipe
Touch/tap is used to select an icon or
option, activate an application, or change
the location inside a map.
Drag is used to move applications on the
Home Page, or to pan the map. To drag the
item, it must be held and moved along the
display to the new location. This can be
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Infotainment System
Fling or swipe is used to scroll through a
list, pan the map, or change page views. Do
this by placing a finger on the display then
moving it rapidly up and down or right
and left.
Pinch
149
Software Updates
Over-the-Air Software Updates
If equipped, see “Updates” under Settings
0 171 for details on software updates.
Spread
Radio
AM-FM Radio
Pinch is used to zoom out on a map, certain
images, or a web page. Place finger and
thumb apart on the display, then move
them together.
Spread is used to zoom in on a map, certain
images, or a web page. Place finger and
thumb together on the display, then move
them apart.
Playing the Radio
Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle
Information and Radio Displays
For vehicles with high gloss surfaces or
vehicle displays, use a microfiber cloth to
wipe surfaces. Before wiping the surface
with the microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle
brush to remove dirt that could scratch the
surface. Then use the microfiber cloth by
gently rubbing to clean. Never use window
cleaners or solvents. Periodically hand wash
the microfiber cloth separately, using mild
soap. Do not use bleach or fabric softener.
Rinse thoroughly and air dry before
next use.
From the Home Page, touch the Audio icon
to display the active audio source page.
Touch AM, FM, SiriusXM, or Bluetooth from
the top of the page.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
150
Infotainment System
Finding a Station
Seeking a Station
From the AM or FM screen, touch s or 
on the infotainment display to search for
the previous or next strong station.
Tune
A valid AM or FM station will automatically
tune to the new frequency but not close the
Tune screen. Touch S on the infotainment
display to exit.
The list of all available stations are on the
right side of the Tune display to browse.
Touch to go to that station or touch H to
save the station as a favorite.
Storing Radio Station Favorites
Favorites show in the area at the bottom of
the display.
Touch Z on the infotainment display to
display the Tune screen. Enter a station
using the keypad.
The keypad will gray out entries that do not
contribute to a valid frequency and will
automatically place a decimal point within
the frequency number.
Touch o to delete one number at a time.
Touch and hold o to delete all numbers.
AM, FM, or SiriusXM : Favorites can be
stored by touching H. This will highlight
red indicating that it is now saved as a
favorite.
The number of favorites is displayed
automatically.
Audio Settings
From the AM or FM screen, touch
display the following:
k to
Equalizer : Touch to adjust Bass, Midrange,
or Treble using the options on the
infotainment display.
Fade/Balance : Touch to adjust by using the
controls on the infotainment display or by
tapping/dragging the crosshair.
Sound Mode : Touch to display the
following:
‐ Normal: Adjusts the audio to provide the
best sound for all seating positions.
‐ Driver: Adjusts the audio to provide the
best sound for the driver.
‐ Centerpoint: This setting creates a
surround sound from nearly any audio
source.
‐ Rear: Adjusts the audio to provide the
best sound for the rear seat passengers.
Bose AudioPilot : This feature adjusts the
volume based on the noise in the vehicle
and the speed.
Touch Off or On.
Manage Favorites : Touch to display a list of
Audio favorites.
Favorites can be moved or deleted.
To move, touch and hold the move icon, and
then drag up or down to rearrange the
position.
RDS : This allows the Radio Data System
(RDS) to be turned on or off.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Infotainment System
Touch Off or On.
Radio Data System (RDS)
If equipped, RDS features are available for
use only on FM stations that broadcast RDS
information. With RDS, the radio can:
. Group stations by Category (i.e., Program
Type) such as Rock, Jazz, Classical, etc.
. Display messages from radio stations.
SiriusXM radio has a wide variety of
programming and commercial-free music,
coast to coast, in digital-quality sound. In
the U.S., see www.siriusxm.com or call
1-888-601-6296. In Canada, see
www.siriusxm.ca or call 1-877-438-9677.
SiriusXM with 360L
When information is broadcast from a RDS
station, the station name or call letters
display on the audio screen. Radio text
supporting the currently playing broadcast
may also appear.
To use the full SiriusXM 360L program,
including streaming content and listening
recommendations, OnStar Connected Access
is required. Connected vehicle services vary
by model and require a complete working
electrical system, cell reception, and GPS
signal. An active connected plan is required.
SiriusXM Radio Service
If equipped, vehicles with a valid SiriusXM
radio subscription can receive SiriusXM
programming.
Finding a Channel
Seeking a Channel
When SiriusXM is active, the channel name,
number, song title, and artist appear on the
display.
This system relies on receiving specific
information from these stations and only
works when the information is available.
It is possible that a radio station could
broadcast incorrect information that causes
the radio features to work improperly. If this
happens, contact the radio station.
Satellite Radio
151
SiriusXM with 360L interface has enhanced
in-vehicle listening experience for
subscribers. The experience now offers more
categories and system learned
recommendations toward discovering more
personalized content.
Reference the SiriusXM user guide for use
and subscription information.
From the SiriusXM active source page, touch
o CH or CHw to seek for the previous or
next channel.
Touch the Tune icon to enter a channel
using the keypad.
Touch s, j, w or  on the infotainment
display to rewind, pause, play live, or fast
forward a SiriusXM broadcast.
Browsing Categories
Touch the browse menu icon to show the
following categories:
. Music
. Sports
. News
. Talk
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
152
Infotainment System
. Channels
Touching a category will show the channels
associated with that category.
Listener Settings : Touch to hide explicit
language channels and content, start songs
at the beginning when tuning a music
channel, or reset the listening history.
Favorites
System Settings
Favorites are stored by touching H. This
will highlight red indicating that it is now
saved as a favorite.
Favorites show in the area at the bottom of
the display.
SiriusXM Settings
Select and the following may display:
Location Services : Touch to turn Location
Services on or off.
Radio ID : Touch to show the radio id and
version.
Help & Support
From the SiriusXM source main page, touch
audio settings icon on the upper right to
display the following:
Touch to contact SiriusXM.
Audio Settings
Unplug electronic devices from the accessory
power outlets if there is interference or
static in the radio.
Touch to adjust the audio settings. See
“Audio Settings” in AM-FM Radio 0 149.
From the SiriusXM source main page, touch
the user settings icon on the upper right to
display the following:
Subscription
Select to subscribe to SiriusXM.
Your Items
Select and the following may display:
Radio Reception
FM
FM signals only reach about 16 to 65 km (10
to 40 mi). Although the radio has a built-in
electronic circuit that automatically works to
reduce interference, some static can occur,
especially around tall buildings or hills,
causing the sound to fade in and out.
AM
The range for most AM stations is greater
than for FM, especially at night. The longer
range can cause station frequencies to
interfere with each other. Static can also
occur when things like storms and power
lines interfere with radio reception. When
this happens, try reducing the treble on the
radio.
SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service
If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service
provides digital radio reception. Tall
buildings or hills can interfere with satellite
radio signals, causing the sound to fade in
and out. In addition, traveling or standing
under heavy foliage, bridges, garages,
or tunnels may cause loss of the SiriusXM
signal for a period of time. Some cellular
services may interfere with SXM reception
causing loss of signal.
Mobile Device Usage
Mobile device usage, such as making or
receiving calls, charging, or just having the
mobile device on may cause static
interference in the radio. Unplug the mobile
device or turn it off if this happens.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Infotainment System
Multi-Band Antenna
The roof antenna may be used for radio,
navigation, and OnStar, depending on the
equipped options. Keep clear of obstructions
for clear reception. If the vehicle has a
sunroof, and it is open, reception can also
be affected.
Audio Players
Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices
Caution
To avoid vehicle damage, unplug all
accessories and disconnect all accessory
cables from the vehicle when not in use.
Accessory cables left plugged into the
vehicle, unconnected to a device, could be
damaged or cause an electrical short if
the unconnected end comes in contact
with liquids or another power source such
as the accessory power outlet.
153
r : Touch to play the current media source.
j : Touch to pause playback of the current
media source.
g:
. Press to seek to the beginning of the
current or previous track.
. Press and hold to reverse quickly through
playback. Release to return to playing
speed. Elapsed time displays.
d:
When using media devices such as USB and
mobile devices, consider the source.
Untrusted media devices could contain files
that affect system operation or performance
and should be avoided.
Playing from a USB
USB Port
The USB MP3 players and USB devices
connected must comply with the USB Mass
Storage Class specification (USB MSC).
Shuffle : Touch the shuffle icon to play
music in random order.
To play a USB device:
1. Connect the USB.
2. Touch Media Center on the infotainment
display.
3. Touch USB from the Media apps screen.
Touch anywhere between the top and
bottom menus or touch the Browse option
on the infotainment display to view the
Browse menu and the following options are
displayed near the bottom of the display:
The vehicle may be equipped with two USB
ports in the center console under the
armrest and another two on the center
stack. These ports are for data and charging.
There may also be two USB ports at the
rear of the center console and a USB port on
each side of the third row seats for
charging only.
A USB mass storage device can be connected
to the USB port.
USB MP3 Player and USB Devices
Use the following when playing an active
USB source:
. Press to seek to the next track.
. Press and hold to advance quickly
through playback. Release to return to
playing speed. Elapsed time displays.
USB Browse Menu
Playlists:
1. Touch to view the playlists stored on
the USB.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
154
Infotainment System
2. Touch a playlist to view the list of all
songs in that playlist.
3. Touch a song from the list to begin
playback.
Supported Playlist extensions are m3u, pls,
and wpl.
Artists:
1. Touch to view the list of artists stored
on the USB.
2. Touch an artist name to view a list of all
albums by the artist.
3. To select a song, touch All Songs or
touch an album and then select a song
from the list.
Albums:
1. Touch to view the albums on the USB.
2. Touch the album to view a list of all
songs on the album.
3. Touch a song from the list to begin
playback.
Songs:
1. Touch to display a list of all songs on
the USB.
2. To begin playback, touch a song from
the list.
Bluetooth Audio
Music may be played from a paired
Bluetooth device.
Volume and song selection may be
controlled by using the infotainment
controls or the mobile device. If Bluetooth is
selected and no volume is present, check the
volume setting on the infotainment system.
To play music via Bluetooth:
1. Power on the device.
2. Touch Media Center on the infotainment
display home page.
3. Touch Bluetooth Audio from the Media
apps screen.
4. Touch Connect to Bluetooth if there is no
device connected and follow the screen
prompts to pair the device.
Manage Bluetooth Devices
From the Home Page:
1. Touch Audio.
2. Touch Bluetooth.
3. Touch Devices to add or delete devices.
A Bluetooth device can only be paired when
the vehicle is parked.
When touching Bluetooth Audio, the radio
may not be able to launch the audio player
on the connected device to start playing.
When the vehicle is not moving, use the
mobile device to begin playback.
All devices launch audio differently. When
selecting Bluetooth Audio as a source, the
radio may show as paused on the display.
Press play on the device or touch r on the
display to begin playback.
Browse functionality will be provided where
supported by the Bluetooth device. This
media content will not be part of the
Bluetooth Audio source mode.
Some smartphones support sending
Bluetooth music information to display on
the radio. When the radio receives this
information, it will check to see if any is
available and display it. For more
information about supported Bluetooth
features, see my.gmc.com/learn.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Infotainment System
Rear Seat Infotainment
Screens can be locked via the front seat
control.
Rear Seat Infotainment (RSI)
System
Sources
If equipped, the system includes two HDMI
ports, two Bluetooth headphones, and video
touchscreen displays in back of the driver
and passenger seats.
155
HDMI Input
An HDMI cable is required to connect an
HDMI device to the RSI hub. The RSI HDMI
inputs allow connection to video games, disc
players, cameras, smartphones, tablets,
streaming devices, and A/V dongles that
have HDMI (version 1.4a) outputs.
App View
The RSI system may not operate properly
until the temperature is above −20 °C (−4 °F)
and below 55 °C (131 °F).
System Operation
To use:
1. Double-tap anywhere on either screen to
power on and view the Home screen.
2. Touch } on the status bar to turn the
screen off.
The screens can be turned on and off
through each individual touchscreen,
independently from the other, and through
front seat control.
Playback of any media playing through that
specific screen is paused when the screen is
turned off.
. HDMI 1
. HDMI 2
. Apps (if equipped)
Status Bar:
}: Touch to turn off the screen.
Double-tap anywhere on the screen to
turn the screen on again.
. X: Touch to go to Bluetooth Headphone
Setup menu. See “Settings” later in this
section.
. *: Touch to go to the Settings menu.
.
1. Touch to adjust the zoom level.
2. Touch to navigate page history back or
forward.
3. Touch to reload the page.
4. Touch to share screen with the other
rear screen.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
156
Infotainment System
5. Touch or swipe down to close the
overlay. Touching anywhere on the
screen or waiting about three seconds
will also slide the overlay down.
6. Touch to open the settings menu.
7. Touch to pair or connect the Bluetooth
headphones, adjust the headphone
volume or have the audio play through
the vehicle’s interior speakers.
8. Touch to open the Home Screen.
Touch, swipe, or drag input to navigate
within an app.
Touching an ad will open it in a second tab.
To close the second tab, touch the first tab,
or touch the z.
Rear Screen Settings
From the rear screen home page, touch
to access the settings menu.
*
The menu may contain the following:
Screen Brightness
Select Screen Brightness. Move the bar left
or right to adjust the display brightness.
Each screen may be uniquely adjusted.
Customer Owned Bluetooth Headphones
The RSI system supports Bluetooth
headphones. Up to four Bluetooth
headphones can be paired to each REAR
SCREEN. This screen provides a list of all
Bluetooth headphones that have been paired
to the RSI system, as well as control over
their use and settings. New Bluetooth
headphones can be connected, or the
Bluetooth headphone settings can be
changed from or on this screen.
To pair Bluetooth headphones to one of the
rear screens:
1. Select Bluetooth Headphones or touch
X from the desired Rear Screen
Home Page.
2. Select Connect Headphones.
3. Make sure the Bluetooth headphones are
in pairing mode. Once recognized by the
system, the Bluetooth headphones are
displayed on the list of Available
Headphones.
4. Select the Bluetooth headphones from
the list. The headphones may need to be
unpaired from your phone before pairing
to the RSI.
5. Once a headphone is paired, touch
options for that headphone to access the
menu where the headphone can be
renamed, connected, disconnected, or to
forget.
Provided Bluetooth Headphones
{ Warning
The headphones have a built-in
rechargeable lithium ion battery pack
that presents a serious fire hazard if
damaged, defective, or improperly used.
To avoid battery leakage and/or a
potential fire:
. Do not attempt to burn, crush, or cut
the battery
. Do not expose the battery to
environments with extremely low air
pressures or temperatures above
60C (140F)
. Do not charge the battery at
temperatures above 45C (113F)
. Do not charge the battery if the
headphones are defective or damaged
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Infotainment System
157
. While the headphones are powered off,
Caution
press and hold the power button for
two seconds to enter pairing mode. The
headphone name will display as “GM RSI
BT HP.” See “Pairing to RSI Screen” below
for pairing instructions with RSI screen.
. To power off, press and hold the power
button for two seconds while the power
is on.
Do not store the headphones in heat or
direct sunlight. This could damage the
headphones and repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty. Storage
in extreme cold can weaken the batteries.
Keep the headphones stored in a cool,
dry place.
Paring to RSI Screen
Only two headphones can be active per RSI
Screen.
Batteries in this product should not be
disposed of with household waste. Batteries
should be recycled at an appropriate facility.
Contact local authorities for details on
recycling.
1.
2.
3.
4.
CH-Channel Select
Power
Volume
USB-C Charging Port
The RSI includes two new Bluetooth wireless
headphones. The headphones are used to
listen to various multimedia. The wireless
headphones have a power button, channel
select button, and a volume control button.
To use the included Bluetooth Wireless
Headphones:
. Press the POWER button for one second
to turn the headphones on. The power
indicator will illuminate.
To pair a Bluetooth headphone to one of
the rear screens:
1. Touch the Headphone icon from the
desired Rear Screen Home Page.
2. Select Add New Headphones.
3. Make sure the Bluetooth headphone is in
pairing mode.
4. Once recognized by the system, the
Bluetooth headphone is displayed on the
list of Available Headphones.
5. Select the Bluetooth headphone from the
list. Once connected, touch OK at the
Pairing Successful pop-up.
6. Touch OK.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
158
Infotainment System
Voice Over
Rear Consumer Ports (RCP)
If equipped, the RSI system has a Voice Over
feature to benefit the visually and hearing
impaired.
If equipped with RSI, the RCP are in the rear
of the center console. These include two
HDMI ports and two USB-C charge only
ports.
When activated, Voice Over provides audible
feedback to the user about which area on
the screen they are touching, identifying
active buttons, as well as providing
information feedback of screen identification,
current status, list content, metadata, and
pop-up information. It allows for the user to
activate features through a double tap
anywhere on the screen which relates to the
last single touched and audibly announced
actionable button.
To turn Voice Over on or off, touch *,
touch the toggle, and then press OK to
confirm. Voice Over turns off every time the
vehicle is turned off.
Reset Entertainment Studio
Select to reset the Apps and log out users.
Open Source License
Select to show the license information.
HDMI
Content from these HDMI ports are NOT
accessible through the infotainment display.
To use the HDMI input of the RSI system:
1. Connect the auxiliary device with an
HDMI cable.
2. Power on both the auxiliary device and
the RSI video screen.
3. Touch { (Home) on the desired display
and select HDMI as the source.
HDMI
HDMI Connection
The RCP provides two HDMI ports to mirror
video devices.
The HDMI input allows an HDMI A/V cable
to be connected from an auxiliary device
such as a camcorder, video game system,
or Apple device. A cable from Apple is
required for Apple devices.
Touch the HDMI port that the external
device was connected to on the home
screen.
For certain HDMI devices that support USB
charging, the USB ports can be used as a
power source.
Connect the external device to watch the
device content through the RSI screen.
Touch the HDMI port that was connected to
the external device on the home screen.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Infotainment System
HDMI Playing View
HDMI playing view shows the video content
and includes:
. { (Home): Touch { to return to the RSI
Home selection screen.
. X (Headphones): Touch X to access the
Bluetooth Headphone Setup menu. See
“Settings” later in this section.
. Share: Touch to share the screen with the
other rear screen. The screen can be
shared through the connected device.
Entertainment Studio App from the
Home Screen
The Entertainment Studio App allows a front
user to control the Rear Seat Video Screen
sources. To access, touch the Entertainment
Studio App icon from the Home Page.
The Rear Screens may be powered on or off
from the Entertainment Studio App. Touch
Screen 1 or Screen 2 to select a screen.
Touch summary to view both Rear Screens
together. Touching the Power icon next to
the highlighted screen icon turns that screen
on or off.
159
Summary View
The audio for the rear users can be muted
by the front user by pressing the mute icon
associated with the left or right rear screen
on the Rear Video App screen, or both rear
screens by pressing the MUTE ALL button.
The current source from the desired Rear
Screen can also be shown on the other Rear
Screen by pressing the Share button on the
lower right side of the RSI Video App
screens.
Source Selecting from the Entertainment
Studio App
Sources may be selected for the highlighted
Rear Screen. Select Sources from the
Entertainment Studio App screen, then select
from the list of available sources shown on
the RSI Sources screen.
1. Current source for rear screens.
2. Touch to share screen to the other
rear screen.
3. Touch to lock rear screen from touch
inputs.
4. Touch to mute the rear screen audio.
5. Touch to power rear screen on or off.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
160
Infotainment System
Screen Detail View without Content
Playing
Screen Detail View with Content Playing
Remember Screen Power Status
Select to have rear screens automatically
power on when the vehicle is started.
Rear Screen Voice-Over
Select to have Video Voice Over for the
individual rear screens.
Allowed Applications
Select to choose which applications are
visible.
Account
Select to show the vehicle data plan.
1. Shows source name.
2. Touch to have the audio play through
the vehicle’s interior speakers.
3. Touch to close an app on the rear
screen.
1. Art shown for current content playing.
2. Touch to have the audio play through
the vehicle’s interior speakers.
3. Touch to close an app on the rear
screen.
4. Touch to play or pause the currently
playing content.
5. Name and info of currently playing
content.
Entertainment Studio Settings
From the Entertainment Studio page, touch
Settings to access the settings menu.
The menu may contain the following:
Reset Entertainment Studio
Select to reset the applications.
Entertainment Studio Terms of Use
Select to view the terms of use.
Privacy Statement
Select to view the Privacy statement.
RSI Troubleshooting
No power : The ignition might not be on or
in ACC/ACCESSORY.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Infotainment System
There is no sound from the headphones
with the indicator light on : Make sure the
headphones have sufficient charge. Plug the
headphones to a USB-C port to charge.
Check to see if headphones are paired to the
screens. Make sure that you are listening in
to the correct screen by pressing the
channel select button.
If the steps above do not work, then unpair
the headphones from the RSI screens, turn
the headphones off, turn them back on and
attempt to pair them. See pairing
procedures for the Bluetooth headphone
previously in this section.
Video Distortion
Video distortion can occur when operating
cellular phones, scanners, CB radios, Global
Positioning Systems (GPS), two-way radios,
mobile faxes, or walkie talkies.
It might be necessary to turn off the video
player when operating one of these devices
in or near the vehicle.
161
Navigation
Voice Assistant
Using the Navigation System
If equipped, Google Maps can be controlled
by voice commands, see Google Voice
Assistant under Voice Recognition 0 164.
The Navigation system is provided by a
third-party supplier, Google Automotive
Services. The information provided in this
section is a general overview and is subject
to change. For the latest functional
information, see g.co/mapsincar.
To change the units, see Instrument Cluster
0 104.
Accept the Terms and Conditions to use.
Mute Settings
Internet Connectivity
During active route guidance, Google Maps
can give audible voice directions, traffic
alerts, or can be muted. In the Google Maps
app, touch Settings, then Mute settings to
access the options.
Google Maps relies on a subscription data
plan for full functionality, including
availability of offline maps. Google Maps can
be used offline when driving through
connectivity dead zones by
auto-downloading offline maps prior to
going offline.
Profiles
Sign into a Google account for personalized
service. Information available in the Google
account will be shown.
To log into a profile, see Accounts under
Settings 0 171.
Language and Units
To change the language, see Settings 0 171.
Compass
The Google Maps orientation can be
changed between the direction currently
traveling and pointing North. Touch the
compass to switch between these options.
To recenter the map to current location,
touch the location icon.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
162
Infotainment System
Maps
Navigation Symbols
Auto-downloaded Maps
The following are the most common
symbols that may appear in the Nav
application.
Google Maps downloads offline maps
automatically for use when not connected
to the Internet. These offline maps are only
available when the vehicle has a subscription
data plan.
To
1.
2.
3.
turn on auto-download:
Open Google Maps.
Touch Settings.
Touch Privacy Center, then select
Offline maps.
4. Select Auto-download offline maps.
5. Check the Internet connection and wait
for the download to finish.
Downloading Offline Maps
1. Open Google Maps.
2. Touch Settings, then Offline maps.
3. Touch the square Select your own
map icon.
4. Adjust the map to cover the desired area
to download.
5. Touch Download.
A second pin in the menu is the route
overview. Touch this pin to show more
details of the destination or to remove the
destination.
Destination
Searching for a Destination
A destination can be searched using Google
Assistant.
This indicates the vehicle’s current location
and direction on the map.
To search a destination without Google
Assistant:
1. Open Google Maps.
2. Touch the Search field.
3. Enter the destination.
4. Touch Start.
Alternate Routes
The destination pin marks the location of
the final destination. Touch the pin to view
the destination address or to add it or
remove it from the Favorites list. Hide the
information by touching the pin one more
time. It will automatically time out if no
action is taken.
Alternate routes display as a separate line.
While in either active guidance or on the
Maps preview page, touch the suggested
alternate route.
Adding a Stop on Route
1. While in active guidance, touch the
Explore icon at the bottom.
2. Touch Add stop.
3. Select a category and touch the location.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Infotainment System
4. To search by voice, touch Search by
voice and say the destination.
5. Touch Add stop, then Confirm.
Adding a Home or Work Address
To edit a home or work address, a user
account must be logged in. See Accounts
under Settings 0 171.
1. Open Google Maps.
2. Touch Settings and then touch Edit home
or work.
3. Enter the address.
Search by Category
Destinations can be searched by category
such as restaurant or grocery store.
1. Open Google Maps.
2. Touch the search bar.
3. Touch Categories, then select a category.
4. Touch the desired location, then touch
Start.
Avoid Tolls, Highways, or Ferries
1. Open Google Maps.
2. Search destination and touch the
destination on the map.
3. Touch Route overview and then Route
options.
163
4. Touch an option and then touch Back.
Vehicle Positioning
Traffic Layers
1. Open Google Maps.
2. Touch Settings.
3. Toggle between Traffic on or off.
At times, the position of the vehicle on the
map could be inaccurate due to one or more
of the following reasons:
. The road system has changed.
. The vehicle is driving on slippery road
surfaces such as sand, gravel, or snow.
. The vehicle is traveling on winding roads
or long, straight roads.
. The vehicle is approaching a tall building
or a large vehicle.
. The surface streets run parallel to a
freeway.
. The vehicle has been transferred by a
vehicle carrier or a ferry.
. The current position calibration is set
incorrectly.
. The vehicle is traveling at high speed.
. The vehicle changes directions more than
once, or the vehicle is turning on a turn
table in a parking lot.
. The vehicle is entering and/or exiting a
parking lot, garage, or a lot with a roof.
. The GPS signal is not received.
. A roof carrier is installed on the vehicle.
. Tire chains are installed on the vehicle.
. The tires are replaced or worn.
Global Positioning System (GPS)
The current position of the vehicle is
determined by using satellite signals and
various vehicle signals.
At times, other interference such as the
satellite condition, road configuration,
condition of the vehicle, and/or other
circumstances can affect the navigation
system's ability to determine the accurate
position of the vehicle.
This system might not be available or
interference can occur if any of the
following are true:
. Signals are obstructed by tall buildings,
trees, large trucks, or a tunnel.
. Satellites are being repaired or improved.
For more information if the GPS is not
functioning properly, see Problems with
Route Guidance 0 164 and
If the System Needs Service 0 164.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
164
Infotainment System
. The tire pressure for the tires is incorrect.
. This is the first navigation use after the
map data is updated.
. The 12-volt battery has been disconnected
for several days.
. The vehicle is driving in heavy traffic
where driving is at low speeds, and the
vehicle is stopped and started repeatedly.
Problems with Route Guidance
Inappropriate route guidance can occur
under one or more of the following
conditions:
. The turn was not made on the road
indicated.
. Route guidance might not be available
when using automatic rerouting for the
next right or left turn.
. The route might not be changed when
using automatic rerouting.
. There is no route guidance when turning
at an intersection.
. Plural names of places might be
announced occasionally.
. It could take a long time to operate
automatic rerouting during high-speed
driving.
. Automatic rerouting might display a route
returning to the set waypoint if heading
for a destination without passing through
a set waypoint.
. The route prohibits the entry of a vehicle
due to a regulation by time or season or
any other regulation which may be given.
. Some routes might not be searched.
. The route to the destination might not be
shown if there are new roads, if roads
have recently changed, or if certain roads
are not listed in Maps.
To recalibrate the vehicle's position on the
map, park with the vehicle running for two
to five minutes, until the vehicle position
updates. Make sure the vehicle is parked in
a location that is safe and has a clear view
of the sky and away from large
obstructions.
If the System Needs Service
If the navigation system needs service, see
your dealer.
Database Coverage Explanations
Coverage areas vary with respect to the
level of map detail available for any given
area. Some areas feature greater levels of
detail than others. If this happens, it does
not mean there is a problem with the
system. As the map data is updated, more
detail can become available for areas that
previously had limited detail.
Voice Recognition
If equipped, voice recognition Google
Assistant allows for hands-free operation
within the audio, phone and navigation. This
feature can be started by pressing g on the
steering wheel, touching Google Assistant on
the Home screen, or by using the wake up
words “Hey Google” or “OK Google.”
However, not all features within these areas
are supported by voice commands.
Using Voice Recognition
Voice recognition becomes available once
the system is initialized. This begins when
the vehicle is turned on. Initialization may
take a few moments.
1. Press g on the steering wheel controls,
touch Google Assistant on the Home
screen, or use the wake up words “Hey
Google” or “OK Google” to activate voice
recognition.
2. Clearly speak one of the commands
described later in this section.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Infotainment System
A voice recognition system prompt can
be interrupted while it is playing by
pressing g again.
Canceling Google Assistant
. Say “Cancel” or “Exit” to terminate the
voice recognition session and show the
display where voice recognition was
initiated.
. Press c on the steering wheel controls
to cancel the Google Assistant request.
Helpful Hints for Speaking Commands
Voice recognition identifies commands that
are naturally stated in sentence form,
or direct commands that state the
application and the task.
165
If a cell phone number was saved with a
name and a place, the direct command
should include both. For example “Call
<name> at work.”
“Call <contact name>” : Initiate a call to a
stored contact. The command may include
location if the contact has location numbers
stored.
Voice Recognition for the Radio
“Call <contact> At Home,” “At Work,” “On
Mobile,” or “On Other” : Initiate a call to a
stored contact and location at home, at
work, on mobile device, or on another
phone.
If browsing the audio sources when voice is
touched, the voice recognition commands
for AM, FM, and SiriusXM (if equipped) are
available.
“Tune to <AM frequency> AM” : Tune to
the radio station frequency identified in the
command (like “nine fifty”).
“Tune to <FM frequency> FM” : Tune to the
radio station frequency identified in the
command (like “one oh one point one”).
“Call <cell phone number>” : Initiate a call
to a cell phone number of seven digits, 10
digits, or three digit emergency numbers.
“Redial” : Initiate a call to the last dialed
number.
Phone Assistant Voice Recognition
“Play channel <SXM channel number> on
SiriusXM” : Tune to the SiriusXM radio
station channel number identified in the
command.
Press and hold g on the steering wheel
controls to pass through and launch Google
assistant on the phone or Siri.
“Play <SXM channel name> on Sirius XM” :
Tune to the SiriusXM radio station channel
name identified in the command.
Phone
Voice Recognition for the Phone
The Bluetooth-capable system can interact
with many mobile devices to:
. Place and receive calls in a
hands-free mode.
For best results:
. Speak the command naturally, not too
fast, not too slow.
. Use direct commands without a lot of
extra words. For example, “Call <name>
at work,” “Play” followed by the artist or
song name, or “Tune” followed by the
radio station number.
Direct commands are more clearly
understood by the system. An example of a
direct command is “Dial <number>”.
Make sure the phone is paired using
Bluetooth to use the phone related voice
commands.
Bluetooth (Overview)
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
166
Infotainment System
. Share the device’s address book or
contact list with the vehicle.
. Stream audio (music, podcasts).
. Notify receipt of text messages.
To minimize driver distraction, before
driving, and with the vehicle parked:
. Become familiar with the features of the
mobile device. Organize the phone book
and contact lists clearly and delete
duplicate or rarely used entries.
. Review the controls and operation of the
infotainment system.
. Pair mobile device(s) to the vehicle. The
system may not work with all mobile
devices. See “Pairing” later in this section.
Vehicles with a Bluetooth system can use a
Bluetooth-capable mobile device with a
Hands-Free Profile to make and receive
phone calls. The infotainment system and
voice recognition are used to control the
system. The system can be used while the
vehicle is on. The range of the Bluetooth
system can be up to 9.1 m (30 ft). Not all
mobile devices support all functions and not
all mobile devices work with the Bluetooth
system. See my.gmc.com for more
information about compatible mobile
devices.
Controls
Use the controls on the infotainment display
and the steering wheel to operate the
Bluetooth system.
Steering Wheel Controls
g : Press and release to answer incoming
calls on your connected Bluetooth mobile
device. Press and hold for mobile device
assistant.
c : Press to end a call, decline a call,
or cancel an operation. Press to mute or
unmute the infotainment system when not
on a call.
Infotainment System Controls
For information about how to navigate the
menu system using the infotainment
controls, see Using the System 0 147.
Audio System
When using the Bluetooth mobile device
system, sound comes through the vehicle's
front audio system speakers and overrides
the audio system. The volume level while on
a mobile device call can be adjusted by
pressing the steering wheel controls or the
volume control on the center stack. The
adjusted volume level remains in memory
for later calls. The volume cannot be
lowered beyond a certain level.
Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a
Phone)
Pairing
A Bluetooth-enabled mobile device must be
paired to the Bluetooth system and then
connected to the vehicle before it can be
used. See the mobile device manufacturer's
user guide for Bluetooth functions before
pairing the device.
Pairing Information
. Touch the Phone icon on the home page
of the infotainment display.
. If no mobile device has been paired, a
message on the infotainment display will
show the Connect Phone option. Touch
this option to pair the cell phone. See
“Pairing a Phone” later in this section.
. A Bluetooth smartphone with music
capability can be paired to the vehicle as
a smartphone and a music player at the
same time.
. Up to 10 devices can be paired to the
Bluetooth system.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Infotainment System
. The pairing process is disabled when the
vehicle is moving.
. Pairing only needs to be completed once,
unless the pairing information on the cell
phone changes or the cell phone is
deleted from the system.
. If multiple paired cell phones are within
range of the system, the system connects
to the paired cell phone that is set to
First to Connect. If there is no cell phone
set to First to Connect, it will link to the
cell phone which was used last. To link to
a different paired cell phone, see “Linking
to a Different Phone” later in this section.
Pairing a Phone
1. Make sure Bluetooth has been enabled
on the cell phone before starting the
pairing process.
2. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page.
3. If no mobile device is connected, touch
Manage Phones and the Phones screen
will display.
If another mobile device is connected
already, touch Settings, Connections, and
then Phones.
4. Touch Add Phone.
5. Follow the on-screen prompts to pair the
cell phone.
6. Follow the instructions on the cell phone
to confirm the six-digit code showing on
the infotainment display and touch Pair.
The code on the cell phone and
infotainment display needs to be
acknowledged for a successful pair.
7. Start the pairing process on the cell
phone to be paired to the vehicle. See
the cell phone manufacturer's user guide
for information on this process. Once the
cell phone is paired, it will show as
Connected.
8. If the vehicle name does not appear on
your cell phone, there are a few ways to
start the pairing process over:
. Make sure there is not an entry for
the vehicle under the previously
connected list. If the vehicle and cell
phone were previously paired and
one still remembers the other, it will
not identify as a new device when
searching.
. Turn the Bluetooth off and on the
device.
. Go back to the beginning of the
Phone menus on the infotainment
display and restart the pairing
process.
167
. Turn the cell phone off and then
back on.
. Reset the cell phone, but this step
should be done as a last effort.
9. If the cell phone prompts to accept
connection or allow phone book
download, touch Always Accept and
Allow. The phone book may not be
available if not accepted.
10. To pair additional cell phones, touch
Settings, Connections, and then Phones.
First to Connect Paired Phones
If multiple paired cell phones are within
range of the system, the system connects to
the paired cell phone that is set as First to
Connect. To enable a paired cell phone as
the First to Connect phone:
1. Make sure the cell phone is turned on.
2. Touch the Settings icon on the
home page.
3. Touch Connections.
4. Touch Phone.
5. Touch Options under the connected
phone.
6. Touch First to Connect from the cell
phone’s settings menu. The settings will
be enabled for that device.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
168
Infotainment System
Cell phones and mobile devices can be
added, removed, connected, and
disconnected. A sub-menu will display
whenever a request is made to add or
manage cell phones and mobile devices.
Accessing the Device List Screen
There are two ways to access the device list
screen:
Using the Settings Icon
1. Touch the Settings icon on the Home
Page or the Settings icon on the shortcut
tray near the left of the display.
2. Touch Connections.
3. Touch Phones.
Using the Phone Icon
1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page
or the Phone icon on the shortcut tray
near the left of the display.
2. Touch * on the top right of the Phones
screen.
3. Touch Connected Phone.
Disconnecting a Connected Phone
To disconnect a phone:
1. Open the Device List Screen. See
“Accessing the Device List Screen”
previously in this section.
2. Touch Option on the phone card to show
the cell phone’s or mobile device’s
settings.
3. Touch Disconnect.
Deleting a Paired Phone
To delete a paired phone:
1. Open the Device List Screen. See
“Accessing the Device List Screen”
previously in this section.
2. Touch Option on the phone card to show
the cell phone’s or mobile device’s
settings.
3. Touch Forget Phone.
Linking to a Different Phone
To link to a different cell phone, the new
cell phone must be in the vehicle and paired
to the Bluetooth system.
To link to a different phone:
1. Open the Device List Screen. See
“Accessing the Device List Screen”
previously in this section.
2. Touch the new cell phone to link to from
the list of available phones. See “First to
Connect Paired Phones” previously in this
section.
Switching to Handset or
Handsfree Mode
To switch between handset or
handsfree mode:
. While the active call is hands-free, touch
the Handset option to switch to the
handset mode.
The mute icon will not be available or
functional while Handset mode is active.
. While the active call is on the handset,
touch the Handset option to switch to the
hands-free mode.
Making a Call Using Contacts
Calls can be made through the Bluetooth
system using personal cell phone contact
information for all cell phones that support
the Phone Book feature. Become familiar
with the cell phone settings and operation.
Verify the cell phone supports this feature.
The Contacts menu accesses the phone book
stored in the cell phone.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Infotainment System
To make a call using the Contacts menu:
1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page
or on the shortcut tray near the left of
the display.
2. Touch Contacts.
3. There are two methods to search for
contacts:
. Search bar – Touch the search icon
on the top right of the Phones
window and type the name or
number of the contact on the
keyboard. Search results will be
displayed corresponding to the user
input. Touch the name to call.
. Scroll – Touch the list and scroll,
or use the scrollbar on the left side
of the Phones window. Touch the
name to call.
Making a Call Using the Keypad
To make a call by dialing the numbers:
1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page
or on the shortcut tray near the left of
the display.
2. Touch Keypad and enter a phone
number.
3. Touch the phone icon on the
infotainment display to start dialing the
number.
Searching Contacts Using the Keypad
Making a Call Using the Recents Menu
To search for contacts using the keypad:
1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page.
2. Touch Keypad and enter partial phone
numbers or contact names using the
digits on the keypad to search.
Results appear on the right side of the
display. Touch one to place a call.
The Recents menu accesses the recents call
list from your cell phone.
Accepting or Declining a Call
To make a call using the Recents menu:
1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page
or on the shortcut tray near the left of
the display.
2. Touch Recents.
3. Touch the name or number to call.
When an incoming call is received, the
infotainment system mutes and a ring tone
is heard in the vehicle.
Accepting a Call
There are two ways to accept a call:
. Press g on the steering wheel controls.
169
. Touch Answer on the infotainment
display.
Declining a Call
There are two ways to decline a call:
. Press c on the steering wheel controls.
. Touch Decline on the infotainment
display.
Call Waiting
Call waiting must be supported on the
Bluetooth cell phone and enabled by the
wireless service carrier to work.
Accepting a Call
Press g to answer, then touch Switch on
the infotainment display.
Declining a Call
Press c to decline, then touch Decline on
the infotainment display.
Switching Between Calls (Call Waiting
Calls Only)
To switch between calls, touch Phone on the
Home Page to display Call View. While in
Call View, touch the call information of the
call on hold to change calls.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
170
Infotainment System
Ending a Call
. Press
. Touch
c on the steering wheel controls.
# on the infotainment display,
next to a call, to end only that call.
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF) Tones
The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can send
numbers during a call. This is used when
calling a menu-driven phone system. Use the
Keypad to enter the number.
Apple CarPlay and Android Auto
If equipped, Android Auto and/or Apple
CarPlay capability may be available through
a compatible smartphone. If available, the
Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons will
change from gray to color on the Home
Page of the infotainment display.
To use Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlay:
For Wired Phone Projection
1. Download the Android Auto app to your
smartphone from the Google Play store.
There is no app required for Apple
CarPlay.
2. Connect your Android phone or Apple
iPhone by using the factory-provided
phone USB cable and plugging into a
USB data port. For best performance, it is
highly recommended to use the device’s
factory-provided USB cable, which should
be replaced after significant wear to
maintain connection quality. Aftermarket
or third-party cables may not work.
3. When the phone is first connected to
activate Apple CarPlay or Android Auto,
accept the terms and conditions on both
the infotainment system and the phone.
4. Follow the instructions on the phone.
The Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons
on the Home Page will illuminate depending
on the smartphone. Android Auto and/or
Apple CarPlay may automatically launch the
next time the USB is connected. If not,
touch the Android Auto or Apple CarPlay
icon on the Home Page to launch.
Press { on the center stack to return to the
Home Page.
For Wireless Phone Projection
Verify your phone is wireless compatible by
visiting the Google Android Auto or Apple
CarPlay support page.
1. Download the Android Auto app to your
smartphone from the Google Play store.
There is no app required for Apple
CarPlay.
2. For first time connection, there are two
ways to set up wireless projection:
. Connect your Android phone or Apple
iPhone by using the factory-provided
phone USB cable and plugging into a
USB data port. For best performance,
it is highly recommended to use the
device’s factory-provided USB cable,
which should be replaced after
significant wear to maintain
connection quality. Aftermarket or
third-party cables may not work.
. Connecting the phone over Bluetooth.
See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 165 or
Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone)
0 166.
3. Make sure wireless is turned on the
phone for wireless projection to work.
4. When the phone is first connected to
activate Apple CarPlay or Android Auto,
agree to the terms and conditions on
both the infotainment system and the
phone.
5. Follow the instructions on the phone.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Infotainment System
The Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons
on the Home Page will illuminate depending
on the smartphone. Android Auto and/or
Apple CarPlay may automatically launch
upon wireless connection. If not, touch the
Android Auto or Apple CarPlay icon on the
Home Page to launch.
Wireless CarPlay and/or Wireless Android
Auto may experience occasional service
disruption due to outside Wi-Fi interference.
To disconnect the phones wireless
projection:
1. Select the Settings icon from the Home
Page or the Settings icon on the shortcut
tray near the left of the display.
2. Select Connections.
3. Touch Phones.
4. Touch Option on the phone card to show
the cell phone’s or mobile device’s
settings.
5. Turn off Apple CarPlay or Android Auto.
Press { on the center stack to return to the
Home Page.
Features are subject to change. For further
information on how to set up Android Auto
and Apple CarPlay in the vehicle, see
my.gmc.com.
Android Auto is provided by Google and is
subject to Google’s terms and privacy
policy. Apple CarPlay is provided by
Apple and is subject to Apple’s terms and
privacy policy. Data plan rates apply. For
Android Auto support and to see if your
phone is compatible, see https:/
www.android.com/auto/compatability. For
Apple CarPlay support and to see if your
phone is compatible, see www.apple.com/
ios/carplay/. Apple or Google may change or
suspend availability at any time. Android
Auto, Android, Google, Google Play, and
other marks are trademarks of Google Inc.;
Apple CarPlay is a trademark of Apple Inc.
Press { on the center stack to exit Android
Auto or Apple CarPlay. To enter back into
Android Auto or Apple CarPlay, press and
hold { on the center stack.
Settings
Certain settings can be managed in the
Owner Center sites when an account is
established, and may be modified if other
users have accessed the vehicle or created
accounts. This may result in changes to the
security or functionality of the infotainment
system. Some settings may also be
171
transferred to a new vehicle, if equipped. For
instructions, in the U.S. see my.gmc.com or
in Canada see mygmc.ca or mongmc.ca.
Refer to the User Terms and Privacy
Statement for important details. To view,
touch the Settings icon on the Home Page
of the infotainment display.
To access the personalization menus:
1. Touch Settings on the Home Page on the
infotainment display.
2. Touch the desired category to display a
list of available options.
3. Touch to select the desired feature
setting.
4. Touch the options on the infotainment
display to disable or enable a feature.
5. Touch
S to go back.
The Settings menu may contain the
following:
Connections
Phones
Touch Add Phone to pair a Bluetooth device.
Wi-Fi Networks
This will show connected and available Wi-Fi
networks.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
172
Infotainment System
Touch Add Other Network to add another
available network.
Wi-Fi Hotspot
Touch and the following may display:
. Wi-Fi Services: This allows devices to use
the vehicle hotspot.
Touch the controls on the infotainment
display to disable or enable.
. Wi-Fi Name: Touch to change the vehicle
Wi-Fi name.
. Wi-Fi Password: Touch to change the
vehicle Wi-Fi password.
. Share Hotspot Data: Touch On to allow
devices to use the vehicle hotspot and its
data, or touch Off to allow devices to
only use the vehicle hotspot but not
its data.
. Connected Devices: Touch to show
connected devices.
Vehicle-to-Phone Sharing
When this feature is on, this will allow
Android Auto or Apple CarPlay apps to use
vehicle data on the listed shown phones.
Vehicle
. Premium SMS access: This may cost
Touch to view the Default apps screen.
money to the carrier bill. If permission for
an app is enabled, premium SMS can be
sent using that app.
. Usage access: Touch to allow an app to
track what other apps are being used,
how often, carrier and language settings,
and other details
. Wi-Fi control: Touch to allow an app to
turn Wi-Fi on or off, scan and connect to
Wi-Fi networks, add or remove networks,
or start a local only hotspot.
Touch each app listed to get more
information about that app.
Date/Time
This menu allows adjustment of different
vehicle features. See Vehicle Personalization
0 128.
Apps & Permissions
Show all apps
Touch to view the App info screen.
Default apps
App permisions
Touch to view the Permission manager
screen.
This shows apps using location and phone.
Special apps access
Touch to view the Special app access screen
and the following may display:
. Modify system settings: Touch to show
apps that can be enabled or disabled to
modify the system settings.
. Notification access: Touch to show the
notification access screen.
Use the following features to set the clock:
. 24-hour Format: Touch to specify the
clock format shown.
Touch Off or On.
. Automatic Time Zone (If Equipped): Touch
Off or On to disable or enable automatic
update of the time zone based on vehicle
location. When this feature is on, the
time zone cannot be manually set.
. Select Time Zone: Touch to manually set
the time zone. Touch a time zone from
the list.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Infotainment System
. Automatic Date and Time: Touch Off or
On to enable or disable automatic update
of the time and date. Select Off to
manually set time and date
To manually set time or date, scroll up or
down on the month, day, year, hour,
minute and AM/PM.
Display
Touch and the following may display:
. Mode: This adjusts the appearance of the
navigation map view and any
downloaded apps optimized for day or
night time conditions. Set to Auto for the
display to automatically adjust based on
bright/dark conditions.
Touch Auto, Light, or Dark to adjust the
display.
. Turn Display Off: Touch to turn the
display off. Touch anywhere on the
infotainment display to turn the
display on.
Sounds
Touch and the following may display:
. Maximum Startup Volume: This feature
limits the volume of the infotainment
system when the vehicle is started. To set
the maximum startup volume, touch the
controls on the infotainment display to
increase or decrease.
. Audible Touch Feedback: This setting
determines if a sound plays when
touching the infotainment display or
radio controls. This feature can be turned
off or on.
Users
You can create multiple user profiles on the
vehicle. Most settings will be shared with
other user profiles on the vehicle. Settings
that are personalized to the user’s profile
include Accounts, Apps and Permissions,
Display, Google Settings (if applicable), and
various Vehicle settings. Between drive
cycles, the settings for the last logged in
user will remain active until a different user
profile is selected.
173
Touch and the following may display:
. You (Driver)
. Guest
Touch Add user to add another person to
the system.
Accounts
Touch to show Accounts for Driver and the
following may display:
. Accounts
. Automatically sync data: This feature can
be turned off or on.
Touch Add account to add a Google or
vehicle account and follow the on-screen
prompts.
Privacy
Touch and the following may display:
Location Services
. Location Services for Android: Touch to
show Recent Location Requests, App level
permissions, and Location Services.
. Location Services for OnStar: This feature
can be turned off or on.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
174
Infotainment System
App permissions
Unlock profile with phone
Activity controls
System
Autofill service from Google
The menu may contain the following:
Usage and diagnostics
Language
GM Privacy Statement
This will set the display language used on
the infotainment display. It may also use
the selected language for voice recognition
and audio feedback. Touch the preferred
language.
Google legal
Storage
Touch to show the storage info for Music &
audio, Other apps, Files, and System.
Security
Touch and the following may display:
Choose a lock type
Touch and the following may display:
. None: Touch to have no screen lock.
. Pattern: Touch to choose an unlock
pattern to draw.
. PIN: Touch to create a PIN.
. Password: Touch to create a password
Keyboard & speech
Touch and the following may display:
. Autofill service: Touch to select None or
Google.
. Keyboard: Touch to select Google
Automotive Keyboard or Manage
keyboards.
. Text-to-speech output: Touch to select
Preferred engine, Speech Rate, Pitch,
or Reset.
Reset Options
. Reset App Preferences: Resets all
preferences for disabled apps, disabled
app notifications, default applications for
actions, background data restrictions for
apps, and any permission restrictions.
App data will not be lost.
Touch Reset or Cancel.
. Erase Infotainment Data: Erases
infotainment data.
TTY Mode
When on, OnStar calls are made as a series
of text exchanges. A keyboard is shown for
text entry and the phone audio is muted.
This feature can be turned off or on.
About
Touch to view the infotainment system
software information.
Legal Information
Touch to view legal and license information.
Updates
Trusted Device
Touch and the following may display:
Touch and the following may display:
Touch to set a phone as your trusted device.
. Reset Vehicle Settings: Resets all vehicle
. Check for Updates: Touch to see if the
Clear Credentials
Touch to remove all credentials.
settings for all users.
Touch Reset or Cancel.
software is up to date.
. Preferences: Touch to download new
updates in the background or download
updates via Wi-Fi when possible.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Infotainment System
Touch Off or On.
Google
Touch and the following may display:
. Manage activity controls
. Autofill with Google
. Google Assistant
. Send feedback to Google
Teen Driver
If equipped, this allows multiple keys to be
registered for beginner drivers to encourage
safe driving habits. When the vehicle is
started with a Teen Driver key, it will
automatically activate certain safety
systems, allow setting of some features, and
limit the use of others. The Report Card will
record vehicle data about driving behavior
that can be viewed later. When the vehicle
is started with a Teen Driver key, the Driver
Information Center (DIC) displays a message
that Teen Driver is active.
To access:
1. Touch Settings on the Home Page, then
touch Vehicle, and then Teen Driver.
2. Create a Personal Identification Number
(PIN) by choosing a four-digit PIN.
Re-enter the PIN to confirm. To change
the PIN, touch Change PIN.
The PIN is required to:
. Set up/Add or remove keys.
. Change Teen Driver settings.
. Change or clear the Teen Driver PIN.
. Access or delete Report Card data.
Set up/Add keys to activate Teen Driver and
assign restrictions to the key:
Any vehicle key can be registered, up to a
maximum of eight keys. Label the Teen
Driver key to tell it apart from the
other keys.
For a pushbutton start system:
1. Start the vehicle.
2. For automatic transmissions, the vehicle
must be in P (Park). For manual
transmissions, the vehicle must be
stopped with the parking brake set.
3. From the Settings menu, touch Vehicle
and then Teen Driver.
4. Enter the PIN.
175
5. Place the remote key you wish to
register in the transmitter pocket. The
key does not need to be the one that
started the vehicle. See Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 8 for
transmitter pocket location.
6. From the Teen Driver menu, touch Setup
Keys or Add/Remove Teen Driver Keys.
. If the remote key has not previously
been registered, the option to add
the key displays. Touch Add and a
confirmation message displays. Teen
Driver restrictions will be applied
whenever this remote key is used to
operate the vehicle.
. If the remote key has already been
registered, the option to remove the
key displays. If Remove is touched,
the remote key is no longer
registered. A confirmation message
displays, and Teen Driver restrictions
will not be applied if this remote key
is used to operate the vehicle.
In vehicles with a pushbutton start system,
if a Teen Driver and a non-Teen Driver
remote key are both present at start up, the
vehicle will recognize the non-Teen Driver
remote key to start the vehicle. The Teen
Driver settings will not be active.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
176
Infotainment System
For a keyed ignition system:
1. Start the vehicle.
2. For automatic transmissions, the vehicle
must be in P (Park). For manual
transmissions, the vehicle must be
stopped with the parking brake set.
3. From the Settings menu, touch Vehicle
and then Teen Driver.
4. Enter the PIN.
5. Touch Setup Keys or Add/Remove Teen
Driver Keys. The system displays
instructions for registering or
unregistering a key. A confirmation
message displays.
Manage Settings or Teen Driver Settings
Depending on the options of your vehicle,
the following menu items may be displayed:
Buckle to Drive : When turned ON, Buckle to
Drive prevents the driver from shifting out
of P (Park) for a period of time if driver seat
belt, and on some vehicles, the passenger
seat belt, is not buckled. See Buckle To Drive
0 53 and
Vehicle Personalization 0 128.
Audio Volume Limit : Allows a maximum
audio volume to be set. Turn the audio
volume limit on or off. Use the arrows to
choose the maximum allowable level for the
audio volume. On some infotainment
systems, touch Set Audio Volume Limit to
choose the maximum allowable audio
volume level.
Set Audio Volume Limit : Use the arrows to
choose the maximum allowable level for the
audio volume.
Teen Driver Speed Limiter : Limits the
maximum speed of the vehicle. When the
speed limiter is turned on and the vehicle is
started with a Teen Driver key, the DIC
displays a message that the top speed is
limited.
On certain vehicles, when the Speed Limiter
is turned ON, the vehicle’s maximum
acceleration will be limited. The DIC will
display a message that the acceleration is
limited.
Teen Driver Speed Warning : Displays a
warning in the DIC when exceeding a
selectable speed. Turn the speed warning on
or off and choose the desired speed warning
level. The speed warning does not limit the
speed of the vehicle. On some infotainment
systems, touch Set Teen Driver Speed
Warning to set the warning speed.
Set Teen Driver Speed Warning : Choose the
desired speed warning level. The speed
warning does not limit the speed of the
vehicle.
SiriusXM Explicit Content Filter (if
equipped) : Allows the SiriusXM Explicit
Content Filter to be turned ON or OFF.
When ON, the teen driver will not be able
to listen to SiriusXM stations that contain
explicit content, and the Explicit Content
Filter selection in the Audio Settings will be
unavailable for change.
When Teen Driver is Active:
. The radio will mute when the driver seat
belt, and in some vehicles the front
passenger seat belt, is not buckled. The
audio from any device paired to the
vehicle will also be muted.
. An object placed on the front passenger
seat, such as a briefcase, handbag,
grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic
device, could cause the passenger sensing
system to falsely sense an unbuckled
front passenger and mute the radio.
If this happens, remove the object from
the seat. See Passenger Sensing System
0 65.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Infotainment System
. Some safety systems, such as Automatic
.
.
.
.
.
Emergency Braking, if equipped, cannot
be turned off.
The gap setting for the Automatic
Emergency Braking and Adaptive Cruise
Control, if equipped, cannot be changed.
When trying to change a safety feature
that is not configurable in Teen Driver,
the DIC displays a message indicating
that Teen Driver is active and the action
is not available.
Super Cruise, if equipped, is not available.
Enhanced Low Fuel Warning (if equipped)
– When the vehicle is low on fuel, the
low fuel light on the instrument cluster
flashes and the DIC low fuel warning
cannot be dismissed.
Do not tow a trailer.
Report Card
The vehicle owner must secure the driver’s
consent to record certain vehicle data when
the vehicle is driven with a registered Teen
Driver key. There is one Report Card per
vehicle. Data is only recorded when a
registered Teen Driver key is used to
operate the vehicle.
The Report Card data is collected from the
time Teen Driver is activated or the last
time the Report Card was reset. The
following items may be recorded:
. Distance Driven – the total distance
driven.
. Maximum Speed – the maximum vehicle
speed detected.
. Overspeed Warnings – the number of
times the speed warning setting was
exceeded.
. Wide Open Throttle – the number of
times the accelerator pedal was pressed
nearly all the way down.
. Forward Collision Alerts (if equipped) –
the number of times the driver was
notified when approaching a vehicle
ahead too quickly and at potential risk for
a crash.
. Forward Automatic Braking, also called
Automatic Emergency Braking (if
equipped) – the number of times the
vehicle detected that a forward collision
was imminent and applied the brakes.
. Reverse Automatic Braking (if equipped) –
the number of times the vehicle detected
that a rearward collision was imminent
and applied the brakes.
177
. Traction Control – the number of times
the Traction Control System activated to
reduce wheel spin or loss of traction.
. Stability Control – the number of events
which required the use of electronic
stability control.
. Antilock Braking System Active – The
number of Antilock Brake System
activations.
. Tailgating Alerts – the number of times
the driver was alerted for following a
vehicle ahead too closely.
Report Card Data
Cumulative Data is saved for all trips until
the Report Card is reset or until the
maximum count is exceeded. If the
maximum count is exceeded for a Report
Card line item, that item will no longer be
updated in the Report Card until it is reset.
Each item will report a maximum of
1,000 counts. The distance driven will report
a maximum of 64,374 km (40,000 mi).
To delete Report Card data, do one of the
following:
. From the Report Card display, touch
Reset.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
178
Infotainment System
. Touch Clear PIN and All Teen Driver Keys
from the Teen Driver menu. This will also
unregister any Teen Driver keys and
delete the PIN.
Forgotten PIN
accessory with iPod or iPhone may affect
wireless performance. iPhone, iPod, iPod
classic, iPod nano, iPod shuffle, and iPod
touch are trademarks of Apple Inc.,
registered in the U.S. and other countries.
See your dealer to reset the PIN.
Trademarks and License
Agreements
FCC Information
See Radio Frequency Statement 0 398.
"Made for iPod," and "Made for iPhone,"
mean that an electronic accessory has been
designed to connect specifically to iPod or
iPhone, respectively, and has been certified
by the developer to meet Apple
performance standards. Apple is not
responsible for the operation of this device
or its compliance with safety and regulatory
standards. Please note that the use of this
If you decide to continue service after your
trial, your selected subscription plan will
automatically renew thereafter. You will be
charged at then-current rates. Fees and taxes
apply. Please see the SiriusXM Customer
Agreement at siriusxm.com for complete
terms and how to cancel, which includes
calling SiriusXM at 1-866-635-2349. All fees
and programming are subject to change.
Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee, taxes, one
time activation fee, and other fees may
apply. Subscription fee is consumer only. All
fees and programming subject to change.
Subscriptions subject to Customer
Agreement available at www.siriusxm.com.
SiriusXM service is only available in the
48 contiguous United States and Canada.
In Canada: Some deterioration of service
may occur in extreme northern latitudes.
This is beyond the control of SiriusXM
Satellite Radio.
Explicit Language Notice: Channels with
frequent explicit language are indicated with
an “XL” preceding the channel name.
Channel blocking is available for SiriusXM
Satellite Radio receivers by notifying
SiriusXM:
. USA Customers — See www.siriusxm.com
or call 1-888-601–6296.
. Canada Customers — See
www.siriusxm.ca or call 1-877-438-9677.
It is prohibited to copy, decompile,
disassemble, reverse engineer, hack,
manipulate, or otherwise make available any
technology or software incorporated in
receivers compatible with the SiriusXM
Satellite Radio System or that support the
SiriusXM website, the Online Service or any
of its content. Furthermore, the AMBER voice
compression software included in this
product is protected by intellectual property
rights including patent rights, copyrights,
and trade secrets of Digital Voice
Systems, Inc.
General Requirements:
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Infotainment System
1. A License Agreement from SiriusXM is
required for any product that
incorporates SiriusXM Technology and/or
for use of any of the SiriusXM marks to
be manufactured, distributed,
or marketed in the SiriusXM
Service Area.
2. For products to be distributed, marketed,
and/or sold in Canada, a separate
agreement is required with Canadian
Satellite Radio Inc. (operating as SiriusXM
Canada).
Bose
Bose AudioPilot and Bose Centerpoint
surround are registered trademarks of Bose
Corporation in the U.S. and other countries.
Bluetooth
The Bluetooth word mark and logos are
owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any
use of such marks by General Motors is
under license. Other trademarks and trade
names are those of their respective owners.
Java
Java is a registered trademark of Oracle
and/or its affiliates.
Schedule I: Gracenote EULA
TouchSense Technology and TouchSense
System 1000 Series Licensed from
Immersion Corporation. TouchSense System
1000 protected under one or more of the
U.S. Patents at the following address
www.immersion.com/patent-marking.html
and other patents pending.
Music recognition technology and related
data are provided by Gracenote. Gracenote
is the industry standard in music recognition
technology and related content delivery. For
more information see www.gracenote.com.
179
Music-related data from Gracenote, Inc.,
copyright © 2000 to present Gracenote.
Gracenote Software, copyright © 2000 to
present Gracenote. One or more patents
owned by Gracenote may apply to this
product and service. See the Gracenote
website for a non-exhaustive list of
applicable Gracenote patents. Gracenote,
CDDB, MusicID, MediaVOCS, the Gracenote
logo and logotype, and the "Powered by
Gracenote" logo are either registered
trademarks or trademarks of Gracenote in
the United States and/or other countries.
Gracenote Terms of Use
This application or device contains software
from Gracenote, Inc. of Emeryville, California
("Gracenote"). The software from Gracenote
(the "Gracenote Software") enables this
application to do disc or file identification
and obtain music-related information,
including name, artist, track, and title
information ("Gracenote Data") from online
servers or embedded databases (collectively,
"Gracenote Servers") and to perform other
functions. You may use Gracenote Data only
by means of the intended End-User
functions of this application or device.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
180
Infotainment System
This application or device may contain
content belonging to Gracenote’s providers.
If so, all of the restrictions set forth herein
with respect to Gracenote Data shall also
apply to such content and such content
providers shall be entitled to all of the
benefits and protections set forth herein
that are available to Gracenote.
You agree that you will use Gracenote Data,
the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote
Servers for your own personal
non-commercial use only. You agree not to
assign, copy, transfer or transmit the
Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data
to any third party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE
OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, THE
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE
SERVERS, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED
HEREIN.
You agree that your non-exclusive license to
use the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote
Software, and Gracenote Servers will
terminate if you violate these restrictions.
If your license terminates, you agree to
cease any and all use of the Gracenote Data,
the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote
Servers. Gracenote reserves all rights in
Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software,
and the Gracenote Servers, including all
ownership rights. Under no circumstances
will Gracenote become liable for any
payment to you for any information that
you provide. You agree that Gracenote may
enforce its rights under this Agreement
against you directly in its own name.
The Gracenote service uses a unique
identifier to track queries for statistical
purposes. The purpose of a randomly
assigned numeric identifier is to allow the
Gracenote service to count queries without
knowing anything about who you are. For
more information, see the web page for the
Gracenote Privacy Policy for the Gracenote
service.
The Gracenote Software and each item of
Gracenote Data are licensed to you "AS IS."
Gracenote makes no representations or
warranties, express or implied, regarding the
accuracy of any Gracenote Data. Gracenote
reserves the right to delete data from the
Gracenote Servers or to change data
categories for any cause that Gracenote
deems sufficient. No warranty is made that
the Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers
are error-free or that functioning of
Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers
will be uninterrupted. Gracenote is not
obligated to provide you with new enhanced
or additional data types or categories that
Gracenote may provide in the future and is
free to discontinue its services at any time.
GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND
NON-INFRINGEMENT. GRACENOTE DOES NOT
WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE
OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE
SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER. IN
NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR
ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL
DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR
LOST REVENUES.
© 2014. Gracenote, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
MPEG4–AVC (H.264)
THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE AVC
PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE
PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A
CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN
COMPLIANCE WITH THE AVC STANDARD
(“AVC VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE AVC
VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A
CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND
NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS
OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER
LICENSED TO PROVIDE AVC VIDEO. NO
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Infotainment System
LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED
FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED FROM
MPEG LA, LLC. SEE
HTTPS://WWW.MPEGLA.COM.
MP3
VC-1
This product includes technology owned by
Microsoft Corporation and under a license
from Microsoft Licensing, GP. Use or
distribution of such technology outside of
this product is prohibited without a license
from Microsoft Corporation and/or Microsoft
Licensing, GP as applicable.
THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE VC-1
PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE
PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A
CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN
COMPLIANCE WITH THE VC-1 STANDARD
(“VC-1 VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE VC-1
VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A
CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND
NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS
OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER
LICENSED TO PROVIDE VC-1 VIDEO. NO
LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED
FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED FROM
MPEG LA, LLC. SEE
HTTPS://WWW.MPEGLA.COM.
MPEG4–Visual
USE OF THIS PRODUCT IN ANY MANNER
THAT COMPLIES WITH THE MPEG-4 VISUAL
STANDARD IS PROHIBITED, EXCEPT FOR USE
BY A CONSUMER ENGAGING IN PERSONAL
AND NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITIES.
MPEG Layer-3 audio coding technology
licensed from Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson.
WMV/WMA
181
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
182
Climate Controls
Climate Controls
Climate Control Systems
Climate Control Systems
Dual Automatic Climate Control System
Dual Automatic Climate Control
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Rear Climate Control System . . . . . . . . . . 185
The heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be controlled with this system.
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air Filter . . . . . 187
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
1. Driver and Passenger Temperature
Controls
2. MAX Defrost
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls
4. A/C (Air Conditioning)
5. Heated Seat & Heated Backrest
6. SYNC (Synchronized Temperature)
7. Heated Seat
8. Vented Seat
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Recirculation
Rear Climate Control
Power Button
Fan Control
Rear Climate Power Button
Rear Window Defogger
AUTO (Automatic Operation)
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Climate Controls
Front Climate Control Display
The fan, air delivery mode, air conditioning,
driver and passenger temperatures, and Sync
settings can be controlled by touching
CLIMATE on the infotainment Home Page or
the climate button in the climate control
display application tray. A selection can then
be made on the front climate control page
displayed. See the infotainment manual.
Climate Control Status Display
1. Driver and Passenger Temperature
Settings
2. Fan Control
3. Driver and Passenger Temperature
Controls
4. Sync (Synchronized Temperature)
5. Recirculation
6. Air Delivery Mode Controls
7. Auto (Automatic Operation)
8. A/C (Air Conditioning)
9. On/Off (Power)
183
Automatic Operation
The system automatically controls the fan
speed, air delivery, air conditioning, and
recirculation in order to heat or cool the
vehicle to the desired temperature.
When AUTO is pressed, all four functions
operate automatically. Each function can
also be manually set and the selected
setting is displayed. Functions not manually
set will continue to be automatically
controlled, even if the AUTO indicator is
not lit.
For automatic operation:
1. Press AUTO.
2. Set the temperature. Allow the system
time to stabilize. Adjust the temperature
as needed for best comfort.
To improve fuel efficiency and to cool the
vehicle faster, recirculation may be
automatically selected in warm weather.
The climate control status display appears
briefly when the center stack climate
controls are adjusted.
The recirculation light will not come on
when automatically controlled. See @
under “Manual Operation” for more details.
During hands free calling the blower level
may automatically reduce. The blower level
can be manually adjusted if desired.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
184
Climate Controls
Manual Operation
Fan Control : Turn clockwise or
counterclockwise to increase or decrease the
fan speed. Press the knob to turn the fan
off. When off is selected, a small amount of
air may still come out of the outlets
depending on vehicle speed. If any buttons
are pressed or knobs are turned, the climate
control system will turn on and operate at
the current setting.
Press AUTO to return to automatic
operation.
Driver and Passenger Temperature Control :
The temperature can be adjusted separately
for the driver and passenger.
Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise
to increase or decrease the driver or
passenger temperature setting. The driver
side or passenger side temperature display
shows the temperature setting increasing or
decreasing.
SYNC : Press to link the passenger and rear
temperature setting to the driver setting.
The SYNC indicator light will turn on. When
the passenger setting is adjusted, the SYNC
indicator light will turn off.
Air Delivery Mode Control : Press z, Y,
or [ to change the direction of the
airflow. Any combination of the three
controls can be selected. An indicator light
comes on in the selected mode button.
Changing the mode cancels the automatic
operation and the system goes into manual
mode. Press AUTO to return to automatic
operation.
To change the current mode, select one or
more of the following:
z : Air is directed to the windshield,
outboard a/c outlets, and side window
outlets.
Y : Air is directed to the a/c outlets.
[ : Air is directed to the floor outlets,
with some air directed to the windshield,
outboard a/c outlets, and side window
outlets.
0 MAX : Air is directed to the windshield
and the fan runs at a higher speed if not
already above a medium fan speed. This
mode overrides the previous mode selected
and clears fog or frost from the windshield
more quickly. When the control is pressed
again, the system returns to the previous
mode setting and fan speed.
For best results, clear all snow and ice from
the windshield before defrosting.
@ : Press to turn on recirculation. An
indicator light comes on. Air is recirculated
to quickly cool the inside of the vehicle.
It can also be used to help reduce outside
air and odors that enter the vehicle.
Avoid using recirculation for long periods of
time in cold or damp conditions. Using
recirculation in cold or damp conditions can
result in window fogging.
A/C : Press to turn the air conditioning on
or off. An indicator light comes on to show
that the air conditioning is enabled. If the
fan is turned off, the air conditioner will not
run. The A/C light will stay on even if the
outside temperatures are below freezing.
Rear Window Defogger
1 REAR : If equipped, press to turn the
rear window defogger on or off. An indicator
light on the button comes on to show that
the rear window defogger is on.
The rear window defogger only works when
the engine is running. The defogger turns
off if the ignition is turned off or to ACC/
ACCESSORY.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Climate Controls
If equipped with heated outside mirrors,
press f to turn them on or off. See Heated
Mirrors 0 29.
Sensors
Afterblow Feature
If equipped, under certain conditions, the
fan may stay on or may turn on and off
several times after you turn off and lock the
vehicle. This is normal.
Caution
Using a razor blade or sharp object to
clear the inside rear window can damage
the rear window defogger. Repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Do not clear the inside rear window with
sharp objects.
Remote Start Climate Control Operation : If
Equipped: When the vehicle is started
remotely, the climate control system, rear
window defog— and if equipped, heated or
ventilated seats or a heated steering wheel
— may run based on climate conditions.
When this occurs, the window defog
indicator will not light up as it does
normally. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 13,
Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 43, and
Heated Steering Wheel 0 96.
185
Rear Climate Control System
The rear climate control system is located
on the rear of the center console storage.
The rear climate settings can be adjusted
with this system.
The solar sensor, on top of the instrument
panel near the windshield, monitors the
solar heat.
The climate control system uses the sensor
information to adjust the temperature, fan
speed, recirculation, and air delivery mode
for best comfort.
Do not cover the sensor; otherwise the
automatic climate control system may not
work properly.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Fan Control
TEMP (Temperature Control)
Heated Rear Seats (If Equipped)
MODE (Air Delivery Mode Control)
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
186
Climate Controls
5. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
Automatic Operation
If the dual automatic climate control system
rear climate control lockout feature is
locked, the rear climate control settings can
only be adjusted from the front seat.
AUTO : Press AUTO to automatically control
the temperature, air delivery, and fan speed
for rear seat passengers. A is indicated in
the display when automatic operation is
active.
If any of the rear climate control settings
are manually adjusted, full automatic
operation is canceled. Press AUTO to return
to full automatic operation.
The display only indicates climate control
functions when the system is in rear
independent mode.
Manual Operation
9 : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to
Rear Climate Display
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Rear Climate Temperature Control
Fan Control
Outside Temperature Display
Sync (Synchronized Temperatures)
Rear Control Lockout
Air Delivery Mode Control
Auto (Automatic Operation)
On/Off (Power)
increase or decrease the fan speed. Turn
completely counterclockwise to turn the
fan/power off.
TEMP : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise
to increase or decrease the airflow
temperature into the passenger area. If the
SYNC button is pressed on the front climate
controls, the rear climate temperature is
linked to the driver temperature setting.
MODE : Press to change the direction of the
airflow in the vehicle. Repeatedly press the
button until the desired mode appears on
the display. Multiple presses will cycle
through the delivery selections.
M or L : If equipped, press M or L to
heat the left or right outboard seat cushion.
See Heated Rear Seats 0 49.
Air Vents
Adjustable air vents are in the center and on
the side of the instrument panel.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Climate Controls
. Keep the air path under the front seats
Denali is shown, Yukon/Yukon XL is similar
clear of objects to help circulate the air
inside of the vehicle more effectively.
. Use of non-GM approved hood deflectors
can adversely affect the performance of
the system. Check with your dealer
before adding equipment to the outside
of the vehicle.
Move the slider knobs to change the
direction of the airflow. To close the vent
adjust slider knob away from you.
Rear System Air Vents
This vehicle has four round or rectangular
air vents in the headliner above the second
and third row seats.
Move the slider knob on rectangular vents
and rotate the outlet barrel left to right to
change the direction of the air flow and to
shut off the air flow.
Press on the center vane rear edge to open
the round outlet. Use the center vane to
rotate the outlet and change the direction
of the airflow. Press on the center vane
leading edge to shut off the air flow.
187
Operation Tips
. Clear away any ice, snow, or leaves from
the air inlets at the base of the
windshield that could block the flow of
air into the vehicle.
. Clear snow off the hood to improve
visibility and help decrease moisture
drawn into the vehicle.
. When you enter a vehicle in cold
weather, press the fan up button to the
maximum fan level before driving. This
helps clear the intake ducts of snow and
moisture, and reduces the chance of
fogging the inside of the window.
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air Filter
The filter reduces the dust, pollen, and other
airborne irritants from outside air that is
pulled into the vehicle.
The filter should be replaced as part of
routine scheduled maintenance. See
Maintenance Schedule 0 374. To find out
what type of filter to use, see Maintenance
Replacement Parts 0 384.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
188
Climate Controls
2. Press the sides of the glove box bin
inward to clear the stoppers and rotate
downward to lower the bin.
1. Open the lower glove box door
completely.
3. Unsnap dampener by pushing outwards
to fully remove the glove box bin.
4. Pull the lever (1) on the left side of the
filter door and slide left (2), then remove
the door. Remove the old filter.
5. Install the new air filter.
6. Reinstall the filter door.
7. Reverse the steps to reinstall the
glove box.
See your dealer if additional assistance is
needed.
Service
All vehicles have a label underhood that
identifies the refrigerant used in the vehicle.
The refrigerant system should only be
serviced by trained and certified technicians.
The air conditioning evaporator should never
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Climate Controls
be repaired or replaced by one from a
salvage vehicle. It should only be replaced
by a new evaporator to ensure proper and
safe operation.
During service, all refrigerants should be
reclaimed with proper equipment. Venting
refrigerants directly to the atmosphere is
harmful to the environment and may also
create unsafe conditions based on
inhalation, combustion, frostbite, or other
health-based concerns.
The air conditioning system requires periodic
maintenance. See Maintenance Schedule
0 374.
189
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
190
Driving and Operating
Driving and Operating
Driving Information
Driving for Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . 191
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Impaired Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Off-Road Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Starting and Operating
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) . . . . . . 208
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Parking over Things That Burn . . . . . . . . 209
Dynamic Fuel Management . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Engine Exhaust
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Running the Vehicle While Parked . . . . . 210
Automatic Transmission
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Drive Systems
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Brakes
Electric Brake Boost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Ride Control Systems
Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Magnetic Ride Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Locking Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Four Corner Air Suspension System . . . . 227
Cruise Control
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Adaptive Cruise Control (Advanced) . . . . 232
Driver Assistance Systems
Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Assistance Systems for Parking or
Backing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Surround Vision System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Reverse Automatic Braking (RAB) . . . . . . 251
Rear Pedestrian Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Assistance Systems for Driving . . . . . . . . 253
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) . . . 255
Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Fuel
Top Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Recommended Fuel (5.3L Engine) . . . . . . 263
Recommended Fuel (6.2L Engine) . . . . . . 263
Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Filling a Portable Fuel Container . . . . . . 266
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
Trailer Towing
General Towing Information . . . . . . . . . . 266
Driving Characteristics and
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Trailering App . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Conversions and Add-Ons
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . . . . . . . . 294
191
Driving Information
Distracted Driving
Driving for Better Fuel Economy
Distraction comes in many forms and can
take your focus from the task of driving.
Exercise good judgment and do not let other
activities divert your attention away from
the road. Many local governments have
enacted laws regarding driver distraction.
Become familiar with the local laws in
your area.
Driving habits can affect fuel mileage. Here
are some driving tips to get the best fuel
economy possible:
. Set the climate controls to the desired
temperature after the engine is started,
or turn them off when not required.
. Avoid fast starts and accelerate smoothly.
. Brake gradually and avoid abrupt stops.
. Avoid idling the engine for long periods
of time.
. When road and weather conditions are
appropriate, use cruise control.
. Always follow posted speed limits or
drive more slowly when conditions
require.
. Keep vehicle tires properly inflated.
. Combine several trips into a single trip.
. Replace the vehicle's tires with the same
TPC Spec number molded into the tire's
sidewall near the size.
. Follow recommended scheduled
maintenance.
To avoid distracted driving, keep your eyes
on the road, keep your hands on the
steering wheel, and focus your attention on
driving.
. Do not use a phone in demanding driving
situations. Use a hands-free method to
place or receive necessary phone calls.
. Watch the road. Do not read, take notes,
or look up information on phones or
other electronic devices.
. Designate a front seat passenger to
handle potential distractions.
. Become familiar with vehicle features
before driving, such as programming
favorite radio stations and adjusting
climate control and seat settings. Program
all trip information into any navigation
device prior to driving.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
192
Driving and Operating
. Wait until the vehicle is parked to
. Assume that other road users
retrieve items that have fallen to the
floor.
. Stop or park the vehicle to tend to
children.
. Keep pets in an appropriate carrier or
restraint.
. Avoid stressful conversations while
driving, whether with a passenger or on a
cell phone.
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and other drivers)
are going to be careless and make
mistakes. Anticipate what they may do
and be ready.
. Allow enough following distance between
you and the driver in front of you.
. Focus on the task of driving.
{ Warning
Taking your eyes off the road too long or
too often could cause a crash resulting in
injury or death. Focus your attention on
driving.
Refer to the infotainment section for more
information on using that system and the
navigation system, if equipped, including
pairing and using a cell phone.
Defensive Driving
Defensive driving means “always expect the
unexpected.” The first step in driving
defensively is to wear the seat belt. See
Seat Belts 0 52.
Impaired Driving
Death and injury associated with impaired
driving is a global tragedy.
{ Warning
Drinking alcohol or taking drugs and then
driving is very dangerous. Your reflexes,
perceptions, attentiveness, and judgment
can be affected by even a small amount
of alcohol or drugs. You can have a
serious — or even fatal — collision if you
drive after drinking or taking drugs.
Do not drive while under the influence of
alcohol or drugs, or ride with a driver
who has been drinking or is impaired by
drugs. Find alternate transportation
home; or if you are with a group,
designate a driver who will remain sober.
Control of a Vehicle
Braking, steering, and accelerating are
important factors in helping to control a
vehicle while driving.
Braking
Braking action involves perception time and
reaction time. Deciding to push the brake
pedal is perception time. Actually doing it is
reaction time.
Average driver reaction time is about
three-quarters of a second. In that time, a
vehicle moving at 100 km/h (60 mph) travels
20 m (66 ft), which could be a lot of
distance in an emergency.
Helpful braking tips to keep in mind include:
. Keep enough distance between you and
the vehicle in front of you.
. Avoid needless heavy braking.
. Keep pace with traffic.
If the engine ever stops while the vehicle is
being driven, brake normally but do not
pump the brakes. Doing so could make the
pedal harder to push down. If the engine
stops, there will be some power brake assist
but it will be used when the brake is
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
applied. Once the power assist is used up, it
can take longer to stop and the brake pedal
will be harder to push.
Steering
Caution
To avoid damage to the steering system,
do not drive over curbs, parking barriers,
or similar objects at speeds greater than
3 km/h (1 mph). Use care when driving
over other objects such as lane dividers
and speed bumps. Damage caused by
misuse of the vehicle is not covered by
the vehicle warranty.
193
Electric Power Steering
Steering in Emergencies
This vehicle has electric power steering.
It does not have power steering fluid.
Regular maintenance is not required.
. There are some situations when steering
If power steering assist is lost due to a
system malfunction, the vehicle can be
steered, but may require increased effort.
If the steering assist is used for an extended
period of time while the vehicle is not
moving, power assist may be reduced.
around a problem may be more effective
than braking.
. Holding both sides of the steering wheel
allows you to turn 180 degrees without
removing a hand.
. Antilock Brake System (ABS) allows
steering while braking.
Off-Road Recovery
If the steering wheel is turned until it
reaches the end of its travel, and is held in
that position for an extended period of time,
power steering assist may be reduced.
Normal use of the power steering assist
should return when the system cools down.
See your dealer if there is a problem.
Curve Tips
. Take curves at a reasonable speed.
. Reduce speed before entering a curve.
. Maintain a reasonable steady speed
through the curve.
. Wait until the vehicle is out of the curve
before accelerating gently into the
straightaway.
The vehicle's right wheels can drop off the
edge of a road onto the shoulder while
driving. Follow these tips:
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
194
Driving and Operating
1. Ease off the accelerator and then,
if there is nothing in the way, steer the
vehicle so that it straddles the edge of
the pavement.
2. Turn the steering wheel about
one-eighth of a turn, until the right front
tire contacts the pavement edge.
3. Turn the steering wheel to go straight
down the roadway.
Loss of Control
Skidding
There are three types of skids that
correspond to the vehicle's three control
systems:
. Braking Skid — wheels are not rolling.
. Steering or Cornering Skid — too much
speed or steering in a curve causes tires
to slip and lose cornering force.
. Acceleration Skid — too much throttle
causes the driving wheels to spin.
Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking
reasonable care suited to existing conditions,
and by not overdriving those conditions. But
skids are always possible.
If the vehicle starts to slide, follow these
suggestions:
. Ease your foot off the accelerator pedal
and steer the way you want the vehicle
to go. The vehicle may straighten out. Be
ready for a second skid if it occurs.
. Slow down and adjust your driving
according to weather conditions. Stopping
distance can be longer and vehicle control
can be affected when traction is reduced
by water, snow, ice, gravel, or other
material on the road. Learn to recognize
warning clues — such as enough water,
ice, or packed snow on the road to make
a mirrored surface — and slow down
when you have any doubt.
. Try to avoid sudden steering, acceleration,
or braking, including reducing vehicle
speed by shifting to a lower gear. Any
sudden changes could cause the tires to
slide.
Remember: Antilock brakes help avoid only
the braking skid.
Off-Road Driving
Four-wheel-drive vehicles can be used for
off-road driving. Vehicles without four-wheel
drive and vehicles not equipped with All
Terrain (AT) or On-Off Road (OOR) tires must
not be driven off-road except on a level,
solid surface. For contact information about
the original equipment tires, see the
warranty manual.
One of the best ways for successful off-road
driving is to control the speed.
{ Warning
When driving off-road, bouncing and
quick changes in direction can easily
throw you out of position. This could
cause you to lose control and crash. You
and your passengers should always wear
seat belts.
Before Driving Off-Road
. Have all necessary maintenance and
service work completed.
. Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels, and check
inflation pressure in all tires, including the
spare, if equipped.
. Read all the information about
four-wheel-drive vehicles in this manual.
. Know the local laws that apply to off-road
driving.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
Loading the Vehicle for Off-Road Driving
{ Warning
. Unsecured cargo on the load floor can
be tossed about when driving over
rough terrain. You or your passengers
can be struck by flying objects. Secure
the cargo properly.
. Keep cargo in the cargo area as far
forward and as low as possible. The
heaviest things should be on the floor,
forward of the rear axle.
. Heavy loads on the roof raise the
vehicle's center of gravity, making it
more likely to roll over. You can be
seriously or fatally injured if the
vehicle rolls over. Put heavy loads
inside the cargo area, not on the roof.
For more information about loading the
vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits 0 201 and
Tires 0 328.
Environmental Concerns
. Always use established trails, roads, and
areas that have been set aside for public
off-road recreational driving and obey all
posted regulations.
195
. Do not damage shrubs, flowers, trees,
. When possible, drive straight up or down
or grasses or disturb wildlife.
. Do not park over things that burn. See
Parking over Things That Burn 0 209.
. Slow down when approaching the top of
Driving on Hills
Driving safely on hills requires good
judgment and an understanding of what the
vehicle can and cannot do.
{ Warning
Many hills are simply too steep for any
vehicle. Driving up hills can cause the
vehicle to stall. Driving down hills can
cause loss of control. Driving across hills
can cause a rollover. You could be injured
or killed. Do not drive on steep hills.
Before driving on a hill, assess the
steepness, traction, and obstructions. If the
terrain ahead cannot be seen, get out of the
vehicle and walk the hill before driving
further.
When driving on hills:
. Use a low gear and keep a firm grip on
the steering wheel.
. Maintain a slow speed.
the hill.
the hill.
. Use headlamps even during the day to
make the vehicle more visible.
{ Warning
Driving to the top of a hill at high speed
can cause a crash. There could be a
drop-off, embankment, cliff, or even
another vehicle. You could be seriously
injured or killed. As you near the top of a
hill, slow down and stay alert.
. Never go downhill forward or backward
with either the transmission or transfer
case in N (Neutral). The brakes could
overheat and you could lose control.
{ Warning
If the vehicle has the two-speed
automatic or electronic transfer case,
shifting the transfer case to N (Neutral)
can cause your vehicle to roll even if the
transmission is in P (Park). This is because
the N (Neutral) position on the transfer
(Continued)
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
196
Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
case overrides the transmission. You or
someone else could be injured. If leaving
the vehicle, set the parking brake and
shift the transmission to P (Park). Shift
the transfer case to any position but
N (Neutral).
. When driving down a hill, keep the
vehicle headed straight down. Use a low
gear because the engine will work with
the brakes to slow the vehicle and help
keep the vehicle under control.
{ Warning
Heavy braking when going down a hill
can cause your brakes to overheat and
fade. This could cause loss of control and
you or others could be injured or killed.
Apply the brakes lightly when descending
a hill and use a low gear to keep vehicle
speed under control.
If the vehicle stalls on a hill:
1. Apply the brakes to stop the vehicle, and
then apply the parking brake.
2. Shift into P (Park) and then restart the
engine.
. If driving uphill when the vehicle
stalls, shift to R (Reverse), release the
parking brake, and back
straight down.
. Never try to turn the vehicle around.
If the hill is steep enough to stall the
vehicle, it is steep enough to cause it
to roll over.
. If you cannot make it up the hill,
back straight down the hill.
. Never back down a hill in N (Neutral)
using only the brake. The vehicle can
roll backward quickly and you could
lose control.
. If driving downhill when the vehicle
stalls, shift to a lower gear, release
the parking brake, and drive straight
down the hill.
3. If the vehicle cannot be restarted after
stalling, set the parking brake, shift into
P (Park), and turn the vehicle off.
3.1. Leave the vehicle and seek help.
3.2. Stay clear of the path the vehicle
would take if it rolled downhill.
. Avoid turns that take the vehicle across
the incline of the hill. A hill that can be
driven straight up or down might be too
steep to drive across. Driving across an
incline puts more weight on the downhill
wheels, which could cause a downhill
slide or a rollover.
. Surface conditions can be a problem.
Loose gravel, muddy spots, or even wet
grass can cause the tires to slip sideways,
downhill. If the vehicle slips sideways, it
can hit something that will trip it — a
rock, a rut, etc. — and roll over.
. Hidden obstacles can make the steepness
of the incline more severe. If a rock is
driven across with the uphill wheels, or if
the downhill wheels drop into a rut or
depression, the vehicle can tilt even more.
. If an incline must be driven across, and
the vehicle starts to slide, turn downhill.
This should help straighten out the
vehicle and prevent the side slipping.
{ Warning
Getting out of the vehicle on the
downhill side when stopped across an
incline is dangerous. If the vehicle rolls
over, you could be crushed or killed.
(Continued)
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
Always get out on the uphill side of the
vehicle and stay well clear of the
rollover path.
Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow, or Ice
Use a low gear when driving in mud — the
deeper the mud, the lower the gear. Keep
the vehicle moving to avoid getting stuck.
Traction changes when driving on sand. On
loose sand, such as on beaches or sand
dunes, the tires tend to sink into the sand.
This affects steering, accelerating, and
braking. Drive at a reduced speed and avoid
sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers.
Traction is reduced on hard packed snow
and ice and it is easy to lose control. Reduce
vehicle speed when driving on hard packed
snow and ice.
{ Warning
Driving on frozen lakes, ponds, or rivers
can be dangerous. Ice conditions vary
greatly and the vehicle could fall through
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
the ice; you and your passengers could
drown. Drive your vehicle on safe
surfaces only.
Driving in Water
197
under water. Do not turn off the ignition
when driving through water. If the exhaust
pipe is under water, the engine will not
start. When going through water, the brakes
get wet and it may take longer to stop. See
“Driving on Wet Roads” later in this section.
After Off-Road Driving
{ Warning
Driving through rushing water can be
dangerous. Deep water can sweep your
vehicle downstream and you and your
passengers could drown. If it is only
shallow water, it can still wash away the
ground from under your tires. Traction
could be lost, and the vehicle could roll
over. Do not drive through rushing water.
Caution
Do not drive through standing water if it
is deep enough to cover the wheel hubs,
axles, or exhaust pipe. Deep water can
damage the axle and other vehicle parts.
If the standing water is not too deep, drive
through it slowly. At faster speeds, water
can get into the engine and cause it to stall.
Stalling can occur if the exhaust pipe is
Remove any brush or debris that has
collected on the underbody or chassis,
or under the hood. These accumulations can
be a fire hazard.
After operation in mud or sand, have the
brake linings cleaned and checked. These
substances can cause glazing and uneven
braking. Check the body structure, driveline,
steering, suspension, wheels, tires, and
exhaust system for damage and check the
fuel lines and cooling system for any
leakage.
More frequent maintenance service is
required. See the Maintenance Schedule
0 374.
Driving on Wet Roads
Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle
traction and affect your ability to stop and
accelerate. Always drive slower in these
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
198
Driving and Operating
types of driving conditions and avoid driving
through large puddles and deep-standing or
flowing water.
{ Warning
Wet brakes can cause crashes. They
might not work as well in a quick stop
and could cause pulling to one side. You
could lose control of the vehicle.
After driving through a large puddle of
water or a car/vehicle wash, lightly apply
the brake pedal until the brakes work
normally.
Flowing or rushing water creates strong
forces. Driving through flowing water
could cause the vehicle to be carried
away. If this happens, you and other
vehicle occupants could drown. Do not
ignore police warnings and be very
cautious about trying to drive through
flowing water.
Hydroplaning
Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water can build
up under the vehicle's tires so they actually
ride on the water. This can happen if the
road is wet enough and you are going fast
enough. When the vehicle is hydroplaning, it
has little or no contact with the road.
There is no hard and fast rule about
hydroplaning. The best advice is to slow
down when the road is wet.
Other Rainy Weather Tips
Besides slowing down, other wet weather
driving tips include:
. Allow extra following distance.
. Pass with caution.
. Keep windshield wiping equipment in
good shape.
. Keep the windshield washer fluid reservoir
filled.
. Have good tires with proper tread depth.
See Tires 0 328.
. Turn off cruise control.
Hill and Mountain Roads
Driving on steep hills or through mountains
is different than driving on flat or rolling
terrain. Tips include:
. Keep the vehicle serviced and in good
shape.
. Check all fluid levels and brakes, tires, and
cooling system.
. Shift to a lower gear when going down
steep or long hills.
{ Warning
Using the brakes to slow the vehicle on a
long downhill slope can cause brake
overheating, can reduce brake
performance, and could result in a loss of
braking. Shift the transmission to a lower
gear to let the engine assist the brakes
on a steep downhill slope.
{ Warning
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) or with
the ignition off is dangerous. This can
cause overheating of the brakes and loss
of steering assist. Always have the engine
running and the vehicle in gear.
. Drive at speeds that keep the vehicle in
its own lane. Do not swing wide or cross
the center line.
. Be alert on top of hills; something could
be in your lane (e.g., stalled car, crash).
. Pay attention to special road signs (e.g.,
falling rocks area, winding roads, long
grades, passing or no-passing zones) and
take appropriate action.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
Winter Driving
Driving on Snow or Ice
Caution
To avoid damage to the wheels and
brake components, always clear snow and
ice from inside the wheels and
underneath the vehicle before driving.
Snow or ice between the tires and the road
creates less traction or grip, so drive
carefully. Wet ice can occur at about 0 °C
(32 °F) when freezing rain begins to fall.
Avoid driving on wet ice or in freezing rain
until roads can be treated.
For Slippery Road Driving:
. Accelerate gently. Accelerating too quickly
causes the wheels to spin and makes the
surface under the tires slick.
. Turn on Traction Control. See Traction
Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 220.
. The Antilock Brake System (ABS) improves
vehicle stability during hard stops, but
the brakes should be applied sooner than
when on dry pavement. See Antilock
Brake System (ABS) 0 218.
. Allow greater following distance and
watch for slippery spots. Icy patches can
occur on otherwise clear roads in shaded
areas. The surface of a curve or an
overpass can remain icy when the
surrounding roads are clear. Avoid sudden
steering maneuvers and braking while
on ice.
. Turn off cruise control.
Cold Weather Mode
In very low temperatures, a cold weather
message may display on the Driver
Information Center (DIC). The engine speed,
transmission shift patterns, and cabin fan
speed may operate differently to enable the
vehicle to warm up quicker. You can
manually override the cabin fan speed in
cold weather mode.
Blizzard Conditions
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and signal
for help. Stay with the vehicle unless there
is help nearby. If possible, use Roadside
Assistance. See Roadside Assistance Program
0 393. To get help and keep everyone in the
vehicle safe:
. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.
. Tie a red cloth to an outside mirror.
199
{ Warning
Snow can trap engine exhaust under the
vehicle. This may cause exhaust gases to
get inside. Engine exhaust contains
carbon monoxide (CO), which cannot be
seen or smelled. It can cause
unconsciousness and even death.
If the vehicle is stuck in snow:
. Clear snow from the base of the
vehicle, especially any blocking the
exhaust pipe.
. Open a window about 5 cm (2 in) on
the vehicle side that is away from the
wind, to bring in fresh air.
. Fully open the air outlets on or under
the instrument panel.
. Adjust the climate control system to
circulate the air inside the vehicle and
set the fan speed to the highest
setting. See “Climate Control Systems.”
For more information about CO, see
Engine Exhaust 0 210.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
200
Driving and Operating
To save fuel, run the engine for short
periods to warm the vehicle and then shut
the engine off and partially close the
window. Moving about to keep warm also
helps.
If it takes time for help to arrive, when
running the engine, push the accelerator
pedal slightly so the engine runs faster than
the idle speed. This keeps the battery
charged to restart the vehicle and to signal
for help with the headlamps. Do this as
little as possible, to save fuel.
If the Vehicle Is Stuck
Slowly and cautiously spin the wheels to
free the vehicle when stuck in sand, mud,
ice, or snow.
If stuck too severely for the traction system
to free the vehicle, turn the traction system
off and use the rocking method. See
Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control
0 220.
{ Warning
If the vehicle's tires spin at high speed,
they can explode, and you or others
could be injured. The vehicle can
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
overheat, causing an engine compartment
fire or other damage. Spin the wheels as
little as possible and avoid going above
56 km/h (35 mph).
Rocking the Vehicle to Get it Out
Turn the steering wheel left and right to
clear the area around the front wheels. Turn
off any traction system. Shift back and forth
between R (Reverse) and a low forward gear,
spinning the wheels as little as possible. To
prevent transmission wear, wait until the
wheels stop spinning before shifting gears.
Release the accelerator pedal while shifting,
and press lightly on the accelerator pedal
when the transmission is in gear. Slowly
spinning the wheels in the forward and
reverse directions causes a rocking motion
that could free the vehicle. If that does not
get the vehicle out after a few tries, it
might need to be towed out. If the vehicle
does need to be towed out, see Towing the
Vehicle 0 360.
Recovery Hooks
{ Warning
Never pull on recovery hooks from the
side. The hooks could break and you and
others could be injured. When using
recovery hooks, always pull the vehicle
from the front.
Caution
Never use recovery hooks to tow the
vehicle. The vehicle could be damaged,
and the repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
There are recovery hooks at the front of the
vehicle. Use them if the vehicle is stuck
off-road and needs to be pulled some place
to continue driving.
Vehicle Load Limits
It is very important to know how much
weight the vehicle can carry. This
weight is called the vehicle capacity
weight and includes the weight of all
occupants, cargo, and all
nonfactory-installed options. Two labels
on the vehicle may show how much
weight it was designed to carry, the
Tire and Loading Information label and
the Certification/Tire label.
{ Warning
Do not load the vehicle any heavier
than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR), or either the maximum
front or rear Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR). This can cause
systems to break and change the
way the vehicle handles. This could
cause loss of control and a crash.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
Overloading can also reduce stopping
performance, damage the tires, and
shorten the life of the vehicle.
Tire and Loading Information Label
201
positions (1), and the maximum vehicle
capacity weight (2) in kilograms and
pounds.
The Tire and Loading Information label
also shows the size of the original
equipment tires (3) and the
recommended cold tire inflation
pressures (4). For more information on
tires and inflation see Tires 0 328 and
Tire Pressure 0 333.
Label Example
A vehicle specific Tire and Loading
Information label is attached to the
center pillar (B-pillar). The tire and
loading information label shows the
number of occupant seating
There is also important loading
information on the vehicle Certification/
Tire label. It may show the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) and the
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for
the front and rear axles. See
“Certification/Tire Label” later in this
section.
“Steps for Determining Correct Load
Limit–
1. Locate the statement "The combined
weight of occupants and cargo
should never exceed XXX kg or
XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s placard.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
202
Driving and Operating
2. Determine the combined weight of
3.
4.
5.
6.
the driver and passengers that will
be riding in your vehicle.
Subtract the combined weight of the
driver and passengers from XXX kg
or XXX lbs.
The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For example,
if the "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs.
and there will be five 150 lb
passengers in your vehicle, the
amount of available cargo and
luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
Determine the combined weight of
luggage and cargo being loaded on
the vehicle. That weight may not
safely exceed the available cargo and
luggage load capacity calculated in
Step 4.
If your vehicle will be towing a
trailer, load from your trailer will be
transferred to your vehicle. Consult
this manual to determine how this
reduces the available cargo and
luggage load capacity of your
vehicle.”
See Trailer Towing 0 270 for important
information on towing a trailer, towing
safety rules, and trailering tips.
Example 2
Example 1
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 1
= 453 kg (1,000 lbs)
2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg
(150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs)
3. Available Occupant and Cargo Weight
= 317 kg (700 lbs)
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 2
= 453 kg (1,000 lbs)
2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg
(150 lbs) × 5 = 136 kg (750 lbs)
3. Available Cargo Weight = 113 kg
(250 lbs)
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
Certification/Tire Label
203
actual loads on the front and rear axles,
weigh the vehicle at a weigh station.
Your dealer can help with this. Be sure
to spread your load equally on both
sides of the centerline.
The Certification/Tire label may also
include information about the Front
Axle Reserve Capacity.
Example 3
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 3
= 453 kg (1,000 lbs)
2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 91 kg
(200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs)
3. Available Cargo Weight = 0 kg (0 lbs)
Refer to the vehicle's tire and loading
information label for specific
information about the vehicle's capacity
weight and seating positions. The
combined weight of the driver,
passengers, and cargo should never
exceed the vehicle's capacity weight.
A vehicle specific Certification/Tire label
is attached to the center pillar (B-pillar).
The label may shows the size of the
vehicle's original tires and the inflation
pressures needed to obtain the gross
weight capacity of the vehicle. This is
called Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR). The GVWR includes the weight
of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel, and
cargo.
The Certification/Tire label also may
show the maximum weights for the
front and rear axles, called Gross Axle
Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out the
{ Warning
Do not load the vehicle any heavier
than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR), or either the maximum
front or rear Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR). This can cause
systems to break and change the
way the vehicle handles. This could
cause loss of control and a crash.
Overloading can also reduce stopping
performance, damage the tires, and
shorten the life of the vehicle.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
204
Driving and Operating
Caution
Overloading the vehicle may cause
damage. Repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Do not overload the
vehicle.
.
The label will help decide how much
cargo and installed equipment the truck
can carry.
.
Using heavier suspension components
to get added durability might not
change the weight ratings. Ask your
dealer to help load the vehicle the
right way.
{ Warning
Things you put inside the vehicle can
strike and injure people in a sudden
stop or turn, or in a crash.
. Put things in the cargo area of the
vehicle. Try to spread the weight
evenly.
(Continued)
.
.
Warning (Continued)
Never stack heavier things, like
suitcases, inside the vehicle so
that some of them are above the
tops of the seats.
Do not leave an unsecured child
restraint in the vehicle.
When you carry something inside
the vehicle, secure it whenever
you can.
Do not leave a seat folded down
unless you need to.
There is also important loading
information for off-road driving in this
manual. See “Loading Your Vehicle for
Off-Road Driving” under Off-Road
Driving 0 194.
Starting and Operating
New Vehicle Break-In
Caution
The vehicle does not need an elaborate
break-in. But it will perform better in the
long run if you follow these guidelines:
. Do not drive at any one constant
speed, fast or slow, for the first
800 km (500 mi). Do not make
full-throttle starts. Avoid downshifting
to brake or slow the vehicle.
. Avoid making hard stops for the first
300 km (200 mi) or so. During this
time the new brake linings are not yet
broken in. Hard stops with new linings
can mean premature wear and earlier
replacement. Follow this breaking-in
guideline every time you get new
brake linings.
. Do not tow a trailer during break-in.
See Trailer Towing 0 270 for the
trailer towing capabilities of the
vehicle and more information.
Following break-in, engine speed and load
can be gradually increased.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
On new vehicles, the various mechanical and
electrical systems experience a “break-in”
period during the first 6 400 km (4,000 mi)
of routine driving. As the vehicle is driven,
the mechanical systems adjust to provide
optimal fuel economy and transmission shift
performance.
Ignition Positions
{ Warning
Turning off the vehicle while moving may
cause loss of power assist in the brake
and steering systems and disable the
airbags. While driving, only shut the
vehicle off in an emergency.
Electrical systems will adapt and calibrate
during the break-in period. A one-time
occurrence of clicks and similar vehicle
noises is normal during this process.
Normal driving charges the vehicle’s battery
to achieve the best operation of the vehicle,
including fuel economy and the Stop/Start
System. See Stop/Start System 0 207.
205
Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF (No Indicator
Lights) : When the vehicle is stopped, press
ENGINE START/STOP once to turn the
engine off.
Vehicles equipped with Keyless Access have
pushbutton starting.
The Remote Key must be in the vehicle for
the system to operate. If the pushbutton
start is not working, the vehicle may be
near a strong radio antenna signal causing
interference to the Keyless Access system.
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation 0 8.
To shift out of P (Park), the ignition must be
on or in Service Mode, and the brake pedal
must be applied.
If the vehicle is in P (Park), the ignition will
turn off, and Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
will remain active. See Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) 0 208.
If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the ignition
will return to ACC/ACCESSORY and display
the message SHIFT TO PARK in the Driver
Information Center (DIC). When the vehicle is
shifted into P (Park), the ignition system will
turn off.
The vehicle may have an electric steering
column lock. The lock is activated when the
ignition is turned off and either front door is
opened. A sound may be heard as the lock
actuates or releases. The steering column
lock may not release with the wheels turned
off center. If this happens, the vehicle may
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
206
Driving and Operating
not start. Move the steering wheel from left
to right while attempting to start the
vehicle. If this does not work, the vehicle
needs service.
If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, and
must be shut off while driving, press and
hold ENGINE START/STOP for longer than
two seconds, or press twice in five seconds.
If the vehicle must be shut off in an
emergency:
1. Brake using a firm and steady pressure.
Do not pump the brakes repeatedly. This
may deplete power assist, requiring
increased brake pedal force.
2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). This can
be done while the vehicle is moving.
After shifting to N (Neutral), firmly apply
the brakes and steer the vehicle to a
safe location.
3. Come to a complete stop. Hold the brake
pedal down and shift to P (Park). The
vehicle must be in P (Park) to turn the
ignition off.
4. Continue to hold the brake pedal down.
5. Set the parking brake. See Electric
Parking Brake 0 219.
6. Press ENGINE START/STOP once to turn
the ignition off.
7. Release the brake pedal.
ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber Indicator Light) :
This mode allows some electrical accessories
to be used when the engine is off.
With the ignition off, pressing the button
one time without the brake pedal applied
will place the ignition system in ACC/
ACCESSORY.
The ignition will switch from ACC/
ACCESSORY to off after five minutes to
prevent battery rundown.
ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator Light) : This
mode is for driving and starting. With the
ignition off, and the brake pedal applied,
pressing the button once will turn the
ignition on. Once engine cranking begins,
release the button. Engine cranking will
continue until the engine starts. See Starting
the Engine 0 206.
Service Mode
This power mode is available for service and
diagnostics, and to verify the proper
operation of the malfunction indicator lamp
as may be required for emission inspection
purposes. With the vehicle off, and the
brake pedal not applied, pressing and
holding the button for more than
five seconds will place the vehicle in Service
Mode. The instruments and audio systems
will operate as they do when the ignition is
on, but the vehicle will not be able to be
driven. The engine will not start in Service
Mode. Press the button again to turn the
ignition off.
Starting the Engine
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the
Duramax diesel supplement.
Caution
If you add electrical parts or accessories,
you could change the way the engine
operates. Any resulting damage would
not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
See Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 294.
Shift the vehicle into P (Park) or N (Neutral).
To restart the engine when the vehicle is
already moving, use N (Neutral) only.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
Caution
Caution
Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the
vehicle is moving. If you do, you could
damage the transmission. Shift to P (Park)
only when the vehicle is stopped.
Cranking the engine for long periods of
time, by trying to start the engine
immediately after cranking has ended,
can overheat and damage the cranking
motor, and drain the battery. Wait at
least 15 seconds between each try, to let
the cranking motor cool down.
Starting Procedure
1. The remote key must be in the vehicle.
Press ENGINE START/STOP with the brake
pedal applied. When the engine begins
cranking, let go of the button.
The idle speed will go down as the
engine gets warm. Do not race the
engine immediately after starting it.
Operate the engine and transmission
gently to allow the oil to warm up and
lubricate all moving parts.
When the low fuel warning light is on
and the FUEL LEVEL LOW message is
displayed in the Driver Information
Center (DIC), press the ENGINE START/
STOP position to continue engine
cranking.
2. If the engine does not start after five to
10 seconds, especially in very cold
weather (below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could
be flooded with too much gasoline. Try
pushing the accelerator pedal all the way
to the floor and holding it there while
pressing ENGINE START/STOP for up to a
maximum of 15 seconds. Wait at least
15 seconds between each try, to allow
the cranking motor to cool down. When
the engine starts, let go of the button
and accelerator. If the vehicle starts
briefly but then stops again, do the
same thing. This clears the extra gasoline
from the engine. Do not race the engine
immediately after starting it. Operate
the engine and transmission gently until
the oil warms up and lubricates all
moving parts.
207
Stop/Start System
If equipped and enabled, the Stop/Start
system will shut off the engine to help
conserve fuel. It has components designed
for the increased number of starts.
{ Warning
The automatic engine Stop/Start feature
causes the engine to shut off while the
vehicle is still on. Do not exit the vehicle
before shifting to P (Park). The vehicle
may restart and move unexpectedly.
Always shift to P (Park), and then turn
the ignition off before exiting the vehicle.
Auto Engine Stop/Start
When the brakes are applied and the vehicle
is at a complete stop, the engine may turn
off. When stopped, the tachometer displays
AUTO STOP. See Tachometer 0 107. When
the brake pedal is released or the
accelerator pedal is pressed, the engine will
restart.
To maintain vehicle performance, other
conditions may cause the engine to
automatically restart before the brake pedal
is released.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
208
Driving and Operating
Auto Stops may not occur and/or Auto
Starts may occur because:
. The climate control settings require the
engine to be running to cool or heat the
vehicle interior.
. The vehicle battery needs to charge.
. The vehicle battery has recently been
disconnected.
. Minimum vehicle speed has not been
reached since the last Auto Stop.
. The accelerator pedal is pressed.
. The engine or transmission is not at the
required operating temperature.
. The outside temperature is not in the
required operating range.
. The vehicle is shifted out of D (Drive) to
any gear other than P (Park).
. Certain driver modes have been selected.
See Driver Mode Control 0 223 and
Four-Wheel Drive 0 214.
. The vehicle is on a steep hill or grade.
. The driver door has been opened or the
driver seat belt has been unbuckled.
. The hood has been opened.
. The Auto Stop has reached the maximum
allowed time.
Auto Stop Disable Switch
. Infotainment System
. Power Windows (during RAP this
.
.
.
.
functionality will be lost when any door
is opened)
Sunroof (during RAP this functionality will
be lost when any door is opened)
Auxiliary Power Outlet
Audio System
OnStar System
Shifting Into Park
Uplevel Shown, Others Similar
The automatic engine Stop/Start feature can
be disabled and enabled by pressing h.
Auto Stop/Start is enabled each time you
start the vehicle.
When the h indicator is illuminated, the
system is enabled.
Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
When the ignition is turned from on to off,
the following features (if equipped) will
continue to function for up to 10 minutes,
or until the driver door is opened. These
features will also work when the ignition is
in RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY:
{ Warning
It can be dangerous to get out of the
vehicle if the vehicle is not in P (Park)
with the parking brake set. The vehicle
can roll. If you have left the engine
running, the vehicle can move suddenly.
You or others could be injured. To be
sure the vehicle will not move, even
when you are on fairly level ground, use
the steps that follow. If you are pulling a
trailer, see Driving Characteristics and
Towing Tips 0 266.
1. Hold the brake pedal down and set the
parking brake. See Electric Parking Brake
0 219.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
2. Press the P (Park) switch on the center
stack.
3. Press ENGINE START/STOP to turn the
engine off.
If the vehicle is shifted into P (Park) on a
hill, the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) may
apply automatically. The driver may not be
able to release the EPB using the EPB
switch. It should automatically release when
the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park).
Leaving the Vehicle with the Engine
Running
{ Warning
It can be dangerous to leave the vehicle
with the engine running. It could
overheat and catch fire.
It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle
if the vehicle is not in P (Park) with the
parking brake set. The vehicle can roll.
Do not leave the vehicle when the engine
is running. If you have left the engine
running, the vehicle can move suddenly.
You or others could be injured. To be
sure the vehicle will not move, even
when you are on fairly level ground,
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
always set the parking brake and shift
the vehicle to P (Park). See Shifting Into
Park 0 208. If you are towing a trailer,
see Driving Characteristics and Towing
Tips 0 266.
If you have to leave the vehicle with the
engine running, the vehicle must be in
P (Park) with the parking brake set.
Confirm that the vehicle is in P (Park).
Shifting out of Park
This vehicle is equipped with an electronic
transmission.
To
1.
2.
3.
shift out of P (Park):
Ensure the engine is running.
Apply the brake pedal.
Press or pull the desired shift switch. For
N (Neutral) press and hold the N (Neutral)
switch until the N indicator
illuminates red.
4. The P indicator will turn white and the
gear indicator will turn red when the
vehicle is no longer in P (Park).
209
If the vehicle cannot shift from P (Park), a
Driver Information Center (DIC) message
may be displayed. Check that the ignition is
on, the engine is running, and the brake
pedal is applied when you are attempting to
shift out of P (Park). If all of these are met
but the vehicle will not shift out of P (Park),
see your dealer for service.
Parking over Things That Burn
{ Warning
Things that can burn could touch hot
exhaust parts under the vehicle and
ignite. Do not park over papers, leaves,
dry grass, or other things that can burn.
Dynamic Fuel Management
If equipped, Dynamic Fuel Management
allows the engine to operate in multiple
cylinder patterns, up to the full 8-cylinder
operation, depending on driving conditions.
When less power is required, such as
cruising at a constant vehicle speed, the
system will reduce any combination of
operating cylinders enabling the vehicle to
achieve better fuel economy. When greater
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
210
Driving and Operating
power is required, such as passing or
merging onto a freeway, the system will
maintain full 8-cylinder operation.
Extended Parking
It is best not to park with the vehicle
running. If the vehicle is left running, be
sure it will not move and there is adequate
ventilation.
See Shifting Into Park 0 208 and
Engine Exhaust 0 210.
If the vehicle is left parked and running with
the remote key outside the vehicle, it will
continue to run for up to 15 minutes.
If the vehicle is left parked and running with
the remote key inside the vehicle, it will
continue to run for up to 30 minutes.
Engine Exhaust
{ Warning
Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide
(CO), which cannot be seen or smelled.
Exposure to CO can cause
unconsciousness and even death.
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
. The vehicle idles in areas with poor
.
.
The vehicle could turn off sooner if it is
parked on a hill, due to lack of
available fuel.
.
The timer will reset if the vehicle is taken
out of P (Park) while it is running.
.
ventilation (parking garages, tunnels,
deep snow that may block underbody
airflow or tail pipes).
The exhaust smells or sounds strange
or different.
The exhaust system leaks due to
corrosion or damage.
The vehicle exhaust system has been
modified, damaged, or improperly
repaired.
There are holes or openings in the
vehicle body from damage or
aftermarket modifications that are not
completely sealed.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
If unusual fumes are detected or if it is
suspected that exhaust is coming into the
vehicle:
. Drive it only with the windows
completely down.
. Have the vehicle repaired immediately.
Never park the vehicle with the engine
running in an enclosed area such as a
garage or a building that has no fresh air
ventilation.
Running the Vehicle While Parked
It is better not to park with the engine
running.
If the vehicle is left with the engine running,
follow the proper steps to be sure the
vehicle will not move. See Shifting Into Park
0 208 and
Engine Exhaust 0 210.
If parking on a hill and pulling a trailer, see
Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips
0 266.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
Automatic Transmission
If ENGINE START/STOP is pressed twice while
at a relatively high speed, the engine will
turn off and the transmission will
automatically shift to N (Neutral). Once the
vehicle is stopped, P (Park) can be selected.
P : This position locks the drive wheels. Use
P (Park) when starting the engine to prevent
the vehicle from moving easily.
{ Warning
The shift switches are on the center stack.
The selected gear position will illuminate red
on the shift switch, while all others will be
displayed in white. If the shift is not
immediate, as in very cold conditions, the
indicator on the shift switch may blink until
it is fully engaged.
The transmission does not operate when the
vehicle is off.
If the vehicle is in ACC/ACCESSORY, the
transmission can be shifted into P (Park).
It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle
if the transmission is not in P (Park) with
the parking brake set. The vehicle
can roll.
Do not leave the vehicle when the engine
is running. If the engine has been left
running, the vehicle can move suddenly.
You or others could be injured. To be
sure the vehicle will not move, even
when on fairly level ground, always set
the parking brake and place the
transmission into P (Park). See Shifting
Into Park 0 208 and
Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips
0 266.
211
This vehicle is equipped with an electronic
transmission. The R (Reverse) and D (Drive)
shift switches are designed to prevent
inadvertent shifting out of P (Park) unless
the ignition is on, and the brake pedal is
applied.
When the vehicle is stopped, press ENGINE
START/STOP to turn off the vehicle. The
transmission will shift to P (Park)
automatically.
The vehicle will not shift into P (Park) if it is
moving too fast. Stop the vehicle and shift
into P (Park).
To shift in and out of P (Park), see Shifting
Into Park 0 208 and
Shifting out of Park 0 209.
R : Use this gear to back up.
If the vehicle is shifted from either
R (Reverse) to D (Drive), or D (Drive) to
R (Reverse) while the speed is too high, the
vehicle will shift to N (Neutral). Reduce the
vehicle speed and try the shift again.
To shift into R (Reverse):
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
2. Pull the R (Reverse) switch on the center
stack.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
212
Driving and Operating
To shift out of R (Reverse):
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
2. Shift to the desired gear.
At low vehicle speeds, R (Reverse) can be
used to rock the vehicle back and forth to
get out of snow, ice, or sand without
damaging the transmission. See If the
Vehicle Is Stuck 0 200.
N : In this position, the engine does not
connect with the wheels. To restart the
engine when the vehicle is already moving,
use N (Neutral) only.
{ Warning
Shifting into a drive gear while the
engine is running at high speed is
dangerous. Unless your foot is firmly on
the brake pedal, the vehicle could move
very rapidly. You could lose control and
hit people or objects. Do not shift into a
drive gear while the engine is running at
high speed.
Caution
Shifting out of P (Park) or N (Neutral) with
the engine running at high speed may
damage the transmission. The repairs
would not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Be sure the engine is not
running at high speed when shifting the
vehicle.
Caution
The vehicle is not designed to stay in
N (Neutral) for extended periods of time.
It will automatically shift into P (Park).
To shift into N (Neutral), press the
N (Neutral) switch until the N indicator
is red.
To shift out of N (Neutral):
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
2. Shift to the desired gear.
Car Wash Mode
This vehicle includes a Car Wash Mode that
allows the vehicle to remain in N (Neutral)
for use in automatic car washes.
Car Wash Mode is not to be used for vehicle
towing. If the vehicle needs to be towed,
see Towing the Vehicle 0 360
Caution
The vehicle is not designed to stay in
N (Neutral) for extended periods of time.
It will automatically shift into P (Park) if
left in Car Wash Mode.
Car Wash Mode (Engine Off – Driver in
Vehicle)
To place the vehicle in N (Neutral) with the
engine off and the vehicle occupied:
1. Drive to the entrance of the car wash.
2. Apply the brake pedal.
3. Shift to N (Neutral).
4. Turn off the engine and release the
brake pedal.
5. The indicator should continue to show N.
If it does not, start the engine and
repeat Steps 2–4.
6. The vehicle is now ready for the
car wash.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
Car Wash Mode (Engine Off – Driver out of
Vehicle)
Car Wash Mode (Engine On – Driver out of
Vehicle)
To place the vehicle in N (Neutral) with the
engine off and the vehicle unoccupied:
1. Drive to the entrance of the car wash.
2. Apply the brake pedal.
3. Open the door.
4. Shift to N (Neutral).
5. Turn off the engine and release the
brake pedal.
6. The indicator should continue to show N.
If it does not, start the engine and
repeat Steps 2–5.
7. Exit the vehicle and close the door. The
vehicle is now ready for the car wash.
8. The vehicle may automatically shift to
P (Park) upon re-entry.
To place the vehicle in N (Neutral) with the
engine on and the vehicle unoccupied:
1. Drive to the entrance of the car wash.
2. Apply the brake pedal.
3. Open the door.
4. Shift to N (Neutral), then release the
brake pedal.
5. The indicator should continue to show N.
If it does not, repeat Steps 2–4.
6. Exit the vehicle and close the door. The
vehicle is now ready for the car wash.
7. The vehicle may automatically shift to
P (Park) upon re-entry.
Car Wash Mode (Engine On – Driver in
Vehicle)
To place the vehicle in N (Neutral) with the
engine on and the vehicle occupied:
1. Drive to the entrance of the car wash.
2. Apply the brake pedal.
3. Shift to N (Neutral).
4. Release the brake pedal. The vehicle is
now ready for the car wash.
Caution
A transmission hot message may display
if the automatic transmission fluid is too
hot. Driving under this condition can
damage the vehicle. Stop and idle the
engine to cool the automatic
transmission fluid. This message clears
when the transmission fluid has cooled
sufficiently.
213
D : This position is for normal driving.
If more power is needed for passing, press
the accelerator pedal down.
To shift into D (Drive):
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
2. Pull the D (Drive) switch on the center
stack.
To shift out of D (Drive):
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
2. Shift to the desired gear.
Downshifting the transmission in slippery
road conditions could result in skidding. See
“Skidding” under Loss of Control 0 194.
Caution
Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle
in one place on a hill using only the
accelerator pedal may damage the
transmission. The repair will not be
covered by the vehicle warranty. If the
vehicle is stuck, do not spin the tires.
When stopping on a hill, use the brakes
to hold the vehicle in place.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
214
Driving and Operating
Manual Mode
Electronic Range Select (ERS) Mode
2. Press the plus or minus button to
increase or decrease the gear range
available.
When shifting to L (Low), the transmission
will shift to a preset lower gear range. For
this preset range, the highest gear available
is displayed next to the L in the DIC. See
Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 122. All
gears below that number are available to
use. For example, when 4 (Fourth) is shown
next to the L, 1 (First) through 4 (Fourth)
gears are shifted automatically. To shift to
5 (Fifth) gear, press the + (Plus) button or
shift into D (Drive).
ERS or manual mode allows for the selection
of the range of gear positions. Use this
mode when driving downhill or towing a
trailer to limit the top gear and vehicle
speed. The shift position indicator within the
Driver Information Center (DIC) will display a
number next to the L indicating the highest
available gear under manual mode and the
driving conditions when manual mode was
selected.
To use this feature:
1. With the vehicle in D (Drive), press the
L (Low) button.
L (Low) will prevent shifting to a lower gear
range if the engine speed is too high.
If vehicle speed is not reduced within the
time allowed, the lower gear range shift will
not be completed. Slow the vehicle, then
press the − (Minus) button to the desired
lower gear range.
While using ERS, cruise control can be used.
Drive Systems
Four-Wheel Drive
If equipped, four-wheel drive engages the
front axle for extra traction.
Read the appropriate section for transfer
case operation before using.
Caution
Do not drive on clean, dry pavement in
4 m and 4 n (if equipped) for an extended
period of time. These conditions may
cause premature wear on the vehicle’s
powertrain.
Driving on clean, dry pavement in 4 m or
4 n may:
. Cause a vibration to be felt in the
steering system.
. Cause tires to wear faster.
{ Warning
If equipped with four-wheel drive, the
vehicle will be free to roll if the transfer
case is in N (Neutral), even when the
transmission is in P (Park). You or
someone else could be seriously injured.
Be sure the transfer case is in a drive
gear — 2 m, 4 m, or 4 n — or set the
parking brake before placing the transfer
case in N (Neutral). See Shifting Into Park
0 208.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
Caution
Extended high-speed operation in 4 n
may damage or shorten the life of the
drivetrain.
An engagement noise and bump is normal
when shifting between 4 n and 4 m or
N (Neutral), with the engine running.
215
If equipped, the transfer case controls are
used to shift into and out of four-wheel
drive.
based on driving conditions. This setting
provides slightly lower fuel economy
than 2 m.
To shift the transfer case, press the desired
button. The graphic in the instrument
cluster will flash while a shift is in progress.
The graphic displayed will change to indicate
the setting requested.
4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use this
setting when extra traction is needed, such
as when driving on snowy or icy roads,
when off-roading, or when plowing snow.
Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction Control
and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) off. See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 220.
When the shift is complete the graphic will
stop flashing. The DIC message turns off
once the shift is complete. If the transfer
case cannot complete a shift request, it will
go back to its last chosen setting.
Automatic Transfer Case
The settings are:
Two-Speed Transfer Case
N (Neutral) : Use only when the vehicle
needs to be towed. See Recreational Vehicle
Towing 0 361 or
Towing the Vehicle 0 360.
2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use for driving
on most streets and highways. The front
axle is not engaged. This setting provides
the best fuel economy.
AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel Drive) : Use
when road surface conditions are variable.
When driving in AUTO, the front axle is
engaged, and the vehicle's power is sent to
the front and rear wheels automatically
4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This setting
engages the front axle and delivers extra
torque. Choose 4 n when driving off-road in
deep sand, deep mud, or deep snow, and
while climbing or descending steep hills.
While driving in 4 n, keep vehicle speed
below 72 km/h (45 mph).
Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction Control
and StabiliTrak/ESC off. See Traction Control/
Electronic Stability Control 0 220.
Shifts between 2m, 4 m, and AUTO
Any of these shifts can be made at normal
driving speed.
The actual 4x4 shift request is only made
after the button is released. The 4x4 graphic
will remain flashing until the shift request
has completed. A DIC message displays to
indicate that the 4x4 transfer case has been
requested to shift to the new desired state.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
216
Driving and Operating
Once the 4x4 shift has completed, the DIC
message disappears, the 4x4 graphic stops
flashing, and the current setting is indicated.
When a shift to 2 m is completed successfully
while in P (Park), the parking brake will
engage. To resume driving, shift the
transmission to the desired gear and
manually release the parking brake or press
the accelerator pedal to begin driving. See
Electric Parking Brake 0 219.
If equipped, use 4 n, AUTO, or 4 m to provide
additional traction when parking on a steep
grade with poor traction such as ice, snow,
mud, or gravel.
Shifting Into 4 n
1. The ignition must be on and the vehicle
must be stopped or moving less than
5 km/h (3 mph) with the transmission in
N (Neutral). It is best for the vehicle to
be moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph).
2. Press 4 n. The actual 4x4 shift request is
only made after the button is released.
The 4x4 graphic will remain flashing
until the shift request has completed.
A DIC message displays to indicate that
the 4x4 transfer case has been requested
to shift to the new desired state.
Once the 4x4 shift has completed, the
DIC message disappears, the 4x4 graphic
stops flashing and the current setting is
indicated.
If vehicle speed is higher when shift request
occurs, a DIC message displays. Reduce
vehicle speed.
If the transmission is not in N (Neutral)
when shift request occurs, a DIC message
displays. The vehicle will allow 20 seconds
for the shift to occur. After this time, a
graphic in the instrument cluster will
indicate that the transfer case is in 4 n.
Caution
Shifting the transmission into gear before
the requested mode indicator light has
stopped flashing could damage the
transfer case.
If the transmission is not shifted into
N (Neutral) or the vehicle has not slowed to
5 km/h (3 mph) within 20 seconds, the
transfer case will remain in its original state.
This will be indicated in the instrument
cluster.
With the vehicle moving less than
5 km/h (3 mph) and the transmission in
N (Neutral), attempt the shift again.
Shifting Out of 4 n
1. The vehicle must be stopped or moving
less than 5 km/h (3 mph) with the
transmission in N (Neutral) and the
ignition on. It is best for the vehicle to
be moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph).
2. Press 4 m, AUTO, or 2 m. The actual 4x4
shift request is only made after the
button is released. The 4x4 graphic will
remain flashing until the shift request
has completed. A DIC message displays
to indicate the state of the request.
Once the 4x4 shift has completed, the
DIC message disappears, the 4x4 graphic
stops flashing, and the current setting is
indicated.
If vehicle speed is higher when shift
request occurs, a DIC message displays.
Reduce vehicle speed.
If the transmission is not in N (Neutral)
when shift request occurs, DIC messages will
display. The vehicle will allow 20 seconds for
this shift to occur. After this time, a graphic
in the instrument cluster will indicate that
the transfer case is in 4 n.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
Caution
Shifting the transmission into gear before
the requested mode indicator light has
stopped flashing could damage the
transfer case.
If the transmission is not shifted into
N (Neutral) or the vehicle has not slowed to
5 km/h (3 mph) within 20 seconds, the
transfer case will remain in its original state.
This will be indicated in the instrument
cluster.
With the vehicle moving less than 5 km/h
(3 mph), and the transmission in N (Neutral),
attempt the shift again.
Shifting Into N (Neutral)
To shift into N (Neutral):
1. Start the vehicle.
2. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral).
3. Shift the transfer case to 2 m.
4. Apply the parking brake and/or brake
pedal.
5. Press 2 m five times in 10 seconds until
the N (Neutral) graphic starts flashing in
the instrument cluster. When the shift is
complete, the graphic stops flashing.
If the parking brake and/or brake pedal
is not applied within 20 seconds, the
transfer case will remain in the original
state.
6. If the transmission is not shifted into
N (Neutral) or the vehicle has not slowed
to 5 km/h (3 mph) within 20 seconds,
the transfer case will remain in its
original state. This will be indicated in
the instrument cluster.
217
Single Speed Transfer Case
Shifting Out of N (Neutral)
To shift out of N (Neutral):
1. Turn the ignition on with the engine off.
See Ignition Positions 0 205.
2. Set the parking brake. See Electric
Parking Brake 0 219.
3. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral).
4. Shift the transfer case to 2 m. Transfer
case shifts out of N (Neutral) can only be
made into 2 m. When the shift to 2 m is
complete, the graphic in the instrument
cluster will stop flashing. If the transfer
case cannot complete a shift, the graphic
will return to the previously selected
setting.
If equipped, the transfer case controls are
used to shift into and out of four-wheel
drive.
To shift the transfer case, press the desired
button. The graphic in the instrument
cluster will flash while a shift is in progress.
The graphic displayed will change to indicate
the setting requested.
When the shift is complete the graphic will
stop flashing. The DIC message turns off
once the shift is complete. If the transfer
case cannot complete a shift request, it will
go back to its last chosen setting.
The settings are:
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
218
Driving and Operating
2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use for driving
on most streets and highways. The front
axle is not engaged. This setting provides
the best fuel economy.
The actual 4x4 shift request is only made
after the button is released. The 4x4 graphic
will remain flashing until the shift request
has completed.
4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use this
setting when extra traction is needed, such
as when driving on snowy or icy roads,
when off-roading, or when plowing snow.
A DIC message displays. Once the 4x4 shift
has completed, the DIC message disappears,
the 4x4 graphic stops flashing, and the
current setting is indicated.
AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel Drive)
Brakes
Use when road surface conditions are
variable. When driving in AUTO, the front
axle is engaged, and the vehicle's power is
sent to the front and rear wheels
automatically based on driving conditions.
This setting provides slightly lower fuel
economy than 2 m.
Shifts between 2 m, 4 m, and AUTO
Any of these shifts can be made at normal
driving speed.
The actual 4x4 shift request is only made
after the button is released. The 4x4 graphic
will remain flashing until the shift request
has completed. A DIC message displays.
Once the 4x4 shift has completed, the DIC
message disappears, the 4x4 graphic stops
flashing, and the current setting is indicated.
Electric Brake Boost
Vehicles equipped with electric brake boost
have hydraulic brake circuits that are
electronically controlled when the brake
pedal is applied during normal operation.
The system performs routine tests and turns
off within a few minutes after the vehicle is
turned off. Noise may be heard during this
time. If the brake pedal is pressed during
the tests or when the electric brake boost
system is off, a noticeable change in pedal
force and travel may be felt. This is normal.
Antilock Brake System (ABS)
The Antilock Brake System (ABS) helps
prevent a braking skid and maintain steering
while braking hard.
If there is a problem with ABS, this warning
light stays on. See Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Warning Light 0 115.
ABS does not change the time needed to
get a foot on the brake pedal and does not
always decrease stopping distance. If you
get too close to the vehicle ahead, there will
not be enough time to apply the brakes if
that vehicle suddenly slows or stops. Always
leave enough room ahead to stop, even
with ABS.
Using ABS
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold the brake
pedal down firmly. Hearing and feeling ABS
operate is normal.
Braking in Emergencies
ABS allows steering and braking at the same
time. In many emergencies, steering can
help even more than braking.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
Electric Parking Brake
If a message displays on the DIC indicating
the transmission is unable to shift soon, the
service electric parking brake is on, and the
EPB light flashes at the same time, the
system must be reset. Start the vehicle,
apply the EPB, and then release it. The
message and the light should turn off. See
Electric Parking Brake Light 0 114 and
Service Electric Parking Brake Light 0 115.
EPB Apply
The Electric Parking Brake (EPB) can be
applied when the vehicle is off. If there is
not enough electrical power, the EPB cannot
be applied or released. To prevent draining
the battery, avoid unnecessary repeated
cycles of the EPB.
The system has a red EPB status light and
an amber service EPB warning light. See
Electric Parking Brake Light 0 114 and
Service Electric Parking Brake Light 0 115.
There are also parking brake-related Driver
Information Center (DIC) messages.
Before leaving the vehicle, check the red EPB
status light to ensure that the EPB is
applied.
To apply the EPB:
1. Be sure the vehicle is at a complete stop.
2. Press the EPB switch.
The red EPB status light will flash and then
stay on once the EPB is fully applied. If the
red EPB status light flashes continuously,
then the EPB is only partially applied or
there is a problem with the EPB. A DIC
message will display. Release the EPB and
try to apply it again. If the light does not
come on, or keeps flashing, have the vehicle
serviced. Do not drive the vehicle if the red
EPB light is flashing. See your dealer.
If the amber service EPB warning light is on,
press the EPB switch. Continue to hold the
switch until the red EPB status light remains
on. If the amber service EPB warning light is
on, see your dealer.
219
If the EPB is applied while the vehicle is
moving, the vehicle will decelerate as long
as the switch is pressed. If the switch is
pressed until the vehicle comes to a stop,
the EPB will remain applied.
The vehicle may automatically apply the EPB
in some situations when the vehicle is not
moving. This is normal, and is done to
periodically check the correct operation of
the EPB system, or as required by other
safety functions that utilize the EPB.
If the EPB fails to apply, block the rear
wheels to prevent vehicle movement.
EPB Release
To release the EPB:
1. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/
ACCESSORY.
2. Apply and hold the brake pedal.
3. Press the EPB switch momentarily.
The EPB is released when the red EPB status
light is off.
If the amber service EPB warning light is on,
release the EPB by pressing and holding the
EPB switch. Continue to hold the switch
until the red EPB status light is off. If either
light stays on after release is attempted, see
your dealer.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
220
Driving and Operating
Caution
Driving with the parking brake on can
overheat the brake system and cause
premature wear or damage to brake
system parts. Make sure that the parking
brake is fully released and the brake
warning light is off before driving.
If you are towing a trailer and parking on a
hill, see Driving Characteristics and Towing
Tips 0 266.
Automatic EPB Release
The EPB automatically releases if the vehicle
is running, placed into gear, and an attempt
is made to drive. Avoid rapid acceleration
when the EPB is applied to preserve parking
brake lining life.
Brake Assist
Brake Assist detects rapid brake pedal
applications due to emergency braking
situations and provides additional braking to
activate the Antilock Brake System (ABS) if
the brake pedal is not pushed hard enough
to activate ABS normally. Minor noise, brake
pedal pulsation, and/or pedal movement
during this time may occur. Continue to
apply the brake pedal as the driving
situation dictates. Brake Assist disengages
when the brake pedal is released.
Hill Start Assist (HSA)
{ Warning
Do not rely on the HSA feature. HSA does
not replace the need to pay attention
and drive safely. You may not hear or
feel alerts or warnings provided by this
system. Failure to use proper care when
driving may result in injury, death,
or vehicle damage. See Defensive Driving
0 192.
When the vehicle is stopped on a grade, Hill
Start Assist (HSA) prevents the vehicle from
rolling in an unintended direction during the
transition from brake pedal release to
accelerator pedal apply. The brakes release
when the accelerator pedal is applied. If the
accelerator pedal is not applied within a few
minutes, the Electric Parking Brake will
apply. The brakes may also release under
other conditions. Do not rely on HSA to hold
the vehicle.
HSA is available when the vehicle is facing
uphill in a forward gear, or when facing
downhill in R (Reverse). The vehicle must
come to a complete stop on a grade for HSA
to activate.
Ride Control Systems
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control
System Operation
The vehicle has a Traction Control System
(TCS) and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability
Control (ESC). These systems help limit
wheel spin and assist the driver in
maintaining control, especially on slippery
road conditions.
TCS activates if it senses that any of the
drive wheels are spinning or beginning to
lose traction. When this happens, TCS
applies the brakes to the spinning wheels
and reduces engine power to limit
wheel spin.
StabiliTrak/ESC activates when the vehicle
senses a difference between the intended
path and the direction the vehicle is actually
traveling. StabiliTrak/ESC selectively applies
braking pressure to any one of the vehicle
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
wheel brakes to assist the driver in keeping
the vehicle on the intended path. Trailer
Sway Control (TSC) is also on automatically
when the vehicle is started. See Trailer Sway
Control (TSC) 0 283.
If cruise control is being used and traction
control or StabiliTrak/ESC begins to limit
wheel spin, cruise control will disengage.
Cruise control may be turned back on when
road conditions allow.
Both systems come on automatically when
the vehicle is started and begins to move.
The systems may be heard or felt while
they are operating or while performing
diagnostic checks. This is normal and does
not mean there is a problem with the
vehicle.
It is recommended to leave both systems on
for normal driving conditions, but it may be
necessary to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. See If the
Vehicle Is Stuck 0 200 and “Turning the
Systems Off and On” later in this section.
When the transfer case (if equipped) is in
Four-Wheel Drive Low, the TCS and
StabiliTrak/ESC are automatically disabled,
g
comes on, and the appropriate message will
appear on the Driver Information
Center (DIC).
221
2. Turn the engine off and wait 15 seconds.
3. Start the engine.
Drive the vehicle. If d comes on and stays
on, see your dealer.
Turning the Systems Off and On
The indicator light for both systems is in the
instrument cluster. This light will:
. Flash when TCS is limiting wheel spin.
. Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC is activated.
. Turn on and stay on when either system
is not working.
See Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak
Light 0 117.
If either system fails to turn on or to
activate, a message displays in the DIC, and
d comes on and stays on to indicate that
the system is inactive and is not assisting
the driver in maintaining control. Without
the assistance of properly functioning
StabiliTrak/ESC the possibility of rollover is
increased. Adjust driving accordingly.
If d comes on and stays on:
1. Stop the vehicle.
The button for TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC is on
the instrument panel to the left of the
steering wheel.
Caution
Do not repeatedly brake or accelerate
heavily when TCS is off. The vehicle
driveline could be damaged.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
222
Driving and Operating
To turn off only TCS, press and release g.
The traction off light i displays in the
instrument cluster. The appropriate message
will display in the DIC. To turn TCS on again,
press and release g. The traction off light
i displayed in the instrument cluster will
turn off.
For vehicles with four corner air suspension
StabiliTrak/ESC will automatically turn on if
the vehicle exceeds 32 km/h (20 mph).
The vehicle has a Trailer Sway Control (TSC)
feature and a Hill Start Assist (HSA) feature.
See Trailer Sway Control (TSC) 0 283 or
Hill Start Assist (HSA) 0 220.
If TCS is limiting wheel spin when g is
pressed, the system will not turn off until
the wheels stop spinning.
Adding accessories can affect the vehicle
performance. See Accessories and
Modifications 0 296.
To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC,
press and hold g until the traction off light
i and the StabiliTrak OFF light g come on
and stay on in the instrument cluster, then
release. The appropriate message will
display in the DIC.
Hill Descent Control (HDC)
To turn TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC on again,
press and release g. The traction off light
i and the StabiliTrak OFF light g in the
instrument cluster turn off.
For vehicles without four corner air
suspension StabiliTrak/ESC will automatically
turn on if the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h
(35 mph). Traction control will remain off.
If equipped, Hill Descent Control (HDC) sets
and maintains vehicle speed while driving
down steep grades in a forward or reverse
gear. The HDC switch is on the instrument
panel to the left of the steering wheel.
Press 5 to enable or disable HDC. Vehicle
speed must be below 60 km/h (37 mph).
When enabled, the HDC light displays on
the instrument cluster.
A blinking HDC light indicates the system is
actively applying the brakes to maintain
vehicle speed. HDC can maintain vehicle
speeds between 1 and 30 km/h (1 and
19 mph) on grades greater than or equal
to 5%.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
If HDC is to be used for more than
three minutes or on grades steeper than
25%, the transfer case should be put into
Four-Wheel Drive Low (4 n) to reduce the
possibility of brake overheating.
Noise from the hydraulic brake control
module is normal when HDC is active.
When HDC is activated, the initial HDC
speed is set to the current driving speed.
It can be increased or decreased by pressing
+RES or SET- on the steering wheel, or by
applying the accelerator or brake pedal. This
adjusted speed becomes the new set speed.
HDC will remain enabled between 30 and
60 km/h (19 and 37 mph); however, vehicle
speed cannot be set or maintained in this
range. HDC will automatically disable if the
vehicle speed is above 80 km/h (50 mph) or
above 60 km/h (37 mph) for at least
30 seconds.
5 must be pressed again to re-enable HDC.
HDC may disable after an extended period
of use. If this happens, HDC will require
time to cool down. The length of time HDC
remains active depends on road conditions,
grade, set speed, vehicle loading, and
outside temperature.
223
Depending on trim level, Normal, Sport,
Snow/Ice, Off-Road, Tow/Haul, and Terrain
modes may be available.
When enabled, if the vehicle speed is above
30 km/h (19 mph) and below 60 km/h
(37 mph), a DIC message will display.
Driver Mode Control
Driver Mode Control (DMC) allows the driver
to adjust the overall driving experience to
better suit preference by adjusting multiple
subsystems simultaneously. Drive Mode
availability and affected vehicle subsystems
are dependent upon vehicle trim level,
region, and optional features.
Normal Mode is the default mode every
time the vehicle is started. A unique and
persistent indicator is displayed in the
instrument cluster for each mode.
To activate each mode, turn the Mode knob
on the instrument cluster to the left of the
steering wheel.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
224
Driving and Operating
Performance Shift Features when spirited
driving is detected. These features maintain
lower transmission gears to increase
available engine braking and improve
acceleration response. The vehicle resumes
normal operation after a short period when
no spirited driving is detected. The steering
changes to provide precise control.
To activate Terrain Mode, press the Terrain
Mode button located next to the
Mode knob.
Normal Mode : Use this mode for normal
city and highway driving to provide a
smooth ride. This setting provides balance
between comfort and handling. This is the
standard/default mode. There is no
persistent indicator in the instrument cluster
for this mode.
8 Sport Mode : Use this mode where road
conditions or personal preference demand a
more controlled response. When in Sport
Mode the vehicle automatically down shifts.
In this mode, the vehicle also monitors
driving behaviors and automatically enables
6 Snow/Ice Mode : Use this mode to
improve vehicle acceleration on snow and
ice covered roads. When active, Snow/Ice
Mode adjusts acceleration to optimize
traction on slippery surfaces. This can
compromise the acceleration on dry asphalt.
This feature is not intended for use when
the vehicle is stuck in sand, mud, ice, snow,
or gravel. If the vehicle becomes stuck, see If
the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 200.
7 Off-Road Mode : Use this mode for
off-road recreational driving. Off-Road Mode
should be used to improve driving at
moderate speeds, on grass, gravel, dirt,
unpaved roads, or snow-covered roads. The
accelerator pedal is tuned for off-road use.
This mode modifies pedal mapping, ride
height, and Traction Control System (TCS)
performance. For more information on
off-road driving, see Off-Road Driving 0 194.
_ Tow/Haul Mode : Use this mode
when hauling heavy loads to provide
increased performance and vehicle control.
Tow/Haul Mode adjusts the transmission
shift pattern, steering, and Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) performance.
If the vehicle is turned off while in Tow/
Haul Mode and then restarted within four
hours or less, it will remain active.
Otherwise, the vehicle will start in
Normal Mode.
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, exhaust
braking is automatically activated when
Tow/Haul Mode is selected. It maintains
vehicle speed by automatically
implementing a shift pattern that uses the
engine and the transmission to slow the
vehicle. The system will command
downshifts and use the turbo charger on the
engine to reduce vehicle speed when the
brake is applied. The normal Tow/Haul shift
pattern will return once the vehicle is on a
low grade or when the accelerator pedal is
pressed.
For more information, see Towing
Equipment 0 274 or
Towing the Vehicle 0 360.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
If equipped, select Terrain Mode by pressing
the g below the 4 m transfer case
button.
225
g Terrain Mode : Use this mode when
traveling on very rough roads at very low
speeds, such as a two-track or heavily rutted
road. This mode can also be used for pulling
a boat out of the water on a trailer. When
in Terrain Mode, the vehicle shifts
automatically, but will hold a lower gear
longer to maximize engine torque. This
mode has a unique pedal map and
transmission shift pattern for better control
at lower speeds and over rough terrain. This
mode modifies accelerator pedal mapping,
transmission shift pattern, ride height, and
electronic Limited Slip Differential (eLSD).
Active Braking during lift throttle will be
engaged. This feature automatically applies
light braking to simulate heavy engine
braking of four-wheel-dive low. It also
applies light braking in D (Drive) until the
vehicle is at idle speeds. In L1 and L2 light
braking will typically bring the vehicle to a
stop. Active Braking during lift throttle also
reduces trailer braking.
When the vehicle comes to a stop on an
upward grade, automatic vehicle hold is
engaged until the driver presses the
accelerator pedal. Stop/Start and cruise
control are disabled in Terrain Mode.
For more information on off-road driving,
see Off-Road Driving 0 194 and
Hill and Mountain Roads 0 198.
Terrain Mode automatically exits to Normal
Mode if the brake temperatures become too
hot, electronic parking brake becomes
inoperable, or the vehicle cannot perform
braking or vehicle hold.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
226
Driving and Operating
Terrain Mode Drive
Select
Drive (L3-Lx)
L2
L1
Expected Vehicle Behavior
Minor deceleration when off
throttle and mild ability to
modulate throttle; mimics
performance of 4 n without torque
multiplication.
Ideal Terrain
Grassy fields,
mild two tracks,
rutted roads,
large rolling hills
Moderate deceleration when off
Mild rock crawling,
throttle and moderate ability to
heavy ruts,
modulate throttle; brings vehicle to
short, steeper grades
a stop in most cases.
Significant deceleration when off
throttle and significant ability to
Rock crawling downhill
modulate throttle; brings vehicle to
a stop in most cases.
Vehicle Hold Features
. When the vehicle comes to a stop on an
incline grade in forward gear or on a
decline grade in reverse gear, Vehicle
Hold is engaged until the accelerator
pedal is pressed.
. When the vehicle is in forward gear on a
decline, the vehicle will creep down the
hill when the brake pedal is released
without pressing the accelerator pedal.
The vehicle will also creep forward on flat
ground.
. If the driver seat belt is removed and the
driver door is opened while the vehicle is
being held, Electric Parking Brake (EPB) is
engaged.
. EPB engages if the vehicle is held for an
extended period.
Terrain Mode is only available on vehicles
equipped with the single speed
transfer case.
Terrain Mode can only be active when:
. Vehicle speed is less than 80 km/h
(50 mph).
. The transfer case is in 4 m.
Frequent use of this mode may cause brake
wear due to the light braking.
The vehicle automatically exits the mode if
the brakes get too hot. Terrain Mode can be
turned back on after the brakes have cooled.
When Terrain Mode is selected:
. Auto Engine Start/Stop is disabled.
. The Terrain Mode indicator displays on
the instrument cluster.
Magnetic Ride Control
This vehicle may have a semi-active damping
system called Magnetic Ride Control. With
this feature, improved vehicle ride and
handling is provided under a variety of
passenger and loading conditions.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
Locking Rear Axle
Vehicles with a locking rear axle can give
more traction on snow, mud, ice, sand,
or gravel. It works like a standard axle most
of the time, but when traction is low, this
feature will allow the rear wheel with the
most traction to move the vehicle.
Four Corner Air Suspension
System
The Four Corner Air Suspension feature
provides full time load leveling capability
along with the benefit of adjusting ride
height for increased convenience and
capability.
{ Warning
To help avoid personal injury or death,
make sure the area underneath the
vehicle and inside the wheel wells is clear
when lowering the vehicle.
{ Warning
227
Changing Ride Height
To help avoid personal injury or death,
always select the lowest ride height for
the current driving conditions. Higher ride
heights raise the vehicle's center of
gravity, increasing the chance of a
rollover during extreme maneuvers.
{ Warning
Heavy loads on the roof rack will make
the vehicle's center of gravity higher,
increasing the possibility of a rollover. To
avoid losing control of the vehicle, always
select the normal height setting and
avoid high speeds, sudden starts, sharp
turns, sudden braking, or abrupt
maneuvers when carrying cargo on the
roof rack.
Press the Ride Height button to open the
Ride Height Menu on the Instrument Panel.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
228
Driving and Operating
Turn the knob left or right to select the
desired ride height in the menu. To finalize
the selection, either press the Ride Height
button again or wait three seconds for the
menu to timeout. Ride Heights that are
unavailable for selection will be greyed out
in the menu.
Ride Height Descriptions
Normal Height is the standard vehicle height
used for everyday driving.
Entry/Exit Height
Entry/Exit Height is 50 mm (2 in) lower than
Normal Height. This ride height lowers the
vehicle for easy entry and exit from the
vehicle as well as providing a lower height
for loading and unloading cargo from any
door or the rear liftgate.
This ride height can be selected in the Ride
Height Menu at any vehicle speed. When
Entry/Exit Height is selected at higher
speeds, the vehicle will wait to lower until
the vehicle slows to less than
12 km/h (7 mph).
The vehicle will automatically raise to
Normal Height from Entry/Exit Height when
speed increases above 8 km/h (5 mph). If no
door has been opened since lowering to
Entry/Exit Height, the vehicle will wait to
raise to Normal Height until 30 km/h
(19 mph). This gives the driver more
flexibility when lowering to Entry/Exit
Height for passenger pick up and drop off.
The driver can enable Automatic Entry/
Egress Mode to automatically lower to
Entry/Exit Height when the vehicle is shifted
to P (PARK). Automatic Entry/Egress Mode
may be enabled via the infotainment screen
under Settings/Vehicle/Ride Height. When
the vehicle is higher than Normal Height,
Automatic Entry/Egress Mode is disabled.
When the vehicle is in Tow/Haul Driver
Mode, Off-Road Driver Mode, or it senses a
trailer is connected, Automatic Entry/Egress
Mode is disabled.
Increased Height
Increased Height is 25 mm (1 in) higher than
Normal Height. This ride height raises the
vehicle for off-road use, allows for higher
speeds than Maximum Height, and is only
available with specific optional content.
Increased Height can be selected in the Ride
Height Menu while vehicle speed is less
than 80 km/h (50 mph). If vehicle speed
exceeds 80 km/h (50 mph), the vehicle will
automatically lower to Normal Height.
Off-Road Driver Mode and Terrain Driver
Mode will automatically set Increased
Height when vehicle speed is less than
80 km/h (50 mph). If vehicle speed exceeds
80 km/h (50 mph), the vehicle will lower to
Normal Height. Normal Height will be
maintained until vehicle speed is slowed to
less than 16 km/h (10 mph) and then the
vehicle will automatically raise back to
Increased Height.
The vehicle will automatically lower from
Increased Height to Normal Height to
provide improved stability if aggressive
maneuvers are detected.
Maximum Height
Maximum Height is 50 mm (2 in) higher
than Normal Height. This ride height raises
the vehicle for off-road use and is only
available with specific optional content.
To raise the vehicle to Maximum Height,
first shift the transfer case to 4 n. Once the
transfer case is in 4 n and vehicle speed is
less than 48 km/hr (30 mph), select
Maximum Height in the Ride Height Menu.
If vehicle speed exceeds 48 km/h, the
vehicle will automatically lower to Increased
Height.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
To enable Alignment Mode, ensure the
vehicle is at Normal Height and shift the
vehicle to Neutral. Alignment Mode
automatically disables when vehicle speed
exceeds 16 km/h (10 mph).
The vehicle will automatically lower from
Maximum Height to Normal Height to
provide improved stability if aggressive
maneuvers are detected.
Aerodynamic Height
Aerodynamic Height is 20 mm (0.75 in)
lower than Normal Height. This ride height
lowers the vehicle at higher vehicle speeds
to improve aerodynamics.
The vehicle will lower to Aerodynamic
Height when vehicle speed exceeds
105 km/h (65 mph) for a period of time. The
vehicle will raise to Normal Height when the
vehicle slows to less than 48 km/h
(30 mph).
Aerodynamic Height is automatically
disabled when a trailer is connected to the
vehicle or Tow/Haul Driver Mode is active.
Suspension Modes
The air suspension has two special modes
located in the infotainment screen under
Settings/Vehicle/Suspension. When either is
active, the following amber icon will be
illuminated in the instrument cluster.
229
See Four Corner Air Suspension Light 0 119.
Service Mode
Service Mode will disable all air suspension
operation including raising and lowering the
vehicle and operation of the air compressor.
This mode is useful when the vehicle is
being towed on a flat bed or when any
work under the vehicle is being performed.
Service Mode is automatically enabled when
the vehicle is put on a hoist or a floor jack
is used to raise a corner. Service Mode may
temporarily enable during intense off-road
situations to prevent damaging air
suspension activity. Service Mode
automatically disables when vehicle speed
exceeds 16 km/h (10 mph).
Alignment Mode
Alignment Mode will optimize the vehicle
height to provide the most accurate wheel
alignment. This mode should be enabled
once the vehicle is driven onto the
alignment station.
Air Suspension Operation with Door(s) or
Hood Open
The air suspension will temporarily suspend
all height changes while the hood or any
door is open. The air suspension resumes
height changes once the hood and all doors
are closed. An open rear liftgate does not
suspend the air suspension operation.
System Over-Temperature
If the air suspension is under heavy use, the
system may temporarily suspend all height
changes to allow compressor cooldown.
When this occurs and a height change is
requested, a ‘Leveling System Unavailable’
message will be displayed in the instrument
cluster.
Suspension Lowered for Stability
In the event of a loss of Electronic Stability
Control, the air suspension will lower the
vehicle at higher speeds to provide increased
stability. This will be accompanied by a
‘Vehicle Lowering for Stability’ message in
the instrument cluster.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
230
Driving and Operating
Excessive Vehicle Loading
If the air suspension detects excessive
vehicle loading, it will not raise above
Normal Height.
Air Suspension Service
If a ‘Service Leveling System’ message is
displayed in the instrument cluster, see your
authorized dealer immediately.
Cruise Control
{ Warning
Cruise control can be dangerous where
you cannot drive safely at a steady
speed. Do not use cruise control on
winding roads or in heavy traffic.
Cruise control can be dangerous on
slippery roads. On such roads, fast
changes in tire traction can cause
excessive wheel slip, and you could lose
control. Do not use cruise control on
slippery roads.
If equipped with cruise control, a speed of
about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can be
maintained without keeping your foot on
the accelerator. Cruise control does not work
at speeds below about 40 km/h (25 mph).
If the cruise control is being used and the
Traction Control System (TCS) or StabiliTrak/
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) begins to
limit wheel spin, the cruise control will
automatically disengage. See Traction
Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 220.
If a collision alert occurs when cruise control
is activated, cruise control is disengaged. See
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 253.
When road conditions allow you to safely
use it again, cruise control can be turned
back on.
Turning off the TCS or StabiliTrak/ESC
system will disengage the cruise control.
If the brakes are applied, cruise control
disengages.
5 : Press to turn cruise control on or off.
A white indicator comes on or off in the
instrument cluster.
+RES : If there is a set speed in memory,
press the control up briefly to resume to
that speed or press and hold to accelerate.
If cruise control is already engaged, use to
increase vehicle speed.
SET− : Press the control down briefly to set
the speed and activate cruise control.
If cruise control is already engaged, use to
decrease vehicle speed.
* : Press to disengage cruise control
without erasing the set speed from memory.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
Setting Cruise Control
If 5 is on when not in use, SET− or +RES
could get pressed and go into cruise when
not desired. Keep 5 off when cruise is not
being used.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Press 5 to turn the cruise system on.
Get up to the desired speed.
Press and release SET−.
Remove your foot from the accelerator.
The cruise control indicator on the
instrument cluster turns green after cruise
control has been set to the desired speed.
See Instrument Cluster 0 104.
Resuming a Set Speed
If the cruise control is set at a desired speed
and then the brakes are applied or * is
pressed, the cruise control is disengaged
without erasing the set speed from memory.
Once the vehicle reaches about 40 km/h
(25 mph) or more, press RES+ up briefly. The
vehicle returns to the previously set speed.
Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control
Do one of the following:
. Press and hold +RES up until the desired
speed is reached, then release it.
. To increase vehicle speed in small
increments, press +RES up briefly. For
each press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h
(1 mph) faster.
The speedometer reading can be displayed
in either English or metric units. See
Instrument Cluster 0 104. The increment
value used depends on the units displayed.
Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control
Do one of the following:
. Press and hold SET– down until the
desired lower speed is reached, then
release it.
. To slow down in small increments, press
SET– down briefly. For each press, the
vehicle goes about 1 km/h (1 mph) slower.
The speedometer reading can be displayed
in either English or metric units. See
Instrument Cluster 0 104. The increment
value used depends on the units displayed.
Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise
Control
Use the accelerator pedal to increase the
vehicle speed. When you take your foot off
the pedal, the vehicle will slow down to the
previously set cruise speed. While pressing
the accelerator pedal or shortly following
231
the release to override cruise control, briefly
pressing SET– will result in cruise control set
to the current vehicle speed.
Using Cruise Control on Hills
How well the cruise control works on hills
depends on the vehicle speed, the load, and
the steepness of the hills. When going up
steep hills, pressing the accelerator pedal
may be necessary to maintain vehicle speed.
While going downhill, cruise braking helps
maintain driver selected speed.
Cruise Grade Braking is enabled when the
vehicle is started and cruise control is active.
It is not enabled in Range Selection Mode.
It assists in maintaining driver selected
speed when driving on downhill grades by
using the engine and transmission to slow
the vehicle.
For other forms of descent control, see Hill
Descent Control (HDC) 0 222, Automatic
Transmission 0 211, and Tow/Haul Mode, see
Driver Mode Control 0 223.
Ending Cruise Control
There are four ways to end cruise control:
. Step lightly on the brake pedal.
. Press
*.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
232
Driving and Operating
. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral).
The cruise control set speed is erased from
memory if 5 is pressed or the ignition is
turned off.
the Traction Control System (TCS) or
StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
system activates, ACC may automatically
disengage. See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 220. When road
conditions allow ACC to be safely used, ACC
can be turned back on.
Adaptive Cruise Control
(Advanced)
Disabling the TCS or StabiliTrak/ESC system
will disengage and prevent engagement
of ACC.
If equipped with Adaptive Cruise Control
(ACC), it allows for selecting the cruise
control set speed and following gap. Read
this entire section before using this system.
ACC uses a camera and radar sensor(s) to
detect other vehicles. See Radio Frequency
Statement 0 398.
ACC can reduce the need for you to
frequently brake and accelerate, especially
when used on expressways, freeways, and
interstate highways. When used on other
roads, you may need to take over the
control of braking or acceleration more
often.
The following gap is the following time (or
distance) between your vehicle and a vehicle
detected directly ahead in your path,
moving in the same direction. If no vehicle
is detected in your path, ACC works like
regular cruise control.
ACC automatically slows the vehicle down
while navigating the curve and may increase
speed out of the curve, but will not exceed
the set speed.
If a vehicle is detected in your path, ACC can
apply acceleration or limited, moderate
braking to maintain the selected following
gap. To disengage ACC, apply the brake.
If ACC is controlling the vehicle speed when
ACC has limited braking ability and may
not have time to slow the vehicle down
enough to avoid a collision with another
vehicle you are following. This can occur
(Continued)
. To turn off cruise control, press
5.
Erasing Speed Memory
{ Warning
Warning (Continued)
when vehicles suddenly slow or stop
ahead, or enter your lane. Also see
“Alerting the Driver” later in this section.
Complete attention is always required
while driving and you should be ready to
take action and apply the brakes. See
Defensive Driving 0 192.
{ Warning
ACC will not detect or brake for children,
pedestrians, animals, or other objects.
Do not use ACC when:
. On winding and hilly roads or when
the sensors are blocked by snow, ice,
or dirt. The system may not detect a
vehicle ahead. Keep the entire front of
the vehicle clean.
. Visibility is poor due to rain, snow,
fog, dirt, insect residue, or dust; when
other foreign objects obscure the
camera and/or radar; or when the
vehicle in front or oncoming traffic
causes additional environmental
(Continued)
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
obstructions, such as road spray. ACC
performance is limited under these
conditions.
. On slippery roads where fast changes
in tire traction can cause excessive
wheel slip.
about 1 km/h (1 mph), press RES+ briefly. To
increase speed to the next 5 km/h (5 mph)
mark on the speedometer, hold RES+.
SET– : Press briefly to set the speed and
activate ACC or to decrease vehicle speed if
ACC is already activated. To decrease speed
by about 1 km/h (1 mph), press SET– briefly.
To decrease speed to the next 5 km/h
(5 mph) mark on the speedometer,
hold SET–.
* : Press to disengage ACC without erasing
the selected set speed.
[ : Press to select a following gap setting
for ACC of Far, Medium, or Near.
The speedometer reading can be displayed
in either English or metric units. See
Instrument Cluster 0 104. The increment
value used depends on the units displayed.
J : Press to turn the system on or off. The
indicator turns white on the instrument
cluster when ACC is turned on.
RES+ : Press briefly to resume the previous
set speed or to increase vehicle speed if ACC
is already activated. To increase speed by
233
Switching Between ACC and Regular Cruise
Control
To switch between ACC and regular cruise
control, press and hold *. A Driver
Information Display (DIC) message displays.
See Vehicle Messages 0 128.
ACC Indicator
Regular Cruise Control
Indicator
When ACC is engaged, a green o indicator
will be lit on the instrument cluster and the
following gap will be displayed. When the
regular cruise control is engaged, a green
J indicator will be lit on the instrument
cluster; the following gap will not display.
When the vehicle is turned on, the cruise
control mode will be set to the last mode
used before the vehicle was turned off.
{ Warning
Always check the cruise control indicator
on the instrument cluster to determine
which mode cruise control is in before
using the feature. If ACC is not active, the
vehicle will not automatically brake for
other vehicles, which could cause a crash
(Continued)
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
234
Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
if the brakes are not applied manually.
You and others could be seriously injured
or killed.
ACC can also be set while the vehicle is
stopped if ACC is on and the brake pedal is
applied.
Setting Adaptive Cruise Control
If J is on when not in use, it could get
pressed and go into ACC when not desired.
Keep J off when cruise is not being used.
Select the set speed desired for ACC. This is
the vehicle speed when no vehicle is
detected in your path.
While the vehicle is moving, ACC will not set
at a speed less than 5 km/h (3 mph),
although it can be resumed. The minimum
allowable set speed is 25 km/h (15 mph).
To set ACC while moving:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Press J.
Get up to the desired speed.
Press and release SET–.
Remove foot from the accelerator pedal.
After ACC is set, it may immediately apply
the brakes if a vehicle ahead is detected
closer than the selected following gap.
The ACC indicator displays on the
instrument cluster and Head-Up Display
(HUD), if equipped. When ACC is turned on,
the indicator will be lit white. When ACC is
engaged, the indicator will be lit green.
Be mindful of speed limits, surrounding
traffic speeds, and weather conditions when
selecting the set speed.
Resuming a Set Speed
If the ACC is set at a desired speed and then
the brakes are applied, ACC is disengaged
without erasing the set speed from memory.
To begin using ACC again, press RES+ up
briefly.
. If the vehicle is moving more than 5 km/h
(3 mph), it returns to the previous set
speed.
. If the vehicle is stopped with the brake
pedal applied, press RES+ and release the
brake pedal. ACC will hold the vehicle
until RES+ or the accelerator pedal is
pressed.
A green ACC indicator and the set speed
display on the instrument cluster. The
vehicle ahead indicator may be flashing if a
vehicle ahead was present and moved. See
“Approaching and Following a Vehicle” later
in this section.
Once ACC has resumed, the vehicle speed
will increase to the set speed under the
following conditions:
. There is no vehicle ahead.
. The vehicle ahead is beyond the selected
following gap.
. The vehicle speed is not being limited
because of a sharp turn.
Increasing Speed While ACC Is at a Set Speed
If ACC is already activated, do one of the
following:
. Use the accelerator to get to the higher
speed. Briefly press and release SET– and
release the accelerator pedal. The vehicle
will now cruise at the higher speed.
When the accelerator pedal is pressed,
ACC will not brake because it is
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
overridden. While overridden, the ACC
indicator will turn blue on the instrument
cluster and Head-Up Display (HUD),
if equipped.
. Press and hold RES+ until the desired set
speed is displayed, then release it.
. To increase vehicle speed in smaller
increments, press RES+ briefly. For each
press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h
(1 mph) faster.
. To increase vehicle speed in larger
increments, hold RES+. While holding
RES+, the vehicle speed increases to the
next 5 km/h (5 mph) step, then continues
to increase by 5 km/h (5 mph) at a time.
The set speed can also be increased while
the vehicle is stopped.
. If stopped with the brake pedal applied,
press RES+ until the desired set speed is
displayed.
. If ACC is holding the vehicle at a stop and
there is another vehicle directly ahead,
pressing RES+ will increase the set speed.
. Pressing RES+ when there is no longer a
vehicle ahead or the vehicle ahead is
pulling away and the brake is not applied
with cause the ACC to resume.
When it is determined that there is no
vehicle ahead or the vehicle ahead is beyond
the selected following gap, then the vehicle
speed will increase to the set speed.
Reducing Speed While ACC Is at a Set Speed
If ACC is already activated, do one of the
following:
. Use the brake to get to the desired lower
speed. Release the brake and press SET–.
The vehicle will now cruise at the lower
speed.
. Press and hold SET– until the desired
lower speed is reached, then release it.
. To decrease the vehicle speed in smaller
increments, press SET− down briefly. For
each press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h
or (1 mph) slower.
. To decrease the vehicle speed in larger
increments, hold SET−. While holding
SET−, the vehicle speed decreases to the
next 5 km/h (5 mph) step, then continues
to decrease by 5 km/h (5 mph) at a time.
The set speed can also be decreased while
the vehicle is stopped.
. If stopped with the brake applied, press
or hold SET− until the desired set speed is
displayed.
235
Selecting the Follow Distance Gap
When a slower moving vehicle is detected
ahead within the selected following gap,
ACC will adjust the vehicle's speed and
attempt to maintain the follow distance gap
selected.
Press [ on the steering wheel to adjust
the following gap. Each press cycles the gap
button through three settings: Far, Medium,
or Near.
When pressed, the current gap setting
displays briefly on the instrument cluster
and HUD (if equipped). The gap setting will
be maintained until it is changed.
Far Gap Setting
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
236
Driving and Operating
Medium Gap Setting
Near Gap Setting
If equipped, and a trailer is electrically
connected, the gap setting display will be as
follows:
Far Gap Setting with Trailer
Near Gap Setting with Trailer
Medium Gap Setting with Trailer
Since each gap setting corresponds to a
following time (Far, Medium, or Near), the
following distance will vary based on vehicle
speed. The faster the vehicle speed, the
further back your vehicle will follow a
vehicle detected ahead. Consider traffic and
weather conditions when selecting the
following gap. The range of selectable gaps
may not be appropriate for all drivers and
driving conditions.
Changing the gap setting automatically
changes the alert timing sensitivity (Far,
Medium, or Near) for the Forward Collision
Alert (FCA) feature. See Forward Collision
Alert (FCA) System 0 253.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
Courtesy Gap
Press and hold [ on the steering wheel
when vehicle is moving to temporarily
increase the gap with the vehicle ahead to
allow for merging traffic.
Press and hold [ when stopped to cancel
ACC from resuming automatically (if the
stop is brief) and remain stationary. This can
be used to allow traffic to merge between
you and the vehicle ahead. Press RES+ or
the accelerator pedal to resume ACC.
Following distance gap will return to the
original selection after hold.
Alerting the Driver
With Head-Up Display
Without Head-Up Display
237
The vehicle ahead indicator is in the
instrument cluster and HUD, if equipped.
It only displays when a vehicle is detected
in your vehicle’s path moving in the same
direction. If this symbol is not displaying,
ACC will not respond to or brake for vehicles
ahead.
When this condition occurs, the collision
alert symbol will flash on the windshield.
Either eight beeps will sound from the front,
or both sides of the Safety Alert Seat (if
equipped) will pulse five times. See
“Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 128
ACC automatically slows the vehicle down
and adjusts vehicle speed to follow a
detected vehicle ahead at the selected
following gap. The vehicle speed increases or
decreases to follow a detected vehicle in
front of your vehicle when that vehicle is
traveling slower than your vehicle set speed.
It may apply limited braking, if necessary.
When braking is active, the brake lamps will
come on. The automatic braking may feel or
sound different than if the brakes were
applied manually. This is normal.
See Defensive Driving 0 192.
Passing a Vehicle While Using ACC
Approaching and Following a Vehicle
If the set speed is high enough, and the left
turn signal is used to pass a vehicle ahead
in the selected following gap, ACC may
assist by gradually accelerating the vehicle
prior to the lane change.
If ACC is engaged, driver action may be
required when ACC cannot apply sufficient
braking because of approaching a vehicle
too rapidly.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
238
Driving and Operating
{ Warning
When using ACC to pass a vehicle or
perform a lane change, the following
distance to the vehicle being passed may
be reduced. ACC may not apply sufficient
acceleration or braking when passing a
vehicle or performing a lane change.
Always be ready to manually accelerate
or brake to complete the pass or lane
change.
Stationary or Very Slow-Moving Objects
{ Warning
ACC may not detect and react to stopped
or slow-moving vehicles ahead of you. For
example, the system may not brake for a
vehicle it has never detected moving. This
can occur in stop-and-go traffic or when a
vehicle suddenly appears due to a vehicle
ahead changing lanes. Your vehicle may
not stop and could cause a crash. Use
caution when using ACC. Your complete
attention is always required while driving
and you should be ready to take action
and apply the brakes.
Irregular Objects Affecting ACC
ACC may have difficulty detecting the
following objects:
. Vehicles with cargo extending from the
back end.
. Non-standard shaped vehicles, such as
vehicle transport, vehicles with a side car
fitted, or horse carriages.
. Objects that are close to the front of your
vehicle.
ACC Automatically Disengages
ACC may automatically disengage and the
driver will need to manually apply the
brakes to slow the vehicle if:
. The sensors are blocked.
. The Traction Control System (TCS) or
StabiliTrak/ESC system has activated or
been disabled.
. There is a fault in the system.
. The radar falsely reports blockage when
driving in a desert or remote area with
no other vehicles or roadside objects.
A DIC message may display to indicate
that ACC is temporarily unavailable.
The ACC indicator will turn white when ACC
is no longer active.
In some cases, when ACC is temporarily
unavailable, regular cruise control may be
used. See “Switching Between ACC and
Regular Cruise Control” previously in this
section. Always consider driving conditions
before using either cruise control system.
Notification to Resume ACC
ACC will maintain a follow gap behind a
detected vehicle and slow your vehicle to a
stop behind that vehicle.
If the stopped vehicle ahead has driven
away and ACC has not resumed, the vehicle
ahead indicator will flash as a reminder to
check traffic ahead before proceeding. In
addition, the left and right sides of the
Safety Alert Seat (if equipped) will pulse
three times, or three beeps will sound. See
”Alert Type” and “Adaptive Cruise Go
Notifier” in “Collision/Detection Systems”
under Vehicle Personalization 0 128.
When the vehicle ahead drives away, press
RES+ or the accelerator pedal to resume
ACC. If stopped for more than two minutes
or if the driver door is opened and the
driver seat belt is unbuckled, the ACC
automatically applies the Electric Parking
Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle. The EPB
status light will turn on. See Electric Parking
Brake 0 219.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
A DIC warning message may display
indicating to shift to P (Park) before exiting
the vehicle. See Vehicle Messages 0 128.
{ Warning
If ACC has stopped the vehicle, and if ACC
is disengaged, turned off, or canceled, the
vehicle will no longer be held at a stop.
The vehicle can move. When ACC is
holding the vehicle at a stop, always be
prepared to manually apply the brakes.
{ Warning
Leaving the vehicle without placing it in
P (Park) can be dangerous. Do not leave
the vehicle while it is being held at a
stop by ACC. Always place the vehicle in
P (Park) and turn off the ignition before
leaving the vehicle.
ACC Override
If using the accelerator pedal while ACC is
active, the ACC indicator turns blue on the
instrument cluster indicating ACC braking
will not occur. ACC will resume operation
when the accelerator pedal is not being
pressed.
239
{ Warning
Warning (Continued)
The ACC will not automatically apply the
brakes if your foot is resting on the
accelerator pedal. You could crash into a
vehicle ahead of you.
attention in curves and be ready to use
the brakes if necessary. Select an
appropriate speed while driving in curves.
Curves in the Road
{ Warning
On curves, ACC may not detect a vehicle
ahead in your lane. You could be startled
if the vehicle accelerates up to the set
speed, especially when following a vehicle
exiting or entering exit ramps. You could
lose control of the vehicle or crash. Do
not use ACC while driving on an entrance
or exit ramp. Always be ready to use the
brakes if necessary.
ACC may operate differently in a sharp
curve. It may briefly reduce the vehicle
speed if the curve is too sharp.
ACC automatically slows the vehicle down
while navigating the curve and may increase
speed out of the curve, but will not exceed
the set speed.
{ Warning
On curves, ACC may respond to a vehicle
in another lane, or may not have time to
react to a vehicle in your lane. You could
crash into a vehicle ahead of you, or lose
control of your vehicle. Give extra
(Continued)
When following a vehicle and entering a
curve, ACC may not detect the vehicle ahead
and accelerate to the set speed. When this
happens, the vehicle ahead indicator will not
appear.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
240
Driving and Operating
ACC will not detect a vehicle ahead until it
is completely in the lane. The brakes may
need to be manually applied.
Objects Not Directly in Front of Your Vehicle
ACC may detect a vehicle that is not in your
lane and apply the brakes.
ACC may occasionally provide an alert and/
or braking that is considered unnecessary.
It could respond to vehicles in different
lanes or stationary objects when entering or
exiting a curve. This is normal operation.
The vehicle does not need service.
The detection of objects in front of the
vehicle may not be possible if:
. The vehicle or object ahead is not within
your lane.
. The vehicle ahead is shifted, not centered,
or is shifted to one side of the lane.
Driving in Narrow Lanes
Vehicles in adjacent traffic lanes or roadside
objects may be incorrectly detected when
located along the roadway.
Do Not Use ACC on Hills
Other Vehicle Lane Changes
Towing with ACC
Towing a trailer with ACC is not
recommended with an aftermarket brake
controller. Aftermarket brake controllers may
not integrate properly with the ACC system.
When towing a trailer, certain characteristics
such as following gap, acceleration rates and
braking rates may be modified to provide a
better towing experience.
If equipped when towing a trailer, ACC
driving characteristics such as following gap,
acceleration rates and braking rates may be
modified to provide a better towing
experience.
ACC should not be used while towing a
trailer with an aftermarket trailer brake
controller. Aftermarket trailer brake
controllers may not function properly with
the ACC system.
ACC may be used when towing a trailer
when trailer attached is within GM-approved
allowable size and weight limits. See Trailer
Towing 0 270.
Do not use ACC when driving on steep hills
as ACC may not detect a vehicle ahead.
When towing a trailer with ACC, it is
important to properly set the Trailer Gain.
See “Integrated Trailer Brake Control
System” in Towing Equipment 0 274 for
Trailer Gain Adjustment Procedure.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
Use Tow/Haul mode when driving down
steep hills or mountain grades, or when
hauling heavy loads. See Driver Mode
Control 0 223.
Do not modify the hood, headlamps, or fog
lamps, as this may limit the camera’s ability
to detect an object.
Disengaging ACC
The camera sensor on the windshield behind
the rearview mirror, and the sensors on the
front of the vehicle can become blocked by
snow, ice, dirt, mud, or debris. This area
needs to be cleaned for ACC to operate
properly.
There are three ways to disengage ACC:
. Step lightly on the brake pedal.
. Press *.
. Press
J.
Erasing Speed Memory
The ACC set speed is erased from memory if
J is pressed or if the ignition is turned off.
Weather Conditions Affecting ACC
System operation may be limited under
snow, heavy rain, or road spray conditions.
Accessory Installations and Vehicle
Modifications
Do not install or place any object around
the front camera windshield area that would
obstruct the front camera view.
Do not install objects on top of the vehicle
that overhang and obstruct the front
camera, such as a canoe, kayak, or other
items that can be transported on a roof rack
system. See Roof Rack System 0 93.
Cleaning the Sensing System
If ACC will not operate, regular cruise control
may be available. See “Switching Between
ACC and Regular Cruise Control” previously
in this section. Always consider driving
conditions before using either cruise control
system.
For cleaning instructions, see “Washing the
Vehicle” under Exterior Care 0 364.
Driver Assistance Systems
This vehicle may have features that work
together to help avoid crashes or reduce
crash damage while driving, backing, and
parking. Read this entire section before
using these systems.
241
{ Warning
Do not rely on the Driver Assistance
Systems. These systems do not replace
the need for paying attention and driving
safely. You may not hear or feel alerts or
warnings provided by these systems.
Failure to use proper care when driving
may result in injury, death, or vehicle
damage. See Defensive Driving 0 192.
Under many conditions, these systems
will not:
. Detect children, pedestrians, bicyclists,
or animals.
. Detect vehicles or objects outside the
area monitored by the system.
. Work at all driving speeds.
. Warn you or provide you with enough
time to avoid a crash.
. Work under poor visibility or bad
weather conditions.
. Work if the detection sensor is not
cleaned or is covered by ice, snow,
mud, or dirt.
(Continued)
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
242
Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
. Work if the detection sensor is
covered up, such as with a sticker,
magnet, or metal plate.
. Work if the area surrounding the
detection sensor is damaged or not
properly repaired.
Complete attention is always required
while driving, and you should be ready to
take action and apply the brakes and/or
steer the vehicle to avoid crashes.
Audible or Safety Alert Seat
Some driver assistance features alert the
driver of obstacles by beeping. To change
the volume of the warning chime, see
“Comfort and Convenience” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 128.
If equipped with the Safety Alert Seat, the
driver seat cushion may provide a vibrating
pulse alert instead of beeping. To change
this, see “Collision/Detection Systems” under
Vehicle Personalization 0 128.
Cleaning
Depending on vehicle options, keep these
areas of the vehicle clean to ensure the best
driver assistance feature performance. Driver
Information Center (DIC) messages may
display when the systems are unavailable or
blocked.
. Front and rear bumpers and the area
below the bumpers
. Front grille and headlamps
. Front camera lens in the front grille or
near the front emblem
. Front side and rear side panels
. Outside of the windshield in front of the
rearview mirror
. Side camera lens on the bottom of the
outside mirrors
. Rear side corner bumpers
. Rear Vision Camera above the license
plate
Radio Frequency
This vehicle may be equipped with driver
assistance systems that operate using radio
frequency. See Radio Frequency Statement
0 398.
Assistance Systems for Parking or
Backing
If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera (RVC),
Rear Park Assist (RPA), Front Park Assist
(FPA), Surround Vision, and Rear Cross Traffic
Alert (RCTA) may help the driver park or
avoid objects. Always check around the
vehicle when parking or backing.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
Rear Vision Camera (RVC)
When the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse),
the RVC displays an image of the area
behind the vehicle in the infotainment
display. The previous screen displays when
the vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) after
a short delay. To return to the previous
screen sooner, press Home or Back on the
infotainment system, shift into P (Park),
or reach a vehicle speed of approximately
12 km/h (8 mph) while in D (Drive). The rear
vision camera is above the license plate.
Warning (Continued)
distances may be different from actual
distances. Do not drive or park the
vehicle using only these camera(s).
Always check behind and around the
vehicle before driving. Failure to use
proper care may result in injury, death,
or vehicle damage.
1. View Displayed by the Camera
2. Corners of the Rear Bumper
Displayed images may be farther or closer
than they appear. The area displayed is
limited and objects that are close to either
corner of the bumper or under the bumper
do not display.
A warning triangle may display to show
that RPA or RCTA has detected an object.
This triangle changes from amber to red and
increases in size the closer the object.
{ Warning
1. View Displayed by the Camera
243
The camera(s) do not display children,
pedestrians, bicyclists, crossing traffic,
animals, or any other object outside of
the cameras’ field of view, below the
bumper, or under the vehicle. Shown
(Continued)
Surround Vision System
If equipped the Surround Vision system can
display various views surrounding the
vehicle in the infotainment display. See
below for camera view descriptions and
more information.
{ Warning
The Surround Vision cameras have blind
spots and will not display all objects near
the corners of the vehicle. Folding outside
mirrors that are out of position may not
display surround view correctly. Always
check around the vehicle when parking or
backing.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
244
Driving and Operating
{ Warning
1. Views Displayed by the Surround
Vision Cameras
2. Area Not Shown
The camera(s) do not display children,
pedestrians, bicyclists, crossing traffic,
animals, or any other object outside of
the cameras’ field of view, below the
bumper, or under the vehicle. Shown
distances may be different from actual
distances. Do not drive or park the
vehicle using only these camera(s).
Always check behind and around the
vehicle before driving. Failure to use
proper care may result in injury, death,
or vehicle damage.
Camera Views
1. Views Displayed by the Surround
Vision Cameras
2. Area Not Shown
Touch the camera view buttons along the
bottom of the infotainment display to
access each view (if equipped):
1. Front/Rear Standard View
Displays an image of the area in front
or behind the vehicle. To select, touch
Front/Rear Standard View on the
infotainment display when a camera
view is active.
When the hitch guidance is selected,
Rear Standard View will remain visible
across gear changes, otherwise the
view will toggle between Front and
Rear Standard View based on gear
position.
If equipped, the front view camera
also displays when the Park Assist
system detects an object within
30 cm (12 in).
To access this view when in a forward
gear above 12 km/h (8 mph), select
CAMERA on the infotainment display
and select Rear Standard View. The
view will close after 8 seconds and
can be closed early by selecting X,
Home or Back.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
2. Front/Rear Top-Down View
Displays a front or rear overhead view
of the vehicle. To view, select Front/
Rear Top-Down View on the
infotainment display when the camera
app is active.
3. Front/Rear side View
Displays a view that shows objects
next to the front or rear sides of the
vehicle. To select, touch Front/Rear
Side View on the infotainment display
when a camera view is active. Touch
the button to toggle between front
and rear camera views. Park Assist and
RCTA overlays are not available when
Front/Rear Side View is active.
4. Hitch View
Displays a zoomed-in view of the hitch
area to assist with aligning the
vehicle’s hitch ball with the trailer
coupler and monitoring the trailer
connection. To view, select Hitch View
on the infotainment display when the
Camera App is active. To access this
view when in a forward gear above
12 km/h (8 mph), select CAMERA on
the infotainment display and select
Hitch View. The view will close after
eight seconds and can be closed early
by selecting X, Home or Back. Shifting
into P (Park) while in this view will
automatically engage the Electric
Parking Brake (EPB).
5. Surround View
Displays an image of the area
surrounding the vehicle. Surround
View is displayed alongside the
currently selected view when below 12
kph (8 mph). Surround View is
disabled when above 12 kph (8 mph).
6. Camera App Guidance Lines
The Camera App supports three
possible guidance modes: No
Guidance, Vehicle Guidance and
Trailering Guidance. To change
guidance mode, select the appropriate
guidance icon. Depending on the
guidance mode and view selected,
different guidance lines may appear.
A grayed-out icon indicates that
guidance lines are not available.
Certain views do not support Guidance
lines.
. Standard Guidance Lines are
available in Front/Rear Standard
Views, Front/Rear Top-Down Views
and Surround View when the
245
vehicle guidance mode is selected.
Standard Guidance Lines show
current and intended vehicle path.
. Hitch Guidance Line is available in
Rear Standard View when the
Trailering Guidance mode is
selected. Hitch Guidance displays a
single centered guidance line on
the infotainment display to assist
with aligning the vehicle’s hitch
with a trailer coupler. Align the
Hitch Guidance Line with the
trailer coupler by continuously
steering the vehicle to keep the
guidance line centered on the
coupler when backing. Park Assist
overlays will not display when the
Hitch Guidance Line is active.
. Rear Trailer Guidance Lines are
available in the Rear Trailer View
when the Trailering Guidance
mode is selected and the rear
trailer camera calibration has been
successfully completed. Rear Trailer
Guidance Lines show the intended
path (yellow) and the current path
(blue) of the trailer. The current
path guidance lines will converge
with the intended path guidance
lines.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
246
Driving and Operating
7. Camera App Guidance Lines
Duplicate of item 6.
8. Interior Trailer View
Displays a view of the interior of the
trailer. The feature is available when a
trailer is connected. The feature
requires user installation of an
accessory trailer camera on the
interior of the trailer per the accessory
trailer camera installation instructions
(see your dealer for accessory trailer
camera(s) and information). To view,
select Interior Trailer View on the
infotainment display when the Camera
App is active. To access this view
when in a forward gear above
12 km/h (8 mph), select CAMERA on
the infotainment display and select
Interior Trailer View. The view will
close after 8 seconds and can be
closed early by selecting X, Home
or Back.
9. Transparent Trailer View
Displays a view that allows the driver
to virtually “see through” the trailer.
The feature is available when a
compatible trailer is connected, a valid
profile is selected and the vehicle is
not in Reverse. The feature requires
user installation of an accessory trailer
camera on the rear exterior surface of
the trailer per the accessory trailer
camera installation instructions (see
your dealer for accessory trailer
camera(s) and information). To view,
select Transparent Trailer View on the
infotainment display when the Camera
App is active. To access this view
when in a forward gear above
12 km/h (8 mph), select CAMERA on
the infotainment display and select
Transparent Trailer View. The view can
be closed by selecting X, Home
or Back.
When the system is calibrated and
trailer position is known one of three
views will be shown; Transparent
Trailer View, Left Transparent Trailer
View or Right Transparent Trailer
View. The Transparent Trailer View is
shown when the position of the trailer
is relatively straight behind the
vehicle. The Left or Right Transparent
Trailer view is shown when the
position of the trailer is too far to the
left or right. When the system is not
calibrated or trailer position is not
known the Transparent Trailer
Picture-in-Picture View will be shown.
10. Rear Trailer Views
. Rear Trailer View
Displays a view of the area behind
the trailer when a trailer is
connected. The feature requires
user installation of an accessory
trailer camera on the rear exterior
surface of the trailer per the
accessory trailer camera
installation instructions (see your
dealer for accessory trailer
camera(s) and information). To
view, select Rear Trailer View on
the infotainment display when the
Camera App is active. To access
this view when in a forward gear
above 12 km/h (8 mph), select
CAMERA on the infotainment
display and select Rear Trailer
View. The view can be closed by
selecting X, Home or Back.
. Rear Side View with Available
Articulation Functionality
Displays a rearward split view of
the left and right sides of the
vehicle and trailer, when a trailer is
connected. The view will
automatically pan to show more of
the left or right side based on the
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
position of the trailer when a
compatible profile is configured
and selected via the Trailering App.
To view, select Rear Side View with
Available Articulation Functionality
on the infotainment display when
the Camera App is active. To access
this view when in a forward gear
above 12 km/h (8 mph), select
CAMERA on the infotainment
display and select Rear Side View
with Available Articulation
Functionality. The view can be
closed by selecting X, Home
or Back.
. Picture-in-Picture Side View
Displays a rearward split view of
the left and right sides of the
vehicle and trailer with an overlay
view of the area behind the trailer
when a trailer is connected. The
feature requires user installation of
an accessory trailer camera on the
rear exterior surface of the trailer
per the accessory trailer camera
installation instructions (see your
dealer for accessory trailer
camera(s) and information). To
view, select Picture-in-Picture Side
View on the infotainment display
when the Camera App is active. To
access this view when in a forward
gear above 12 km/h (8 mph), select
CAMERA on the infotainment
display and select Picture-in-Picture
Side View. The view can be closed
by selecting X, Home or Back.
Additional Views and Alerts
. Turn Signal Activated Views
Displays a rearward view of the left or
right side of the vehicle and trailer when
a trailer is connected. Views are provided
based on turn signal activation with the
right-side view being shown when the
right turn signal is active and the left side
view being shown when the left turn
signal is active. The feature can be
enabled or disabled. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 128. The view can be
closed early by selecting X, Home or Back.
A Trailer Length Indicator Overlay is
available in the Turn Signal Activated
Views when the trailer is relatively
straight behind the vehicle and a
compatible profile is configured and
selected via the Trailering App. The
overlay will not be visible when the
position of the trailer is too far to the left
247
or right. The overlay can be enabled or
disabled. See Vehicle Personalization
0 128.
. Jack-Knife Detection and Alert
The vehicle may be equipped with
Jack-Knife Detection. The system will track
the position of the trailer relative to the
vehicle. As the front of the trailer
approaches the rear of the vehicle, a
warning or an alert will be displayed.
A warning indicates to the driver to
proceed with caution, an alert indicates
that a collision is imminent. Based on
vehicle equipment and user settings, the
visual warning or alert may be
accompanied by audible or safety alert
seat notifications. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 128.
. Trailer Angle Indicator
The vehicle may be equipped with a
Trailer Angle Indicator. The Trailer Angle
Indicator gives the driver a visual
representation of the trailer’s position
relative to the vehicle. (Available only in
Reverse, Guidelines On, Rear Trailering
Views).
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
248
Driving and Operating
{ Warning
Use Hitch Guidance only to help back the
vehicle to a trailer hitch or, when
traveling above 12 km/h (8 mph), to
briefly check the status of your trailer. Do
not use for any other purpose, such as
making lane change decisions. Before
making a lane change, always check the
mirrors and glance over your shoulder.
Improper use could result in serious
injury to you or others.
HD Surround Vision with Trailer Camera
Provisions
If equipped, this feature provides additional
views to aid in trailering/towing. The
system shows multiple views in the
infotainment display using five cameras
mounted around the vehicle and up to two
additional accessory cameras that can be
mounted on or in a trailer. The front camera
is in the grille under the front emblem, the
side cameras are on the bottom of the
outside mirrors, the rear camera is in the
tailgate handle and the bed camera is
mounted on the rear of the cab.
Additionally, up to two accessory cameras
can be mounted to the rear and/or interior
of the trailer. See your dealer for accessory
trailer cameras. To access, touch CAMERA on
the infotainment display or shift to
R (Reverse). To return to the previous screen
when not in reverse, touch the Home or
Back buttons on the infotainment display.
Certain trailer views require a compatible
trailer profile be configured and selected.
A compatible trailer is a box type trailer
(cargo, camper, etc.) with a conventional
hitch.
Available camera views:
. Front/Rear Standard View
. Front/Rear Top-Down View
. Front/Rear Side View
. Hitch View
. Rear trailer View
. Rear Side view with a available
articulation functionality
. Picture-in-Picture Side View
. Interior Trailer View
. Transparent trailer View
. Surround View
. Guidance Lines
. Hitch Guidance
Surround Vision (360 Degrees)
If equipped, the Surround Vision system can
display various views surrounding the
vehicle in the infotainment display using
four cameras mounted around the vehicle.
The front camera is in the grille under the
front emblem, the side cameras are on the
bottom of the outside mirrors, and the rear
camera is in the tailgate handle.
The Surround Vision system can be accessed
by selecting CAMERA in the infotainment
display or when the vehicle is shifted into
R (Reverse). To return to the previous screen
sooner, when not in R (Reverse), press the
Home or Back button on the infotainment
system, shift into P (Park), or, while in D
(Drive), reach a vehicle speed of
approximately 12 km/h (8 mph).
Available camera views:
. Front/Rear Standard View
. Front/Rear Top-Down View
. Front/Rear Side View
. Hitch View
. Surround View
. Guidance Lines
. Hitch Guidance
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
Surround Vision
Troubleshooting
If equipped, this feature provides, additional
views to aid in trailering/towing. The Front
Vision Camera and Surround Vision cameras
are not supported. The system can show
various views in the infotainment display
using cameras mounted in and around the
vehicle and trailer. The rear camera is in the
tailgate handle and the cargo bed camera is
mounted on the rear of the cab. Up to two
accessory cameras can be mounted to the
rear and/or interior of the trailer. See your
dealer for these accessory cameras.
The Transparent Trailer calibration may take
longer than expected or not calibrate if:
. The vehicle is driven too fast during
calibration. Speed should be maintained
below 50 km/h (31 mph).
. The vehicle is not driven straight during
calibration. Steering should be maintained
as straight as possible, excessive steering
during calibration may extend
calibration time.
. The calibration is attempted in low light.
Calibration should be attempted when
there is enough light.
. The calibration is attempted during
adverse weather conditions. Calibration
during conditions such as snow or heavy
rain should be avoided.
. The road surface is not ideal for
calibration. Calibration should be
attempted on an alternate road surface.
. The accessory trailer cameras are
swapped at the hitch connector. Ensure
that the camera mounted to the rear of
the trailer is connected to the rear trailer
camera input.
The system can be accessed by selecting
CAMERA in the infotainment display or
when the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse).
To return to the previous screen sooner,
when not in R (Reverse), press the Home or
Back button on the infotainment system or
shift into P (Park).
Available camera views:
. Rear Standard View
. Hitch View
. Bed View
. Rear Trailer View
. Interior Trailer View
. Guidance Lines
. Hitch Guidance
249
. The accessory trailer camera is mounted,
angled or rotated outside of the defined
mounting location (see camera
installation instructions).
Distortion may be observed in the calibrated
Transparent Trailer View if:
. The accessory trailer camera is mounted,
angled or rotated outside of the defined
mounting location (see camera
installation instructions).
The Transparent Trailer icon may appear
grayed out if:
. A compatible trailer profile is not
configured or a non-compatible trailer
profile is selected.
. The vehicle is in R (Reverse).
. The trailer is not connected.
. The accessory rear trailer camera is not
connected or connected to the incorrect
input.
The preview may not be provided or the
wrong preview may be provided if:
. The accessory cameras are not recognized.
Ensure that the accessory camera(s) are
connected and power cycle the vehicle.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
250
Driving and Operating
. The accessory trailer cameras are
swapped at the hitch connector. Ensure
that the accessory camera(s) are
connected to the correct input.
. The accessory trailer camera(s) are
connected to the correct camera input.
. The accessory trailer camera(s) are not
installed according to the installation
instructions.
A feature may be unavailable or not
activating as expected if:
. The customization is disabled. Check the
customization settings where applicable.
. The accessory trailer cameras are
swapped at the hitch connector. Ensure
that the accessory camera(s) are
connected to the correct camera input.
A view may switch automatically if:
. The vehicle is shifted to another gear.
Park Assist
The vehicle may be equipped with the Rear
Park Assist (RPA) and Front Park Assist (FPA).
The Park Assist system may provide
assistance to driver while backing up and
parking. Park Assist uses ultrasonic sensors
in the bumper to measure the distance
between the vehicle and objects. The system
calculates the distance between vehicle and
object via measuring the time it takes for
the ultrasonic waves to bounce back from
the object. Park Assist works only at speeds
up to about 11 Km/h (7 mph). An illuminated
indicater light in the parking system is
ready to operate. The sensors on the
bumpers may detect objects up to 1.8m
(6 ft) behind and 1.25m (4 ft) in front of the
vehicle within a one 25 cm (10) high off the
ground and below bumper level. These
detection distances may be shorter during
warmer or humid weather. Blocked sensors
will not detect objects and can also cause
false detections. Keep the sensors clean of
mud, dirt, snow, ice and slush and clean
sensors after a wash in freezing
temperatures.
{ Warning
The Park Assist System is no substitute
for careful and attentive driving. The Park
Assist system does not detect children,
pedestrians, bicyclists, animals, or objects
located below the bumper or that are too
close or too far from the vehicle. It is not
available at speeds greater than 11 km/h
(7 mph). To prevent injury, death,
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
or vehicle damage, even with Park Assist,
always check the area around the vehicle
and check all mirrors before moving
forward or backing.
How the system works
The instrument cluster may have a Park
Assist display with bars that show distance
to object, driving direction, and object
location information for the Park Assist
system. As the object gets closer, more bars
light up and the bars change color from
yellow to amber to red.
When an object is very close to the vehicle
rear (<0.6m (2 ft)), five beeps will sound
from the rear followed by a continuous
beep from the rear, or both sides of the
Safety Alert Seat will pulse five times. When
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
an object is very close to the vehicle front
(<0.3m (1 ft)), a continuous beep will sound
from the front, or both sides of the Safety
Alert Seat will pulse five times. Beeps for
FPA are higher pitched than for RPA.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
If equipped, when the vehicle is shifted into
R (Reverse), RCTA displays a red warning
triangle with a left or right pointing arrow
to warn of traffic coming from the left or
right. This system detects objects coming
from up to 20 m (65 ft) from the left or
right side of the vehicle. When an object is
detected, either three beeps sound from the
left or right or three Safety Alert Seat pulses
occur on the left or right side, depending on
the direction of the detected vehicle.
Use caution while backing up when towing
a trailer, as the RCTA detection zones that
extend out from the back of the vehicle do
not move further back when a trailer is
towed.
Turning the Features On or Off
The X button located in the customizing
menu is used to turn on or off the Park
Assist.
Front and Rear Park Assist can be set to Off,
On, or On with Towbar through vehicle
personalization. See “Park Assist” under
Vehicle Personalization 0 128. If Park Assist
is turned off through vehicle personalization,
the Park Assist button will be disabled. To
turn the Park Assist on again, select On in
vehicle personalization. The On with Towbar
setting allows for Park Assist to work
properly with an attached trailer hitch. Turn
off Park Assist when towing a trailer.
To turn the RPA symbols or guidance lines
on or off, see Rear Camera and Collision/
Detection Systems under Vehicle
Personalization 0 128. On some models,
select the guidance lines button on the
infotainment display to turn them on or off.
Reverse Automatic Braking (RAB)
Backing Warning and Reverse Automatic
Braking (RAB)
Vehicles with Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
have the Backing Warning System and
Reverse Automatic Braking (RAB) system.
When in R (Reverse), Backing Warning alerts
of rear objects at vehicle speeds greater
than 8 km/h (5 mph), and RAB may
automatically brake hard at speeds between
1–32 km/h (0.5–20 mph).
251
The Backing Warning System will beep once
from the rear when an object is first
detected. When the system detects a
potential crash, beeps will be heard from
the rear. There may also be a brief, sharp
application of the brakes.
{ Warning
The Backing Warning System only
operates at speeds greater than 8 km/h
(5 mph). It does not detect children,
pedestrians, bicyclists, animals, or objects
below the bumper or that are too close
or too far from the vehicle. In some
situations, such as at higher backing
speeds, there may not be enough time
for the short, sharp application of the
vehicle brake system to occur. To prevent
injury, death, or vehicle damage, even
with the Backing Warning System, always
check the area around the vehicle and
check all mirrors before backing.
When the vehicle is in R (Reverse), if the
system detects the vehicle is backing too
fast to avoid a crash with a detected object
behind your vehicle in your path, it may
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
252
Driving and Operating
automatically brake hard to a stop to help
avoid or reduce the harm caused by a
backing crash.
{ Warning
RAB may not avoid many types of
backing crashes. Do not wait for the
automatic braking to apply. This system
is not designed to replace driver braking
and only works in R (Reverse) when an
object is detected directly behind the
vehicle. It may not brake or stop in time
to avoid a crash. It will not brake for
objects when the vehicle is moving at
very low speeds. It does not detect
children, pedestrians, bicyclists, animals,
or objects below the bumper or that are
too close or too far from the vehicle. To
prevent injury, death, or vehicle damage,
even with RAB, always check the area
around the vehicle before and while
backing.
Pressing the brake pedal after the vehicle
comes to a stop will release RAB. If the
brake pedal is not pressed soon after the
stop, the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) may be
set. When it is safe, press the accelerator
pedal firmly at any time to override RAB.
{ Warning
There may be instances where
unexpected or undesired automatic
braking occurs. If this happens, either
press the brake pedal or firmly press the
accelerator pedal to release the brakes
from the RAB system. Before releasing
the brakes, check the RVC and check the
area around the vehicle to make sure it is
safe to proceed.
Rear Pedestrian Alert
Under certain conditions, this feature can
provide alerts for a pedestrian within the
system’s range directly behind the vehicle.
This feature only works in R (Reverse) below
12 km/h (8 mph), and detects pedestrians up
to 8 m (26 ft) away during daytime driving.
During nighttime driving, feature
performance is very limited.
Rear Pedestrian Alert Indicator
When a pedestrian is detected within the
system’s range directly behind the vehicle,
this symbol flashes amber on the
infotainment display, along with two beeps
from the rear, or if equipped, two pulses
from both sides of the driver seat. When a
pedestrian is detected close to the vehicle,
the symbol flashes red on the infotainment
display, along with seven beeps from the
rear, or if equipped, seven pulses from both
sides of the driver seat.
{ Warning
Rear Pedestrian Alert does not
automatically brake the vehicle. It also
does not provide an alert unless it
detects a pedestrian, and it may not
detect all pedestrians if:
. The pedestrian is not directly behind
the vehicle, fully visible to the Rear
Vision Camera (RVC), or standing
upright.
. The pedestrian is part of a group.
. The pedestrian is a child.
. Visibility is poor, including nighttime
conditions, fog, rain, or snow.
(Continued)
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
. The RVC is blocked by dirt, snow,
or ice.
. The RVC, taillamps, or back-up lamps
are not cleaned or in proper working
condition.
. The vehicle is not in R (Reverse).
To help avoid death or injury, always
check for pedestrians around the vehicle
before backing up. Be ready to take
action and apply the brakes. See
Defensive Driving 0 192. Keep the RVC,
taillamps, and back-up lamps clean and in
good repair.
Rear Pedestrian Alert can be set to Off or
Alert. See “Rear Pedestrian Detection” in
“Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 128. If equipped, alerts can
be set to beeps or seat pulses. See “Alert
Type” in “Collision/Detection Systems” under
Vehicle Personalization 0 128.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
System
If equipped, Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
displays a red warning triangle with a left
or right pointing arrow on the infotainment
display to warn of traffic coming from the
left or right. This system detects objects
coming from up to 20 m (65 ft) from the left
or right side of the vehicle. When an object
is detected, either three beeps sound from
the left or right or three Safety Alert Seat
pulses occur on the left or right side,
depending on the direction of the detected
vehicle.
Driving With a Trailer
Use caution while backing up when towing
a trailer. The RCTA feature is automatically
disabled when a trailer is attached to the
vehicle.
Turning the Features On or Off
RCTA can be turned on or off using the
infotainment system. See “Collision/
Detection Systems” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 128.
253
Assistance Systems for Driving
If equipped, when driving the vehicle in a
forward gear, Forward Collision Alert (FCA),
Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB), Lane Keep
Assist (LKA), Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA),
Lane Change Alert (LCA), and/or Automatic
Emergency Braking (AEB) can help to avoid a
crash or reduce crash damage.
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System
If equipped, the FCA system may help to
avoid or reduce the harm caused by
front-end crashes. When approaching a
vehicle ahead too quickly, FCA provides a
red flashing alert on the windshield and
rapidly beeps or pulses the driver seat. FCA
also lights an amber visual alert if following
another vehicle much too closely.
FCA detects vehicles within a distance of
approximately 60 m (197 ft) and operates at
speeds above 8 km/h (5 mph). If the vehicle
has Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), it can
detect vehicles to distances of approximately
110 m (360 ft) and operates at all speeds.
See Adaptive Cruise Control (Advanced)
0 232.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
254
Driving and Operating
{ Warning
FCA is a warning system and does not
apply the brakes. When approaching a
slower-moving or stopped vehicle ahead
too rapidly, or when following a vehicle
too closely, FCA may not provide a
warning with enough time to help avoid
a crash. It also may not provide any
warning at all. FCA does not warn of
pedestrians, animals, signs, guardrails,
bridges, construction barrels, or other
objects. Be ready to take action and
apply the brakes. See Defensive Driving
0 192.
FCA can be disabled with either the FCA
steering wheel control or, if equipped,
through vehicle personalization. See
“Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 128.
Detecting the Vehicle Ahead
FCA warnings will not occur unless the FCA
system detects a vehicle ahead. When a
vehicle is detected, the vehicle ahead
indicator will display green. Vehicles may
not be detected on curves, highway exit
ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility; or if a
vehicle ahead is partially blocked by
pedestrians or other objects. FCA will not
detect another vehicle ahead until it is
completely in the driving lane.
Collision Alert
With Head-Up Display
{ Warning
FCA does not provide a warning to help
avoid a crash, unless it detects a vehicle.
FCA may not detect a vehicle ahead if
the FCA sensor is blocked by dirt, snow,
or ice, or if the windshield is damaged.
It may also not detect a vehicle on
winding or hilly roads, or in conditions
that can limit visibility such as fog, rain,
or snow, or if the headlamps or
windshield are not cleaned or in proper
condition. Keep the windshield,
headlamps, and FCA sensors clean and in
good repair.
Without Head-Up Display
When your vehicle approaches another
detected vehicle too rapidly, the red FCA
display will flash on the windshield. Also,
eight rapid high-pitched beeps will sound
from the front, or both sides of the Safety
Alert Seat will pulse five times. When this
Collision Alert occurs, the brake system may
prepare for driver braking to occur more
rapidly which can cause a brief, mild
deceleration. Continue to apply the brake
pedal as needed. Cruise control may be
disengaged when the Collision Alert occurs.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
Tailgating Alert
If your vehicle is equipped with Adaptive
Cruise Control (ACC), changing the FCA
timing setting automatically changes the
ACC following gap setting (Far, Medium,
or Near).
Following Distance Indicator
The vehicle-ahead indicator will display
amber when you are following a vehicle
ahead much too closely.
Selecting the Alert Timing
The Collision Alert control is on the steering
wheel. Press [ / 3 to set the FCA
timing to Far, Medium, Near, or on some
vehicles, Off. The first button press shows
the current setting on the DIC. Additional
button presses will change this setting. The
chosen setting will remain until it is
changed and will affect the timing of both
the Collision Alert and the Tailgating Alert
features. The timing of both alerts will vary
based on vehicle speed. The faster the
vehicle speed, the farther away the alert will
occur. Consider traffic and weather
conditions when selecting the alert timing.
The range of selectable alert timing may not
be appropriate for all drivers and driving
conditions.
The following distance to a moving vehicle
ahead in your path is indicated in following
time in seconds on the Driver Information
Center (DIC). See Driver Information Center
(DIC) 0 122. The minimum following time is
0.5 seconds away. If there is no vehicle
detected ahead, or the vehicle ahead is out
of sensor range, dashes will be displayed.
Unnecessary Alerts
FCA may provide unnecessary alerts for
turning vehicles, vehicles in other lanes,
objects that are not vehicles, or shadows.
These alerts are normal operation and the
vehicle does not need service.
Cleaning the System
If the FCA system does not seem to operate
properly, this may correct the issue:
. Clean the outside of the windshield in
front of the rearview mirror.
. Clean the entire front of the vehicle.
255
. Clean the headlamps.
For cleaning instructions, see “Washing the
Vehicle” under Exterior Care 0 364.
System operation may also be limited under
snow, heavy rain, or road spray conditions.
Automatic Emergency
Braking (AEB)
If equipped, the AEB system may help avoid
or reduce the harm caused by front-end
crashes. AEB also includes Intelligent Brake
Assist (IBA). When the system detects a
vehicle ahead in your path that is traveling
in the same direction that you may be
about to crash into, it can provide a boost
to braking or automatically brake the
vehicle. This can help avoid or lessen the
severity of crashes when driving in a
forward gear. Depending on the situation,
the vehicle may automatically brake
moderately or hard. This automatic
emergency braking can only occur if a
vehicle is detected. This is shown by the FCA
vehicle ahead indicator being lit. See
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 253.
The system works when driving in a forward
gear between 8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h
(50 mph), or on vehicles with Adaptive
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
256
Driving and Operating
Cruise Control (ACC), above 4 km/h (2 mph).
It can detect vehicles up to approximately
60 m (197 ft).
{ Warning
AEB is an emergency crash preparation
feature and is not designed to avoid
crashes. Do not rely on AEB to brake the
vehicle. AEB will not brake outside of its
operating speed range and only responds
to detected vehicles.
AEB may not:
. Detect a vehicle ahead on winding or
hilly roads.
. Detect all vehicles, especially vehicles
with a trailer, tractors, muddy
vehicles, etc.
. Detect a vehicle when weather limits
visibility, such as in fog, rain, or snow.
. Detect a vehicle ahead if it is partially
blocked by pedestrians or other
objects.
Complete attention is always required
while driving, and you should be ready to
take action and apply the brakes and/or
steer the vehicle to avoid crashes.
AEB may slow the vehicle to a complete
stop to try to avoid a potential crash. The
vehicle will only hold at a stop briefly.
A firm press of the accelerator pedal will
also release AEB.
{ Warning
AEB may automatically brake the vehicle
suddenly in situations where it is
unexpected and undesired. It could
respond to a turning vehicle ahead,
guardrails, signs, and other non-moving
objects. To override AEB, firmly press the
accelerator pedal, if it is safe to do so.
Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)
IBA may activate when the brake pedal is
applied quickly by providing a boost to
braking based on the speed of approach and
distance to a vehicle ahead.
Minor brake pedal pulsations or pedal
movement during this time is normal and
the brake pedal should continue to be
applied as needed. IBA will automatically
disengage only when the brake pedal is
released.
{ Warning
IBA may increase vehicle braking in
situations when it may not be necessary.
You could block the flow of traffic. If this
occurs, take your foot off the brake pedal
and then apply the brakes as needed.
AEB and IBA can be disabled through vehicle
personalization. See “Collision/Detection
Systems” under Vehicle Personalization
0 128.
{ Warning
Using AEB or IBA while towing a trailer
could cause you to lose control of the
vehicle and crash. Turn the system to
Alert or Off when towing a trailer.
A system unavailable message may
display if:
. The front of the vehicle or windshield is
not clean.
. Heavy rain or snow is interfering with
object detection.
. There is a problem with the StabiliTrak/
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system.
The AEB system does not need service.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)
System
If equipped, the FPB system may help avoid
or reduce the harm caused by front-end
crashes with nearby pedestrians when
driving in a forward gear. FPB displays an
amber indicator, ~, when a nearby
pedestrian is detected ahead. When
approaching a detected pedestrian too
quickly, FPB provides a red flashing alert on
the windshield and rapidly beeps or pulses
the driver seat. FPB can provide a boost to
braking or automatically brake the vehicle.
This system includes Intelligent Brake Assist
(IBA), and the Automatic Emergency Braking
(AEB) system may also respond to
pedestrians. See Automatic Emergency
Braking (AEB) 0 255.
The FPB system can detect and alert to
pedestrians in a forward gear at speeds
between 8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h
(50 mph). During daytime driving, the
system detects pedestrians up to a distance
of approximately 40 m (131 ft). During
nighttime driving, system performance is
very limited.
{ Warning
Detecting the Pedestrian Ahead
FPB does not provide an alert or
automatically brake the vehicle, unless it
detects a pedestrian. FPB may not detect
pedestrians, including children:
. When the pedestrian is not directly
ahead, fully visible, or standing
upright, or when part of a group.
. Due to poor visibility, including
nighttime conditions, fog, rain,
or snow.
. If the FPB sensor is blocked by dirt,
snow, or ice.
. If the headlamps or windshield are not
cleaned or in proper condition.
Be ready to take action and apply the
brakes. For more information, see
Defensive Driving 0 192. Keep the
windshield, headlamps, and FPB sensor
clean and in good repair.
FPB can be set to Off, Alert, or Alert and
Brake through vehicle personalization. See
“Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 128.
FPB alerts and automatic braking will not
occur unless the FPB system detects a
pedestrian. When a nearby pedestrian is
detected in front of the vehicle, the
pedestrian ahead indicator will display
amber.
Front Pedestrian Alert
With Head-Up Display
257
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
258
Driving and Operating
8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph).
Automatic braking levels may be reduced
under certain conditions, such as higher
speeds.
Without Head-Up Display
When the vehicle approaches a pedestrian
ahead too rapidly, the red FPB alert display
will flash on the windshield. Eight rapid
high-pitched beeps will sound from the
front, or both sides of the Safety Alert Seat
will pulse five times. When this Pedestrian
Alert occurs, the brake system may prepare
for driver braking to occur more rapidly
which can cause a brief, mild deceleration.
Continue to apply the brake pedal as
needed. Cruise control may be disengaged
when the Front Pedestrian Alert occurs.
Automatic Braking
If FPB detects it is about to crash into a
pedestrian directly ahead, and the brakes
have not been applied, FPB may
automatically brake moderately or brake
hard. This can help to avoid some very low
speed pedestrian crashes or reduce
pedestrian injury. FPB can automatically
brake to detected pedestrians between
If this happens, Automatic Braking may
engage the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) to
hold the vehicle at a stop. Release the EPB.
A firm press of the accelerator pedal will
also release Automatic Braking and the EPB.
{ Warning
FPB may alert or automatically brake the
vehicle suddenly in situations where it is
unexpected and undesired. It could falsely
alert or brake for objects similar in shape
or size to pedestrians, including shadows.
This is normal operation and the vehicle
does not need service. To override
Automatic Braking, firmly press the
accelerator pedal, if it is safe to do so.
Automatic Braking can be disabled through
vehicle personalization. See “Front Pedestrian
Detection” in “Collision/Detection Systems”
under Vehicle Personalization 0 128.
{ Warning
Using the Front Pedestrian Braking
system while towing a trailer could cause
you to lose control of the vehicle and
crash. Turn the system to Alert or Off
when towing a trailer.
Cleaning the System
If FPB does not seem to operate properly,
cleaning the outside of the windshield in
front of the rearview mirror may correct the
issue.
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
If equipped, the SBZA system is a
lane-changing aid that assists drivers with
avoiding crashes that occur with moving
vehicles in the side blind zone, or blind spot
areas. When the vehicle is in a forward gear,
the left or right side mirror display will light
up if a moving vehicle is detected in that
blind zone. If the turn signal is activated and
a vehicle is also detected on the same side,
the display will flash as an extra warning
not to change lanes. Since this system is
part of the Lane Change Alert (LCA) system,
read the entire LCA section before using this
feature.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
Lane Change Alert (LCA)
If equipped, the Lane Change Alert (LCA)
system is a lane-changing aid that can assist
drivers with avoiding lane change crashes
with moving vehicles in the side blind zone,
or blind spot areas or with vehicles rapidly
approaching these areas from behind. When
a vehicle is detected in the blind zone, the
LCA warning display will light up in the
corresponding side mirror and will flash if
the turn signal is on. The Side Blind Zone
Alert (SBZA) system is included as part of
the LCA system.
{ Warning
LCA does not alert the driver to vehicles
outside of the system detection zones,
pedestrians, bicyclists, or animals. It may
not provide alerts when changing lanes
under all driving conditions. Failure to use
proper care when changing lanes may
result in injury, death, or vehicle damage.
Before making a lane change, always
check mirrors, glance over your shoulder,
and use the turn signals.
LCA Detection Zones
1. SBZA Detection Zone
2. LCA Detection Zone
When towing a trailer, LCA feature is
disabled. When not towing a trailer, the LCA
sensor covers a zone of approximately one
lane over from both sides of the vehicle,
or 3.5 m (11 ft). The height of the zone is
approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft) and
2 m (6 ft) off the ground. Drivers are also
warned of vehicles rapidly approaching this
area up to approximately 70 m (230 ft)
behind the vehicle.
Extended Side Blind Zone Area (ESBZA)
If equipped, the ESBZA system is a
lane-changing aid that assists drivers with
avoiding crashes that occur with moving
vehicles in the side blind zone, or blind spot
259
areas. The extended side blind zone area
adds the blind zone area along the side of a
trailer that the host vehicle is pulling.
When the vehicle is in a forward gear, the
left or right side mirror display will light up
if a moving vehicle is detected in that
extended blind zone. If the turn signal is
activated and a vehicle is also detected on
the same side, the display will flash as an
extra warning not to change lanes. Since
this system is part of the Lane Change Alert
system, read the entire Lane Change Alert
section before using this feature.
{ Warning
ESBZA does not alert the driver to
vehicles outside of the system detection
zones, pedestrians, bicyclists, or animals.
It may not provide alerts when changing
lanes under all driving conditions. Failure
to use proper care when changing lanes
may result in injury, death, or vehicle
damage. Before making a lane change,
always check mirrors, glance over your
shoulder, and use the turn signals.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
260
Driving and Operating
ESBZA Detection Zones
making a lane change, check the SBZA
display, check mirrors, glance over your
shoulder, and use the turn signals.
side of the vehicle or trailer. This is normal
system operation; the vehicle does not need
service.
LCA/ESBZA can be disabled through vehicle
personalization. See “Collision/Detection
Systems” under Vehicle Personalization
0 128. If SBZA is disabled by the driver, the
ESBZA mirror displays will not light up.
1. SBZA Detection Zone
2. ESBZA Detection Zone
3. LCA Detection Zone
The Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) warning
area starts at approximately the middle of
the vehicle and goes back 5 m (16 ft). The
Extended Side Blind Zone Alert (ESBZA)
warning area starts at approximately 3 m
(10 ft) to the trailing edge of the vehicle and
goes back up to 21 m (69 ft) behind the
vehicle. The maximum trailer length is
12 m (39 ft).
How the System Works
The LCA/ESBZA symbol lights up in the side
mirrors when the system detects a moving
vehicle in the next lane over that is in the
extended side blind zone. This indicates it
may be unsafe to change lanes. Before
Left Side Mirror
Display
Right Side Mirror
Display
When the vehicle is started, both outside
mirror LCA/ESBZA displays will briefly come
on to indicate the system is operating.
When the vehicle is in a forward gear, the
left- or right-side mirror display will light up
if a moving vehicle is detected in that blind
zone. If the turn signal is activated in the
same direction as a detected vehicle, this
display will flash as an extra warning not to
change lanes.
LCA/ESBZA displays may not come on when
passing a vehicle quickly, or when passing a
stopped vehicle. LCA/ESBZA may alert to
objects attached to the vehicle, such as a
bicycle, or object extending out to either
When the System Does Not Seem to
Work Properly
LCA/ESBZA displays may not come on when
passing a vehicle quickly, or when passing a
stopped vehicle. The LCA/ESBZA detection
zones that extend back from the side of the
vehicle do not move further back when a
trailer is towed. Use caution while changing
lanes when towing a trailer. LCA/ESBZA may
alert to objects attached to the vehicle, such
as a trailer, bicycle, or object extending out
to either side of the vehicle or trailer. This is
normal system operation; the vehicle does
not need service.
LCA/ESBZA may not always alert the driver
to vehicles in the side blind zone, especially
in wet conditions. The system does not need
to be serviced. The system may light up due
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
to guardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and other
non-moving objects. This is normal system
operation; the vehicle does not need service.
LCA/ESBZA may not operate when the LCA/
ESBZA sensors in the left or right corners of
the rear bumper are covered with mud, dirt,
snow, ice, or slush, or in heavy rainstorms.
For cleaning instructions, see "Washing the
Vehicle" under Exterior Care 0 364. If the
DIC displays the system unavailable message
after cleaning both sides of the vehicle
toward the rear corners of the vehicle, see
your dealer.
If the DIC displays the system unavailable
message after cleaning both sides of the
vehicle toward the rear corners of the
vehicle, see your dealer
If the LCA/ESBZA displays do not light up
when vehicles are in the blind zone and the
system is clean, the system may need
service. Take the vehicle to your dealer.
When ESBZA is disabled for any reason
other than the driver turning it off, the
Extended Side Blind Zone Alert On option
will not be available on the
personalization menu.
Driving with a Trailer
Although this system is intended to help
drivers avoid lane change crashes, it does
not replace driver vision and therefore
should be considered a lane change aid.
Even with the ESBZA system, the driver
must check carefully for objects outside of
the reporting zone (e.g., a fast approaching
vehicle) or vehicle along the side of the
trailer before changing lanes.
Use caution while changing lanes when
towing a trailer.
Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
If equipped, LKA may help avoid crashes due
to unintentional lane departures. This
system uses a camera to detect lane
markings. The LKA may be ready to assist at
speeds between 50 km/h (31 mph) and 180
km/h (112 mph). LKA may assist by gently
turning the steering wheel if the vehicle
approaches a detected lane marking. It may
also provide a Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) alert if the vehicle crosses a detected
lane marking. This system is not intended to
keep the vehicle centered in the lane. LKA
will not assist and alert if the turn signal is
active in the direction of lane departure,
or if it detects that you are accelerating,
261
braking or actively steering. LKA can be
overridden by turning the steering wheel.
If the system detects you are steering
intentionally across a lane marker, the LDW
will not be given. Do not expect the LDW to
occur when you are intentionally crossing a
lane marker.
{ Warning
The LKA system does not continuously
steer the vehicle. It may not keep the
vehicle in the lane or give a Lane
Departure Warning (LDW) alert, even if a
lane marking is detected.
The LKA and LDW systems may not:
. Provide an alert or enough steering
assist to avoid a lane departure or
crash.
. Detect lane markings under poor
weather or visibility conditions. This
can occur if the windshield or
headlamps are blocked by dirt, snow,
or ice; if they are not in proper
condition; or if the sun shines directly
into the camera.
. Detect road edges.
. Detect lanes on winding or hilly roads.
(Continued)
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
262
Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
{ Warning
If LKA only detects lane markings on one
side of the road, it will only assist or
provide an LDW alert when approaching
the lane on the side where it has
detected a lane marking. Even with LKA
and LDW, you must steer the vehicle.
Always keep your attention on the road
and maintain proper vehicle position
within the lane, or vehicle damage,
injury, or death could occur. Always keep
the windshield, headlamps, and camera
sensors clean and in good repair. Do not
use LKA in bad weather conditions or on
roads with unclear lane markings, such as
construction zones.
LKA will not alert the driver if a towed
trailer crosses into an adjacent lane of
travel. Serious injury or property damage
may occur if the trailer moves into
another lane. Always monitor the trailer
position while towing to make sure it is
within the same lane as the tow vehicle.
{ Warning
Using LKA on slippery roads could cause
loss of control of the vehicle and a crash.
Turn the system off.
How the System Works
LKA uses a camera sensor installed on the
windshield ahead of the rearview mirror to
detect lane markings. It may provide brief
steering assist if it detects an unintended
lane departure. It may further provide an
audible alert or the driver seat may pulse
indicating that a lane marking has been
crossed.
To turn LKA on and off, press A to the
left of the steering wheel. If equipped, the
indicator light on the button comes on
when LKA is on and turns off when LKA is
disabled. In some vehicles, a long press of
over three seconds is required to turn
LKA off.
When on, A is white, if equipped,
indicating that the system is not ready to
assist. A is green if LKA is ready to
assist. LKA may assist by gently turning the
steering wheel if the vehicle approaches a
detected lane marking. A is amber when
assisting. It may also provide a Lane
Departure Warning (LDW) alert by flashing
A amber if the vehicle crosses a
detected lane marking. Additionally, there
may be three beeps, or the driver seat may
pulse three times, on the right or left,
depending on the lane departure direction.
Take Steering
The LKA system does not continuously steer
the vehicle. If LKA does not detect active
driver steering, an alert and chime may be
provided. Steer the vehicle to dismiss. LKA
may become temporarily unavailable after
repeated take steering alerts.
When the System Does Not Seem to
Work Properly
The system performance may be
affected by:
. Close vehicles ahead.
. Sudden lighting changes, such as when
driving through tunnels.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
. Banked roads.
. Roads with poor lane markings, such as
two-lane roads.
If the LKA system is not functioning
properly when lane markings are clearly
visible, cleaning the windshield may help.
A camera blocked message may display if
the camera is blocked. Some driver
assistance systems may have reduced
performance or not work at all. An LKA or
LDW unavailable message may display if the
systems are temporarily unavailable. This
message could be due to a blocked camera.
The LKA system does not need service. Clean
the outside of the windshield behind the
rearview mirror.
LKA assistance and/or LDW alerts may occur
due to tar marks, shadows, cracks in the
road, temporary or construction lane
markings, or other road imperfections. This
is normal system operation; the vehicle does
not need service. Turn LKA off if these
conditions continue.
263
Fuel
Top Tier Fuel
GM recommends the use of TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline to keep the engine clean,
reduce engine deposits, and maintain
optimal vehicle performance. Look for the
TOP TIER Logo or see www.toptiergas.com
for a list of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline
marketers and applicable countries.
Regular unleaded gasoline meeting ASTM
specification D4814 with a posted octane
rating (R+M)/2 of 87 or greater is
recommended. Do not use gasoline with a
posted octane rating of less than 87, as this
will result in reduced performance and
driveability. If heavy knocking is heard when
using gasoline rated at 87 or greater, the
engine needs service.
Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or FlexFuel.
Do not use gasoline with ethanol levels
greater than 15% by volume.
Recommended Fuel (6.2L Engine)
For diesel engine vehicles, see “Fuel for
Diesel Engines” in the Duramax diesel
supplement.
Recommended Fuel (5.3L Engine)
For diesel engine vehicles, see “Fuel for
Diesel Engines” in the Duramax diesel
supplement.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
264
Driving and Operating
Caution (Continued)
. For vehicles that are not FlexFuel, fuel
Premium unleaded gasoline meeting ASTM
specification D4814 with a posted octane
rating (R+M)/2 of 91 or greater is
recommended. If unavailable, unleaded
gasoline with a posted octane rating of
87 may be used, but will result in reduced
performance and driveability. If heavy
knocking is heard when using gasoline rated
at 91 or greater, the engine needs service.
Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or FlexFuel.
Do not use gasoline with ethanol levels
greater than 15% by volume.
Prohibited Fuels
Caution
Do not use fuels with any of the
following conditions; doing so may
damage the vehicle and void its
warranty:
(Continued)
labeled greater than 15% ethanol by
volume, such as mid-level ethanol
blends (16–50% ethanol), E85,
or FlexFuel.
. Fuel with any amount of methanol,
methylal, ferrocene, and aniline. These
fuels can corrode metal fuel system
parts or damage plastic and rubber
parts.
. Fuel containing metals such as
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese
tricarbonyl (MMT), which can damage
the emissions control system and
spark plugs.
. Fuel with a posted octane rating of
less than the recommended fuel. Using
this fuel will lower fuel economy and
performance, and may decrease the
life of the emissions catalyst.
Fuels in Foreign Countries
The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post fuel
octane ratings in anti-knock index (AKI). For
fuel not to use in a foreign country, see
Prohibited Fuels 0 264.
Fuel Additives
TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is highly
recommended for use with your vehicle.
If your country does not have TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline, add ACDelco Fuel
System Treatment Plus−Gasoline to the
vehicle’s gasoline fuel tank at every oil
change or 15 000 km (9,000 mi), whichever
occurs first. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline and
ACDelco Fuel System Treatment Plus
−Gasoline will help keep your vehicle’s
engine fuel deposit free and performing
optimally.
Filling the Tank
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the
Duramax diesel supplement.
An arrow on the fuel gauge indicates which
side of the vehicle the fuel door is on. See
Fuel Gauge 0 107.
{ Warning
Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn violently
and can cause injury or death.
Follow these guidelines to help avoid
injuries to you and others:
(Continued)
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait five seconds
after you have finished pumping before
removing the nozzle. Clean fuel from
painted surfaces as soon as possible. See
Exterior Care 0 364.
Warning (Continued)
. Read and follow all the instructions on
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
the fuel pump island.
Turn off the engine when refueling.
Keep sparks, flames, and smoking
materials away from fuel.
Do not leave the fuel pump
unattended.
Avoid using electronic devices while
refueling.
Do not re-enter the vehicle while
pumping fuel.
Keep children away from the fuel
pump and never let children
pump fuel.
Before touching the fill nozzle, touch a
metallic object to discharge static
electricity from your body.
Fuel can spray out if the fill nozzle is
inserted too quickly. This spray can
happen if the tank is nearly full, and is
more likely in hot weather. Insert the
fill nozzle slowly and wait for any hiss
noise to stop before beginning to
flow fuel.
265
{ Warning
If a fire starts while you are refueling, do
not remove the nozzle. Shut off the flow
of fuel by shutting off the pump or by
notifying the station attendant. Leave the
area immediately.
To open the fuel door, push and release the
rearward center edge of the door.
The capless refueling system does not have
a fuel cap. Slowly and fully insert and latch
the fill nozzle.
Filling the Tank with a Portable Gas Can
If the vehicle runs out of fuel and must be
filled from a portable gas can:
{ Warning
Overfilling the fuel tank by more than
three clicks of a standard fill nozzle may
cause:
. Vehicle performance issues, including
engine stalling and damage to the fuel
system.
. Fuel spills.
. Potential fuel fires.
1. Locate the capless funnel adapter.
2. Insert and latch the funnel into the
capless fuel system.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
266
Driving and Operating
{ Warning
Warning (Continued)
Attempting to refuel without using the
funnel adapter may cause fuel spillage
and damage the capless fuel system. This
could cause a fire and you or others
could be badly burned and the vehicle
could be damaged.
3. Remove and clean the funnel adapter
and return it to the storage location.
Filling a Portable Fuel Container
{ Warning
Never fill a portable fuel container while
it is in the vehicle. Static electricity
discharge from the container can ignite
the fuel vapor. You or others could be
badly burned and the vehicle could be
damaged. To help avoid injury to you
and others:
. Dispense fuel only into approved
containers.
(Continued)
. Do not fill a container while it is
inside a vehicle, in a vehicle's trunk, in
a pickup bed, or on any surface other
than the ground.
. Bring the fill nozzle in contact with
the inside of the fill opening before
operating the nozzle. Maintain contact
until filling is complete.
. Keep sparks, flames, and smoking
materials away from fuel.
. Avoid using electronic devices while
pumping fuel.
Trailer Towing
General Towing Information
Only use towing equipment that has been
designed for the vehicle. Contact your dealer
or trailering dealer for assistance with
preparing the vehicle to tow a trailer. Read
the entire section before towing a trailer.
To tow a disabled vehicle, see Towing the
Vehicle 0 360. To tow the vehicle behind
another vehicle such as a motor home, see
Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 361.
Driving Characteristics and
Towing Tips
{ Warning
You can lose control when towing a
trailer if the correct equipment is not
used or the vehicle is not driven properly.
For example, if the trailer is too heavy or
the trailer brakes are inadequate for the
load, the vehicle may not stop as
expected. You and others could be
seriously injured. The vehicle may also be
damaged, and the repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty. Pull a
trailer only if all the steps in this section
have been followed. Ask your dealer for
advice and information about towing a
trailer with the vehicle.
Driving with a Trailer
Trailering is different than just driving the
vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in
handling, acceleration, braking, durability,
and fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering
takes correct equipment, and it has to be
used properly.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
The following information has many
time-tested, important trailering tips and
safety rules. Many of these are important
for your safety and that of your passengers.
Read this section carefully before pulling a
trailer.
When towing a trailer:
. Become familiar with and follow all state
and local laws that apply to trailer
towing. These requirements vary from
state to state.
. State laws may require the use of
extended side view mirrors. Even if not
required, you should install extended side
view mirrors if your visibility is limited or
restricted while towing.
. Do not tow a trailer during the first
800 km (500 mi) of vehicle use to prevent
damage to the engine, axle, or other
parts.
. It is recommended to perform the first oil
change before heavy towing.
. During the first 800 km (500 mi) of trailer
towing, do not drive over 80 km/h
(50 mph) and do not make starts at full
throttle.
. Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Tow/Haul
Mode is recommended for heavier trailers.
See Driver Mode Control 0 223. If the
transmission downshifts too often, a
lower gear may be selected using Manual
Mode. See Manual Mode 0 214.
If equipped, the following driver assistance
features should be turned off when towing
a trailer:
. Park Assist
. Automatic Parking Assist (APA)
. Reverse Automatic Braking (RAB)
267
{ Warning
When towing a trailer, exhaust gases
may collect at the rear of the vehicle and
enter if the liftgate, trunk/hatch,
or rear-most window is open.
When towing a trailer:
. Do not drive with the liftgate, trunk/
hatch, or rear-most window open.
If equipped, the following driver assistance
features should be turned to alert or off
when towing a trailer, unless equipped with
Super Cruise:
. Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)
. Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)
. Fully open the air outlets on or under
If equipped with Lane Change Alert (LCA),
the LCA detection zones that extend back
from the side of the vehicle do not move
further back when a trailer is towed. Use
caution while changing lanes when towing a
trailer.
For more information about carbon
monoxide, see Engine Exhaust 0 210.
If equipped with Rear Cross Traffic Alert
(RCTA), use caution while backing up when
towing a trailer, as the RCTA detection zones
that extend out from the back of the vehicle
do not move further back when a trailer is
towed.
the instrument panel.
. Also adjust the climate control system
to a setting that brings in only outside
air. See “Climate Control Systems” in
the Index.
Towing a trailer requires experience. The
combination of the vehicle and trailer is
longer and not as responsive as the vehicle
itself. Get used to the handling and braking
of the combination by driving on a level
road surface before driving on public roads.
The trailer structure, the tires, and the
brakes must be all be rated to carry the
intended cargo. Inadequate trailer
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
268
Driving and Operating
equipment can cause the combination to
operate in an unexpected or unsafe manner.
Before driving, inspect all trailer hitch parts
and attachments, safety chains, electrical
connectors, lamps, tires, and mirrors. See
Towing Equipment 0 274. If the trailer has
electric brakes, start the combination
moving and then manually apply the trailer
brake controller to check the trailer brakes
work. During the trip, occasionally check
that the cargo and trailer are secure and
that the lamps and any trailer brakes are
working.
Towing with a Stability Control System
When towing, the stability control system
might be heard. The system reacts to
vehicle movement caused by the trailer,
which mainly occurs during cornering. This is
normal when towing heavier trailers.
Following Distance
Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle
ahead as you would when driving without a
trailer. This can help to avoid heavy braking
and sudden turns.
Passing
More passing distance is needed when
towing a trailer. The combination of the
vehicle and trailer will not accelerate as
quickly and is much longer than the vehicle
alone. It is necessary to go much farther
beyond the passed vehicle before returning
to the lane. Pass on level roadways. Avoid
passing on hills if possible.
Backing Up
Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with
one hand. To move the trailer to the left,
move that hand to the left. To move the
trailer to the right, move that hand to the
right. Always back up slowly and, if possible,
have someone guide you.
Making Turns
Caution
Turn more slowly and make wider arcs
when towing a trailer to prevent damage
to your vehicle. Making very sharp turns
could cause the trailer to contact the
vehicle.
Make wider turns than normal when towing,
so trailer will not go over soft shoulders,
over curbs, or strike road signs, trees,
or other objects. Always signal turns well in
advance. Do not steer or brake suddenly.
Driving on Grades
Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear
before starting down a long or steep
downhill grade. If the transmission is not
shifted down, the brakes may overheat and
result in reduced braking efficiency.
The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). Shift the
transmission to a lower gear if the
transmission shifts too often under heavy
loads and/or hilly conditions.
When towing at higher altitudes, engine
coolant will boil at a lower temperature
than at lower altitudes. If the engine is
turned off immediately after towing at high
altitude on steep uphill grades, the vehicle
could show signs similar to engine
overheating. To avoid this, let the engine
run, preferably on level ground, with the
transmission in P (Park) for a few minutes
before turning the engine off. If the
overheat warning comes on, see Engine
Overheating 0 309.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
Parking on Hills
{ Warning
To prevent serious injury or death,
always park your vehicle and trailer on a
level surface when possible.
When parking your vehicle and your trailer
on a hill:
1. Press the brake pedal, but do not shift
into P (Park) yet. Turn the wheels into
the curb if facing downhill or into traffic
if facing uphill.
2. Have someone place chocks under the
trailer wheels.
3. When the wheel chocks are in place,
gradually release the brake pedal to
allow the chocks to absorb the load of
the trailer.
4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then apply the
parking brake and shift into P (Park).
5. Release the brake pedal.
Leaving After Parking on a Hill
1. Apply and hold the brake pedal.
. Start the engine.
. Shift into a gear.
. Release the parking brake.
2. Let up on the brake pedal.
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of
the chocks.
4. Stop and have someone pick up and
store the chocks.
Launching and Retrieving a Boat
Backing the Trailer into the Water
{ Warning
. Have all passengers get out of the
vehicle before backing onto the sloped
part of the ramp. Lower the driver and
passenger side windows before
backing onto the ramp. This will
provide a means of escape in the
unlikely event the vehicle slides into
the water.
. If the boat launch surface is slippery,
have the driver remain in the vehicle
with the brake pedal applied while the
boat is being launched. The boat
launch can be especially slippery at
low tide when part of the ramp was
previously submerged at high tide. Do
not back onto the ramp to launch the
boat if you are not sure the vehicle
can maintain traction.
(Continued)
269
Warning (Continued)
. Do not move the vehicle if someone is
in the path of the trailer. Some parts
of the trailer might be underwater and
not visible to people who are assisting
in launching the boat.
Disconnect the wiring to the trailer before
backing the trailer into the water to prevent
damage to the electrical circuits on the
trailer. Reconnect the wiring to the trailer
after removing the trailer from the water.
If the trailer has electric brakes that can
function when the trailer is submerged, it
might help to leave the electrical trailer
connector attached to maintain trailer brake
functionality while on the boat ramp.
To back the trailer into the water:
1. If equipped, place the vehicle in
four-wheel-drive high.
2. Slowly back down the boat ramp until
the boat is floating, but no further than
necessary.
3. Press and hold the brake pedal, but do
not shift into P (Park) yet.
4. Have someone place chocks under the
front wheels of the vehicle.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
270
Driving and Operating
5. Gradually release the brake pedal to
allow the chocks to absorb the load of
the trailer.
6. Reapply the brake pedal. Then apply the
parking brake and shift into P (Park).
7. Release the brake pedal.
Pulling the Trailer from the Water
1. Press and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine and shift into a gear.
3. Release the parking brake.
4. Let up on the brake pedal.
5. Drive slowly until the tires are clear of
the chocks.
6. Stop and have someone pick up and
store the chocks.
7. Slowly pull the trailer from the water.
8. Once the vehicle and trailer have been
driven from the sloped part of the boat
ramp, the vehicle can be shifted from
four-wheel-drive high. Shift into the drive
mode that is appropriate for the road
conditions.
Caution
If the vehicle tires begin to spin and the
vehicle begins to slide toward the water,
remove your foot from the accelerator
pedal and apply the brake pedal. Seek
help to have the vehicle towed up
the ramp.
Maintenance when Trailer Towing
The vehicle needs service more often when
used to tow trailers. See Maintenance
Schedule 0 374. It is especially important to
check the engine oil, axle lubricant, belts,
cooling system, and brake system before
and during each trip.
Check periodically that all nuts and bolts on
the trailer hitch are tight.
Engine Cooling when Trailer Towing
The cooling system may temporarily
overheat during severe operating conditions.
See Engine Overheating 0 309.
Trailer Towing
If equipped with a diesel engine, see the
Duramax diesel supplement.
Caution
Towing a trailer improperly can damage
the vehicle and result in costly repairs
not covered by the vehicle warranty. To
tow a trailer correctly, follow the
directions in this section and see your
dealer for important information about
towing a trailer with the vehicle.
Trailering is different than just driving the
vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in
handling, acceleration, braking, durability,
and fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering
takes correct equipment, and it has to be
used properly.
The following information has many
time-tested, important trailering tips and
safety rules. Many of these are important
for your safety and that of your passengers.
Read this section carefully before pulling a
trailer.
Trailer Weight
{ Warning
Never exceed the towing capacity for
your vehicle.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
Safe trailering requires monitoring the
weight, speed, altitude, road grades, outside
temperature, and how frequently the vehicle
is used to tow a trailer.
Trailer Weight Ratings
When towing a trailer, the combined weight
of the vehicle, vehicle contents, trailer, and
trailer contents must be below all of the
maximum weight ratings for the vehicle,
including:
. GCWR: Gross Combined Weight Rating
. GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
. Maximum Trailer Weight Rating
. GAWR-RR: Gross Axle Weight Rating-Rear
. Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating
The only way to be sure the weight is not
exceeding any of these ratings is to weigh
the tow vehicle and trailer combination,
fully loaded for the trip, getting individual
weights for each of these items.
A trailering information label on the B-pillar
shows tow rating information for the
vehicle.
{ Warning
You and others could be seriously injured
or killed if the trailer is too heavy or the
trailer brakes are inadequate for the load.
The vehicle may be damaged, and the
repairs would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
See “Weight-Distributing Hitch and
Adjustment” under Towing Equipment 0 274
to determine if equalizer bars are required
to obtain the maximum trailer weight
rating.
Only tow a trailer if all the steps in this
section have been followed. Ask your
dealer for advice and information about
towing a trailer.
See “Trailer Brakes” under Towing
Equipment 0 274 to determine if brakes are
required based on your trailer's weight.
Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR)
GCWR is the total allowable weight of the
completely loaded vehicle and trailer
including any fuel, passengers, cargo,
equipment, and accessories. Do not exceed
271
the GCWR for your vehicle. The GCWR for
the vehicle is on the Trailering Information
Label.
To check that the weight of the vehicle and
trailer are within the GCWR for the vehicle,
follow these steps:
1. Start with the "curb weight" from the
Trailering Information Label.
2. Add the weight of the trailer loaded with
cargo and ready for the trip.
3. Add the weight of all passengers.
4. Add the weight of all cargo in the
vehicle.
5. Add the weight of hitch hardware such
as a draw bar, ball, load equalizer bars,
or sway bars.
6. Add the weight of any accessories or
aftermarket equipment added to the
vehicle.
The resulting weight cannot exceed the
GCWR value on the Trailering Information
Label.
The gross combined weight can also be
confirmed by weighing the vehicle and
trailer on a public scale. The vehicle and
trailer should be loaded for the trip with
passengers and cargo.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
272
Driving and Operating
the trailer weight to stay within the GCWR,
GVWR, maximum trailer tongue load,
or GAWR-RR for the vehicle.
Use the Tow Rating Guide (my.gmc.com/
learn) to determine how much the trailer
can weigh, based on the vehicle model and
options.
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
For information about the vehicle's
maximum load capacity, see Vehicle Load
Limits 0 201. When calculating the GVWR
with a trailer attached, the trailer tongue
weight must be included as part of the
weight the vehicle is carrying.
Maximum Trailer Weight
The maximum trailer weight rating is
calculated assuming the tow vehicle has a
driver, a front seat passenger, and all
required trailering equipment. This value
represents the heaviest trailer the vehicle
can tow, but it may be necessary to reduce
A step bumper trailer hitch can only support
a total trailer weight up to 2 271 kg
(5,000 lb). If a trailer hitch ball is added to
the step bumper, check the hitch ball rating
to be sure it is higher than the total trailer
weight.
Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating
The Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating
is the allowable trailer tongue weight that
the vehicle can support using a conventional
trailer hitch. It may be necessary to reduce
the overall trailer weight to stay within the
maximum trailer tongue weight rating while
still maintaining the correct trailer load
balance.
The Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating
for a conventional trailer hitch is shown on
the Trailering Information Label.
Do not exceed a maximum trailer tongue
weight of 567 kg (1,250 lb) for a conventional
trailer hitch.
The trailer tongue weight contributes to the
Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW). GVW includes
the curb weight of your vehicle, any
passengers, cargo, equipment and the trailer
tongue weight. Vehicle options, passengers,
cargo, and equipment reduce the maximum
allowable tongue weight the vehicle can
carry, which also reduces the maximum
allowable trailer weight.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
Trailer Load Balance
The correct trailer load balance must be
maintained to ensure trailer stability.
Incorrect load balance is a leading cause of
trailer sway.
After loading the trailer, separately weigh
the trailer and then the trailer tongue and
calculate the trailer load balance percentage
to see if the weights and distribution are
appropriate for your vehicle. If the trailer
weight is too high, it may be possible to
transfer some of the cargo into your vehicle.
If the trailer tongue weight is too high or
too low, it may be possible to rearrange
some of the cargo inside of the trailer.
273
with the tow vehicle and trailer fully loaded
for the trip including the weight of the
trailer tongue. If using a weight-distributing
hitch, do not exceed the GAWR-RR after
applying the weight distribution spring bars.
Do not exceed the maximum allowable
tongue weight for your vehicle. Use the
shortest hitch extension available to position
the hitch ball closer to your vehicle. This will
help reduce the effect of the trailer tongue
weight on the trailer hitch and the rear axle.
The trailer tongue weight (1) should be 10–
15% of the total loaded trailer weight (2).
Some specific trailer types, such as boat
trailers, fall outside of this range. Always
refer to the trailer owner’s manual for the
recommended trailer tongue weight for each
trailer. Never exceed the maximum loads for
the vehicle, hitch, and trailer.
The trailer load balance percentage is
calculated as: weight (1) divided by
weight (2) times 100.
If a cargo carrier is used in the trailer hitch
receiver, choose a carrier that positions the
load as close to the vehicle as possible.
Make sure the total weight, including the
carrier, is no more than half of the
maximum allowable tongue weight for the
vehicle or 227 kg (500 lb), whichever is less.
Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating
(GAWR-RR)
The GAWR-RR is the total weight that can be
supported by the rear axle of the vehicle. Do
not exceed the GAWR-RR for the vehicle,
The GAWR-RR for the vehicle is on the
Trailering Information Label.
Ask your dealer for trailering information or
assistance.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
274
Driving and Operating
Towing Equipment
Hitches
{ Warning
In order to avoid serious injury or
property damage, always follow the hitch
manufacturer's instructions when securing
your draw bar/coupling device to the
vehicle's hitch receiver.
Ensure that the draw bar/coupling device
is secured with a locking retainer pin or
other means such that rotation of the pin
or locking mechanism will not cause the
pin to back out or loosen during use.
Failure to correctly secure the draw bar/
coupling device to the receiver can result
in separation of the hitch/receiver while
towing.
Conventional Hitch
Hitch Cover
A conventional hitch is bolted to the frame
or cross member of the tow vehicle, and is
generally rated Class 2, 3, or 4.
Always use the correct hitch equipment for
your vehicle. Crosswinds, large trucks going
by, and rough roads can affect the trailer
and the hitch.
Proper hitch equipment for your vehicle
helps maintain control of the vehicle-trailer
combination. Many trailers can be towed
using a weight-carrying hitch which has a
coupler latched to the hitch ball, or a tow
eye latched to a pintle hook. Other trailers
may require a weight-distributing hitch that
uses spring bars to distribute the trailer
tongue weight between your vehicle and
trailer axles. See “Maximum Trailer Tongue
Weight Rating” under Trailer Towing 0 270
for weight limits with various hitch types.
Avoid sharp turns when using a step-bumper
hitch to prevent damage. Make wider turns
to prevent contact between your trailer and
your bumper.
To remove hitch cover, if equipped:
1. Remove the two fasteners on the lower
tabs (2).
2. Pull the lower edge of the cover to
about a 45 degree angle.
3. Pull the cover upward to disengage the
upper attachments (1).
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
To reinstall hitch cover:
1. Hold cover at a 45 degree angle to the
vehicle and push the upper tabs into the
slots in the bumper.
2. Push the bottom of the cover forward
until the lower tabs line up with the
lower slots.
3. Snap the hitch cover into place by
pushing the upper corners forward (1).
4. Reinstall the two fasteners on the lower
tabs (2).
Consider using mechanical sway controls
with any trailer. Ask a trailering professional
about sway controls or refer to the trailer
manufacturer's recommendations and
instructions.
275
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
276
Driving and Operating
Weight-Distributing Hitch and Adjustment
A weight-distributing hitch may be useful with some trailers. Use the following guidelines to determine if a weight-distributing hitch should
be used.
Trailer Weight
Weight-Distributing Hitch Usage
Hitch Distribution
Up to 2 720 kg (6,000 lb)
Not Required
50%
Over 2 720 kg (6,000 lb)
Required
50%
Towing
1. Position the truck so that the trailer is
ready to connect (Keep trailer detached).
2. Measure the height of the top of the
front wheel opening at the fender to the
ground (H1).
3. Attach the vehicle to the trailer, do not
attach weight distribution bars at
this time.
4. Measure the height of the top of the
front wheel opening on the fender to
the ground (H2).
1. Front of Vehicle
2. H1/H2 Body to Ground Distance
5. Install and adjust the tension in the
weight distributing bars per the
manufacturers’ recommendations so that
the height of the front fender is
approximately H2- [(H2-H1)/2] (half way
between the two measured ride heights).
6. Visually inspect the trailer and weight
distributing hitch to ensure that the
manufacturers’ recommendations have
been met.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
Measurement
Height Example 1500 (mm)
H1
1000
H2
1050
H2-H1
50
(H2-H1)/2
25
H2- [(H2-H1)/2]
1025
Towing with the Four Corner Air Suspension
System
1. Adjust the vehicle air suspension to
"Normal Ground Clearance Height."
2. Position the truck so that the trailer is
ready to connect (Keep trailer detached).
3. Enable air suspension ‘Service Mode’ in
the center infotainment screen under
Settings/Vehicle/Suspension.
4. Measure the height of the top of the
front wheel opening at the fender to the
ground (H1).
5. Attach the vehicle to the trailer, do not
attach weight distribution bars at
this time.
6. Measure the height of the top of the
front wheel opening on the fender to
the ground (H2).
7. Install and adjust the tension in the
weight distributing bars per the
manufacturers’ recommendations so that
the height of the front fender is
approximately H2- [(H2-H1)/3] (1/3
between the two measured ride heights,
below the secondary ride height {H2}).
277
8. Disable air suspension air suspension
"Service Mode."
9. Air suspension will automatically adjust
ride height following step 8.
10. Visually inspect the trailer and
weight-distributing hitch to ensure that
the manufacturers’ recommendations
have been met.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
278
Driving and Operating
Measurement
Height Example 1500 (mm)
H1
1 000
H2
1 060
H2−H1
60
(H2−H1)/3
20
H1+[(H2−H1)/3]
1 020
Tires
. Do not tow a trailer while using a
compact spare tire on the vehicle.
. Tires must be properly inflated to support
loads while towing a trailer. See Tires
0 328 for instructions on proper tire
inflation.
Safety Chains
Always attach chains between the vehicle
and the trailer, and attach the chains to the
holes on the trailer hitch platform.
Instructions about safety chains may be
provided by the hitch manufacturer or by
the trailer manufacturer.
If the trailer being towed weighs up to
2 271 kg (5,000 lb) with a factory-installed
step bumper, safety chains may be attached
to the attaching points on the bumper;
otherwise, safety chains should be attached
to holes on the trailer hitch.
Cross the safety chains under the tongue of
the trailer to help prevent the tongue from
contacting the road if it becomes separated
from the hitch. Always leave just enough
slack so the combination can turn. Never
allow safety chains to drag on the ground.
Trailer Brakes
Loaded trailers over 900 kg (2,000 lb) must
be equipped with brake systems and with
brakes for each axle. Trailer braking
equipment conforming to Canadian
Standards Association (CSA) requirement
CAN3-D313, or its equivalent, is
recommended.
State or local regulations may require
trailers to have their own braking system if
the loaded weight of the trailer exceeds
certain minimums that can vary from state
to state. Read and follow the instructions for
the trailer brakes so they are installed,
adjusted, and maintained properly. Never
attempt to tap into your vehicle's hydraulic
brake system. If you do, both the vehicle
anti-lock brakes and the trailer brakes may
not function, which could result in a crash.
Trailer Wiring Harness
The seven-pin trailer connector is mounted
in the bumper. This connector can be
plugged into a seven-pin universal
heavy-duty trailer connector available
through your dealer.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
Use only a round, seven-wire connector with
flat blade terminals meeting SAE J2863
specifications for proper electrical
connectivity.
The seven-wire harness contains the
following trailer circuits:
. Yellow/Grey: Left Stop/Turn Signal
. Green/Violet: Right Stop/Turn Signal
. Grey/Brown: Taillamps
. White: Ground
. White/Green: Back-up Lamps
. Red/Green: Battery Feed
. Dark Blue: Trailer Brake
To help charge a remote (non-vehicle)
battery change drive mode to Tow Haul.
If the trailer is too light for Tow/Haul Mode,
turn on the headlamps to help charge the
battery.
Electric Brake Control Wiring Provisions
These wiring provisions are included with
the vehicle as part of the trailer wiring
package. These provisions are for an electric
brake controller.
The harness should be installed by your
dealer or a qualified service center.
Refer to the aftermarket electric trailer brake
controller owner's manual to determine wire
color coding of the electric trailer brake
controller. The wire colors on the brake
controller may be different from the vehicle.
Trailer Lamps
Always check all trailer lamps are working at
the beginning of each trip, and periodically
on longer trips.
If equipped, the Trailering App will monitor
the RH turn/brake lamp circuit, LH turn/
brake lamp circuit, running lamp circuit, and
reverse lamp circuits on the trailer. DIC
messages and Trailering App alerts may be
displayed if lighting circuit issues are
detected on the trailer.
Pressing START LIGHT TEST in the Trailering
App automatically activates trailer lamps.
The Trailering App is not a substitute for
manually inspecting your trailer lamps. See
Trailering App 0 285.
Trailer Connection and Lamp Messages
When a trailer is properly connected and
working, no trailer connection or lamp
messages appear on the Driver Information
279
Center (DIC). However; if the vehicle detects
an issue with a trailer connection or lamp,
you may see the following DIC message(s):
. TRAILER DISCONNECTED CHECK
CONNECTION appears when a connected
trailer is disconnected. It appears
immediately when the vehicle is on,
or upon the next start-up if the trailer
was disconnected while the vehicle was
off. Check the trailer connection as
appropriate.
. CHECK TRAILER XXX LAMP appears when
there is a detected lamp or wiring fault
on the trailer. Check the trailer wiring and
lamps.
Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer
When properly connected, the trailer turn
signals should will illuminate to indicate the
vehicle is turning, changing lanes,
or stopping. When towing a trailer, the
arrows on the instrument cluster will
illuminate even if the trailer is not properly
connected or the bulbs are burned out.
Tow/Haul Mode
For instructions on how to enter Tow/Haul
mode, see Driver Mode Control 0 223.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
280
Driving and Operating
The ITBC system is powered through the
vehicle's electrical system. Turning the
ignition off will also turn off the ITBC
system. The ITBC system is fully functional
only when the ignition is in ON/RUN.
Tow/Haul assists when pulling a heavy
trailer or a large or heavy load.
Tow/Haul Mode is designed to be most
effective when the vehicle and trailer
combined weight is at least 75% of the
vehicle's Gross Combined Weight Rating
(GCWR). See “Maximum Trailer Weight”
under Trailer Towing 0 270.
Tow/Haul Mode is most useful when towing
a heavy trailer or carrying a large or
heavy load:
. through rolling terrain
. in stop-and-go traffic
. in busy parking lots
This symbol is on the Trailer Brake Control
Panel on vehicles with an ITBC system. The
power output to the trailer brakes is
proportional to the amount of vehicle
braking. This available power output to the
trailer brakes can be adjusted to a wide
range of trailering situations.
Integrated Trailer Brake Control System
The ITBC system is integrated with the
vehicle’s brake, anti-lock brake, and
StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
systems. In trailering conditions that cause
the vehicle’s anti-lock brake or StabiliTrak/
ESC systems to activate, power sent to the
trailer's brakes will be automatically
adjusted to minimize trailer wheel lock-up.
This does not imply that the trailer has
StabiliTrak/ESC.
The vehicle may have an Integrated Trailer
Brake Control (ITBC) system for use with
electric trailer brakes or most electric over
hydraulic trailer brake systems. These
instructions apply to both types of electric
trailer brakes.
If the vehicle’s brake, anti-lock brake,
or StabiliTrak/ESC systems are not
functioning properly, the ITBC system may
not function fully or at all. Make sure all of
these systems are fully operational to allow
the ITBC system to function properly.
Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul Mode
when lightly loaded or not towing will not
cause damage; however, it is not
recommended and may result in unpleasant
engine and transmission driving
characteristics and reduced fuel economy.
{ Warning
Connecting a trailer that has an air brake
system may result in reduced or
complete loss of trailer braking, including
increased stopping distance or trailer
instability which could result in serious
injury, death, or property damage. Only
use the ITBC system with electric or
electric over hydraulic trailer brake
systems.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
Trailer Brake Control Panel
.
.
.
.
Trailer Gain setting
Output to the trailer brakes
Trailer connection
System operational status.
To display:
. Scroll through the DIC menu pages
. Press a Trailer Gain (+) or (−) button
. Activate the Manual Trailer Brake Apply
Lever
TRAILER GAIN:
1. Manual Trailer Brake Apply Lever
2. Trailer Symbol
3. Trailer Gain Adjustment Buttons
The ITBC control panel is on the instrument
panel to the left of the steering column. The
control panel allows adjustment to the
amount of output, referred to as Trailer
Gain, available to the trailer brakes and
allows manual application of the trailer
brakes. Use the ITBC control panel and the
DIC trailer brake display page to adjust and
display power output to the trailer brakes.
Trailer Brake DIC Display Page
The ITBC display page indicates:
Press a Trailer Gain button to recall the
current Trailer Gain setting. Each press and
release of the gain buttons will then change
the Trailer Gain setting. Press the Trailer
Gain (+) or (−) to adjust. Press and hold to
continuously adjust the Trailer Gain. To turn
the output to the trailer off, adjust the
Trailer Gain setting to 0.0. This setting can
be adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with a trailer
connected or disconnected.
TRAILER OUTPUT: This displays anytime a
trailer with electric brakes is connected.
Output to the trailer brakes is based on the
amount of vehicle braking present and
relative to the Trailer Gain setting. Output is
displayed from 0 to 100% for each gain
setting.
281
The Trailer Output will indicate “- - - - - -” on
the Trailer Brake Display Page whenever the
following occur:
. No trailer is connected.
. A trailer without electric brakes is
connected, no DIC message will display
. A trailer with electric brakes has become
disconnected, a CHECK TRAILER WIRING
message displays on the DIC
. There is a fault present in the wiring to
the trailer brakes, a CHECK TRAILER
WIRING message displays on the DIC
. The ITBC system is not working due to a
fault, a SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM
message displays in the DIC
Manual Trailer Brake Apply Lever
Slide this lever right to apply the trailer’s
electric brakes independent of the vehicle’s
brakes. Use this lever to adjust Trailer Gain
to achieve the proper power output to the
trailer brakes. This lever may also be used
to request additional trailer braking at any
time. The trailer's and the vehicle's brake
lamps will come on when either vehicle
brakes or manual trailer brakes are applied
and properly connected.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
282
Driving and Operating
Trailer Gain Adjustment Procedure
Trailer Gain should be set for a specific
trailering condition and it must be
readjusted anytime vehicle loading, trailer
loading, or road surface conditions change.
{ Warning
Trailer brakes that are over-gained or
under-gained may not stop the vehicle
and the trailer as intended and can result
in a crash. Always follow the instructions
to set the Trailer Gain for the proper
trailer stopping performance.
To adjust Trailer Gain for each towing
condition:
1. Drive the vehicle with the trailer
attached on a level road surface
representative of the towing condition
and free of traffic at about 32 to
40 km/h (20 to 25 mph) and fully apply
the Manual Trailer Brake apply lever.
Note
Adjusting Trailer Gain at speeds lower than
32 to 40 km/h (20 to 25 mph) may result in
an incorrect gain setting.
2. Adjust the Trailer Gain, using the Trailer
Gain adjustment buttons, to just below
the point of trailer wheel lock-up,
indicated by trailer wheel squeal or tire
smoke when a trailer wheel locks.
Note
Trailer wheel lock-up may not occur if
towing a heavily loaded trailer. In this case,
adjust the Trailer Gain to the highest
allowable setting for the towing condition.
3. Readjust Trailer Gain any time vehicle
loading, trailer loading, or road surface
conditions change or if trailer wheel
lock-up is noticed at any time while
towing.
Other ITBC-Related DIC Messages
TRAILER CONNECTED: This message will
briefly display when a trailer with electric
brakes is first connected to the vehicle. This
message will automatically turn off in about
10 seconds. This message can be
acknowledged before it automatically
turns off.
CHECK TRAILER WIRING: This message will
display if:
. The ITBC system first determines
connection to a trailer with electric brakes
and then the trailer harness becomes
disconnected the vehicle.
If the disconnect occurs while the vehicle
is stationary, this message will
automatically turn off in about
30 seconds. This message will also turn
off if it is acknowledged or if the trailer
harness is reconnected.
If the disconnect occurs while the vehicle
is moving, this message will continue
until the ignition is turned off. This
message will also turn off if it is
acknowledged or if the trailer harness is
reconnected.
. There is an electrical fault in the wiring to
the trailer brakes. This message will
continue as long as there is an electrical
fault in the trailer wiring. This message
will also turn off if it is acknowledged.
To determine whether the electrical fault is
on the vehicle side or trailer side of the
trailer wiring harness connection:
1. Disconnect the trailer wiring harness
from the vehicle.
2. Turn the ignition off.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
3. Wait 10 seconds, then turn the ignition
back to RUN.
4. If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING message
reappears, the electrical fault is on the
vehicle side.
If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING message
only reappears when connecting the
trailer wiring harness to the vehicle, the
electrical fault is on the trailer side.
SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM: This
message will display when there is a
problem with the ITBC system. If this
message continues over multiple ignition
cycles, there is a problem with the ITBC
system. Have the vehicle serviced.
If either the CHECK TRAILER WIRING or
SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM message
displays while driving, the ITBC system may
not be fully functional or may not function
at all. When traffic conditions allow,
carefully pull the vehicle over to the side of
the road and turn the ignition off. Check the
wiring connection to the trailer and turn the
ignition back on. If either of these messages
continues, either the vehicle or trailer needs
service.
283
A GM dealer may be able to diagnose and
repair problems with the trailer. However,
any diagnosis and repair of the trailer is not
covered under the vehicle warranty. Contact
your trailer dealer for assistance with trailer
repairs and trailer warranty information.
Trailer Sway Control (TSC)
Vehicles with StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) have a Trailer Sway Control
(TSC) feature. Trailer sway is unintended
side-to-side motion of a trailer while towing.
If the vehicle is towing a trailer and the TSC
detects that sway is increasing, the vehicle
brakes are selectively applied at each wheel,
to help reduce excessive trailer sway.
If equipped with the Integrated Trailer Brake
Control (ITBC) system, and the trailer has an
electric brake system, StabiliTrak may also
apply the trailer brakes.
If TSC is enabled, the Traction Control
System (TCS)/StabiliTrak warning light will
flash on the instrument cluster. Reduce
vehicle speed by gradually removing your
foot from the accelerator. If trailer sway
continues, StabiliTrak can help slow the
vehicle down. TSC will not function if
StabiliTrak is turned off. See Traction
Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 220.
{ Warning
Trailer sway can result in a crash and in
serious injury or death, even if the
vehicle is equipped with TSC.
If the trailer begins to sway, reduce
vehicle speed by gradually removing your
foot from the accelerator. Then pull over
to check the trailer and vehicle to help
correct possible causes, including an
improperly or overloaded trailer,
unrestrained cargo, improper trailer hitch
(Continued)
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
284
Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
Warning (Continued)
configuration, or improperly inflated or
incorrect vehicle or trailer tires. See
Towing Equipment 0 274 for trailer
ratings and hitch setup recommendations.
brakes, or other malfunctions, and result
in a crash. You or others could be
seriously injured or killed. Before using
one of these devices:
Aftermarket Electronic Trailer Sway
Control Devices
Some trailers may come equipped with an
electronic device designed to reduce or
control trailer sway. Aftermarket equipment
manufacturers also offer similar devices that
connect to the wiring between the trailer
and the vehicle. These devices may interfere
with the vehicle’s trailer brake systems or
other systems, including integrated
anti-sway systems, if equipped. Messages
related to trailer connections or trailer
brakes could appear on the DIC. The effects
of these aftermarket devices on vehicle
handling or trailer brake performance is not
known.
{ Warning
Use of aftermarket electronic trailer sway
control devices could result in reduced
trailer brake performance, loss of trailer
(Continued)
. Ask the device or trailer manufacturer
if the device has been thoroughly
tested for compatibility with the
make, model, and year of your vehicle
and any optional equipment installed
on your vehicle.
. Before driving, check the trailer brakes
are working properly, if equipped.
Drive the vehicle with the trailer
attached on a level road surface that
is free of traffic at about 32-40 km/h
(20-25 mph) and fully apply the
manual trailer brake apply lever. Also,
check the trailer brake lamps and
other lamps are functioning correctly.
. If the trailer brakes are not operating
properly at any time, or if a DIC
message indicates problems with the
trailer connections or trailer brakes,
carefully pull the vehicle over to the
side of the road when traffic
conditions allow.
Trailer Tires
Special Trailer (ST) tires differ from vehicle
tires. Trailer tires are designed with stiff
sidewalls to help prevent sway and to
support heavy loads. These features can
make it difficult to determine if the trailer
tire pressures are low only based on a visual
inspection.
Always check all trailer tire pressures before
each trip when the tires are cool. Low trailer
tire pressure is a leading cause of trailer tire
blow-outs.
If the vehicle is equipped with a trailer tire
pressure monitoring system, see the trailer
tire pressure monitoring system description
and the trailering app.
Trailer tires deteriorate over time. The trailer
tire sidewall will show the week and year
the tire was manufactured. Many trailer tire
manufacturers recommend replacing tires
more than six years old.
Overloading is another leading cause of
trailer tire blow-outs. Never load your trailer
with more weight than the tires are
designed to support. The load rating is
located on the trailer tire sidewall.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
Always know the maximum speed rating for
the trailer tires before driving. This may be
significantly lower than the vehicle tire
speed rating. The speed rating may be on
the trailer tire sidewall. If the speed rating is
not shown, the default trailer tire speed
rating is 105 km/h (65 mph).
Trailering App
Trailer Lights App
If equipped, the Trailer Lights App is on the
Home Page of the infotainment display.
Touch Start to cycle the trailer lamps on and
off to determine if they are working. The
test follows this sequence:
1. The running lights turn on first and
remain on throughout the sequence.
2. The brake lights turn on for about
two seconds.
3. The left turn signal light flashes three
times.
4. The right turn signal light flashes three
times.
5. The reverse lights turn on for about
two seconds.
6. Steps 2–5 repeat for approximately
one minute and 45 seconds, or until the
test deactivates.
Touch Stop to stop the test. The test will
automatically end after one minute and
45 seconds.
The sequence also deactivates when any of
the following occur:
. The ignition is turned off.
. The transmission is shifted out of P (Park).
. The brake pedal is pressed.
. The turn signal is activated.
. The hazard warning lights are activated.
Trailering App
If equipped, the Trailering App is on the
Home Page of the infotainment display.
If equipped this feature allows profiles for
connected trailers to be created to view
status, to store and track trailer usage
information, and to set up towing assist
features.
The Trailering App Welcome Page will
appear when the Trailering App is opened
for the first time from the Home Page.
285
When a trailer is electrically connected and
a trailer profile has not been created, there
will be an option to create a profile, use a
guest profile, or select Accessory/No trailer.
To turn the Trailer Detection Alert on, select
ON in the Settings tab.
When a trailer is electrically connected and
after a Trailer Profile has been created, the
trailer detection pop-up will appear with a
list of all of the custom Trailer Profiles made
on the vehicle. To load an existing Trailer
Profile, select one of the Trailer Profiles
listed, or load the Guest Trailer Profile by
selecting GUEST TRAILER. Touching
Accessory/No trailer will select Accessory/No
trailer as the active Trailer Profile and will
dismiss the pop- up. Shifting the vehicle
from P (Park) will select Guest Trailer as the
active Trailer Profile and will dismiss the
pop-up.
Create a Trailer Profile
Touch Add Trailer on the trailer detection
pop-up or touch + Add Trailer in the
Trailering App.
Follow on-screen instructions to set up
profile.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
286
Driving and Operating
After a profile is created, set up for
additional trailer features may become
available, such as Tow/Haul Mode reminder,
Trailer Tire Pressure Monitoring System,
maintenance reminders, or towing assist.
Import a Trailer Profile
Touch Import on the trailer detection pop-up
or touch Import in the Trailering App.
Follow on-screen instructions to set up
profile.
After a profile is imported it can be selected
from the trailer list. The Tow/Haul Mode
reminder, Brake Gain Setting and Trailer Tire
Pressure sensor learning, if equipped, do not
import.
Trailer Feature Setup
Tow/Haul Mode Reminder
To turn the Tow/Haul Mode Reminder
setting on, touch Yes. To turn it off,
touch No.
Trailer Tire Pressure Setup
If the Trailer Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TTPMS) is detected, touch the Tire
Pressure Monitoring icon to set up tire
pressure monitoring.
The trailer tire pressure sensors can transmit
up to 7 m (23 feet) from the hitch receiver of
the vehicle.
see a tire or trailer dealer for service. The
learning process must be repeated when the
trailer tires are rotated or replaced.
A trailer must be electrically connected to
the vehicle before starting the
sensor-to-vehicle learn process.
Tool Method: A TTPMS activation tool can
be purchased separately to learn the sensor
locations.
After selecting Start from the Learn Sensors
screen, use the Tool Method or the Manual
Method (described below) to learn each tire
sensor, during which the current tire number
will be highlighted.
Manual Method: Without the tool, the air
pressure can be increased or decreased in
each tire for 10 seconds. Do not exceed the
maximum inflation pressure found on the
tire sidewalls. Make sure to re-adjust tire
pressure to the recommended level when
the process is complete.
Each sensor has a minimum of two minutes
to learn. After a sensor is learned, a
checkmark appears next to the tire, the
vehicle horn will sound, the vehicle’s brake
lamps will flash, and all working trailer
lamps will flash. It then moves to the next
sensor.
The recommended tire pressure must be
entered for the trailer tires. This allows the
vehicle to alert when the tire pressure is
high or low.
TTPMS must learn the location of the
installed tire sensors to show correct air
pressure and temperature for each tire. To
set up, use one of the following options or
Sensor Learning Steps
To complete the sensor-to-vehicle learn
process:
1. Touch Start on the Learn Sensors screen.
The horn chirps twice and the Learning
Active screen appears on the
infotainment display.
2. Start with the driver side front
trailer tire.
3. Activate the tool near the valve stem or
adjust the air pressure of this tire until
the horn chirps and all working vehicle
and trailer lights flash.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
The process stops without saving the
sensor locations if this step takes more
than two minutes.
4. Move to the next tire and repeat Step 3
for each sensor. The horn chirps twice
when all sensors are completed.
5. Return to the vehicle to complete the
setup.
Maintenance Reminders
To set up maintenance reminders, touch the
Trailer Maintenance icon. Follow the
on-screen prompts. The maximum number
of reminders is 50.
Towing Assist
To set up towing assist features,
if equipped, touch the Towing Assist icon.
1. Select the number of axles on the trailer.
2. Enter trailer dimensions as prompted.
Follow the on-screen instructions to
complete setup for available features.
Certain trailer features require a compatible
trailer profile be configured and selected.
A compatible trailer is a box type trailer
(cargo, camper, etc.) with a conventional
hitch.
Transparent Trailer Setup (if equipped)
A rear trailer camera must be mounted on
the trailer and electrically connected to the
vehicle before transparent trailer feature can
be used. See Assistance Systems for Parking
or Backing 0 242.
Trailer dimensions must be in range and
transparent trailer must be calibrated prior
to use.
. Trailer Length: 300 cm (118.1 in) – 970 cm
(381.8 in). Measure from center of coupler
to furthest rear point on the trailer.
. Trailer Width: 120 cm (47.2 in) – 260 cm
(102.3 in). Measure from left edge of
trailer to right edge.
. Trailer Height: 1 cm (0.39 in) – 450 cm
(177.1 in). Measure from ground to tallest
point of the trailer.
. Hitch Point Length: 180 cm (70.8 in) –
970 cm (381.8 in). Measure from center of
coupler to middle of tires.
. Trailer Tongue Length: 50 cm (119.6 in) –
220 cm (86.6 in). Measure from center of
coupler to trailer front wall.
. Vehicle Hitch Height: 10 cm (3.9 in) –
100 cm (39.3 in). Measure from ground to
top of coupler.
287
. Vehicle Hitch Length: 10 cm (3.9 in) –
100 cm (39.3 in). Measure from hitch
receiver to center of ball.
1. If trailer dimensions are out of range,
this feature will be unavailable.
2. Ensure rear trailer camera is connected.
3. Follow instructions to drive forward to
complete calibration.
Rear Trailer Guidance Setup, If Equipped
A rear trailer camera must be mounted on
the trailer and electrically connected to the
vehicle before rear trailer guidance feature
can be used. See Assistance Systems for
Parking or Backing 0 242.
Trailer dimensions must be in range to
enable this feature.
. Trailer Length: 300 cm (118.1 in) – 1300 cm
(5111.8 in). Measure from center of coupler
to furthest rear point on the trailer.
1. If trailer dimensions are out of range,
this feature will be unavailable.
2. Ensure rear trailer camera is connected.
Follow instructions to drive forward to
complete calibration.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
288
Driving and Operating
Jack-Knife Alert Setup (if equipped)
Follow instructions to drive forward to
complete calibration.
Trailer Length Indicator Setup (if equipped)
Follow instructions to drive forward to
complete calibration.
Trailer Side Blind Zone Alert Setup (if
equipped)
Trailer dimensions must be in range to
enable this feature.
. Trailer Length: 300 cm (118.1 in) – 1200 cm
(472.4 in). Measure from center of coupler
to furthest rear point on the trailer.
If trailer dimensions are out of range, this
feature will be unavailable.
Status View
If a trailer is connected, the Status view
shows status information for the active
trailer profile.
Lights
If no trailer is connected, the Status view
shows the last trailer profile with a status of
Not Connected.
The Status view shows:
. Tires
. Lights
. Cameras
. Maintenance
. Checklist
. Weight
. Towing Assist
Scroll right or left to see more options.
Each section shows high level status
information for the feature. Selecting a
section will open up a new screen with
additional information and/or options.
Selecting a camera view will open up a new
screen to preview the camera image.
This view will display the names of the
trailer connector pins, a graphic of the trailer
connector, and a graphic of the back of the
trailer.
Any connector pin that failed will be amber
color, and the location of the corresponding
connection will be highlighted on the
graphic of the back of the trailer.
If a trailer connection is detected without
any faults, the view will display No Issues
Found.
When a trailer is connected, the Trailering
App System detects the trailer connection
using the Stop/Turn Signal lighting circuits
and alerts the driver by requesting a trailer
profile setup through the Trailering App
System on the infotainment screen. If a
default trailer profile is selected, the
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
Trailering App System will not display a
Trailer Detection Alert to the user when a
trailer is connected.
(DIC). The infotainment display will also
show the connection issue in the Lights
Status view.
When a trailer is connected and the ignition
is off, the Trailering App System will
periodically pulse the lighting circuits of the
trailer to verify if it still connected. The
trailer lights may periodically flash as a
result of this trailer connection detection.
These flashes may be more visible in dark
ambient light environments. The flashing or
flickering lights are a normal condition and
the Trailering App System has built-in
protections to prevent the battery from
draining. When Theft Alert is also enabled
the frequency and pattern of this flashing
will change.
Connection Trailer Lighting Faults Detected
If a connected trailer becomes disconnected,
a message about the trailer disconnect will
appear on the DIC immediately (if vehicle is
on) or upon next ignition cycle (if trailer
was disconnected while vehicle is off). Check
your trailer connection if needed.
Connection Problem
If any of the trailer connections are lost, a
message about the connection issue will
appear on the Driver Information Center
The Trailering App System monitors for
electrical faults on the trailer lights.
A message about the lighting issue will
appear on the DIC. The infotainment display
will also show the lighting issue in the
Lights Status view. Repair your trailer lights
if needed. A trailer lighting issue is not
covered by your GM warranty.
The Running Lights connection may not
detect partial outages. Activate the light test
to check all trailer lamps. See “Light Test”
following.
Light Test
Touch Start Light Test to cycle the trailer
lights on and off to determine if they are
working. The test follows this sequence:
1. The running lights turn on first and
remain on throughout the sequence.
2. The brake lights turn on for about
two seconds.
3. The left turn signal light flashes three
times.
289
4. The right turn signal light flashes three
times.
5. The reverse lights turn on for about
two seconds.
6. Steps 2–5 repeat for approximately
one minute and 45 seconds, or until the
test deactivates.
7. Touch Stop to stop the test. The test will
automatically end after one minute and
45 seconds.
The sequence also deactivates when any of
the following occur:
. The ignition is turned off.
. The transmission is shifted out of
P (Park).
. The brake pedal is pressed.
. The turn signal is activated.
. The hazard warning lights are activated.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
290
Driving and Operating
Tires
Tire Pressure and Temperature
If the TTPMS sensor-to-vehicle learn process
was completed, the status view will display
the current tire pressure and temperature of
the trailer tires related to the active Trailer
Profile. If a tire’s pressure is low or high, the
color of the pressure value will be amber.
If a sensor malfunctions, the values are
dashed lines. If the screen displays “Service
Tire Pressure Monitoring System”, the
vehicle needs to be taken to a dealer for
service.
Touch to set up the Trailer Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TTPMS) for the Trailer
Profile. See “Trailer Tire Pressure Setup”
previously in this section for details on the
setup. Also, touch Sensor Setup if the trailer
tires were rotated or if the tire pressure
sensors in the tires were replaced for this
Trailer Profile. The vehicle will need to
relearn the tire sensors and their locations.
See “Trailer Tire Pressure Setup” previously
in this section.
The progress bar turns yellow when the
maintenance item reaches 90% complete.
Touch Edit Target Pressure to change the
recommended tire pressure for the trailer’s
tires. This will change the number at which
the vehicle displays alerts related to trailer
tire pressure.
Touch New Reminder to add a new
maintenance reminder.
Maintenance
The progress bar turns red when the
maintenance item reaches 100% complete.
Suggested reminders that were previously
set will not appear. Suggested reminders
that have not been set will have empty
boxes next to them. The maximum number
of reminders is 50.
Maintenance Notifications
Touch Reset to reset time and mileage
values for the reminder.
Touch Remind Me Later to delay the
reminder.
If an Upcoming Alert (90%) is dismissed it
will not appear again.
Touch to view a list of maintenance
reminders for the Trailer Profile.
The Maintenance Status view displays
reminders for the Trailer Profile. Touch a
reminder to view, reset, delete or edit it
Resetting a reminder will reset the time and
mileage values for the reminder.
If a Maintenance Due Alert (100%) is
dismissed it will appear on the next ignition
cycle.
Always follow all of the maintenance
instructions that came with your trailer.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
Cameras
Touch the box next to each item if that step
has been completed.
Touch p to access a detailed view of each
step. Within each detailed view, touch Next
and Previous to navigate between steps.
Touch Clear All to clear the completed
statuses from all items in the current
checklist.
Custom Checklist Items
This view shows a preview of the selected
camera view. Touch X to exit the preview.
Touch the camera icon to open the
camera app.
For each of the Trailer Profile checklists,
there is an option to create custom items to
view in the checklist. The custom item will
appear at the bottom of the checklist.
Checklists
Guest Trailer and No Trailer Connected
If Guest Trailer Profile is active or if no
trailer is connected, the checklist will show
all of the checklists associated with Custom
Trailer Profiles in addition to default
checklist.
Towing Assist
A trailer should be connected to complete
this portion of profile setup.
This view shows the recommended steps to
take before towing a trailer.
Touch to set up towing assist features for
the Trailer Profile. See "Towing Assist" for
details on the setup.
291
Guest Trailer Status View
If the Guest Trailer Profile is active, the
status view shows:
. Lights
. Cameras
. Checklist
. Weight
Scroll right or left to see more options.
The Trailer Status view displays mileage
information. Touch to edit, and follow the
on-screen prompts. Mileage and fuel
economy will reset after the trailer
disconnects.
Accessory/No Trailer Status View
If the Accessory/No Trailer profile is active,
trailer status information is not available.
Trailers View
Touch the Trailers profile icon/name in the
Status View to view, activate, create, edit,
or delete Trailer Profiles.
If a trailer is connected, touch the Trailer
Profile name to activate a Trailer Profile.
There can be up to five Custom Trailer
Profiles on the vehicle.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
292
Driving and Operating
The Custom Trailer Profiles and Guest Trailer
are in order of the most frequently used.
The Accessory/No Trailer profile is shown
below the Custom Trailer Profiles and Guest
Trailer Profile.
Trailer Tire Pressure Monitoring System or
maintenance reminders cannot be set up for
the Accessory/No Trailer Profile. The
Accessory/No Trailer profile cannot be
edited.
All personalization features are based on the
settings for each driver in vehicle
personalization. The list of Trailer Profiles is
based on vehicle personalization settings.
No Trailer Connected
Guest Trailer
Trailer Brake Gain Memory
If the Guest Trailer Profile is the active
Trailer Profile, trailer detection, lights/
connections status, theft, and the Tow/Haul
reminder alerts can be sent. The system will
not track total mileage or fuel economy, but
the system will track trip mileage and fuel
economy if the Guest Trailer Profile is active.
The Trailer Tire Pressure Monitoring System
or maintenance reminders cannot be set up
for a Guest Trailer Profile. The Guest Trailer
Profile cannot be edited.
The system can memorize the brake gain
setting of a Trailer Profile or a Guest Trailer
Profile. When a Trailer Profile or Guest
Trailer Profile is selected, and a brake gain
setting is set for that Trailer Profile, a quick
notice will appear to indicate that the
system has recalled that profile’s brake gain
setting.
Touch p to learn more about the Guest
Trailer option.
Accessory/No Trailer
If the Accessory/No Trailer Profile is active,
alerts will not be sent and the system will
not track mileage or fuel economy. The
When there is no trailer connected, Trailer
Profiles cannot be activated but most
options can be edited.
If a Trailer Profile is already active and the
brake gain setting had been set for that
Trailer Profile, the quick notice will trigger
whenever the ignition is turned on.
If there was an error in setting the brake
gain for a Trailer Profile, there will be a
notification. This pop-up will not appear if
the Guest Trailer Profile is active or if there
is no trailer connected.
Trailer brake gain should be set for a specific
trailering condition and must be adjusted
anytime vehicle loading, trailer loading,
or road surface conditions change.
Editing a Trailer Profile
Touch the trailer profile icon/name in the
Status View to access the Trailer
Profile view.
Touch to edit any of the following options
in the Trailer Profile view:
. Trailer Name
. Total Mileage
. Set as Default Trailer
. Tow/Haul Mode Reminder Alert
. Theft Alert
. Maintenance Alert
. Delete/Remove Trailer
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
Driving and Operating
Touch to edit the Trailer Profile’s name. Use
at least one character and no spaces.
connected OnStar plan then the remove
button will read DELETE and the profile will
be deleted permanently.
Total Mileage
Set as Default Trailer
Touch to edit the Trailer Profile’s mileage.
Touch Reset to reset trailer mileage to zero,
or enter a new value and touch Save.
Touch Set as Default Trailer to select the
current profile as default.
Trailer Name
Effect on Maintenance Reminders
If the mileage is reset or changed, and
mileage has already accumulated, any
maintenance reminders that have been set
up will be adjusted accordingly.
The default Trailer profile will be
automatically selected each time a new
connection is detected. The Trailer Detection
Alert will no longer appear.
If this setting is turned off, the current
trailer profile is not the default trailer.
Delete/Remove Trailer
Maintenance Alerts
Touch to remove the Trailer Profile and all
of its settings.
Touch Maintenance Alert to turn on/off
Maintenance Alerts for the selected profile.
These alerts are based on the Trailer Profile,
so the settings for each Trailer Profile must
be turned on or off.
On the pop-up, touch Remove to remove the
Trailer Profile from the vehicle. Touch Cancel
to dismiss the pop-up and return to the
previous view.
Remove will be displayed if there is a
connected OnStar plan active with the
vehicle. Removing a trailer profile will
remove the profile from the vehicle but the
profile will still be associated with the user
account. However, if there is not a
The setting will be on by default for each
profile. All Maintenance Alerts for that active
Trailer Profile will be received.
Turn this setting off to not receive any of
the Maintenance Alerts when that Trailer
Profile is active.
293
Theft Alert
Theft alert can be set if a trailer is
connected and the alert is enabled. When
the trailer is disconnected and the vehicle is
off, an alarm will sound.
Touch Theft Alert to turn on/off Theft Alerts
for the selected profile. These alerts are
based on the Trailer Profile, so the settings
for each Trailer Profile must be turned on
or off.
This setting will be off by default for each
Trailer Profile, including the Guest Trailer
Profile.
A smartphone will receive a notification that
the trailer related to the selected Trailer
Profile is disconnected from the vehicle,
if the setting is on for the active Trailer
Profile, the vehicle has an OnStar or
connected service plan and the smartphone
number has been added to the account for
this notification.
If the setting is turned off for a given Trailer
Profile, the smartphone will not receive this
security notification even if the Trailer
Profile is active.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/4/21
294
Driving and Operating
Tow/Haul Mode Reminder
Conversions and Add-Ons
This is a reminder to turn on the Tow/Haul
Mode when towing a trailer. See Driver
Mode Control 0 223.
Add-On Electrical Equipment
Touch Tow/Haul Mode Reminder to turn on/
off Tow/Haul Mode reminders for the
selected profile. These alerts are based on
the Trailer Profile, so the settings for each
Trailer Profile must be turned on or off.
This setting will default to OFF for each
Trailer Profile, including the Guest Trailer
Profile.
If Tow/Haul Mode is off and this setting is
on for a Trailer Profile, each time the
ignition is turned on a reminder will appear
to turn on Tow/Haul Mode when the Trailer
Profile is active.
If Tow/Haul Mode is on and this setting is
on for a Trailer Profile, the reminder will not
appear when the Trailer Profile is active.
{ Warning
The Data Link Connector (DLC) is used for
vehicle service and Emission Inspection/
Maintenance testing. See Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 112.
A device connected to the DLC — such as
an aftermarket fleet or driver-behavior
tracking device — may interfere with
vehicle systems. This could affect vehicle
operation and cause a crash. Such devices
may also access information stored in the
vehicle’s systems.
Caution
Some electrical equipment can damage
the vehicle or cause components to not
work and would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always check with your
dealer before adding electrical equipment.
{ Warning
Certain mobile radio equipment,
like amplifiers and antennas used for
two-way communication, can interfere
with some vehicle systems. Always
ensure this equipment is supplied with
proper local grounding. Follow all of the
instructions that came with the
equipment and see your GM dealer for
additional mobile radio installation
instructions.
Add-on equipment can drain the vehicle's
12-volt battery, even if the vehicle is not
operating.
The vehicle has an airbag system. Before
attempting to add anything electrical to the
vehicle, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle 0 69 and
Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle 0 69.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Vehicle Care
Vehicle Care
General Information
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
California Perchlorate Materials
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Accessories and Modifications . . . . . . . . . 296
Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own Service Work . . . . . . . . 296
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Engine Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 299
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Automatic Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . 304
Engine Air Filter Life System . . . . . . . . . . 305
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Engine Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Brake Pad Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Battery - North America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Glass Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Windshield Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Headlamp Aiming
Front Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Bulb Replacement
LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Electrical System
Electrical System Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Engine Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . 320
Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Rear Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . 326
Wheels and Tires
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
All-Terrain Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Tire Terminology and Definitions . . . . . . 331
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Tire Pressure for High-Speed
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Tire Pressure Monitor System . . . . . . . . . 336
Tire Pressure Monitor Operation . . . . . . . 337
295
Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . . . . . 340
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Different Size Tires and Wheels . . . . . . . 342
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . 342
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . 344
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Jump Starting
Jump Starting - North America . . . . . . . . 357
Towing the Vehicle
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Appearance Care
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
296
Vehicle Care
General Information
For service and parts needs, visit your
dealer. You will receive genuine GM parts
and GM-trained and supported service
people.
Genuine GM parts have one of these marks:
special handling may apply. See
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
perchlorate.
Accessories and Modifications
Adding non-dealer accessories or making
modifications to the vehicle can affect
vehicle performance and safety, including
such things as airbags, braking, stability,
ride and handling, emissions systems,
aerodynamics, durability, and electronic
systems like antilock brakes, traction control,
and stability control. These accessories or
modifications could even cause malfunction
or damage not covered by the vehicle
warranty.
Damage to suspension components caused
by modifying vehicle height outside of
factory settings will not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
California Perchlorate Materials
Requirements
Certain types of automotive applications,
such as airbag initiators, seat belt
pretensioners, and lithium batteries
contained in electronic keys, may contain
perchlorate materials. Perchlorate Material –
Damage to vehicle components resulting
from modifications or the installation or use
of non-GM certified parts, including control
module or software modifications, is not
covered under the terms of the vehicle
warranty and may affect remaining
warranty coverage for affected parts.
GM Accessories are designed to complement
and function with other systems on the
vehicle. See your dealer to accessorize the
vehicle using genuine GM Accessories
installed by a dealer technician.
Also, see Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 69.
Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own Service Work
{ Warning
It can be dangerous to work on your
vehicle if you do not have the proper
knowledge, service manual, tools,
or parts. Always follow owner’s manual
procedures and consult the service
manual for your vehicle before doing any
service work.
If doing some of your own service work, use
the proper service manual. It tells you much
more about how to service the vehicle than
this manual can. To order the proper service
manual, see Publication Ordering
Information 0 397.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Vehicle Care
This vehicle has an airbag system. Before
attempting to do your own service work,
see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
0 69.
If equipped with remote vehicle start, open
the hood before performing any service
work to prevent remote starting the vehicle
accidentally. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 13.
Keep a record with all parts receipts and list
the mileage and the date of any service
work performed. See Maintenance Records
0 385.
Caution
Even small amounts of contamination can
cause damage to vehicle systems. Do not
allow contaminants to contact the fluids,
reservoir caps, or dipsticks.
Hood
{ Warning
For vehicles with auto engine stop/start,
turn the vehicle off before opening the
hood. If the vehicle is on, the engine will
start when the hood is opened. You or
others could be injured.
297
To open the hood:
1. Pull the hood release lever with the
i symbol. It is on the lower left side
of the instrument panel.
{ Warning
Components under the hood can get hot
from running the engine. To help avoid
the risk of burning unprotected skin,
never touch these components until they
have cooled, and always use a glove or
towel to avoid direct skin contact.
Clear any snow from the hood before
opening.
2. Go to the front of the vehicle and locate
the secondary release lever under the
front center of the hood. Push the
secondary hood release lever to the right
to release.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
298
Vehicle Care
3. After you have partially lifted the hood,
the gas strut system will automatically
lift the hood and hold it in the fully
open position.
To close the hood:
1. Before closing the hood, be sure all filler
caps are on properly, and all tools are
removed.
2. Pull the hood down until the gas strut
system is no longer holding up the hood.
3. Allow the hood to fall. Check to make
sure the hood is latched completely.
Repeat this process with additional force
if necessary.
{ Warning
Do not drive the vehicle if the hood is
not latched completely. The hood could
open fully, block your vision, and cause a
crash. You or others could be injured.
Always close the hood completely before
driving.
The Driver Information Center (DIC) will
display a message if the hood is not fully
closed, and the vehicle is moving. Stop and
turn off the vehicle, check the hood for
obstructions, and close the hood again.
Check to see if the message still appears on
the DIC.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Vehicle Care
Engine Compartment Overview
5.3L V8 Engine
299
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
300
Vehicle Care
1. Remote Negative (–) Location. See Jump
Starting - North America 0 357.
2. Positive (+) Terminal (Under Cover). See
Jump Starting - North America 0 357.
3. Battery - North America 0 313.
4. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 320.
5. Engine Oil Dipstick. See “Checking Engine
Oil” under Engine Oil 0 302.
6. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of View). See
Cooling System 0 306.
7. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When to Add
Engine Oil” under Engine Oil 0 302.
8. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap.
See Cooling System 0 306.
9. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 305.
10. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Brake Fluid
0 312.
11. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See
“Adding Washer Fluid” under Washer
Fluid 0 310.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Vehicle Care
1. Remote Negative (–) Location. See Jump
Starting - North America 0 357.
2. Positive (+) Terminal (Under Cover). See
Jump Starting - North America 0 357.
3. Battery - North America 0 313.
4. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 320.
6.2L V8 Engine
5. Engine Oil Dipstick. See “Checking Engine
Oil” under Engine Oil 0 302.
6. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of View). See
Cooling System 0 306.
7. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When to Add
Engine Oil” under Engine Oil 0 302.
8. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap.
See Cooling System 0 306.
9. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 305.
10. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Brake Fluid
0 312.
301
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
302
Vehicle Care
11. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See
“Adding Washer Fluid” under Washer
Fluid 0 310.
Engine Oil
For diesel engine vehicles, see “Engine Oil”
in the Duramax diesel supplement.
To ensure proper engine performance and
long life, careful attention must be paid to
engine oil. Following these simple, but
important steps will help protect your
investment:
. Use engine oil approved to the proper
specification and of the proper viscosity
grade. See “Selecting the Right Engine
Oil” in this section.
. Check the engine oil level regularly and
maintain the proper oil level. See
“Checking Engine Oil” and “When to Add
Engine Oil” in this section.
. Change the engine oil at the appropriate
time. See Engine Oil Life System 0 303.
. Always dispose of engine oil properly. See
“What to Do with Used Oil” in this
section.
Checking Engine Oil
Check the engine oil level regularly, every
650 km (400 mi), especially prior to a long
trip. The engine oil dipstick handle is a loop.
See Engine Compartment Overview 0 299 for
the location.
dipstick, wipe it with a clean paper towel
or cloth, then push it back in all the way.
Remove it again, keeping the tip down,
and check the level.
When to Add Engine Oil
{ Warning
The engine oil dipstick handle may be
hot; it could burn you. Use a towel or
glove to touch the dipstick handle.
If a low oil Driver Information Center (DIC)
message displays, check the oil level.
Follow these guidelines:
. To get an accurate reading, park the
vehicle on level ground. Check the engine
oil level after the engine has been off for
at least two hours. Checking the engine
oil level on steep grades or too soon after
engine shutoff can result in incorrect
readings. Accuracy improves when
checking a cold engine prior to starting.
Remove the dipstick and check the level.
. If unable to wait two hours, the engine
must be off for at least 15 minutes if the
engine is warm, or at least 30 minutes if
the engine is not warm. Pull out the
If the oil is below the cross-hatched area at
the tip of the dipstick and the engine has
been off for at least 15 minutes, add 1 L (1
qt) of the recommended oil and then
recheck the level. See “Selecting the Right
Engine Oil” later in this section for an
explanation of what kind of oil to use. For
engine oil crankcase capacity, see Capacities
and Specifications 0 387.
Caution
Do not add too much oil. Oil levels above
or below the acceptable operating range
shown on the dipstick are harmful to the
engine. If the oil level is above the
operating range (i.e., the engine has so
(Continued)
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Vehicle Care
Engine oil system flushes are not
recommended and could cause engine
damage not covered by the vehicle
warranty.
Caution (Continued)
much oil that the oil level gets above the
cross-hatched area that shows the proper
operating range), the engine could be
damaged. Drain the excess oil or limit
driving of the vehicle, and seek a service
professional to remove the excess oil.
See Engine Compartment Overview 0 299 for
the location of the engine oil fill cap.
303
What to Do with Used Oil
Caution
Failure to use the recommended engine
oil or equivalent can result in engine
damage not covered by the vehicle
warranty.
Add enough oil to put the level somewhere
in the proper operating range. Push the
dipstick all the way back in when through.
Viscosity Grade
Selecting the Right Engine Oil
Use SAE 0W-20 viscosity grade engine oil.
Selecting the right engine oil depends on
both the proper oil specification and
viscosity grade. See Recommended Fluids
and Lubricants 0 383.
When selecting an oil of the appropriate
viscosity grade, it is recommended to select
an oil of the correct specification. See
“Specification” earlier in this section.
Specification
Engine Oil Additives/Engine Oil Flushes
Use full synthetic engine oils that meet the
dexos1 specification. Engine oils that have
been approved by GM as meeting the
dexos1 specification are marked with the
dexos1 approved logo.
Do not add anything to the oil. The
recommended oils meeting the dexos1
specification are all that is needed for good
performance and engine protection.
Used engine oil contains certain elements
that can be unhealthy for your skin and
could even cause cancer. Do not let used oil
stay on your skin for very long. Clean your
skin and nails with soap and water, or a
good hand cleaner. Wash or properly
dispose of clothing or rags containing used
engine oil. See the manufacturer's warnings
about the use and disposal of oil products.
Used oil can be a threat to the environment.
If you change your own oil, be sure to drain
all the oil from the filter before disposal.
Never dispose of oil by putting it in the
trash or pouring it on the ground, into
sewers, or into streams or bodies of water.
Recycle it by taking it to a place that
collects used oil.
Engine Oil Life System
When to Change Engine Oil
This vehicle has a computer system that
indicates when to change the engine oil and
filter. This is based on a combination of
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
304
Vehicle Care
factors which include engine revolutions,
engine temperature, and miles driven. Based
on driving conditions, the mileage at which
an oil change is indicated can vary
considerably. For the oil life system to work
properly, the system must be reset every
time the oil is changed.
If the system is ever reset accidentally, the
oil must be changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)
since the last oil change. Remember to reset
the oil life system whenever the oil is
changed.
On some vehicles, when the system has
calculated that oil life has been diminished,
a CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message comes
on to indicate that an oil change is
necessary. Change the oil as soon as
possible within the next 1 000 km (600 mi).
It is possible that, if driving under the best
conditions, the oil life system might indicate
that an oil change is not necessary for up to
a year. The engine oil and filter must be
changed at least once a year and, at this
time, the system must be reset. For vehicles
without the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message, an oil change is needed when the
REMAINING OIL LIFE percentage is near 0%.
Your dealer has trained service people who
will perform this work and reset the system.
It is also important to check the oil regularly
over the course of an oil drain interval and
keep it at the proper level.
Reset the system whenever the engine oil is
changed so that the system can calculate
the next engine oil change. Always reset the
engine oil life to 100% after every oil
change. It will not reset itself. To reset the
engine oil life system:
1. Display the oil life percentage on the
DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC)
0 122.
2. Press the thumbwheel on the steering
wheel, or the trip odometer reset stem if
the vehicle does not have DIC controls,
for several seconds. When the
confirmation message displays, select
YES. The oil life will change to 100%.
How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System
The oil life system can also be reset as
follows:
1. Display the oil life percentage on the
DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC)
0 122.
2. Fully press the accelerator pedal slowly
three times within five seconds.
3. If the display changes to 100%, the
system is reset.
If the vehicle has a CHANGE ENGINE OIL
SOON message and it comes back on when
the vehicle is started and/or the oil
life percentage is near 0%, the engine oil
life system has not been reset. Repeat the
procedure.
Automatic Transmission Fluid
How to Check Automatic Transmission
Fluid
It is not necessary to check the transmission
fluid level. A transmission fluid leak is the
only reason for fluid loss. If a leak occurs,
take the vehicle to your dealer and have it
repaired as soon as possible.
There is a special procedure for checking and
changing the transmission fluid. Because this
procedure is difficult, this should be done at
your dealer. Contact your dealer for
additional information.
Caution
Use of the incorrect automatic
transmission fluid may damage the
vehicle, and the damage may not be
(Continued)
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued)
covered by the vehicle warranty. Always
use the correct automatic transmission
fluid. See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 383.
Change the fluid and filter at the intervals
listed in Maintenance Schedule 0 374, and
be sure to use the fluid listed in
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 383.
Engine Air Filter Life System
If equipped, this feature provides the engine
air filter’s remaining life and best timing for
a change. The timing to change an engine
air filter depends on driving and
environmental conditions.
When to Change the Engine Air Filter
When the Driver Information Center (DIC)
displays a message to replace the engine air
filter at the next oil change, follow this
timing.
When the DIC displays a message to replace
the engine air filter soon, replace the engine
air filter at the earliest convenience.
The system must be reset after the engine
air filter is changed.
305
If the DIC displays a message to check the
engine air filter system, see your dealer.
How to Inspect/Replace the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
How to Reset the Engine Air Filter Life
System
Do not start the engine or have the engine
running with the engine air cleaner/filter
housing open. Before removing the engine
air cleaner/filter, make sure that the engine
air cleaner/filter housing and nearby
components are free of dirt and debris. Do
not clean the engine air cleaner/filter or
components with water or compressed air.
To reset:
1. Place the vehicle in P (Park).
2. Display the Air Filter Life on the DIC. See
Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 122.
3. Press the thumbwheel on the steering
wheel to move to the Reset/Disable
display area. Select Reset then press the
thumbwheel for several seconds.
4. Press the thumbwheel to confirm the
reset.
To inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/
filter:
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
The engine air cleaner/filter is on the driver
side of the engine compartment. See Engine
Compartment Overview 0 299.
When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner/
Filter
If the vehicle is not equipped with the
engine air filter life system see Maintenance
Schedule 0 374 for intervals on inspecting
and replacing the engine air cleaner filter.
5.3L V8 Engine Shown, 6.2L V8 Engine Similar
1. Remove the three screws, tilt the cover,
and slide it out of the assembly.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
306
Vehicle Care
{ Warning
If part replacement is necessary, the part
must be replaced with one of the same
part number or with an equivalent part.
Use of a replacement part without the
same fit, form, and function may result
in personal injury or damage to the
vehicle.
2. Inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/
filter.
3. Lower the cover, slide it into the
assembly, then secure with the three
screws.
4. If equipped, reset the engine air filter life
system after replacing the engine air
filter. See Engine Air Filter Life System
0 305.
Caution
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt can
easily get into the engine, which could
damage it. Always have the air cleaner/
filter in place when driving.
Cooling System
If the vehicle has the Duramax diesel
engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement.
The cooling system allows the engine to
maintain the correct working temperature.
6.2L V8 Engine
1. Engine Electric Cooling Fans (Out
of View)
2. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap
{ Warning
{ Warning
Operating the engine with the air
cleaner/filter off can cause you or others
to be burned. Use caution when working
on the engine. Do not start the engine or
drive the vehicle with the air cleaner/
filter off, as flames may be present if the
engine backfires.
2. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap
5.3L V8 Engine
1. Engine Electric Cooling Fans (Out
of View)
An underhood electric fan can start up
even when the engine is not running and
can cause injury. Keep hands, clothing,
and tools away from any underhood
electric fan.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Vehicle Care
{ Warning
Warning (Continued)
Do not touch heater, radiator, a/c pipes
or hoses, or other engine parts. They can
be very hot and can burn you. Do not
run the engine if there is a leak; all
coolant could leak out. That could cause
an engine fire and can burn you. Fix any
leak before driving the vehicle.
the wrong mixture, the engine could get
too hot but there would not be an
overheat warning. The engine could catch
fire and you or others could be burned.
Engine Coolant
The cooling system in the vehicle is filled
with DEX-COOL engine coolant. This coolant
is designed to remain in the vehicle for
5 years or 240 000 km (150,000 mi),
whichever occurs first.
The following explains the cooling system
and how to check and add coolant when it
is low. If there is a problem with engine
overheating, see Engine Overheating 0 309.
What to Use
{ Warning
Plain water, or other liquids such as
alcohol, can boil before the proper
coolant mixture will. With plain water or
(Continued)
Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable
water and DEX-COOL coolant. This mixture:
. Gives freezing protection down to −37 °C
(−34 °F), outside temperature.
. Gives boiling protection up to 129 °C
(265 °F), engine temperature.
. Protects against rust and corrosion.
. Will not damage aluminum parts.
. Helps keep the proper engine
temperature.
307
Never dispose of engine coolant by putting
it in the trash, or by pouring it on the
ground, or into sewers, streams, or bodies of
water. Have the coolant changed by an
authorized service center, familiar with legal
requirements regarding used coolant
disposal. This will help protect the
environment and your health.
Checking Coolant
The coolant surge tank is in the engine
compartment on the driver side of the
vehicle. See Engine Compartment Overview
0 299.
The vehicle must be on a level surface when
checking the coolant level.
Caution
Do not use anything other than a mix of
DEX-COOL coolant that meets GM
Standard GMW3420 and clean, drinkable
water. Anything else can cause damage
to the engine cooling system and the
vehicle, which would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty.
5.3L V8 Engine Shown, 6.2L V8 Engine Similar
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
308
Vehicle Care
Check to see if coolant is visible in the
coolant surge tank. If the coolant inside the
coolant surge tank is boiling, wait until it
cools down. The coolant level should be at
or above the indicated mark. If it is not,
there may be a leak in the cooling system.
If coolant is visible but the coolant level is
not at or above the indicated mark, see the
following sections on how to add coolant to
the coolant surge tank following.
How to Add Coolant to the Coolant
Surge Tank
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see
“Cooling System” in the Duramax diesel
supplement for the proper coolant fill
procedure.
{ Warning
Spilling coolant on hot engine parts can
burn you. Coolant contains ethylene
glycol and it will burn if the engine parts
are hot enough.
{ Warning
Plain water, or other liquids such as
alcohol, can boil before the proper
coolant mixture will. With plain water or
the wrong mixture, the engine could get
too hot but there would not be an
overheat warning. The engine could catch
fire and you or others could be burned.
Caution
Failure to follow the specific coolant fill
procedure could cause the engine to
overheat and could cause system
damage. If coolant is not visible in the
surge tank, contact your dealer.
If no coolant is visible in the surge tank, add
coolant.
{ Warning
Steam and scalding liquids from a hot
cooling system are under pressure.
Turning the pressure cap, even a little,
can cause them to come out at high
speed and you could be burned. Never
turn the cap when the cooling system,
including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait
for the cooling system and pressure cap
to cool.
1. Remove the coolant surge tank pressure
cap when the cooling system, including
the coolant surge tank pressure cap and
upper radiator hose, is no longer hot.
Turn the pressure cap slowly
counterclockwise about one full turn. If a
hiss is heard, wait for that to stop.
A hiss means there is still some
pressure left.
2. Keep turning the pressure cap slowly,
and remove it.
3. Fill the coolant surge tank with the
proper mixture to the full cold mark.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Vehicle Care
4. With the coolant surge tank pressure cap
off, start the engine and let it run until
the engine coolant temperature gauge
indicates approximately 90 °C (195 °F).
By this time, the coolant level inside the
coolant surge tank may be lower. If the
level is lower, add more of the proper
mixture to the coolant surge tank until
the level reaches the indicated mark.
5. Replace the pressure cap tightly.
6. Verify coolant level after the engine is
shut off and the coolant is cold.
If necessary, repeat coolant fill procedure
Steps 1–6.
Caution
If the pressure cap is not tightly installed,
coolant loss and engine damage may
occur. Be sure the cap is properly and
tightly secured.
Engine Overheating
Caution
Do not run the engine if there is a leak
in the engine cooling system. This can
cause a loss of all coolant and can
damage the system and vehicle. Have
any leaks fixed right away.
The vehicle has several indicators to warn of
engine overheating.
There is a coolant temperature gauge and a
engine coolant temperature warning light in
the vehicle's instrument cluster. See Engine
Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 109 and
Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light
0 118.
In addition, there are ENGINE OVERHEATED
STOP ENGINE, ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE
ENGINE, and ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED
messages in the Driver Information
Center (DIC).
If the decision is made not to lift the hood
when this warning appears, get service help
right away. See Roadside Assistance Program
0 393.
309
If the decision is made to lift the hood,
make sure the vehicle is parked on a level
surface.
Check to see if the engine cooling fan(s) are
running. If the engine is overheating, the
fans should be running. If they are not, do
not continue to run the engine. Have the
vehicle serviced.
If Steam is Coming from the Engine
Compartment
{ Warning
Steam and scalding liquids from a hot
cooling system are under pressure.
Turning the pressure cap, even a little,
can cause them to come out at high
speed and you could be burned. Never
turn the cap when the cooling system,
including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait
for the cooling system and pressure cap
to cool.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
310
Vehicle Care
If No Steam is Coming from the Engine
Compartment
The ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE or
the ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE
message, along with a low coolant
condition, can indicate a serious problem.
If there is an engine overheat warning, but
no steam is seen or heard, the problem may
not be too serious. Sometimes the engine
can get a little too hot when the vehicle:
. Climbs a long hill on a hot day.
. Stops after high-speed driving.
. Idles for long periods in traffic.
. Tows a trailer; see Trailer Towing 0 270.
If the ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE or
the ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE
message appears with no sign of steam, try
this for a minute or so:
1. Turn the air conditioning off.
2. Turn the heater on to the highest
temperature and to the highest fan
speed. Open the windows as necessary.
3. When it is safe to do so, pull off the
road, shift to P (Park) or N (Neutral), and
let the engine idle.
If the engine coolant temperature gauge is
no longer in the overheat zone or an
overheat warning no longer displays, the
vehicle can be driven. Continue to drive the
vehicle slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a
safe vehicle distance from the vehicle in
front. If the warning does not come back on,
continue to drive normally and have the
cooling system checked for proper fill and
function.
If the warning continues, pull over, stop, and
park the vehicle right away.
If there is still no sign of steam and the
vehicle is equipped with an engine driven
cooling fan, push down the accelerator until
the engine speed is about twice as fast as
normal idle speed for at least five minutes
while the vehicle is parked. If the warning is
still there, turn off the engine and get
everyone out of the vehicle until it
cools down.
If there is no sign of steam, idle the engine
for five minutes while parked. If the warning
is still displayed, turn off the engine until it
cools down.
Engine Fan
If the vehicle has electric cooling fans, the
fans may be heard spinning at low speed
during most everyday driving. The fans may
turn off if no cooling is required. Under
heavy vehicle loading, trailer towing, high
outside temperatures, or operation of the air
conditioning system, the fans may change
to high speed and an increase in fan noise
may be heard. This is normal and indicates
that the cooling system is functioning
properly. The fans will change to low speed
when additional cooling is no longer
required.
The electric engine cooling fans may run
after the engine has been turned. off. This is
normal and no service is required.
Washer Fluid
What to Use
When windshield washer fluid needs to be
added, be sure to read the manufacturer's
instructions before use. Use a fluid that has
sufficient protection against freezing in an
area where the temperature may fall below
freezing.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Vehicle Care
Adding Washer Fluid
Caution (Continued)
The vehicle has a low washer fluid message
on the DIC that comes on when the washer
fluid is low. The message is displayed for
15 seconds at the start of each ignition cycle.
When the WASHER FLUID LOW ADD FLUID
message displays, washer fluid will need to
be added to the windshield washer fluid
reservoir.
Open the cap with the washer symbol on it.
Add washer fluid until the tank is full. See
Engine Compartment Overview 0 299 for
reservoir location.
. Do not use engine coolant (antifreeze)
in the windshield washer. It can
damage the windshield washer system
and paint.
. Do not mix water with ready-to-use
washer fluid. Water can cause the
solution to freeze and damage the
washer fluid tank and other parts of
the washer system.
. When using concentrated washer fluid,
follow the manufacturer instructions
for adding water.
. Fill the washer fluid tank only
three-quarters full when it is very cold.
This allows for fluid expansion if
freezing occurs, which could damage
the tank if it is completely full.
Brakes
Caution
. Do not use washer fluid that contains
any type of water repellent coating.
This can cause the wiper blades to
chatter or skip.
(Continued)
Disc brake linings have built-in wear
indicators that make a high-pitched warning
sound when the brake linings are worn and
new linings are needed. The sound can come
and go or can be heard all the time when
the vehicle is moving, except when applying
the brake pedal firmly.
311
{ Warning
The brake wear warning sound means
that soon the brakes will not work well.
That could lead to a crash. When the
brake wear warning sound is heard, have
the vehicle serviced.
Caution
Continuing to drive with worn-out brake
linings could result in costly brake
repairs.
Some driving conditions or climates can
cause a brake squeal when the brakes are
first applied, clearing up following several
applications. This does not mean something
is wrong with the brakes.
Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary
to help prevent brake pulsation. When tires
are rotated, inspect brake linings for wear
and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper
sequence to torque specifications. See
Capacities and Specifications 0 387.
Brake pads should be replaced as complete
axle sets.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
312
Vehicle Care
Brake Pedal Travel
See your dealer if the brake pedal does not
return to normal height, or if there is a
rapid increase in pedal travel. This could be
a sign that brake service may be required.
Replacing Brake System Parts
Always replace brake system parts with
new, approved replacement parts. If this is
not done, the brakes may not work
properly. The braking performance can
change in many ways if the wrong brake
parts are installed or if parts are improperly
installed.
Brake Pad Life System
When to Change Brake Pads
This vehicle has a system that estimates the
remaining life of the front and rear brake
pads. Brake pad life is displayed in the
Driver Information Center (DIC), along with
a percentage for each axle. The system must
be reset every time the brake pads are
changed.
When the system has determined that the
brake pads need to be replaced, a message
will display, which may include mileage
remaining.
Brake pads should always be replaced as
complete axle sets.
How to Reset the Brake Pad Life System
indicators that make a high-pitched warning
sound when the brake pads are worn can
still determine when the pads should be
replaced. See Brakes 0 311.
The system will automatically detect when
significantly worn brake pads are replaced.
When the ignition is turned on after new
pads and wear sensors are installed, a
message will display. Follow the prompts to
reset the system.
To turn off the brake pad life system:
1. Display Brake Pad Life on the DIC. See
Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 122.
2. Select the Brake Pad Life menu.
3. Select DISABLE.
The brake pad life system can also be
manually reset:
1. Display Brake Pad Life on the DIC. See
Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 122.
2. Select the Brake Pad Life menu.
3. Select front or rear pads as appropriate.
4. Select YES on the confirmation message.
Repeat for pads on the other axle if they
were also replaced.
To turn the brake pad life system back on,
follow the above steps but select ENABLE in
Step 2.
How to Disable the Brake Pad Life
System
The brake pad life system can be turned off.
This may be necessary if aftermarket brake
pads without wear sensors are installed.
When the system is turned off, the front
and rear brake pad life percentages will not
display. However, the built-in wear
Brake Fluid
The brake master cylinder reservoir is filled
with GM approved DOT 4 brake fluid as
indicated on the reservoir cap. See Engine
Compartment Overview 0 299 for the
location of the reservoir.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Vehicle Care
Checking Brake Fluid
With the vehicle in P (Park) on a level
surface, the brake fluid level should be
between the minimum and maximum marks
on the brake fluid reservoir.
There are only two reasons why the brake
fluid level in the reservoir may go down:
. Normal brake lining wear. When new
linings are installed, the fluid level goes
back up.
. A fluid leak in the brake hydraulic system.
Have the brake hydraulic system fixed.
With a leak, the brakes will not
work well.
Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap
and the area around the cap before
removing it.
Do not top off the brake fluid. Adding fluid
does not correct a leak. If fluid is added
when the linings are worn, there will be too
much fluid when new brake linings are
installed. Add or remove fluid, as necessary,
only when work is done on the brake
hydraulic system.
{ Warning
If too much brake fluid is added, it can
spill on the engine and burn, if the
engine is hot enough. You or others could
be burned, and the vehicle could be
damaged. Add brake fluid only when
work is done on the brake hydraulic
system.
When the brake fluid falls to a low level,
the brake warning light comes on. See Brake
System Warning Light 0 114.
Brake fluid absorbs water over time which
degrades the effectiveness of the brake fluid.
Replace brake fluid at the specified intervals
to prevent increased stopping distance. See
Maintenance Schedule 0 374.
What to Add
Use only GM approved DOT 4 brake fluid
from a clean, sealed container. See
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 383.
{ Warning
The wrong or contaminated brake fluid
could result in damage to the brake
system. This could result in the loss of
(Continued)
313
Warning (Continued)
braking leading to a possible injury.
Always use the proper GM approved
brake fluid.
Caution
If brake fluid is spilled on the vehicle's
painted surfaces, the paint finish can be
damaged. Immediately wash off any
painted surface.
Battery - North America
The original equipment battery is
maintenance free. Do not remove the cap
and do not add fluid.
Refer to the replacement number shown on
the original battery label when a new
battery is needed. See Engine Compartment
Overview 0 299 for battery location.
The vehicle has an Absorbed Glass Mat
(AGM) 12-volt battery. Installation of a
standard 12-volt battery will result in
reduced 12-volt battery life.
When using a 12-volt battery charger on the
12-volt AGM battery, some chargers have an
AGM battery setting on the charger.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
314
Vehicle Care
If available, use the AGM setting on the
charger, to limit charge voltage to 14.8 volts.
Follow the charger manufacturer's
instructions.
Stop/Start System
This vehicle has a Stop/Start system to shut
off the engine to help conserve fuel. See
Stop/Start System 0 207.
{ Warning
WARNING: Battery posts, terminals and
related accessories can expose you to
chemicals including lead and lead
compounds, which are known to the
State of California to cause cancer and
birth defects or other reproductive harm.
Wash hands after handling. For more
information go to
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.
See the warning on the back cover.
Vehicle Storage
How to Check Lubricant
{ Warning
Batteries have acid that can burn you and
gas that can explode. You can be badly
hurt if you are not careful. See Jump
Starting - North America 0 357 for tips on
working around a battery without
getting hurt.
Infrequent Usage: Remove the black,
negative (−) cable from the battery to keep
the battery from running down.
Extended Storage: Remove the black,
negative (−) cable from the battery or use a
battery trickle charger.
Four-Wheel Drive
Transfer Case
When to Check Lubricant
Refer to Maintenance Schedule 0 374 to
determine when to check the lubricant.
1. Fill Plug
2. Drain Plug
To get an accurate reading, the vehicle
should be on a level surface.
If the level is below the bottom of the fill
plug (1) hole, located on the transfer case,
some lubricant will need to be added. Add
enough lubricant to raise the level to the
bottom of the fill plug (1) hole. Use care not
to overtighten the plug.
When to Change Lubricant
Refer to Maintenance Schedule 0 374 to
determine how often to change the
lubricant.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Vehicle Care
What to Use
Refer to Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
0 383 to determine what kind of lubricant
to use.
Front Axle
When to Check Lubricant
It is not necessary to regularly check the
front axle fluid unless a leak is suspected or
an unusual noise is heard. A fluid loss could
indicate a problem. Have it inspected and
repaired. This service can be complex. See
your dealer.
Do not directly power wash the transfer
case and/or front/rear axle output seals.
High pressure water can overcome the seals
and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated
fluid will decrease the life of the transfer
case and/or drive axles and should be
replaced.
Rear Axle
When to Check Lubricant
It is not necessary to regularly check the
rear axle fluid unless a leak is suspected or
an unusual noise is heard. A fluid loss could
indicate a problem. Have it inspected and
repaired. This service can be complex. See
your dealer.
Do not directly power wash the transfer
case and/or front/rear axle output seals.
High pressure water can overcome the seals
and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated
fluid will decrease the life of the transfer
case and/or drive axles and should be
replaced.
Park Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check
{ Warning
When you are doing this check, the
vehicle could begin to move. You or
others could be injured and property
could be damaged. Make sure there is
room in front of the vehicle in case it
begins to roll. Be ready to apply the
regular brake at once should the vehicle
begin to move.
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle
facing downhill. Keeping your foot on the
regular brake, set the parking brake.
315
. To check the parking brake's holding
ability: With the engine running and the
transmission in N (Neutral), slowly remove
foot pressure from the regular brake
pedal. Do this until the vehicle is held by
the parking brake only.
. To check the P (Park) mechanism's holding
ability: With the engine running, shift to
P (Park). Then release the parking brake
followed by the regular brake.
Contact your dealer if service is required.
Wiper Blade Replacement
Windshield wiper blades should be inspected
for wear or cracking.
For the proper type and size, see
Maintenance Replacement Parts 0 384.
Caution
Allowing the wiper arm to touch the
windshield when no wiper blade is
installed could damage the windshield.
Any damage that occurs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not
allow the wiper arm to touch the
windshield.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
316
Vehicle Care
Front Wiper Blade Replacement
Rear Wiper Blade Replacement
Glass Replacement
To replace the wiper blade assembly:
1. Pull the windshield wiper assembly away
from the windshield.
To replace the rear wiper blade:
1. With the rear wiper in the off position,
open the liftglass to access the rear
wiper arm/blade.
The rear wiper blade will not lock in a
vertical position so use care when pulling
it away from the vehicle.
If the windshield or front side glass must be
replaced, see your dealer to determine the
correct replacement glass.
Windshield Replacement
HUD System
The windshield is part of the HUD system.
If the windshield must be replaced, get one
that is designed for HUD or the HUD image
may look out of focus.
Driver Assistance Systems
2. Press the button in the middle of the
wiper arm connector, and pull the wiper
blade away from the arm connector.
3. Remove the wiper blade.
4. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper blade
replacement.
2. Push the release lever (2) to disengage
the hook and push the wiper arm (1) out
of the blade assembly (3).
3. Push the new blade assembly securely in
the wiper arm hook until the release
lever clicks into place.
4. Return the wiper arm and blade
assembly to the rest position on the
glass.
If the windshield needs to be replaced and
the vehicle is equipped with a front camera
sensor for the Driver Assistance Systems, a
GM replacement windshield is
recommended. The replacement windshield
must be installed according to GM
specifications for proper alignment. If it is
not, these systems may not work properly,
they may display messages, or they may
not work at all. See your dealer for proper
windshield replacement.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Vehicle Care
317
Gas Strut(s)
This vehicle is equipped with gas strut(s) to
provide assistance in lifting and holding
open the hood/trunk/liftgate system in full
open position.
{ Warning
If the gas struts that hold open the hood,
trunk, and/or liftgate fail, you or others
could be seriously injured. Take the
vehicle to your dealer for service
immediately. Visually inspect the gas
struts for signs of wear, cracks, or other
damage periodically. Check to make sure
the hood/trunk/liftgate is held open with
enough force. If struts are failing to hold
the hood/trunk/liftgate, do not operate.
Have the vehicle serviced.
Hood
Headlamp Aiming
Front Headlamp Aiming
Headlamp aim has been preset and should
need no further adjustment.
If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, the
headlamp aim may be affected.
If adjustment to the headlamps is necessary,
see your dealer.
Caution
Do not apply tape or hang any objects
from gas struts. Also do not push down
or pull on gas struts. This may cause
damage to the vehicle.
See Maintenance Schedule 0 374.
Liftgate
Trunk
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
318
Vehicle Care
Bulb Replacement
LED Lighting
This vehicle has several LED lamps. For
replacement of any LED lighting assembly,
contact your dealer.
Electrical System
Electrical System Overload
The vehicle has fuses and circuit breakers to
protect against an electrical system
overload.
When the current electrical load is too
heavy, the circuit breaker opens and closes,
protecting the circuit until the current load
returns to normal or the problem is fixed.
This greatly reduces the chance of circuit
overload and fire caused by electrical
problems.
Fuses and circuit breakers protect the wires
that provide the power to the devices in
your vehicle.
If there is a problem on the road and a fuse
needs to be replaced, the same amperage
fuse can be borrowed. Choose some feature
of the vehicle that is not needed to use and
replace it as soon as possible.
To check a fuse, look at the band inside the
fuse. If the band is broken or melted,
replace the fuse. Be sure to replace a bad
fuse with a fuse of the identical size and
rating.
Replacing a Blown Fuse
1. Turn off the vehicle.
2. Locate the fuse puller on the instrument
panel end cap. See the Instrument Panel
Fuse Block 0 324.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Vehicle Care
4. If the fuse must be replaced
immediately, spare fuses are also
provided on the instrument panel end
cap or borrow a replacement fuse with
the same amperage from the fuse block.
Choose a vehicle feature that is not
needed to safely operate the vehicle.
Repeat Steps 2-3.
5. Insert the replacement fuse into the
empty slot of the blown fuse.
At the next opportunity, see your dealer to
replace the blown fuse.
Headlamp Wiring
An electrical overload may cause the lamps
to go on and off, or in some cases to
remain off. Have the headlamp wiring
checked right away if the lamps go on and
off or remain off.
Windshield Wipers
If the wiper motor overheats due to heavy
snow or ice, the windshield wipers will stop
until the motor cools and will then restart.
3. Use the fuse puller to remove the fuse
from the top or side, as shown above.
Although the circuit is protected from
electrical overload, overload due to heavy
snow or ice may cause wiper linkage
319
damage. Always clear ice and heavy snow
from the windshield before using the
windshield wipers.
If the overload is caused by an electrical
problem and not snow or ice, be sure to get
it fixed.
Fuses and Circuit Breakers
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
protected from short circuits by a
combination of fuses and circuit breakers.
This greatly reduces the chance of damage
caused by electrical problems.
{ Danger
Fuses and circuit breakers are marked
with their ampere rating. Do not exceed
the specified amperage rating when
replacing fuses and circuit breakers. Use
of an oversized fuse or circuit breaker can
result in a vehicle fire. You and others
could be seriously injured or killed.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
320
Vehicle Care
Engine Compartment Fuse Block
The engine compartment fuse block is in the
engine compartment, on the driver side of
the vehicle.
{ Warning
Installation or use of fuses that do not
meet GM’s original fuse specifications is
dangerous. The fuses could fail, and result
in a fire. You or others could be injured
or killed, and the vehicle could be
damaged.
See Accessories and Modifications 0 296 and
General Information 0 296.
To check or replace a blown fuse, see
Electrical System Overload 0 318.
Lift the cover to access the fuse block.
Caution
Spilling liquid on any electrical
component on the vehicle may damage
it. Always keep the covers on any
electrical component.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Vehicle Care
Fuses
Usage
Fuses
Usage
Fuses
Usage
1
–
4
–
7
2
–
6
ELM 4 – Exterior
Lighting Module 4
3
–
ELM 7 – Exterior
Lighting Module 7
8
–
321
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
322
Vehicle Care
Fuses
Usage
9
ELM 5 – Exterior
Lighting Module 5
10
ELM 6 – Exterior
Lighting Module 6
11
Spare
Fuses
Usage
27
Horn
Fuses
Usage
46
Engine Control Module
(ECM) Ignition
OBD Engine
28
Headlamp RT – Right
29
Headlamp LT – Left
47
30
ELM 3 – Exterior
Lighting Module 3
48
–
49
ELM 1 – Exterior
Lighting Module 1
TCM – Telematics
Control Module
50
A/C Clutch
51
TCCM – Transfer Case
Control Module
12
–
13
Washer Front
14
Washer Rear
32
–
REC 2 – Rear Electrical
Center 2
33
Not R/C
34
–
52
Front Wiper
On Board Diagnostics
(OBD) Body
53
–
54
Left Taillamps
15
16
Power Sounder
17
Spare
31
37
19
DC/AC Inverter
38
MISC Body
55
Trailer Back-up Lamp
20
IECR 2
39
Upfitter
56
40
MISC Instrument
Panel (IP)
SADS – Semi Active
Damping System
57
Spare
21
–
22
IECL 2
24
EBCM – Electronic Brake
Control Module
25
26
REC 1 – Rear Electrical
Center 1
Camera Wash
41
Trailer Parking Lamps
58
Starter Motor
42
Right Taillamp
60
44
Trailer Tow
AFM 1 – Active Fuel
Management 1
45
Secondary Axle Motor
61
Automatic Lamp Control
(ALC) Main
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Vehicle Care
Fuses
Usage
Fuses
62
ICCM/CVS/DEF –
Integrated Chassis
Control Module/Canister
Vent Solenoid/Diesel
Exhaust Fluid
76
ELEC RNG BDS
78
ECM – Engine Control
Module
79
–
63
Trailer Brake
80
Cabin Cool Pump 17W
65
AUX UEC – Auxiliary
Underhood Electrical
Center
81
Right Trailer Stop
Turn Lamp
82
66
Left Cool Fan Motor
TIM 1 – Trailer Interface
Module 1
67
AFM 2 – Active Fuel
Management 2
83
Automatic Lamp Control
(ALC) Motor
84
Trailer Battery
85
Engine
86
ECM – Engine Control
Module
87
Injector B Even
88
02 B Sensor
89
02 A Sensor
90
Injector A Odd
91
Engine Control Module
(ECM) Throttle Control
68
69
Starter Pinion
71
Cool Fan Motor Lower
72
Right Cool Fan Motor/
Lower
73
Left Trailer Stop
Turn Lamp
74
TIM 2 – Trailer Interface
Module 2
75
DEFC – Diesel Exhaust
Fluid Controller
Usage
FTZM – Fuel Tank Zone
Module
Fuses
92
323
Usage
Cool Fan Clutch AERO
Shutter
Relays
Usage
5
–
18
DC/AC Inverter
23
–
35
Park Lamp
36
Run/Crank
43
Secondary Axle Motor
59
A/C Clutch
64
Starter Motor
70
Starter Pinion
77
Powertrain
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
324
Vehicle Care
Instrument Panel Fuse Block
The right instrument panel fuse block access
door is on the passenger side edge of the
instrument panel.
Pull off the cover to access the fuse block.
A fuse puller is available on the right
instrument panel end cap.
There are relays on the back of the fuse
block. To access, press the tabs and remove
the fuse block.
The vehicle may not be equipped with all of
the fuses, relays, and features shown.
Fuses
Usage
F1
Right Door
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Vehicle Care
Fuses
Usage
Fuses
Usage
Fuses
F40
325
Usage
–
F2
Left Door
F22
Heated Wheel
F3
Universal Garage Door
Opener (UGDO)/OnStar
Hands-free Calling (OHC)/
Camera
F23
–
F41
–
F24
–
F42
Electric Park Brake Switch
F25
Search Engine Optimization
(SEO)/UPFITTER
F43
RSE – Road Side Equipment
F44
AVM 2 – Active Vibration
Module 2
F45
Radio Module
F46
BCM 1A – Body Control
Module 1A
F47
–
F48
TCM – Telematics Control
Module
F49
BCM 1 – Body Control
Module 1
F50
DMS – Driver Monitoring
System
F51
–
F52
–
F4
BCM 2 – Body Control
Module 2
F5
Displays
F6
Front Blower
F8
Left Door Panel
F10
Tilt/Column Lock
F11
USB/Data Link
Connector (DLC)
F12
Central Gateway Module
(CGM)/Onstar
F14
Right Door Panel
F17
Steering Wheel Control
F18
AVM 1 – Active Vibration
Module 1
F19
–
F20
–
F21
–
F26
USB/Search Engine
Optimization (SEO)
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP)
F27
Auxiliary Power Outlet
(APO)/Retained Accessory
Power
F28
Spare
F30
SDM/AOS – Sensing and
Diagnostic Module/
Automatic Occupant
Sensing
F31
F32
BCM 3 – Body Control
Module 3
Center Stack Module
(CSM)/USB
F33
BCM 4 – Body Control
Module 4
F34
Out of Park
F53
–
F54
Sunroof
F55
APO 3 – Auxiliary Power
Outlet 3
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
326
Vehicle Care
Fuses
Usage
Relays
F56
DC/DC CNV BATT 1 – Direct
Current/Direct Current
Converter Battery 1
K5
F57
DC/DC CNV BATT 2 – Direct
Current/Direct Current
Converter Battery 2
F58
Spare
F59
–
Circuit
Breakers
Usage
–
Rear Compartment Fuse Block
Usage
CBO1
APO 1 – Auxiliary Power
Outlet 1
CBO2
APO 2 – Auxiliary Power
Outlet 2
Relays
Usage
K1
–
K2
RAP/ACCY 1 – Retain
Accessory Power/
Accessory 1
K4
RAP/ACCY 2 – Retain
Accessory Power/
Accessory 2
The rear compartment fuse block is behind
the access panel on the left side of the
compartment.
Pull the panel out by grabbing the finger
access slot at the rear edge.
The vehicle may not be equipped with all of
the fuses, relays, and features shown.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Vehicle Care
327
Fuses
Usage
Fuses
F01
RFA – Remote Function
Actuator
F15
Heated Seat Module Row 1
(Battery 2)
F29
F02
WCM – Wireless Charging
Module
F16
RH CINCH Latch – Right
Hand Cinch Latch
F03
Heated Seat Module Row 1
(Battery 1)
F17
Memory Seat Module
Passenger
F04
Memory Seat Module
(MSM) Driver
F18
Rear Wiper
F19
Motor Seatbelt Driver
–
F20
Rear Defogger
F06
–
F21
–
F07
Amp Aux 2 – Amplifier
Auxiliary 2
F22
Rear HVAC Display Control
F37
–
F08
–
F23
EOCM – External Object
Calculation Module
F38
Power Slide Console
F09
SEO UPFTR 2 – Search
Engine Optimization
Upfitter 2
F24
Amp Aux 3 – Amplifier
Auxiliary 3
F39
–
F40
–
F25
OBS DET
F41
–
F26
RDCM – Rear Drive Control
Module
F42
–
F43
UPA – Universal Park Assist
F27
Amp Aux 1 – Amplifier
Auxiliary 1
F44
–
F28
VPM – Video Processing
Module
Fuses
F05
Usage
F10
Motor Seatbelt Passenger
F11
Power Folding Seat Row 2
F12
GBS
F13
–
F14
–
Usage
–
F30
–
F31
Amp – Amplifier
F32
–
F33
ICCM – Integrated Chassis
Control Module
F34
Heated Seat Module Row 2
F35
HFCR
F36
ELM – Exterior Lighting
Module
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
328
Vehicle Care
Fuses
F45
Usage
AFL AHL – Adaptive
Forward Lighting/
Automatic Headlamp
Leveling
F46
Rear HVAC Blower Motor
F47
LH CINCH Latch – Left Hand
Cinch Latch
F48
Power Seat Recline Module
F49
Lift Glass
F50
Driver Power Seat
F51
Power Liftgate Module
F52
Passenger Power Seat
Relays
K53
Usage
–
K54
–
K55
L/GLASS
Wheels and Tires
Warning (Continued)
Tires
Every new GM vehicle has high-quality
tires made by a leading tire
manufacturer. See the warranty manual
for information regarding the tire
warranty and where to get service. For
additional information refer to the tire
manufacturer.
.
.
{ Warning
Poorly maintained and improperly
used tires are dangerous.
. Overloading the tires can cause
overheating as a result of too
much flexing. There could be a
blowout and a serious crash. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 201.
. Underinflated tires pose the same
danger as overloaded tires. The
resulting crash could cause serious
injury. Check all tires frequently to
.
(Continued)
.
.
maintain the recommended
pressure. Tire pressure should be
checked when the tires are cold.
Overinflated tires are more likely
to be cut, punctured, or broken by
a sudden impact — such as when
hitting a pothole. Keep tires at the
recommended pressure.
Worn or old tires can cause a
crash. If the tread is badly worn,
replace them.
Replace any tires that have been
damaged by impacts with
potholes, curbs, etc.
Improperly repaired tires can cause
a crash. Only your dealer or an
authorized tire service center
should repair, replace, dismount,
and mount the tires.
(Continued)
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
. Do not spin the tires in excess of
56 km/h (35 mph) on slippery
surfaces such as snow, mud, ice,
etc. Excessive spinning may cause
the tires to explode.
See Tire Pressure for High-Speed
Operation 0 335 for inflation pressure
adjustment for high-speed driving.
All-Season Tires
This vehicle may come with all-season tires.
These tires are designed to provide good
overall performance on most road surfaces
and weather conditions. Original equipment
tires designed to GM's specific tire
performance criteria have a TPC specification
code molded onto the sidewall. Original
equipment all-season tires can be identified
by the last two characters of this TPC code,
which will be “MS.”
Consider installing winter tires on the
vehicle if frequent driving on snow or
ice-covered roads is expected. All-season tires
provide adequate performance for most
winter driving conditions, but they may not
329
offer the same level of traction or
performance as winter tires on snow or
ice-covered roads. See Winter Tires 0 329.
tires. If winter tires with a lower speed
rating are chosen, never exceed the tire's
maximum speed capability.
Winter Tires
Low-Profile Tires
This vehicle was not originally equipped
with winter tires. Winter tires are designed
for increased traction on snow and
ice-covered roads. Consider installing winter
tires on the vehicle if frequent driving on ice
or snow covered roads is expected. See your
dealer for details regarding winter tire
availability and proper tire selection. Also,
see Buying New Tires 0 341.
If the vehicle has 275/55R20 or
275/50R22 size tires, they are classified
as low-profile tires.
With winter tires, there may be decreased
dry road traction, increased road noise, and
shorter tread life. After changing to winter
tires, be alert for changes in vehicle
handling and braking.
If using winter tires:
. Use tires of the same brand and tread
type on all four wheel positions.
. Use only radial ply tires of the same size,
load range, and speed rating as the
original equipment tires.
Winter tires with the same speed rating as
the original equipment tires may not be
available for H, V, W, Y, and ZR speed rated
Caution
Low-profile tires are more susceptible to
damage from road hazards or curb impact
than standard profile tires. Tire and/or
wheel assembly damage can occur when
coming into contact with road hazards
like potholes, or sharp edged objects,
or when sliding into a curb. The warranty
does not cover this type of damage. Keep
tires set to the correct inflation pressure
and when possible, avoid contact with
curbs, potholes, and other road hazards.
All-Terrain Tires
This vehicle may have all-terrain or
mud-terrain tires. These tires provide good
performance on most road surfaces, weather
conditions, and for off-road driving. See
Off-Road Driving 0 194.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
330
Vehicle Care
The tread pattern on these tires may wear
more unevenly than other tires. Consider
rotating the tires more frequently than at
12 000 km (7,500 mi) intervals if irregular
wear is noted when the tires are inspected.
See Tire Inspection 0 339.
Tire Sidewall Labeling
Useful information about a tire is
molded into the sidewall. The example
shows a typical passenger vehicle tire
sidewall.
Passenger (P-Metric)/Spare Tire
(1) Tire Size : The tire size is a
combination of letters and numbers
used to define a particular tire's width,
height, aspect ratio, construction type,
and service description. See the "Tire
Size" illustration in this section.
(2) TPC Spec (Tire Performance Criteria
Specification) : Original equipment tires
designed to GM's specific tire
performance criteria have a TPC
specification code molded onto the
sidewall. GM's TPC specifications meet
or exceed all federal safety guidelines.
(3) DOT (Department of
Transportation) : The Department of
Transportation (DOT) code indicates that
the tire is in compliance with the U.S.
Department of Transportation Motor
Vehicle Safety Standards.
DOT Tire Date of Manufacture : The last
four digits of the Tire Identification
Number indicate the tire manufactured
date. The first two digits represent the
week and the last two digits, the year.
For example, the third week of the year
2020 would have a 4-digit DOT date of
0320. Week 01 is the first full week (Sunday
through Saturday) of each year.
(4) Tire Identification Number (TIN) :
The letters and numbers following the
DOT code are the TIN. The TIN shows
the manufacturer and plant code, tire
size, and date the tire was
manufactured. The TIN is molded onto
both sides of the tire, although only
one side may have the date of
manufacture.
(5) Tire Ply Material : The type of cord
and number of plies in the sidewall and
under the tread.
(6) Uniform Tire Quality Grading
(UTQG) : Tire manufacturers are
required to grade tires based on three
performance factors: tread wear,
traction, and temperature resistance.
For more information, see Uniform Tire
Quality Grading 0 342.
(7) Maximum Cold Inflation Load
Limit : Maximum load that can be
carried and the maximum pressure
needed to support that load. For
information on recommended tire
pressure see Tire Pressure 0 333 and
Vehicle Load Limits 0 201.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Vehicle Care
(8) Temporary Use Only : Only use a
temporary spare tire until the road tire
is repaired and replaced. This spare tire
should not be driven on over 112 km/h
(70 mph), or 88 km/h (55 mph) when
pulling a trailer, with the proper
inflation pressure. See Full-Size Spare
Tire 0 356.
Tire Designations
Tire Size
The example shows a typical passenger
vehicle tire size.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire
(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : The
United States version of a metric tire
sizing system. The letter "P" as the first
character in the tire size means a
331
passenger vehicle tire engineered to
standards set by the U.S. Tire and Rim
Association.
tire is certified to carry. The speed
rating is the maximum speed a tire is
certified to carry a load.
(2) Tire Width : The 3-digit number
indicates the tire section width in
millimeters from sidewall to sidewall.
Tire Terminology and Definitions
(3) Aspect Ratio : A 2-digit number that
indicates the tire height-to-width
measurements. For example, if the tire
size aspect ratio is 75, as shown in
item (3) of the illustration, it would
mean that the tire's sidewall is
75 percent as high as it is wide.
(4) Construction Code : A letter code is
used to indicate the type of ply
construction in the tire. The letter "R"
means radial ply construction; the letter
"D" means diagonal or bias ply
construction.
(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of the
wheel in inches.
(6) Service Description : These
characters represent the load index and
speed rating of the tire. The load index
represents the load carrying capacity a
Air Pressure : The amount of air inside
the tire pressing outward on each
square inch of the tire. Air pressure is
expressed in kPa (kilopascal) or psi
(pounds per square inch).
Accessory Weight : The combined
weight of optional accessories. Some
examples of optional accessories are
automatic transmission, power
windows, power seats, and air
conditioning.
Aspect Ratio : The relationship of a
tire's height to its width.
Belt : A rubber coated layer of cords
between the plies and the tread. Cords
may be made from steel or other
reinforcing materials.
Bead : The tire bead contains steel
wires wrapped by steel cords that hold
the tire onto the rim.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
332
Vehicle Care
Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in which
the plies are laid at alternate angles
less than 90 degrees to the centerline
of the tread.
Cold Tire Pressure : The amount of air
pressure in a tire, measured in kPa
(kilopascal) or psi (pounds per square
inch) before a tire has built up heat
from driving. See Tire Pressure 0 333.
Curb Weight : The weight of a motor
vehicle with standard and optional
equipment including the maximum
capacity of fuel, oil, and coolant, but
without passengers and cargo.
DOT Markings : A code molded into the
sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire
is in compliance with the U.S.
Department of Transportation (DOT)
Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. The
DOT code includes the Tire Identification
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
designator which can also identify the
tire manufacturer, production plant,
brand, and date of production.
GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight Rating.
See Vehicle Load Limits 0 201.
GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight Rating
for the front axle. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 201.
GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight Rating
for the rear axle. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 201.
Intended Outboard Sidewall : The side
of an asymmetrical tire that must
always face outward when mounted on
a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric unit for air
pressure.
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A tire used
on light duty trucks and some
multipurpose passenger vehicles.
Load Index : An assigned number
ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds
to the load carrying capacity of a tire.
Maximum Inflation Pressure : The
maximum air pressure to which a cold
tire can be inflated. The maximum air
pressure is molded onto the sidewall.
Maximum Load Rating : The load rating
for a tire at the maximum permissible
inflation pressure for that tire.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight : The
sum of curb weight, accessory weight,
vehicle capacity weight, and production
options weight.
Normal Occupant Weight : The number
of occupants a vehicle is designed to
seat multiplied by 68 kg (150 lb). See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 201.
Occupant Distribution : Designated
seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall : The side of
an asymmetrical tire that has a
particular side that faces outward when
mounted on a vehicle. The side of the
tire that contains a whitewall, bears
white lettering, or bears manufacturer,
brand, and/or model name molding
that is higher or deeper than the same
moldings on the other sidewall of
the tire.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A tire used
on passenger cars and some light duty
trucks and multipurpose vehicles.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Vehicle Care
Recommended Inflation Pressure :
Vehicle manufacturer's recommended
tire inflation pressure as shown on the
tire placard. See Tire Pressure 0 333 and
Vehicle Load Limits 0 201.
Treadwear Indicators : Narrow bands,
sometimes called wear bars, that show
across the tread of a tire when only
1.6 mm (1/16 in) of tread remains. See
When It Is Time for New Tires 0 340.
Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in
which the ply cords that extend to the
beads are laid at 90 degrees to the
centerline of the tread.
UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Standards) : A tire information system
that provides consumers with ratings
for a tire's traction, temperature, and
treadwear. Ratings are determined by
tire manufacturers using government
testing procedures. The ratings are
molded into the sidewall of the tire.
See Uniform Tire Quality Grading 0 342.
Rim : A metal support for a tire and
upon which the tire beads are seated.
Sidewall : The portion of a tire between
the tread and the bead.
Speed Rating : An alphanumeric code
assigned to a tire indicating the
maximum speed at which a tire can
operate.
Traction : The friction between the tire
and the road surface. The amount of
grip provided.
Tread : The portion of a tire that comes
into contact with the road.
Vehicle Capacity Weight : The number
of designated seating positions
multiplied by 68 kg (150 lb) plus the
rated cargo load. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 201.
Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire :
Load on an individual tire due to curb
weight, accessory weight, occupant
weight, and cargo weight.
333
Vehicle Placard : A label permanently
attached to a vehicle showing the
vehicle capacity weight and the original
equipment tire size and recommended
inflation pressure. See “Tire and Loading
Information Label” under Vehicle Load
Limits 0 201.
Tire Pressure
Tires need the correct amount of air
pressure to operate effectively.
{ Warning
Neither tire underinflation nor
overinflation is good. Underinflated
tires, or tires that do not have
enough air, can result in:
. Tire overloading and overheating,
which could lead to a blowout.
. Premature or irregular wear.
. Poor handling.
. Reduced fuel economy.
(Continued)
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
334
Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
Overinflated tires, or tires that have
too much air, can result in:
. Unusual wear.
. Poor handling.
. Rough ride.
. Needless damage from road
hazards.
The Tire and Loading Information label
on the vehicle indicates the original
equipment tires and the correct cold
tire inflation pressures. The
recommended pressure is the minimum
air pressure needed to support the
vehicle's maximum load carrying
capacity.
For additional information regarding
how much weight the vehicle can carry,
and an example of the Tire and Loading
Information label, see Vehicle Load
Limits 0 201. How the vehicle is loaded
affects vehicle handling and ride
comfort. Never load the vehicle with
more weight than it was designed to
carry.
How to Check
When to Check
Remove the valve cap from the tire
valve stem. Press the tire gauge firmly
onto the valve to get a pressure
measurement. If the cold tire inflation
pressure matches the recommended
pressure on the Tire and Loading
Information label, no further adjustment
is necessary. If the inflation pressure is
low, add air until the recommended
pressure is reached. If the inflation
pressure is high, press on the metal
stem in the center of the tire valve to
release air.
Check the pressure of the tires once a
month or more.
Do not forget the spare tire, if the
vehicle has one. See Full-Size Spare Tire
0 356 for additional information.
Use a good quality pocket-type gauge
to check tire pressure. Proper tire
inflation cannot be determined by
looking at the tire. Check the tire
inflation pressure when the tires are
cold, meaning the vehicle has not been
driven for at least three hours or no
more than 1.6 km (1 mi).
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Vehicle Care
Re-check the tire pressure with the tire
gauge.
Put the valve caps back on the valve
stems to keep out dirt and moisture.
Use only valve caps designed for the
vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors could be
damaged and would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty.
Tire Pressure for High-Speed
Operation
{ Warning
Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h
(100 mph) or higher, puts additional
strain on tires. Sustained high-speed
driving causes excessive heat buildup and
can cause sudden tire failure. This could
cause a crash, and you or others could be
killed. Some high-speed rated tires require
inflation pressure adjustment for
high-speed operation. When speed limits
and road conditions allow the vehicle to
be driven at high speeds, make sure the
tires are rated for high-speed operation,
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
are in excellent condition, and are set to
the correct cold tire inflation pressure for
the vehicle load.
Vehicles with tire sizes listed in the High
Speed Operation Inflation Pressures table
require inflation pressure adjustment when
driving the vehicle at speeds of 160 km/h
(100 mph) or higher. Set the cold tire
inflation pressure to the corresponding value
in the table for the tire size on the vehicle.
335
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
336
Vehicle Care
High Speed Operation Inflation Pressures
Tire Size
Cold Inflation Pressure kPa (psi)
265/65R18 114T
240 kPa (35 psi)
275/60R20 115T
240 kPa (35 psi)
275/50R22 111H
270 kPa (39 psi)
Return the tires to the recommended cold
tire inflation pressure when high-speed
driving has ended. See Vehicle Load Limits
0 201 and
Tire Pressure 0 333.
Tire Pressure Monitor System
The Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS)
uses radio and sensor technology to check
tire pressure levels. The TPMS sensors
monitor the air pressure in your tires and
transmit tire pressure readings to a receiver
located in the vehicle.
Each tire, including the spare (if provided),
should be checked monthly when cold and
inflated to the inflation pressure
recommended by the vehicle manufacturer
on the vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a
different size than the size indicated on the
vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure
label, you should determine the proper tire
inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has
been equipped with a tire pressure
monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a
low tire pressure telltale when one or more
of your tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure
telltale illuminates, you should stop and
check your tires as soon as possible, and
inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving
on a significantly under-inflated tire causes
the tire to overheat and can lead to tire
failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel
efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect
the vehicle's handling and stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire maintenance, and
it is the driver's responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation
has not reached the level to trigger
illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure
telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a
TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when
the system is not operating properly. The
TPMS malfunction indicator is combined
with the low tire pressure telltale. When the
system detects a malfunction, the telltale
will flash for approximately one minute and
then remain continuously illuminated. This
sequence will continue upon subsequent
vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction
exists.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Vehicle Care
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be able to
detect or signal low tire pressure as
intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for
a variety of reasons, including the
installation of replacement or alternate tires
or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the
TPMS from functioning properly. Always
check the TPMS malfunction telltale after
replacing one or more tires or wheels on
your vehicle to ensure that the replacement
or alternate tires and wheels allow the
TPMS to continue to function properly.
See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 337.
See Radio Frequency Statement 0 398.
Tire Pressure Monitor Operation
This vehicle may have a Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS). The TPMS is
designed to warn the driver when a low tire
pressure condition exists. TPMS sensors are
mounted onto each tire and wheel
assembly, excluding the spare tire and
wheel assembly. The TPMS sensors monitor
the air pressure in the tires and transmit the
tire pressure readings to a receiver located
in the vehicle.
337
is driven. This could be an early indicator
that the air pressure is getting low and
needs to be inflated to the proper pressure.
When a low tire pressure condition is
detected, the TPMS illuminates the low tire
pressure warning light located on the
instrument cluster. If the warning light
comes on, stop as soon as possible and
inflate the tires to the recommended
pressure shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label. See Vehicle Load Limits
0 201.
A message to check the pressure in a
specific tire displays in the Driver
Information Center (DIC). The low tire
pressure warning light and the DIC warning
message come on at each ignition cycle
until the tires are inflated to the correct
inflation pressure. If the vehicle has DIC
buttons, tire pressure levels can be viewed.
For additional information and details about
the DIC operation and displays, see Driver
Information Center (DIC) 0 122.
The low tire pressure warning light may
come on in cool weather when the vehicle is
first started, and then turn off as the vehicle
A Tire and Loading Information label shows
the size of the original equipment tires and
the correct inflation pressure for the tires
when they are cold. See Vehicle Load Limits
0 201, for an example of the Tire and
Loading Information label and its location.
Also see Tire Pressure 0 333.
The TPMS can warn about a low tire
pressure condition but it does not replace
normal tire maintenance. See Tire Inspection
0 339, Tire Rotation 0 339 and
Tires 0 328.
Caution
Tire sealant materials are not all the
same. A non-approved tire sealant could
damage the TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor
damage caused by using an incorrect tire
sealant is not covered by the vehicle
warranty. Always use only the GM
approved tire sealant available through
your dealer or included in the vehicle.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
338
Vehicle Care
TPMS Malfunction Light and Message
The TPMS will not function properly if one
or more of the TPMS sensors are missing or
inoperable. When the system detects a
malfunction, the low tire pressure warning
light flashes for about one minute and then
stays on for the remainder of the ignition
cycle. A DIC warning message also displays.
The malfunction light and DIC warning
message come on at each ignition cycle
until the problem is corrected. Some of the
conditions that can cause these to come
on are:
. One of the road tires has been replaced
with the spare tire. The spare tire does
not have a TPMS sensor. The malfunction
light and the DIC message should go off
after the road tire is replaced and the
sensor matching process is performed
successfully. See "TPMS Sensor Matching
Process" later in this section.
. The TPMS sensor matching process was
not done or not completed successfully
after rotating the tires. The malfunction
light and the DIC message should go off
after successfully completing the sensor
matching process. See "TPMS Sensor
Matching Process" later in this section.
. One or more TPMS sensors are missing or
damaged. The malfunction light and the
DIC message should go off when the
TPMS sensors are installed and the sensor
matching process is performed
successfully. See your dealer for service.
. Replacement tires or wheels do not match
the original equipment tires or wheels.
Tires and wheels other than those
recommended could prevent the TPMS
from functioning properly. See Buying
New Tires 0 341.
. Operating electronic devices or being near
facilities using radio wave frequencies
similar to the TPMS could cause the TPMS
sensors to malfunction.
If the TPMS is not functioning properly, it
cannot detect or signal a low tire pressure
condition. See your dealer for service if the
TPMS malfunction light and DIC message
come on and stay on.
Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped)
This feature provides visual and audible
alerts outside the vehicle to help when
inflating an underinflated tire to the
recommended cold tire pressure.
When the low tire pressure warning light
comes on:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Park the vehicle in a safe, level place.
Set the parking brake firmly.
Place the vehicle in P (Park).
Add air to the tire that is underinflated.
The turn signal lamp will flash.
When the recommended pressure is
reached, the horn sounds once and the
turn signal lamp will stop flashing and
briefly turn solid.
Repeat these steps for all underinflated tires
that have illuminated the low tire pressure
warning light.
{ Warning
Overinflating a tire could cause the tire
to rupture and you or others could be
injured. Do not exceed the maximum
pressure listed on the tire sidewall. See
Tire Sidewall Labeling 0 330 and
Vehicle Load Limits 0 201.
If the tire is overinflated by more than
35 kPa (5 psi), the horn will sound multiple
times and the turn signal lamp will continue
to flash for several seconds after filling
stops. To release and correct the pressure,
while the turn signal lamp is still flashing,
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Vehicle Care
briefly press the center of the valve stem.
When the recommended pressure is reached,
the horn sounds once.
If the turn signal lamp does not flash within
15 seconds after starting to inflate the tire,
the tire fill alert has not been activated or is
not working.
If the hazard warning flashers are on, the
tire fill alert visual feedback will not work
properly.
The TPMS will not activate the tire fill alert
properly under the following conditions:
. There is interference from an external
device or transmitter.
. The air pressure from the inflation device
is not sufficient to inflate the tire.
. There is a malfunction in the TPMS.
. There is a malfunction in the horn or turn
signal lamps.
. The identification code of the TPMS
sensor is not registered to the system.
. The battery of the TPMS sensor is low.
If the tire fill alert does not operate due to
TPMS interference, move the vehicle about
1 m (3 ft) back or forward and try again.
If the tire fill alert feature is not working,
use a tire pressure gauge.
TPMS Sensor Matching Process — Auto
Learn Function
Each TPMS sensor has a unique
identification code. The identification code
needs to be matched to a new tire/wheel
position after rotating the tires or replacing
one or more of the TPMS sensors. When a
tire is installed, the vehicle must be
stationary for about 20 minutes before the
system recalculates. The following relearn
process takes up to 10 minutes, driving at a
minimum speed of 20 km/h (12 mph).
A dash (-) or pressure value will display in
the DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC)
0 122. A warning message displays in the
DIC if a problem occurs during the relearn
process.
Tire Inspection
We recommend that the tires, including
the spare tire, if the vehicle has one, be
inspected for signs of wear or damage
at least once a month.
Replace the tire if:
. The indicators at three or more
places around the tire can be seen.
339
There is cord or fabric showing
through the tire's rubber.
. The tread or sidewall is cracked, cut,
or snagged deep enough to show
cord or fabric.
. The tire has a bump, bulge, or split.
. The tire has a puncture, cut, or other
damage that cannot be repaired well
because of the size or location of the
damage.
.
Tire Rotation
Tires should be rotated every 12 000 km
(7,500 mi). See Maintenance Schedule
0 374.
Tires are rotated to achieve a more
uniform wear for all tires. The first
rotation is the most important.
Anytime unusual wear is noticed, rotate
the tires as soon as possible, check for
proper tire inflation pressure, and check
for damaged tires or wheels. If the
unusual wear continues after the
rotation, check the wheel alignment.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
340
Vehicle Care
See When It Is Time for New Tires
0 340 and
Wheel Replacement 0 344.
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor System.
See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation
0 337.
Check that all wheel nuts are properly
tightened. See “Wheel Nut Torque”
under Capacities and Specifications
0 387.
{ Warning
Use this rotation pattern when rotating
the tires.
Do not include the spare tire in the tire
rotation.
Adjust the front and rear tires to the
recommended inflation pressure on the
Tire and Loading Information label after
the tires have been rotated. See Tire
Pressure 0 333 and
Vehicle Load Limits 0 201.
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can
cause wheel nuts to become loose
over time. The wheel could come off
and cause a crash. When changing a
wheel, remove any rust or dirt from
places where the wheel attaches to
the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth
or paper towel can be used; however,
use a scraper or wire brush later to
remove all rust or dirt.
Lightly coat the inner diameter of the
wheel hub opening with wheel bearing
grease after a wheel change or tire
rotation to prevent corrosion or rust
build-up.
{ Warning
Do not apply grease to the wheel
mounting surface, wheel conical
seats, or the wheel nuts or bolts.
Grease applied to these areas could
cause a wheel to become loose or
come off, resulting in a crash.
When It Is Time for New Tires
Factors, such as maintenance, temperatures,
driving speeds, vehicle loading, and road
conditions affect the wear rate of the tires.
Treadwear indicators are one way to tell
when it is time for new tires. Treadwear
indicators appear when the tires have only
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Vehicle Care
1.6 mm (1/16 in) or less of tread remaining.
See Tire Inspection 0 339 and
Tire Rotation 0 339 for additional
information.
The rubber in tires ages over time. This also
applies to the spare tire, if the vehicle has
one, even if it is never used. Multiple factors
including temperatures, loading conditions,
and inflation pressure maintenance affect
how fast aging takes place. GM recommends
that tires, including the spare if equipped,
be replaced after six years, regardless of
tread wear. To identify the age of a tire, use
the tire manufacture date, which is the last
four digits of the DOT Tire Identification
Number (TIN) molded into one side of the
tire sidewall. The last four digits of the TIN
indicate the tire manufactured date. The
first two digits represent the week and the
last two digits, the year. For example, the
third week of the year 2020 would have a
4-digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is the
first full week (Sunday through Saturday) of
each year.
Vehicle Storage
Tires age when stored normally mounted on
a parked vehicle. Park a vehicle that will be
stored for at least a month in a cool, dry,
clean area away from direct sunlight to slow
aging. This area should be free of grease,
gasoline, or other substances that can
deteriorate rubber.
Parking for an extended period can cause
flat spots on the tires that may result in
vibrations while driving. When storing a
vehicle for at least a month, remove the
tires or raise the vehicle to reduce the
weight from the tires.
Buying New Tires
GM has developed and matched specific
tires for the vehicle. The original
equipment tires installed were designed
to meet General Motors Tire
Performance Criteria Specification (TPC
Spec) system rating. When replacement
tires are needed, GM strongly
recommends buying tires with the same
TPC Spec rating.
GM's exclusive TPC Spec system
considers over a dozen critical
specifications that impact the overall
performance of the vehicle, including
brake system performance, ride and
handling, traction control, and tire
pressure monitoring performance. GM's
341
TPC Spec number is molded onto the
tire's sidewall near the tire size. If the
tires have an all-season tread design,
the TPC Spec number will be followed
by MS for mud and snow. See Tire
Sidewall Labeling 0 330 for additional
information.
GM recommends replacing worn tires in
complete sets of four. Uniform tread
depth on all tires will help to maintain
the performance of the vehicle. Braking
and handling performance may be
adversely affected if all the tires are not
replaced at the same time. If proper
rotation and maintenance have been
done, all four tires should wear out at
about the same time. However, if it is
necessary to replace only one axle set
of worn tires, place the new tires on
the rear axle. See Tire Rotation 0 339.
{ Warning
Tires could explode during improper
service. Attempting to mount or
dismount a tire could cause injury or
(Continued)
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
342
Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
death. Only your dealer or authorized
tire service center should mount or
dismount the tires.
{ Warning
Mixing tires of different sizes (other
than those originally installed on the
vehicle), brands, tread patterns,
or types may cause loss of vehicle
control, resulting in a crash or other
vehicle damage. Use the correct size,
brand, and type of tire on all wheels.
{ Warning
Using bias-ply tires on the vehicle
may cause the wheel rim flanges to
develop cracks after many miles of
driving. A tire and/or wheel could fail
suddenly and cause a crash. Use only
radial-ply tires with the wheels on
the vehicle.
Winter tires with the same speed rating
as the original equipment tires may not
be available for H, V, W, Y and ZR
speed rated tires. Never exceed the
winter tires’ maximum speed capability
when using winter tires with a lower
speed rating.
If the vehicle tires must be replaced
with a tire that does not have a TPC
Spec number, make sure they are the
same size, load range, speed rating, and
construction (radial) as the original
tires.
The Tire and Loading Information label
indicates the original equipment tires
on the vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits
0 201.
Different Size Tires and Wheels
If wheels or tires are installed that are a
different size than the original equipment
wheels and tires, vehicle performance,
including its braking, ride and handling
characteristics, stability, and resistance to
rollover may be affected. If the vehicle has
electronic systems such as antilock brakes,
rollover airbags, traction control, electronic
stability control, or All-Wheel Drive, the
performance of these systems can also be
affected.
{ Warning
If different sized wheels are used, there
may not be an acceptable level of
performance and safety if tires not
recommended for those wheels are
selected. This increases the chance of a
crash and serious injury. Only use GM
specific wheel and tire systems developed
for the vehicle, and have them properly
installed by a GM certified technician.
See Buying New Tires 0 341 and
Accessories and Modifications 0 296.
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
The following information relates to the
system developed by the United States
National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA), which grades
tires by treadwear, traction, and
temperature performance. This applies
only to vehicles sold in the United
States. The grades are molded on the
sidewalls of most passenger car tires.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Vehicle Care
The Uniform Tire Quality Grading
(UTQG) system does not apply to deep
tread, winter tires, compact spare tires,
tires with nominal rim diameters of
10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), or to some
limited-production tires.
While the tires available on General
Motors passenger cars and light trucks
may vary with respect to these grades,
they must also conform to federal
safety requirements and additional
General Motors Tire Performance
Criteria (TPC) standards.
Quality grades can be found where
applicable on the tire sidewall between
tread shoulder and maximum section
width. For example:
Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A
All Passenger Car Tires Must Conform to
Federal Safety Requirements In Addition
To These Grades.
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a comparative
rating based on the wear rate of the
tire when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified government
test course. For example, a tire graded
150 would wear one and one-half (1½)
times as well on the government course
as a tire graded 100. The relative
performance of tires depends upon the
actual conditions of their use, however,
and may depart significantly from the
norm due to variations in driving habits,
service practices and differences in road
characteristics and climate.
Traction
The traction grades, from highest to
lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those
grades represent the tire's ability to
stop on wet pavement as measured
under controlled conditions on specified
government test surfaces of asphalt and
concrete. A tire marked C may have
poor traction performance. Warning:
The traction grade assigned to this tire
is based on straight-ahead braking
traction tests, and does not include
acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning,
or peak traction characteristics.
343
Temperature
The temperature grades are A (the
highest), B, and C, representing the
tire's resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate heat
when tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory test
wheel. Sustained high temperature can
cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead to
sudden tire failure. The grade C
corresponds to a level of performance
which all passenger car tires must meet
under the Federal Motor Safety
Standard No. 109. Grades B and A
represent higher levels of performance
on the laboratory test wheel than the
minimum required by law. Warning:
The temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is properly
inflated and not overloaded. Excessive
speed, underinflation, or excessive
loading, either separately or in
combination, can cause heat buildup
and possible tire failure.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
344
Vehicle Care
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance
The tires and wheels were aligned and
balanced at the factory to provide the
longest tire life and best overall
performance. Adjustments to wheel
alignment and tire balancing are not
necessary on a regular basis. Consider an
alignment check if there is unusual tire wear
or the vehicle is significantly pulling to one
side or the other. Some slight pull to the
left or right, depending on the crown of the
road and/or other road surface variations
such as troughs or ruts, is normal. If the
vehicle is vibrating when driving on a
smooth road, the tires and wheels may
need to be rebalanced. See your dealer for
proper diagnosis.
Wheel Replacement
Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked,
or badly rusted or corroded. If wheel nuts
keep coming loose, the wheel, wheel bolts,
and wheel nuts should be replaced. If the
wheel leaks air, replace it. Some aluminum
wheels can be repaired. See your dealer if
any of these conditions exist.
Your dealer will know the kind of wheel that
is needed.
Each new wheel should have the same
load-carrying capacity, diameter, width,
offset, and be mounted the same way as
the one it replaces.
Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel nuts,
or Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS)
sensors with new GM original equipment
parts.
{ Warning
Using the wrong replacement wheels,
wheel bolts, or wheel nuts can be
dangerous. It could affect the braking and
handling of the vehicle. Tires can lose air,
and cause loss of control, causing a crash.
Always use the correct wheel, wheel
bolts, and wheel nuts for replacement.
Used Replacement Wheels
{ Warning
Replacing a wheel with a used one is
dangerous. How it has been used or how
far it has been driven may be unknown.
It could fail suddenly and cause a crash.
When replacing wheels, use a new GM
original equipment wheel.
Tire Chains
{ Warning
Caution
If the vehicle has 275/60R20 or 275/50R22
size tires, do not use tire chains. There is
not enough clearance. Tire chains used on
a vehicle without the proper amount of
clearance can cause damage to the
brakes, suspension, or other vehicle parts.
The area damaged by the tire chains
could cause loss of control and a crash.
The wrong wheel can also cause
problems with bearing life, brake cooling,
speedometer or odometer calibration,
headlamp aim, bumper height, vehicle
ground clearance, and tire or tire chain
clearance to the body and chassis.
Use another type of traction device only
if its manufacturer recommends it for the
vehicle's tire size combination and road
conditions. Follow that manufacturer's
instructions. To avoid vehicle damage,
(Continued)
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
drive slow and readjust or remove the
traction device if it is contacting the
vehicle. Do not spin the wheels.
If traction devices are used, install them
on the rear tires.
Caution
If the vehicle is equipped with a tire size
other than 275/60R20 or 275/50R22, use
tire chains only where legal and only
when necessary. Use chains that are the
proper size for the tires. Install them on
the tires of the rear axle. Do not use
chains on the tires of the front axle.
Tighten them as tightly as possible with
the ends securely fastened. Drive slowly
and follow the chain manufacturer's
instructions. If the chains contact the
vehicle, stop and retighten them. If the
contact continues, slow down until it
stops. Driving too fast or spinning the
wheels with chains on will damage the
vehicle.
If a Tire Goes Flat
It is unusual for a tire to blowout while
driving, especially if the tires are maintained
properly. If air goes out of a tire, it is much
more likely to leak out slowly. But if there
ever is a blowout, here are a few tips about
what to expect and what to do:
If a front tire fails, the flat tire creates a
drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side.
Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and
grip the steering wheel firmly. Steer to
maintain lane position, and then gently
brake to a stop, well off the road,
if possible.
A rear blowout, particularly on a curve, acts
much like a skid and may require the same
correction as used in a skid. Stop pressing
the accelerator pedal and steer to straighten
the vehicle. It may be very bumpy and
noisy. Gently brake to a stop, well off the
road, if possible.
{ Warning
Driving on a flat tire will cause
permanent damage to the tire.
Re-inflating a tire after it has been driven
on while severely underinflated or flat
(Continued)
345
Warning (Continued)
may cause a blowout and a serious crash.
Never attempt to re-inflate a tire that has
been driven on while severely
underinflated or flat. Have your dealer or
an authorized tire service center repair or
replace the flat tire as soon as possible.
{ Warning
Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to
do maintenance or repairs is dangerous
without the appropriate safety equipment
and training. If a jack is provided with
the vehicle, it is designed only for
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could be
badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips
off the jack. If a jack is provided with the
vehicle, only use it for changing a
flat tire.
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and
wheel damage by driving slowly to a level
place, well off the road, if possible. Turn on
the hazard warning flashers. See Hazard
Warning Flashers 0 139.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
346
Vehicle Care
{ Warning
Changing a tire can be dangerous. The
vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over
or fall causing injury or death. Find a
level place to change the tire. To help
prevent the vehicle from moving:
1. Set the parking brake firmly.
2. Shift the vehicle to P (Park).
3. For vehicles with four-wheel drive
with an N (Neutral) transfer case
position, be sure the transfer case is
in a drive gear — not in N (Neutral).
4. Turn off the engine and do not
restart while the vehicle is raised.
5. Do not allow passengers to remain
in the vehicle.
6. Place wheel blocks, if equipped, on
both sides of the tire at the opposite
corner of the tire being changed.
When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), use the
following example as a guide to assist in the
placement of the wheel blocks (1),
if equipped.
1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)
2. Flat Tire
The following information explains how to
use the jack and change a tire.
Tire Changing
Before changing a flat tire, see “Hands-Free
Operation” under Liftgate 0 17.
Removing the Spare Tire and Tools
The equipment needed to change a flat tire
is stored in the rear of the vehicle. The
jacking tools are under the load floor,
secured with velcro straps. The jack is
behind a door in the trim panel on the
driver side.
1. Pull to open the trim panel door.
The third row driver side seat may
need to be folded to access the trim
panel door.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Vehicle Care
Use the following tools:
2. Turn the jack knob counterclockwise to
release the jack and wheel blocks from
the bracket. If equipped, remove the
wheel blocks from the jack and place
the wheel blocks on both sides of the
tire at the opposite corner of the tire
being changed. See If a Tire Goes Flat
0 345 for more information on the
placement of the wheel blocks. Place
the jack and wheel blocks near the tire
being changed.
Short Wheel Base Shown, Extended Wheel
Base Similar
3. Lift the load floor. Remove the jacking
tools and place them near the tire
being changed.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Jack
Wheel Blocks
Jack Handle
Jack Handle Extensions
Wheel Wrench
347
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
348
Vehicle Care
To access the spare tire, refer to the
following graphics and instructions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Hoist Assembly
Hoist Shaft
Hoist Shaft Access Cover/Hole
Jack Handle Extension
Wheel Wrench
Spare Tire Lock
Hoist End of Extension Tool
Hoist Shaft Access Hole
Spare Tire (Valve Stem Pointed Up)
Tire/Wheel Retainer
Hoist Cable
1. Open the hoist shaft access cover (3) on
the bumper to access the spare tire
lock (6).
2. To remove the spare tire lock (6), insert
the mechanical key, turn it clockwise and
then pull it straight out.
3. Assemble the jack handle extensions (4)
and wheel wrench (5), as shown.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Vehicle Care
4. Insert the open end of the extension (7)
through the hole in the rear bumper (8)
(hoist shaft access hole).
Be sure the hoist end of the extension
(7) connects to the hoist shaft. The
ribbed square end of the extension is
used to lower the spare tire.
5. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise
to lower the spare tire to the ground.
Continue to turn the wheel wrench until
the spare tire can be pulled out from
under the vehicle.
6. Pull the spare tire out from under the
vehicle.
349
7. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle with
some slack in the cable to access the
tire/wheel retainer.
Tilt the retainer and pull it and the cable
and spring through the center of the
wheel.
8. Put the spare tire near the flat tire.
Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the
Spare Tire
1. Do a safety check before proceeding. See
If a Tire Goes Flat 0 345 for more
information.
2. If the vehicle has a center cap that
covers the wheel fasteners, place the
chisel end of the wheel wrench in the
slot on the wheel and gently pry the
cap out.
If the wheel has a bolt-on hub cap,
loosen the plastic nut caps by turning
the wheel wrench counterclockwise. The
plastic nut caps will be retained in the
hub cap after it is removed from the
wheel.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
350
Vehicle Care
{ Warning
To avoid personal injury and vehicle
damage, disable the power assist steps
before using a jack or placing an object
under the vehicle. See Power Assist Steps
0 24.
Caution
3. Use the wheel wrench to loosen all the
wheel nuts. Turn the wheel wrench
counterclockwise to loosen the wheel
nuts. Do not remove the wheel nuts yet.
Only raise the vehicle from the jacking
locations shown. Raising the vehicle from
the rear could damage the frame or other
components. The damage may not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Vehicle Jacking Locations
4. Position the jack lift head as shown, at
the jacking location nearest the flat tire.
The jack must not be used in any other
position.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Vehicle Care
351
{ Warning
Getting under a vehicle when it is lifted
on a jack is dangerous. If the vehicle slips
off the jack, you could be badly injured
or killed. Never get under a vehicle when
it is supported only by a jack.
{ Warning
Raising the vehicle with the jack
improperly positioned can damage the
vehicle and even make the vehicle fall. To
help avoid personal injury and vehicle
damage, be sure to fit the jack lift head
into the proper location before raising
the vehicle.
{ Warning
Some Examples of Where Not to Jack
The jack has a feature to limit its travel
to prevent overextension. When the
height limit is reached, an increase in
resistance if felt when attempting to
raise the jack farther. Raising the jack
past the height limit can damage the jack
pin and cause the jack to lock into an
(Continued)
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
352
Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
{ Warning
overextended position or not lower fully.
Do not attempt to force the jack higher
once the height limit is reached.
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can
cause wheel nuts to become loose
over time. The wheel could come off
and cause a crash. When changing a
wheel, remove any rust or dirt from
places where the wheel attaches to
the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth
or paper towel can be used; however,
use a scraper or wire brush later to
remove all rust or dirt.
5. Raise the vehicle by turning the wheel
wrench clockwise in the jack. Raise the
vehicle far enough off the ground so
there is enough room for the spare tire
to fit under the wheel well.
6. Remove all of the wheel nuts.
7. Remove the flat tire.
8. Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel
bolts, mounting surfaces, and spare
wheel.
9. Place the spare tire on the
wheel-mounting surface.
{ Warning
Never use oil or grease on bolts or nuts
because the nuts might come loose. The
vehicle's wheel could fall off, causing a
crash.
10. Reinstall the wheel nuts. Tighten each
nut by hand. Then use the wheel wrench
to tighten the nuts until the wheel is
held against the hub.
11. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise
to lower the vehicle. Lower the jack
completely.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
accessory locking wheel nuts. See
Capacities and Specifications 0 387 for
original equipment wheel nut torque
specifications.
Caution
353
. For bolt-on hub caps, line up the plastic
nut caps with the wheel nuts and tighten
clockwise by hand to get them started.
Then tighten with the wheel wrench
until snug.
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools
{ Warning
Storing a jack, a tire, or other equipment
in the passenger compartment of the
vehicle could cause injury. In a sudden
stop or collision, loose equipment could
strike someone. Store all these in the
proper place.
{ Warning
Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead
to brake pulsation and rotor damage. To
avoid expensive brake repairs, evenly
tighten the wheel nuts in the proper
sequence and to the proper torque
specification. See Capacities and
Specifications 0 387 for the wheel nut
torque specification.
Wheel nuts that are improperly or
incorrectly tightened can cause the
wheels to become loose or come off. The
wheel nuts should be tightened with a
torque wrench to the proper torque
specification after replacing. Follow the
torque specification supplied by the
aftermarket manufacturer when using
(Continued)
When reinstalling the regular wheel and tire,
also reinstall either the center cap or the
bolt-on hub cap, depending on which one
the vehicle has.
. For center caps, line up the tab on the
center cap with the slot in the wheel. The
cap only goes in one way. Place the cap
on the wheel and press until it snaps into
place.
Failure to follow these tire storage
instructions carefully could result in
personal injury or property damage if the
hoist cable fails or if the tire comes loose.
Make sure the tire is stored securely
before driving.
12. Tighten the nuts firmly in a crisscross
sequence as shown by turning the wheel
wrench clockwise.
{ Warning
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
354
Vehicle Care
Caution
Always store the spare tire or flat tire
with the valve stem pointed up. Stowing
a tire with the valve stem pointed down
could result in damage to the wheel.
Caution
The tire hoist is designed to be raised
and lowered with tension on the cable.
If the hoist must be raised or lowered
without a tire attached, do so only by
hand, and at a slow pace, to avoid
damaging the mechanism. Do not use
power tools.
If the vehicle has 275/60R20 or 275/50R22
size tires, the flat tire must be stored inside
of the vehicle using the flat tire secure strap
inside the glove box. See “Storing a Flat Tire
Inside of the Vehicle” later in this section.
If the vehicle has 265/65R18 or 275/55R20
size tires, store the flat tire under the rear
of the vehicle in the spare tire carrier. Refer
to the following graphics and instructions:
8. Hoist Shaft Access Hole
9. Spare Tire (Valve Stem Pointed Up)
10. Tire/Wheel Retainer
11. Hoist Cable
1. Put the tire (9) on the ground at the rear
of the vehicle with the valve stem
pointed up, and to the rear.
2. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle. Separate
the tire/wheel retainer from the guide
pin. Pull the pin through the center of
the wheel. Tilt the retainer down
through the center wheel opening.
Make sure the retainer is fully seated
across the underside of the wheel.
{ Warning
An improperly stored spare tire could
come loose and cause a crash. To avoid
personal injury or property damage,
always store the spare tire when the
vehicle is parked on a level surface.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Hoist Assembly
Hoist Shaft
Hoist Shaft Access Cover/Hole
Jack Handle Extension
Wheel Wrench
Spare Tire Lock
Hoist End of Extension Tool
3. Assemble the jack handle extensions (4)
and wheel wrench (5).
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Vehicle Care
Caution
Use of an air wrench or other power
tools with the hoist mechanism is not
recommended and could damage the
system. Use only the tools supplied with
the hoist mechanism.
6. Raise the tire fully against the underside
of the vehicle by turning the wheel
wrench clockwise until you hear two
clicks or feel it skip twice. The cable
cannot be overtightened.
Correctly Stored
4. Insert the open end of the extension (7)
through the hole in the rear bumper (8)
(hoist shaft access hole).
5. Raise the tire part way upward. Make
sure the retainer is seated in the wheel
opening.
7. Make sure the tire is stored securely.
Push, pull, and then try to turn the tire.
If the tire moves, use the wheel wrench
to tighten the cable.
Repeat this tightness check procedure
when checking the spare tire pressure
according to the scheduled maintenance
information or any time the spare tire is
handled due to service of other
components.
Incorrectly Stored
8. Reinstall the spare tire lock.
9. Reinstall the hoist shaft access cover.
355
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
356
Vehicle Care
Storing the Tools
To store the tools:
1. Return the tools (wheel wrench, jack
handle, and jack handle extensions) to
the tool bag. Use the velcro straps to
secure the tool bag under the load floor
in the cargo area.
2. Position the jack and wheel blocks in the
driver side trim panel over the
wheelhouse.
3. Turn the jack knob clockwise until the
jack is secured tight in the mounting
bracket. Be sure to position the holes in
the base of the jack onto the pin in the
mounting bracket.
4. Close the trim panel door.
folded down, the flat tire cannot be
stored and must be left in a safe
location, to be picked up at a later time.
3. Once there is sufficient space in the rear
of the vehicle, lift the flat tire and place
it on top of the load floor, with the
valve stem pointed up.
5. Route the hook end of the strap through
the wheel, as shown.
6. Attach the hook to the other cargo
tie-down in the rear of the vehicle.
7. Tighten the strap.
Storing a Flat Tire Inside of the Vehicle
If the vehicle has 275/60R20 or 275/50R22
size tires, the flat tire must be stored inside
of the vehicle in the cargo area using the
flat tire secure strap inside the glove box.
1. Store the tools. See “Storing the Tools”
earlier in this section.
2. If the vehicle has a short wheel base, the
third row seat must be folded down to
provide sufficient space to store the flat
tire. If the third row seat cannot be
Full-Size Spare Tire
4. Remove the flat tire secure strap from
the glove box and place the loop end of
the strap through the cargo tie-down.
Place the hook end of the strap through
the loop and pull it until the strap is
fastened securely to the tie-down.
If this vehicle came with a full-size spare
tire, it was fully inflated when new,
however, it can lose air over time. Check the
inflation pressure regularly. See Tire Pressure
0 333 and
Vehicle Load Limits 0 201 for information
regarding proper tire inflation and loading
the vehicle. For instructions on how to
remove, install, or store a spare tire, see Tire
Changing 0 346.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Vehicle Care
If equipped with a temporary use full-size
spare tire, it is indicated on the tire sidewall.
See Tire Sidewall Labeling 0 330. This spare
tire should not be driven on over 112 km/h
(70 mph), or 88 km/h (55 mph) when
pulling a trailer, at the proper inflation
pressure. Repair and replace the road tire as
soon as it is convenient, and stow the spare
tire for future use.
Caution
If the vehicle has four-wheel drive and a
different size spare tire is installed, do
not drive in four-wheel drive until the flat
tire is repaired and/or replaced. The
vehicle could be damaged and the repairs
would not be covered by the warranty.
Never use four-wheel drive when a
different size spare tire is installed on the
vehicle.
The vehicle may have a different size spare
tire than the road tires originally installed
on the vehicle. This spare tire was developed
for use on this vehicle, so it is all right to
drive on it. If the vehicle has four-wheel
drive and a different size spare tire is
installed, drive only in two-wheel drive.
357
After installing the spare tire on the vehicle,
stop as soon as possible and check that the
spare is correctly inflated. The spare tire is
made to perform well at speeds up to
112 km/h (70 MPH) at the recommended
inflation pressure, so you can finish
your trip.
If the vehicle's battery (or batteries) has run
down, you may want to use another vehicle
and some jumper cables to start your
vehicle. Be sure to use the following steps
to do it safely.
Have the damaged or flat road tire repaired
or replaced and installed back onto the
vehicle as soon as possible so the spare tire
will be available in case it is needed again.
Do not mix tires and wheels of difference
sizes, because they will not fit. Keep the
spare tire and its wheel together.
WARNING: Battery posts, terminals and
related accessories can expose you to
chemicals including lead and lead
compounds, which are known to the
State of California to cause cancer and
birth defects or other reproductive harm.
Wash hands after handling. For more
information go to
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.
If the vehicle has a spare tire that does not
match the original road tires and wheels in
size and type, do not include the spare in
the tire rotation.
{ Warning
See the warning on the back cover.
{ Warning
Jump Starting
Jump Starting - North America
Batteries can hurt you. They can be
dangerous because:
For more information about the vehicle
battery, see Battery - North America 0 313.
. They contain acid that can burn you.
. They contain gas that can explode or
ignite.
. They contain enough electricity to
burn you.
(Continued)
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
358
Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
If you do not follow these steps exactly,
some or all of these things can hurt you.
Caution
Ignoring these steps could result in costly
damage to the vehicle that would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty. Trying
to start the vehicle by pushing or pulling
it will not work, and it could damage the
vehicle.
2. Good Battery Negative (–) Terminal
3. Discharged Battery Negative (–)
Grounding Point
4. Discharged Battery Remote Positive (+)
Terminal
The good battery positive (+) terminal and
the good battery negative (–) terminal are
on the battery of the vehicle providing the
jump start.
The discharged battery positive (+) terminal
and the discharged battery negative (–)
grounding point are on the passenger side
of the vehicle.
The discharged battery positive (+) terminal
is under a cover. Open the cover to expose
the terminal.
1. Check the other vehicle. It must have a
12-volt battery with a negative ground
system.
Caution
5.3L V8 Shown, 6.2L V8 Similar
1. Good Battery Positive (+) Terminal
If the other vehicle does not have a
12-volt system with a negative ground,
both vehicles can be damaged. Only use
a vehicle that has a 12-volt system with a
negative ground for jump starting.
2. If you have a vehicle with a diesel
engine with two batteries, you should
know before you begin that, especially in
cold weather, you may not be able to
get enough power from a single battery
in another vehicle to start your diesel
engine. If your vehicle has more than
one battery, using the battery that is
closer to the starter will reduce electrical
resistance. This is located on the
passenger side, in the rear of the engine
compartment.
3. Get the vehicles close enough so the
jumper cables can reach, but be sure the
vehicles are not touching each other.
If they are, it could cause an unwanted
ground connection. You would not be
able to start your vehicle, and the bad
grounding could damage the electrical
systems.
To avoid the possibility of the vehicles
rolling, set the parking brake firmly on
both vehicles involved in the jump start
procedure. Put an automatic transmission
in P (Park) or a manual transmission in
Neutral before setting the parking brake.
If you have a four-wheel-drive vehicle, be
sure the transfer case is in a drive gear,
not in N (Neutral).
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Vehicle Care
Caution
If any accessories are left on or plugged
in during the jump starting procedure,
they could be damaged. The repairs
would not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Whenever possible, turn off or
unplug all accessories on either vehicle
when jump starting.
4. Turn the ignition off on both vehicles.
Unplug unnecessary accessories plugged
into the accessory power outlets. Turn
off the radio and all the lamps that are
not needed. This will avoid sparks and
help save both batteries. And it could
save the radio!
5. Open the hood on the other vehicle and
locate the positive (+) and negative (−)
terminal locations on that vehicle.
{ Warning
An electric fan can start up even when
the engine is not running and can injure
you. Keep hands, clothing, and tools
away from any underhood electric fan.
{ Warning
Using a match near a battery can cause
battery gas to explode. People have been
hurt doing this, and some have been
blinded. Use a flashlight if you need
more light.
Battery fluid contains acid that can burn
you. Do not get it on you. If you
accidentally get it in your eyes or on
your skin, flush the place with water and
get medical help immediately.
{ Warning
Fans or other moving engine parts can
injure you badly. Keep your hands away
from moving parts once the engine is
running.
6. Check that the jumper cables do not
have loose or missing insulation. If they
do, you could get a shock. The vehicles
could be damaged too.
Before you connect the cables, here are
some basic things you should know.
Positive (+) will go to positive (+) or to a
remote positive (+) terminal if the
7.
8.
9.
10.
359
vehicle has one. Negative (−) will go to a
heavy, unpainted metal engine part or to
a remote negative (−) terminal if the
vehicle has one.
Do not connect positive (+) to negative
(−) or you will get a short that would
damage the battery and maybe other
parts too. And do not connect the
negative (−) cable to the negative (−)
terminal on the dead battery because
this can cause sparks.
Connect one end of the red positive (+)
cable to the discharged battery
positive (+) terminal.
Do not let the other end touch metal.
Connect it to the good battery
positive (+) terminal. Use a remote
positive (+) terminal if the vehicle
has one.
Connect one end of the black negative
(−) cable to the good battery negative
(−) terminal. Use a remote negative (−)
terminal if the vehicle has one.
Do not let the other end touch anything
until the next step.
Connect the other end of the negative
(−) cable to the discharged battery
negative (−) grounding point.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
360
Vehicle Care
11. Start the vehicle with the good battery
and run the engine for a while.
12. Try to start the vehicle that had the
dead battery. If it will not start after a
few tries, it probably needs service.
Caution
If the jumper cables are connected or
removed in the wrong order, electrical
shorting may occur and damage the
vehicle. The repairs would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. Always connect
and remove the jumper cables in the
correct order, making sure that the cables
do not touch each other or other metal.
Jumper Cable Removal
Reverse the sequence exactly when
removing the jumper cables.
After starting the disabled vehicle and
removing the jumper cables, allow it to idle
for several minutes.
Towing the Vehicle
Caution
Incorrectly transporting a disabled vehicle
may cause damage to the vehicle. Use
proper tire straps to secure the vehicle to
the flatbed tow truck. Do not strap or
hook to any frame, underbody,
or suspension component not specified
below. Do not move vehicles with drive
axle tires on the ground. Damage is not
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Caution
The vehicle may be equipped with an
electric parking brake and/or an
electronic shifter. In the event of a loss of
12-volt battery power, the electric parking
brake cannot be released, and the vehicle
cannot be shifted to N (Neutral). Tire
skates or dollies must be used under the
non-rolling tires to prevent damage while
loading/unloading the vehicle. Dragging
the vehicle will cause damage not
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Caution
The vehicle may be equipped with a tow
eye. Improper use of the tow eye may
cause damage to the vehicle and is not
covered by the vehicle warranty.
If equipped, use the tow eye to load the
vehicle onto a flatbed tow truck from a
flat road surface, or to move the vehicle
a very short distance at a walking pace.
The tow eye is not designed for off-road
recovery. The vehicle must be in
N (Neutral) with the electric parking
brake released when using the tow eye.
Contact a professional towing service if the
disabled vehicle must be transported. GM
recommends a flatbed tow truck to
transport a disabled vehicle. Use ramps to
help reduce approach angles, if necessary.
If equipped, a tow eye may be located near
the spare tire or emergency jack. Do not use
the tow eye to pull the vehicle from the
snow, mud, sand, or ditch. Tow eye threads
may have right or left-hand threads. Use
caution when installing or removing the
tow eye.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Vehicle Care
The vehicle must be in N (Neutral) and the
electric parking brake must be released
when loading the vehicle onto a flatbed tow
truck.
. If the vehicle is equipped with car wash
mode and has 12-volt battery power, refer
to “Car Wash Mode” under Automatic
Transmission 0 211 to place the vehicle in
N (Neutral).
. If the 12-volt battery is dead and/or the
engine will not start, the vehicle will not
move. Try to jump start the vehicle. Refer
to Jump Starting - North America 0 357
and if the jump start is successful, retry
the “Car Wash Mode” procedure.
. If jump starting is unsuccessful, the
vehicle will not move. Tire skates or
dollies must be used under the non-rolling
tires to prevent vehicle damage.
Front Attachment Points
361
ground. Dolly towing is towing the vehicle
with two wheels on the ground and two
wheels on a dolly.
Follow the tow vehicle manufacturer’s
instructions. See your dealer or trailering
professional for additional advice and
equipment recommendations.
The vehicle is equipped with specific
attachment points to be used to pull the
vehicle onto a flatbed car carrier from a flat
road surface. Do not use these attachment
points to pull the vehicle from snow, mud
or sand.
Recreational Vehicle Towing
Recreational vehicle towing means towing
the vehicle behind another vehicle, such as a
motor home. The two most common types
of recreational vehicle towing are dinghy
and dolly towing. Dinghy towing is towing
the vehicle with all four wheels on the
Here are some important things to consider
before recreational vehicle towing:
. Before towing the vehicle, become
familiar with the local laws that apply to
recreational vehicle towing. These laws
may vary by region.
. What is the towing capacity of the
towing vehicle? Be sure to read the tow
vehicle manufacturer's recommendations.
. What is the distance that will be
traveled? Some vehicles have restrictions
on how far and how long they can tow.
. Is the proper towing equipment going to
be used? See your dealer or trailering
professional for additional advice and
equipment recommendations.
. Is the vehicle ready to be towed? Just as
preparing the vehicle for a long trip,
make sure the vehicle is prepared to be
towed.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
362
Vehicle Care
Caution
Use of a shield mounted in front of the
vehicle grille could restrict airflow and
cause damage to the transmission. The
repairs would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. If using a shield, only
use one that attaches to the towing
vehicle.
Dinghy Towing
Caution
If the two-wheel-drive vehicle is towed
with all four wheels on the ground, the
drivetrain components could be damaged.
The repairs would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
Two-wheel-drive vehicles should not be
towed with all four wheels on the ground.
Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles
Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles
Only dinghy tow four-wheel-drive vehicles
with a two speed transfer case that has an
N (Neutral) and a 4n setting.
{ Warning
Shifting a four-wheel-drive vehicle's
transfer case into N (Neutral) can cause
the vehicle to roll even if the
transmission is in P (Park). You or others
could be injured. Set the parking brake
before shifting the transfer case to
N (Neutral).
To dinghy tow:
1. Position the vehicle being towed behind
the tow vehicle, facing forward and on a
level surface.
2. Securely attach the vehicle being towed
to the tow vehicle.
3. Apply the parking brake and start the
engine.
4. Shift the transfer case to N (Neutral). See
“Shifting into N (Neutral)” under
Four-Wheel Drive 0 214 for the proper
procedure. Check that the vehicle is in
N (Neutral) by shifting the transmission
to R (Reverse) and then to D (Drive).
There should be no movement of the
vehicle while shifting.
5. Shift the transmission to P (Park).
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Vehicle Care
Caution
Failure to tow the vehicle with the
transmission in P (Park) can cause
damage to the transmission.
6. Turn off the engine.
7. Place the vehicle in ACC/ACCESSORY
mode by pressing the start button
without stepping on the brake pedal.
8. Release the parking brake only when you
are confident it is secured to tow vehicle
and will not roll.
Before going on to the next step, be
sure to take the mechanical key with
you. It will be needed to re-enter the
vehicle after the power is disconnected.
See “Drive Door Key Lock Cylinder
Access” under Door Locks 0 14.
9. Disconnect the negative battery cable at
the battery and secure the nut and bolt.
Cover the negative battery post with a
non-conductive material to prevent any
contact with the negative battery
terminal.
Caution
Failure to disconnect the negative battery
cable or to have it contact the terminals
can cause damage to the vehicle.
10. Move the steering wheel to make sure
the steering column is unlocked.
Caution
If the steering column is locked, vehicle
damage may occur.
11. Rock the vehicle to make sure the
parking brake is not set and transfer case
is in N (Neutral).
Caution
Towing the vehicle with the parking
brake set can damage it. Always release
the parking brake prior to towing the
vehicle.
Disconnecting the Towed Vehicle
Before disconnecting the towed vehicle:
1. Park on a level surface.
2. Connect the battery.
3. Apply the brake pedal.
363
{ Warning
The vehicle can roll when the brake pedal
is released. Always apply and hold the
brake pedal when setting the parking
brake. Make sure the parking brake is
fully engaged before releasing the brake
pedal.
4. Start the engine and shift the transfer
case out of N (Neutral) to 2 m. See
“Shifting out of N (Neutral)” under
Four-Wheel Drive 0 214. See your dealer
if the transfer case cannot be shifted out
of N (Neutral).
5. Check that the vehicle is in 2 m by
shifting the transmission to R (Reverse)
and then to D (Drive). There should be
movement of the vehicle while shifting.
6. Shift the transmission to P (Park) and
turn off the vehicle.
7. Set the parking brake.
8. Release the parking brake.
9. Disconnect the vehicle from the tow
vehicle.
10. Reset any lost presets.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
364
Vehicle Care
The outside temperature display will
default to 0 °C (32 °F) but will reset with
normal usage.
Appearance Care
Exterior Care
Dolly Towing
Locks
Locks are lubricated at the factory. Use a
de-icing agent only when absolutely
necessary, and have the locks greased after
using. See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 383.
Washing the Vehicle
Caution
Do not tow this vehicle with two wheels
on the ground, or vehicle damage could
occur. This damage would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Dolly towing this vehicle is not allowed with
either the front or the rear tires on the
ground for two-wheel drive or four-wheel
drive, regardless of transfer case.
To preserve the vehicle's finish, wash it
often and out of direct sunlight.
Caution
Do not use petroleum-based, acidic,
or abrasive cleaning agents as they can
damage the vehicle's paint, metal,
or plastic parts. If damage occurs, it
would not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Approved cleaning products can
be obtained from your dealer. Follow all
manufacturer directions regarding correct
product usage, necessary safety
precautions, and appropriate disposal of
any vehicle care product.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Vehicle Care
Caution
Caution (Continued)
Avoid using high-pressure washes closer
than 30 cm (12 in) to the surface of the
vehicle. Use of power washers exceeding
8 274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result in
damage or removal of paint and decals.
This could cause damage that would not
be covered by the vehicle warranty.
If using an automatic car wash, follow the
car wash instructions. The windshield wiper
and rear window wiper, if equipped, must
be off. Remove any accessories that may be
damaged or interfere with the car wash
equipment.
Solvents or aggressive cleaners may harm
underhood components. The usages of these
chemicals should be avoided.
Recommend water only.
Dry the finish with a soft, clean chamois or
an all-cotton towel to avoid surface
scratches and water spotting.
A pressure washer may be used, but care
must be utilized. The following criteria must
be followed:
. Water pressure must be kept below
14,000 KPa (2,000 PSI).
. Water temperature must be below 80 °C
(180 °F).
. Spray nozzle with a 40 degree wide angle
spray pattern or wider must be used.
. Nozzle must be kept at least 30 cm (1 ft)
away from all surfaces.
Cleaning Underhood Components
Finish Care
Rinse the vehicle well, before washing and
after, to remove all cleaning agents
completely. If they are allowed to dry on
the surface, they could stain.
Caution
Do not power wash any component
under the hood that has this e
symbol.
(Continued)
Application of aftermarket clearcoat sealant/
wax materials is not recommended.
If painted surfaces are damaged, see your
dealer to have the damage assessed and
repaired. Foreign materials such as calcium
chloride and other salts, ice melting agents,
road oil and tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
365
chemicals from industrial chimneys, etc., can
damage the vehicle's finish if they remain
on painted surfaces. Wash the vehicle as
soon as possible. If necessary, use
non-abrasive cleaners that are marked safe
for painted surfaces to remove foreign
matter.
Occasional hand waxing or mild polishing
should be done to remove residue from the
paint finish. See your dealer for approved
cleaning products.
Do not apply waxes or polishes to uncoated
plastic, vinyl, rubber, decals, simulated
wood, or flat paint as damage can occur.
Caution
Machine compounding or aggressive
polishing on a basecoat/clearcoat paint
finish may damage it. Use only
non-abrasive waxes and polishes that are
made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
on the vehicle.
To keep the paint finish looking new, keep
the vehicle garaged or covered whenever
possible.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
366
Vehicle Care
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Moldings
Caution
Failure to clean and protect the bright
metal moldings can result in a hazy
white finish or pitting. This damage
would not be covered by the vehicle
warranty.
The bright metal moldings on the vehicle
are aluminum, chrome or stainless steel. To
prevent damage always follow these
cleaning instructions:
. Be sure the molding is cool to the touch
before applying any cleaning solution.
. Use only approved cleaning solutions for
aluminum, chrome or stainless steel.
Some cleaners are highly acidic or contain
alkaline substances and can damage the
moldings.
. Always dilute a concentrated cleaner
according to the manufacturer’s
instructions.
. Do not use cleaners that are not intended
for automotive use.
. Use a nonabrasive wax on the vehicle
after washing to protect and extend the
molding finish.
Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses,
Emblems, Decals, and Stripes
Caution
Using wax on low gloss black finish
stripes can increase the gloss level and
create a non-uniform finish. Clean low
gloss stripes with soap and water only.
Use only lukewarm or cold water, a soft
cloth, and a car washing soap to clean
exterior lamps, lenses, emblems, decals, and
stripes. Follow instructions under "Washing
the Vehicle" previously in this section.
Air Intakes
Lamp covers are made of plastic, and some
have a UV protective coating. Do not clean
or wipe them when dry.
Clear debris from the air intakes, between
the hood and windshield, when washing the
vehicle.
Do not use any of the following on lamp
covers:
. Abrasive or caustic agents.
. Washer fluids and other cleaning agents
in higher concentrations than suggested
by the manufacturer.
. Solvents, alcohols, fuels, or other harsh
cleaners.
. Ice scrapers or other hard items.
. Aftermarket appearance caps or covers
while the lamps are illuminated, due to
excessive heat generated.
Shutter System
Caution
Failure to clean lamps properly can cause
damage to the lamp cover that would
not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
The vehicle may have a shutter system
designed to help improve fuel economy.
Keep the shutter system clear of debris,
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Vehicle Care
snow and ice. If the check engine light is
activated, please check to see if the shutter
system is clear of debris, snow or ice.
Windshield and Wiper Blades
Clean the outside of the windshield with
glass cleaner.
Clean rubber blades using a lint-free cloth or
paper towel soaked with windshield washer
fluid or a mild detergent. Wash the
windshield thoroughly when cleaning the
blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and a buildup
of vehicle wash/wax treatments may cause
wiper streaking.
Replace the wiper blades if they are worn or
damaged. Damage can be caused by
extreme dusty conditions, sand, salt, heat,
sun, snow, and ice.
Weatherstrips
Apply weatherstrip lubricant on
weatherstrips to make them last longer, seal
better, and not stick or squeak. Lubricate
weatherstrips at least once a year. Hot, dry
climates may require more frequent
application. Black marks from rubber
material on painted surfaces can be removed
by rubbing with a clean cloth. See
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 383.
Tires
367
Caution
Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to clean
the tires.
Caution
Using petroleum-based tire dressing
products on the vehicle may damage the
paint finish and/or tires. When applying a
tire dressing, always wipe off any
overspray from all painted surfaces on
the vehicle.
To avoid surface damage on wheels and
wheel trim, do not use strong soaps,
chemicals, abrasive polishes, cleaners,
or brushes. Use only GM approved
cleaners. Do not drive the vehicle through
an automatic car wash that uses silicon
carbide tire/wheel cleaning brushes.
Damage could occur and the repairs
would not be covered by the vehicle
warranty.
Wheels and Wheel Trim
Brake System
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild soap and
water to clean the wheels. After rinsing
thoroughly with clean water, dry with a
soft, clean towel. A wax may then be
applied.
Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for
proper hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks,
chafing, etc. Inspect disc brake pads for wear
and rotors for surface condition. Inspect
drum brake linings/shoes for wear or cracks.
Inspect all other brake parts.
Caution
Chrome wheels and chrome wheel trim
may be damaged if the vehicle is not
washed after driving on roads that have
been sprayed with magnesium chloride or
calcium chloride. These are used on roads
for conditions such as dust and ice.
Always wash the chrome with soap and
water after exposure.
Steering, Suspension, and Chassis
Components
Visually inspect steering, suspension, and
chassis components for damaged, loose,
or missing parts or signs of wear at least
once a year.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
368
Vehicle Care
Inspect power steering for proper
attachment, connections, binding, leaks,
cracks, chafing, etc.
Visually check constant velocity joint boots
and axle seals for leaks.
Lubricate the outer tie rod ends at least
every other oil change.
Control arm ball joints are maintenance-free.
Caution
Lubrication of applicable steering/
suspension points should not be done
unless the temperature is −12 °C (10 °F) or
higher, or damage could result.
Body Component Lubrication
Lubricate all key lock cylinders, hood hinges,
liftgate hinges, steel fuel door hinge and
power assist step hinges, unless the
components are plastic. Applying silicone
grease on weatherstrips with a clean cloth
will make them last longer, seal better, and
not stick or squeak.
Underbody Maintenance
Caution
Avoid pressure washing the vehicle frame.
Use of high-pressure washers can result
in removal of corrosion protection and
possible vehicle damage.
At least twice a year, spring and fall, use
plain water to flush any corrosive materials
from the underbody. Take care to
thoroughly clean any areas where mud and
other debris can collect. If equipped with
power assist steps, extend them and then
use a high pressure wash to clean all joints
and gaps.
Do not directly pressure wash the transfer
case and/or front/rear axle output seals.
High pressure water can overcome the seals
and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated
fluid will decrease the life of the transfer
case and/or axles and should be replaced.
Sheet Metal Damage
If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet
metal repair or replacement, make sure the
body repair shop applies anti-corrosion
material to parts repaired or replaced to
restore corrosion protection.
Original manufacturer replacement parts will
provide the corrosion protection while
maintaining the vehicle warranty.
Finish Damage
Quickly repair minor chips and scratches
with touch-up materials available from your
dealer to avoid corrosion. Larger areas of
finish damage can be corrected in your
dealer's body and paint shop.
Chemical Paint Spotting
Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack
painted vehicle surfaces causing blotchy,
ring-shaped discolorations, and small,
irregular dark spots etched into the paint
surface. See “Finish Care” previously in this
section.
Interior Care
To prevent dirt particle abrasions, regularly
clean the vehicle's interior. Before using
cleaners, read and follow all safety
instructions on the label. While cleaning the
interior, open the doors and windows to get
proper ventilation. Newspapers or dark
garments can transfer color to the vehicle’s
interior.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Vehicle Care
Caution
Caution (Continued)
Immediately remove cleaners, hand
lotions, sunscreen, and insect repellent
from all interior surfaces or permanent
damage may result.
. Never rub any surface aggressively or
.
.
Caution
Use cleaners specifically designed for the
surfaces being cleaned to prevent
permanent damage to the vehicle. Apply
all cleaners directly to a cleaning cloth.
Do not spray cleaners on any switches or
controls.
.
.
.
When using liquid soap cleaners, follow the
directions on the specific cleaner or soap
solution for dilution instructions.
Caution
To prevent damage:
.
. Never use a razor or any other sharp
object to remove soil from any interior
surface
. Never use a brush with stiff bristles.
(Continued)
with too much pressure.
Do not get any exposed electrical
components wet.
Do not use laundry detergents or
dishwashing soaps with degreasers. Do
not use solutions that contain strong
or caustic soap.
Do not heavily saturate the upholstery
when cleaning.
Do not use solvents or cleaners
containing solvents.
Do not use disinfecting wipes that are
scented or contain bleach. Do not use
wipes or cleaners that show a color
transfer to the wipe or change the
appearance of the interior surface
when used.
Do not use scented or gel-type hand
sanitizers. If hand sanitizer comes in
contact with interior surfaces of the
vehicle, blot immediately and clean
with a soft cloth dampened with a
mild soap and water solution.
369
Interior Glass
To clean, use a microfiber cloth fabric
dampened with water. Wipe droplets left
behind with a clean dry cloth. If necessary,
use a commercial glass cleaner after
cleaning with plain water.
Caution
To prevent scratching, never use abrasive
cleaners on automotive glass. Abrasive
cleaners or aggressive cleaning may
damage the rear window defogger.
Cleaning the windshield with water during
the first three to six months of ownership
will reduce tendency to fog.
Speaker Covers
Vacuum around a speaker cover gently, so
that the speaker will not be damaged. Clean
spots with water and mild soap.
Coated Moldings
Coated moldings should be cleaned.
. When lightly soiled, wipe with a sponge
or soft, lint-free cloth dampened with
water.
. When heavily soiled, use warm soapy
water.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
370
Vehicle Care
. For solid soils, remove as much as
Vinyl/Rubber
If equipped with vinyl floor and rubber floor
mats, use a soft cloth and/or brush
dampened with water to remove dust and
loose dirt. For more thorough cleaning, use
a mild soap and water solution.
{ Warning
Do not use cleaners that contain silicone,
wax-based products, or cleaners that
increase gloss on vinyl/rubber floor and
mats. These cleaners can permanently
change the appearance and feel of the
vinyl/rubber and can make the floor
slippery. Your foot could slip while
operating the vehicle, and you could lose
control, resulting in a crash. You or
others could be injured.
Fabric/Carpet/Suede
Start by vacuuming the surface using a soft
brush attachment. If a rotating vacuum
brush attachment is being used, only use it
on the floor carpet. Before cleaning, gently
remove as much of the soil as possible:
. Gently blot liquids with a paper towel.
Continue blotting until no more soil can
be removed.
possible prior to vacuuming.
To clean:
1. Saturate a clean, lint-free colorfast cloth
with water. Microfiber cloth is
recommended to prevent lint transfer to
the fabric or carpet.
2. Remove excess moisture by gently
wringing until water does not drip from
the cleaning cloth.
3. Start on the outside edge of the soil and
gently rub toward the center. Fold the
cleaning cloth to a clean area frequently
to prevent forcing the soil into the
fabric.
4. Continue gently rubbing the soiled area
until there is no longer any color
transfer from the soil to the cleaning
cloth.
5. If the soil is not completely removed,
use a mild soap solution followed only
by plain water.
If the soil is not completely removed, it may
be necessary to use a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small hidden
area for colorfastness before using a
commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter.
If ring formation occurs, clean the entire
fabric or carpet.
After cleaning, use a paper towel to blot
excess moisture.
Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle
Information and Radio Displays
Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss surfaces
or vehicle displays. First, use a soft bristle
brush to remove dirt that can scratch the
surface. Then gently clean by rubbing with a
microfiber cloth. Never use window cleaners
or solvents. Periodically hand wash the
microfiber cloth separately, using mild soap.
Do not use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse
thoroughly and air dry before next use.
Caution
Do not attach a device with a suction cup
to the display. This may cause damage
and would not be covered by the vehicle
warranty.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Vehicle Care
Instrument Panel, Leather, Vinyl, Other
Plastic Surfaces, Low Gloss Paint
Surfaces, and Natural Open Pore Wood
Surfaces
Use a soft bristle brush to remove dust from
knobs and crevices on the instrument
cluster. Use a soft microfiber cloth
dampened with water to remove dust and
loose dirt. For a more thorough cleaning,
use a soft microfiber cloth dampened with a
mild soap and water solution.
Caution
Soaking or saturating leather, especially
perforated leather, as well as other
interior surfaces, may cause permanent
damage. Wipe excess moisture from
these surfaces after cleaning and allow
them to dry naturally. Never use heat,
steam, or spot removers. Do not use
liquids that contain alcohol or solvents on
leather seats. Do not use cleaners that
contain silicone or wax-based products.
Cleaners containing these solvents can
permanently change the appearance and
feel of leather or soft trim, and are not
recommended.
Do not use cleaners that increase gloss,
especially on the instrument panel. Reflected
glare can decrease visibility through the
windshield under certain conditions.
Caution
Use of air fresheners may cause
permanent damage to plastics and
painted surfaces. If an air freshener
comes in contact with any plastic or
painted surface in the vehicle, blot
immediately and clean with a soft cloth
dampened with a mild soap solution.
Damage caused by air fresheners would
not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Cargo Cover and Convenience Net
If equipped, wash with warm water and
mild detergent. Do not use chlorine bleach.
Rinse with cold water, and then dry
completely.
Care of Seat Belts
Keep belts clean and dry.
371
{ Warning
Do not bleach or dye seat belt webbing.
It may severely weaken the webbing. In
a crash, they might not be able to
provide adequate protection. Clean and
rinse seat belt webbing only with mild
soap and lukewarm water. Allow the
webbing to dry.
Floor Mats
{ Warning
If a floor mat is the wrong size or is not
properly installed, it can interfere with
the pedals. Interference with the pedals
can cause unintended acceleration and/or
increased stopping distance which can
cause a crash and injury. Make sure the
floor mat does not interfere with the
pedals.
Use the following guidelines for proper floor
mat use:
. The original equipment floor mats are
designed for your vehicle. If the floor
mats need to be replaced, it is
recommended that GM-certified floor
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
372
.
.
.
.
.
Vehicle Care
mats are purchased. Non-GM floor mats
may not fit properly and may interfere
with the pedals. Always check that the
floor mats do not interfere with the
pedals.
Do not use a floor mat if the vehicle is
not equipped with a floor mat retainer on
the driver side floor.
Use the floor mat with the correct side
up. Do not turn it over.
Do not place anything on top of the
driver side floor mat.
Use only a single floor mat on the
driver side.
Do not place one floor mat on top of
another.
Removing and Replacing the Floor Mats
Pull up on the rear of the driver side floor
mat to unlock each retainer and remove.
Reinstall by lining up the floor mat retainer
openings over the carpet retainers and
snapping into position.
Make sure the floor mat is properly secured
in place.
Verify the floor mat does not interfere with
the pedals.
Cleaning Rubber Floor Mats (All-Weather
Mats and Floor Liners)
See “Vinyl/Rubber” under Interior Care
0 368 for important cleaning information.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Service and Maintenance
Service and Maintenance
General Information
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Maintenance Schedule
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Special Application Services
Special Application Services . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Additional Maintenance and Care
Additional Maintenance and Care . . . . . 380
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and
Parts
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Maintenance Replacement Parts . . . . . . . 384
Maintenance Records
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
General Information
This maintenance section applies to vehicles
with a gasoline engine. For diesel engine
vehicles, see "Maintenance Schedule" in the
Duramax diesel supplement.
Your vehicle is an important investment.
This section describes the required
maintenance for the vehicle. Follow this
schedule to help protect against major repair
expenses resulting from neglect or
inadequate maintenance. It may also help to
maintain the value of the vehicle if it is
sold. It is the responsibility of the owner to
have all required maintenance performed.
Your dealer has trained technicians who can
perform required maintenance using genuine
replacement parts. They have up-to-date
tools and equipment for fast and accurate
diagnostics. Many dealers have extended
evening and Saturday hours, courtesy
transportation, and online scheduling to
assist with service needs.
373
Your dealer recognizes the importance of
providing competitively priced maintenance
and repair services. With trained technicians,
the dealer is the place for routine
maintenance such as oil changes and tire
rotations and additional maintenance items
like tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper blades.
Caution
Damage caused by improper maintenance
can lead to costly repairs and may not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Maintenance intervals, checks,
inspections, recommended fluids, and
lubricants are important to keep the
vehicle in good working condition.
Do not have chemical flushes that are not
approved by GM performed on the
vehicle. The use of flushes, solvents,
cleaners, or lubricants that are not
approved by GM could damage the
vehicle, requiring expensive repairs that
are not covered by the vehicle warranty.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
374
Service and Maintenance
The Tire Rotation and Required Services are
the responsibility of the vehicle owner. It is
recommended to have your dealer perform
these services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
Proper vehicle maintenance helps to keep
the vehicle in good working condition,
improves fuel economy, and reduces vehicle
emissions.
Because of the way people use vehicles,
maintenance needs vary. There may need to
be more frequent checks and services. The
Additional Required Services - Normal are for
vehicles that:
. Carry passengers and cargo within
recommended limits on the Tire and
Loading Information label. See Vehicle
Load Limits 0 201.
. Are driven on reasonable road surfaces
within legal driving limits.
. Use the recommended fuel. See
Recommended Fuel (5.3L Engine) 0 263 or
Recommended Fuel (6.2L Engine) 0 263.
Refer to the information in the Maintenance
Schedule Additional Required Services Normal chart.
The Additional Required Services - Severe are
for vehicles that are:
. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic in hot
.
.
.
.
weather
Mainly driven in hilly or mountainous
terrain
Frequently towing a trailer
Used for high speed or competitive
driving
Used for taxi, police, or delivery service
Refer to the information in the Maintenance
Schedule Additional Required Services Severe chart.
{ Warning
Performing maintenance work can be
dangerous and can cause serious injury.
Perform maintenance work only if the
required information, proper tools, and
equipment are available. If they are not,
see your dealer to have a trained
technician do the work. See Doing Your
Own Service Work 0 296.
Maintenance Schedule
Owner Checks and Services
Check the engine oil level. See Engine Oil
0 302.
Once a Month
. Check the tire inflation pressures,
including the spare. See Tire Pressure
0 333.
. Inspect the tires for wear. See Tire
Inspection 0 339.
. Check the windshield washer fluid level.
See Washer Fluid 0 310.
Engine Oil Change
When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message displays, have the engine oil and
filter changed within the next 1 000 km/
600 mi. If driven under the best conditions,
the engine oil life system may not indicate
the need for vehicle service for up to a year.
The engine oil and filter must be changed at
least once a year and the oil life system
must be reset. Your trained dealer technician
can perform this work. If the engine oil life
system is reset accidentally, service the
vehicle within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the
last service. Reset the oil life system when
the oil is changed. See Engine Oil Life
System 0 303.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Service and Maintenance
Engine Air Filter Change
When the REPLACE AT NEXT OIL CHANGE
message displays, the engine air filter
should be replaced at the next engine oil
change. When the REPLACE ENGINE AIR
FILTER SOON message displays, the engine
air filter should be replaced at the earliest
convenience. Reset the engine air filter life
system after the engine air filter is replaced.
See Engine Air Filter Life System 0 305.
Extended Idle Use
When the vehicle is used in a way that
requires extended idle time, one hour of use
shall be deemed the same as 53 km (33 mi).
See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 122 for
hourmeter.
Air Conditioning Desiccant (Replace Every
Seven Years)
The air conditioning system requires
maintenance every seven years. This service
requires replacement of the desiccant to
help the longevity and efficient operation of
the air conditioning system. This service can
be complex. See your dealer.
Tire Rotation and Required Services
Every 12 000 km/7,500 mi
Rotate the tires, if recommended for the
vehicle, and perform the following services.
See Tire Rotation 0 339.
. Check engine oil level and oil
life percentage. If needed, change engine
oil and filter, and reset oil life system.
See Engine Oil 0 302 and
Engine Oil Life System 0 303.
. Check the air filter life percentage.
If necessary, replace the engine air filter
and reset the engine air filter life system.
See Engine Air Filter Life System 0 305.
. Check engine coolant level. See Cooling
System 0 306.
. Check windshield washer fluid level. See
Washer Fluid 0 310.
. Check tire inflation pressures, including
the spare. See Tire Pressure 0 333.
. Inspect tire wear. See Tire Inspection
0 339.
. Visually check for fluid leaks.
. Inspect brake system. See Exterior Care
0 364.
375
. Visually inspect steering, suspension, and
.
.
.
.
chassis components for damage, including
cracks or tears in the rubber boots, loose
or missing parts, or signs of wear at least
once a year. See Exterior Care 0 364.
Lubricate the suspension and steering
components at least every other oil
change (if equipped with grease fittings).
Inspect power steering for proper
attachment, connections, binding, leaks,
cracks, chafing, etc.
Visually inspect halfshafts and drive
shafts for excessive wear, lubricant leaks,
and/or damage including: tube dents or
cracks, constant velocity joint or universal
joint looseness, cracked or missing boots,
loose or missing boot clamps, center
bearing excessive looseness, loose or
missing fasteners, and axle seal leaks.
Check restraint system components. See
Safety System Check 0 59.
Visually inspect the fuel system including
the evaporative (EVAP) system for
damage or leaks. Visually check all fuel
pipes, vapor lines, and hoses for proper
attachment, connection, routing, and
condition.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
376
Service and Maintenance
. Visually inspect exhaust system and
.
.
.
.
nearby heat shields for loose or damaged
parts.
Lubricate body components. See Exterior
Care 0 364.
Check parking brake and automatic
transmission park mechanism. See Park
Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check
0 315.
Check accelerator pedal for damage, high
effort, or binding. Replace if needed.
Visually inspect gas strut for signs of
wear, cracks, or other damage. Check the
hold open ability of the strut. If the hold
open is low, service the gas strut. See Gas
Strut(s) 0 317.
. Inspect sunroof track and seal,
if equipped. See Sunroof 0 34.
. Verify spare tire key lock operation and
lubricate as needed. See Tire Changing
0 346.
. Visually inspect the spare tire to ensure
that it is tightly stowed under the vehicle.
Push, pull, and try to turn the tire. If the
spare tire moves, tighten as necessary.
See Tire Changing 0 346.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
36 000 km /2 2 , 500 m i
4 8 000 km /30, 000 m i
60 000 km /37, 500 m i
72 000 km /4 5, 000 m i
84 000 km /52 , 500 m i
96 000 km /60, 000 m i
1 08 000 km /67, 500 m i
1 2 0 000 km /75, 000 m i
1 32 000 km /82 , 500 m i
1 4 4 000 km /90, 000 m i
1 56 000 km /97, 500 m i
1 68 000 km /1 05, 000 m i
1 80 000 km /1 1 2 , 500 m i
1 92 000 km /1 2 0, 000 m i
2 04 000 km /1 2 7, 500 m i
2 1 6 000 km /1 35, 000 m i
2 2 8 000 km /1 4 2 , 500 m i
2 4 0 000 km /1 50, 000 m i
Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil
level and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter,
if needed.
Check engine air filter life percentage and status. Change
engine air filter, if needed.
2 4 000 km /1 5, 000 m i
Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services - Normal
377
1 2 000 km /7, 500 m i
Service and Maintenance
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1)
@
@
@
@
Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with 4WD. (2)
@
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires and/or boots.
@
@
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (3)
@
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (4)
@
Replace brake fluid. (5)
Replace front and rear wiper blades. (6)
Replace hood and/or body lift support gas struts. (7)
Replace air conditioning desiccant. (8)
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
378
Service and Maintenance
Footnotes — Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required Services - Normal
(3) Or every five years, whichever comes
first. See Cooling System 0 306.
(1) Or every two years, whichever comes
first. More frequent passenger compartment
air filter replacement may be needed if
driving in areas with heavy traffic, poor air
quality, high dust levels, or environmental
allergens. Passenger compartment air filter
replacement may also be needed if there is
reduced airflow, window fogging, or odors.
Your GM dealer can help determine when to
replace the filter.
(4) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first.
Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking,
or damage; replace, if needed.
(2) Do not directly power wash the transfer
case and/or front/rear axle output seals.
High pressure water can overcome the seals
and contaminate the transfer case fluid.
Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of
the transfer case and/or axles and should be
replaced.
(8) Replace air conditioning desiccant every
seven years.
(5) Replace brake fluid every five years. See
Brake Fluid 0 312.
(6) Or every 12 months, whichever comes
first. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 315.
(7) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first.
See Gas Strut(s) 0 317.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
36 000 km /2 2 , 500 m i
4 8 000 km /30, 000 m i
60 000 km /37, 500 m i
72 000 km /4 5, 000 m i
84 000 km /52 , 500 m i
96 000 km /60, 000 m i
1 08 000 km /67, 500 m i
1 2 0 000 km /75, 000 m i
1 32 000 km /82 , 500 m i
1 4 4 000 km /90, 000 m i
1 56 000 km /97, 500 m i
1 68 000 km /1 05, 000 m i
1 80 000 km /1 1 2 , 500 m i
1 92 000 km /1 2 0, 000 m i
2 04 000 km /1 2 7, 500 m i
2 1 6 000 km /1 35, 000 m i
2 2 8 000 km /1 4 2 , 500 m i
2 4 0 000 km /1 50, 000 m i
Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil
level and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter,
if needed.
Check engine air filter life percentage and status. Change
engine air filter, if needed.
2 4 000 km /1 5, 000 m i
Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services - Severe
379
1 2 000 km /7, 500 m i
Service and Maintenance
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1)
@
@
@
Change automatic transmission fluid and filter.
@
@
Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with 4WD. (2)
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires and/or boots.
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (3)
@
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (4)
@
Replace brake fluid. (5)
Replace front and rear wiper blades. (6)
Replace hood and/or body lift support gas struts. (7)
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
Replace air conditioning desiccant. (8)
Footnotes — Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required Services - Severe
(1) Or every two years, whichever comes
first. More frequent passenger compartment
air filter replacement may be needed if
driving in areas with heavy traffic, poor air
quality, high dust levels, or environmental
allergens. Passenger compartment air filter
replacement may also be needed if there is
reduced airflow, window fogging, or odors.
Your GM dealer can help determine when to
replace the filter.
(2) Do not directly power wash the transfer
case and/or front/rear axle output seals.
High pressure water can overcome the seals
and contaminate the transfer case fluid.
Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of
the transfer case and/or axles and should be
replaced.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
380
Service and Maintenance
(3) Or every five years, whichever comes
first. See Cooling System 0 306.
(4) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first.
Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking,
or damage; replace, if needed.
(5) Replace brake fluid every five years. See
Brake Fluid 0 312.
(6) Or every 12 months, whichever comes
first. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 315.
(7) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first.
See Gas Strut(s) 0 317.
(8) Replace air conditioning desiccant every
seven years.
Special Application Services
. Severe Commercial Use Vehicles Only:
Lubricate chassis components every oil
change.
. Have underbody flushing service
performed. See "Underbody Maintenance"
in Exterior Care 0 364.
Additional Maintenance
and Care
Your vehicle is an important investment and
caring for it properly may help to avoid
future costly repairs. To maintain vehicle
performance, additional maintenance
services may be required.
It is recommended that your dealer perform
these services — their trained dealer
technicians know your vehicle best. Your
dealer can also perform a thorough
assessment with a multi-point inspection to
recommend when your vehicle may need
attention.
The following list is intended to explain the
services and conditions to look for that may
indicate services are required.
Battery
The 12-volt battery supplies power to start
the engine and operate any additional
electrical accessories.
. To avoid break-down or failure to start
the vehicle, maintain a battery with full
cranking power.
. Trained dealer technicians have the
diagnostic equipment to test the battery
and ensure that the connections and
cables are corrosion-free.
Belts
. Belts may need replacing if they squeak
or show signs of cracking or splitting.
. Trained dealer technicians have access to
tools and equipment to inspect the belts
and recommend adjustment or
replacement when necessary.
Brakes
Brakes stop the vehicle and are crucial to
safe driving.
. Signs of brake wear may include chirping,
grinding, or squealing noises, or difficulty
stopping.
. Trained dealer technicians have access to
tools and equipment to inspect the brakes
and recommend quality parts engineered
for the vehicle.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Service and Maintenance
Fluids
Proper fluid levels and approved fluids
protect the vehicle’s systems and
components. See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 383 for GM approved fluids.
. Engine oil and windshield washer fluid
levels should be checked at every fuel fill.
. Instrument cluster lights may come on to
indicate that fluids may be low and need
to be filled.
Hoses
Hoses transport fluids and should be
regularly inspected to ensure that there are
no cracks or leaks. With a multi-point
inspection, your dealer can inspect the hoses
and advise if replacement is needed.
Lamps
Properly working headlamps, taillamps, and
brake lamps are important to see and be
seen on the road.
. Signs that the headlamps need attention
include dimming, failure to light, cracking,
or damage. The brake lamps need to be
checked periodically to ensure that they
light when braking.
. With a multi-point inspection, your dealer
can check the lamps and note any
concerns.
Shocks and Struts
Shocks and struts help aid in control for a
smoother ride.
. Signs of wear may include steering wheel
vibration, bounce/sway while braking,
longer stopping distance, or uneven
tire wear.
. As part of the multi-point inspection,
trained dealer technicians can visually
inspect the shocks and struts for signs of
leaking, blown seals, or damage, and can
advise when service is needed.
Tires
Tires need to be properly inflated, rotated,
and balanced. Maintaining the tires can save
money and fuel, and can reduce the risk of
tire failure.
. Signs that the tires need to be replaced
include three or more visible treadwear
indicators; cord or fabric showing through
the rubber; cracks or cuts in the tread or
sidewall; or a bulge or split in the tire.
381
. Trained dealer technicians can inspect and
recommend the right tires. Your dealer
can also provide tire/wheel balancing
services to ensure smooth vehicle
operation at all speeds. Your dealer sells
and services name brand tires.
Vehicle Care
To help keep the vehicle looking like new,
vehicle care products are available from your
dealer. For information on how to clean and
protect the vehicle’s interior and exterior,
see Interior Care 0 368 and
Exterior Care 0 364.
Wheel Alignment
Wheel alignment is critical for ensuring that
the tires deliver optimal wear and
performance.
. Signs that the alignment may need to be
adjusted include pulling, improper vehicle
handling, or unusual tire wear.
. Your dealer has the required equipment
to ensure proper wheel alignment.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
382
Service and Maintenance
Windshield
For safety, appearance, and the best
viewing, keep the windshield clean and
clear.
. Signs of damage include scratches, cracks,
and chips.
. Trained dealer technicians can inspect the
windshield and recommend proper
replacement if needed.
Wiper Blades
Wiper blades need to be cleaned and kept in
good condition to provide a clear view.
. Signs of wear include streaking, skipping
across the windshield, and worn or split
rubber.
. Trained dealer technicians can check the
wiper blades and replace them when
needed.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Service and Maintenance
383
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
This maintenance section applies to vehicles with a gasoline engine. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see “Recommended Fluids and Lubricants”
in the Duramax diesel supplement.
Fluids and lubricants identified below by name or specification, including fluids or lubricants not listed here, can be obtained from your dealer.
Usage
Automatic Transmission
Chassis Lubrication
Fluid/Lubricant
DEXRON ULV Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Engine Coolant
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant. See Cooling System
0 306.
Engine Oil
Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1
full synthetic is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 302.
Front Axle (4WD Only) and Rear Axle.
Hydraulic Brake System
See your dealer.
DOT 4 Hydraulic Brake Fluid.
Key Lock Cylinders, Hood Hinges, Body Door Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube. See your dealer.
Hinge Pins, Power Assist Steps, Liftgate Hinge,
and Fuel Door Hinge
Transfer Case (4WD Only)
See your dealer.
Weatherstrip Conditioning
Weatherstrip lubricant. See your dealer.
Windshield Washer
Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection requirements.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
384
Service and Maintenance
Maintenance Replacement Parts
Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement.
Part
GM Part Number
ACDelco Part Number
84121219
A3244C
84121217
A3246C
Engine Oil Filter
12707246
PF63
Passenger Compartment Air Filter
13540923
CF206C
Spark Plugs
12622441
41-114
84278338
—
84278338
—
84215609
—
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
IWith high capacity air cleaner
IWithout high capacity air cleaner
Wiper Blades
IDriver Side – 55 cm (22 in)
IPassenger Side – 55 cm (22 in)
IRear– 30 cm (12 in)
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Service and Maintenance
385
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed
in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Date
Odometer Reading
Serviced By
Services Performed
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
386
Technical Data
Technical Data
Vehicle Identification
Service Parts Identification
Vehicle Identification
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN)
There may be a large barcode on the
certification label on the center pillar that
you can scan for the following information:
. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
. Model designation
. Paint information
. Production options
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) . . . 386
Service Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . 387
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
This legal identifier is in the front corner of
the instrument panel, on the driver side of
the vehicle. It can be seen through the
windshield from outside. The Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN) also appears on
the Vehicle Certification label and certificates
of title and registration.
Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN is the
engine code. This code identifies the
vehicle's engine, specifications, and
replacement parts. See “Engine
Specifications” under Capacities and
Specifications 0 387 for the vehicle's
engine code.
If there is not a large barcode on this label,
then you will find this same information on
a label inside of the glove box.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Technical Data
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 383.
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement.
Application
Air Conditioning Refrigerant
Capacities
Metric
English
For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and charge
amount, see the refrigerant label under the hood. See your
dealer for more information.
Engine Cooling System*
14.8 L
15.6 qt
14.3 L
15.1 qt
7.6 L
8.0 qt
90.8 L
24.0 gal
106.0 L
28.0 gal
I5.3L V8 Engine
I6.2L V8 Engine
Engine Oil with Filter
Fuel Tank
IShort Wheelbase
ILong Wheelbase
387
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
388
Technical Data
Capacities
Application
Metric
English
1.5 L
1.6 qt
1.5 L
1.6 qt
1.5 L
1.6 qt
190 Y
140 lb ft
Transfer Case Fluid
Rear Axle
IMechanical Limited Slip
IElectronic Limited Slip
Wheel Nut Torque
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level
after filling.
*Engine cooling system capacity values are based on the entire cooling system and its components.
Engine Specifications
Engine
VIN Code
Spark Plug Gap
5.3L V8 Engine (L84)
D
0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–0.043 in)
6.2L V8 Engine (L87)
L
0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–0.043 in)
Spark plug gaps are preset by the manufacturer. Re-gapping the spark plug is not recommended and can damage the spark plug.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Technical Data
Engine Drive Belt Routing
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the
Duramax diesel supplement.
5.3L and 6.2L Engines
389
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
390
Customer Information
Customer Information
Customer Information
Customer Satisfaction Procedure . . . . . . 390
Customer Assistance Offices . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Customer Assistance for Text Telephone
(TTY) Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
GM Mobility Reimbursement
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Roadside Assistance Program . . . . . . . . . . 393
Scheduling Service Appointments . . . . . . 395
Courtesy Transportation Program . . . . . 395
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Publication Ordering Information . . . . . . 397
Radio Frequency Statement . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects to the United
States Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Reporting Safety Defects to the
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Reporting Safety Defects to General
Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy . . . 399
Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Customer Information
Customer Satisfaction Procedure
Your satisfaction and goodwill are important
to your dealer and to GMC. Normally, any
concerns with the sales transaction or the
operation of the vehicle will be resolved by
your dealer's sales or service departments.
Sometimes, however, despite the best
intentions of all concerned,
misunderstandings can occur. If your concern
has not been resolved to your satisfaction,
the following steps should be taken:
STEP ONE : Discuss your concern with a
member of dealership management.
Normally, concerns can be quickly resolved
at that level. If the matter has already been
reviewed with the sales, service, or parts
manager, contact the owner of your
dealership or the general manager.
STEP TWO : If after contacting a member of
dealership management, it appears your
concern cannot be resolved by your
dealership without further help, in the U.S.,
call 1-800-462-8782. In Canada, call General
Motors of Canada Customer Care Centre at
1-800-263-3777 (English), or 1-800-263-7854
(French).
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Customer Information
We encourage you to call the toll-free
number in order to give your inquiry
prompt attention. Have the following
information available to give the Customer
Assistance representative:
. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). This is
available from the vehicle registration or
title, or the plate at the top left of the
instrument panel and visible through the
windshield.
. Dealership name and location.
. Vehicle delivery date and present mileage.
When contacting GMC, remember that your
concern will likely be resolved at a dealer's
facility. That is why we suggest following
Step One first.
STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : Both General
Motors and your dealer are committed to
making sure you are completely satisfied
with your new vehicle. However, if you
continue to remain unsatisfied after
following the procedure outlined in
Steps One and Two, you can file with the
Better Business Bureau (BBB) AUTO LINE
Program to enforce your rights.
The BBB AUTO LINE Program is an
out-of-court program administered by the
BBB National Programs, Inc. to settle
automotive disputes regarding vehicle
repairs or the interpretation of the New
Vehicle Limited Warranty. Although you
may be required to resort to this informal
dispute resolution program prior to filing a
court action, use of the program is free of
charge and your case will generally be heard
within 40 days. If you do not agree with the
decision given in your case, you may reject
it and proceed with any other venue for
relief available to you.
391
General Motors reserves the right to change
eligibility limitations and/or discontinue its
participation in this program.
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
https://www.bbb.org/council/
programs-services/
dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line
STEP THREE — Canadian Owners : In the
event that you do not feel your concerns
have been addressed after following the
procedure outlined in Steps One and Two,
General Motors of Canada Company wants
you to be aware of its participation in a
no-charge Mediation/Arbitration Program.
General Motors of Canada Company has
committed to binding arbitration of owner
disputes involving factory-related vehicle
service claims. The program provides for the
review of the facts involved by an impartial
third party arbiter, and may include an
informal hearing before the arbiter. The
program is designed so that the entire
dispute settlement process, from the time
you file your complaint to the final decision,
should be completed in about 70 days. We
believe our impartial program offers
advantages over courts in most jurisdictions
because it is informal, quick, and free of
charge.
This program is available in all 50 states and
the District of Columbia. Eligibility is limited
by vehicle age, mileage, and other factors.
For further information concerning eligibility
in the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration
Plan (CAMVAP), call toll-free 1-800-207-0685,
You may contact the BBB AUTO LINE
Program using the toll-free telephone
number or write them at the following
address:
BBB Auto Line a Division of
BBB National Programs, Inc.
1676 International Drive
Suite 550
McLean, VA 22102
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
392
Customer Information
or call the General Motors Customer Care
Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),
1-800-263-7854 (French), or write to:
From U.S. Virgin Islands:
Mediation/Arbitration Program
c/o Customer Care Centre
General Motors of Canada Company
Mail Code: CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Canada
Your inquiry should be accompanied by the
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
Customer Assistance Offices
GMC encourages customers to call the
toll-free number for assistance. However, if a
customer wishes to write or e-mail GMC, the
letter should be addressed to:
1-800-496-9994
General Motors of Canada Company
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
www.gmc.ca
1-800-263-3777 (English)
1-800-263-7854 (French)
1-800-263-3830 (For Text Telephone Devices
(TTYs))
Roadside Assistance: 1-800-268-6800
Overseas
United States and Puerto Rico
Please contact the local General Motors
Business Unit.
GMC Customer Assistance Center
P.O. Box 33172
Detroit, MI 48232-5172
Customer Assistance for Text
Telephone (TTY) Users
www.gmc.com
To assist customers who are deaf, hard of
hearing, or speech-impaired and who use
Text Telephones (TTYs), GMC has TTY
equipment available at its Customer
Assistance Center. Any TTY user in the U.S.
1-800-GMC-8782 (1-800-462-8782)
1-888-889-2438 (For Text Telephone devices
(TTYs))
Roadside Assistance: 1-888-881-3302
can communicate with GMC by dialing:
1-888-889-2438. TTY users in Canada can dial
1-800-263-3830.
Online Owner Center
The GMC Owner Center (U.S.)
my.gmc.com
Learn more about your vehicle features,
shop for and manage your connected
services and OnStar plans, and access
diagnostic information specific to your
vehicle.
Membership Benefits
E : Download owner’s manuals and view
vehicle-specific how-to videos.
G : View maintenance schedules, alerts, and
Vehicle Diagnostic Information. Schedule
service appointments.
I : View service records from your
dealership and add your own.
D : Select a dealer and view locations,
maps, phone numbers, and hours.
r : Track your vehicle’s warranty
information.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Customer Information
J : View active recalls by Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN). See Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN) 0 386.
H : Manage your profile and payment
information. View your GM Rewards Card
earnings and My GMC Rewards points.
F : Chat live with online help
representatives.
Visit my.gmc.com and create an account
today.
GMC Owner Centre (Canada)
mygmccanada.ca
Visit the GMC Owner Centre at
mygmccanada.ca (English) or
my.gmccanada.ca (French) to access similar
benefits to the U.S. site.
GM Mobility Reimbursement
Program
393
This program is available to qualified
applicants for cost reimbursement, up to
certain limits, of eligible aftermarket
adaptive equipment required for the vehicle,
such as hand controls or a wheelchair/
scooter lift for the vehicle.
. Your name, home address, and home
To learn about the GM Mobility program,
see www.gmmobility.com or call the GM
Mobility Assistance Center at 1-800-323-9935.
Text Telephone (TTY) users, call
1-800-833-9935.
. Odometer reading, Vehicle Identification
General Motors of Canada also has a
Mobility program. See www.gm.ca, or call
1-800-GM-DRIVE (800-463-7483) for details.
TTY users call 1-800-263-3830.
Coverage
Roadside Assistance Program
For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call
1-888-881-3302; (Text Telephone (TTY):
1-888-889-2438).
For Canadian-purchased vehicles, call
1-800-268-6800.
Service is available 24 hours a day, 365 days
a year.
Calling for Assistance
When calling Roadside Assistance, have the
following information ready:
telephone number
. Telephone number of your location
. Location of the vehicle
. Model, year, color, and license plate
number of the vehicle
Number (VIN), and delivery date of the
vehicle
. Description of the problem
Services are provided for the duration of the
vehicle's powertrain warranty.
In the U.S., anyone driving the vehicle is
covered. In Canada, a person driving the
vehicle without permission from the owner
is not covered.
Roadside Assistance is not a part of the New
Vehicle Limited Warranty. General Motors
North America and GMC reserve the right to
make any changes or discontinue the
Roadside Assistance program at any time
without notification.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
394
Customer Information
General Motors North America and GMC
reserve the right to limit services or
payment to an owner or driver if they
decide the claims are made too often, or the
same type of claim is made many times.
Services Provided
. Emergency Fuel Delivery: Delivery of
enough fuel for the vehicle to get to the
nearest service station.
. Lock-Out Service: Service to unlock the
vehicle if you are locked out. A remote
unlock may be available if you have
OnStar. For security reasons, the driver
must present identification before this
service is given.
. Emergency Tow from a Public Road or
Highway: Tow to the nearest GMC dealer
for warranty service, or if the vehicle was
in a crash and cannot be driven.
Assistance is not given when the vehicle
is stuck in the sand, mud, or snow.
. Flat Tire Change: Service to change a flat
tire with the spare tire. The spare tire,
if equipped, must be in good condition
and properly inflated. It is the owner's
responsibility for the repair or
replacement of the tire if it is not covered
by the warranty.
. Battery Jump Start: Service to jump start
a dead battery.
. Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance:
If your trip is interrupted due to a
warranty event, incidental expenses may
be reimbursed within the Powertrain
warranty period. Items considered are
reasonable and customary hotel, meals,
rental car, or a vehicle being delivered
back to the customer, up to 500 miles.
Services Not Included in Roadside
Assistance
. Impound towing caused by violation of
any laws
. Legal fines
. Mounting, dismounting, or changing of
snow tires, chains, or other traction
devices
Service is not provided if a vehicle is in an
area that is not accessible to the service
vehicle or is not a regularly traveled or
maintained public road, which includes ice
and winter roads. Off-road use is not
covered.
Services Specific to Canadian-Purchased
Vehicles
. Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement is up to 7 L.
Diesel fuel delivery may be restricted.
Propane and other fuels are not provided
through this service.
. Lock-Out Service: Vehicle registration is
required.
. Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance:
Must be over 150 km from where your
trip was started to qualify.
Pre-authorization, original detailed
receipts, and a copy of the repair orders
are required. Once authorization has been
received, the Roadside Assistance advisor
will help to make arrangements and
explain how to receive payment.
. Alternative Service: If assistance cannot
be provided right away, the Roadside
Assistance advisor may give permission to
get local emergency road service. You will
receive payment, up to $100, after
sending the original receipt to Roadside
Assistance. Mechanical failures may be
covered, however any cost for parts and
labor for repairs not covered by the
warranty are the owner’s responsibility.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Customer Information
Scheduling Service Appointments
When the vehicle requires warranty service,
contact your dealer and request an
appointment. By scheduling a service
appointment and advising the service
consultant of your transportation needs,
your dealer can help minimize your
inconvenience.
If the vehicle cannot be scheduled into the
service department immediately, keep
driving it until it can be scheduled for
service, unless, of course, the problem is
safety related. If it is, please call your
dealership, let them know this, and ask for
instructions.
If your dealer requests you to bring the
vehicle for service, you are urged to do so
as early in the work day as possible to
allow for same-day repair.
Courtesy Transportation Program
To enhance your ownership experience, we
and our participating dealers are proud to
offer Courtesy Transportation, a customer
support program for vehicles with the
Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty Coverage
period in Canada), Federal Emission,
Extended Powertrain or Electric specific
warranties in both the U.S. and Canada.
Several Courtesy Transportation options are
available to assist in reducing inconvenience
when warranty repairs are required.
Courtesy Transportation is not a part of the
New Vehicle Limited Warranty. A separate
manual entitled “Limited Warranty and
Owner Assistance Information” furnished
with each new vehicle provides detailed
warranty coverage information.
Transportation Options
Warranty service can generally be
completed while you wait. However, if you
are unable to do so, your dealer may offer
the following transportation options:
Shuttle Service
This includes one-way or round-trip shuttle
service within reasonable time and distance
parameters of your dealer's area.
Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement
If overnight warranty repairs are needed,
and public transportation is used, the
expense must be supported by original
receipts and within the maximum amount
allowed by GM. If U.S. customers arrange
395
their own transportation, limited
reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses
may be available. Claim amounts should
reflect actual costs and be supported by
original receipts. See your dealer for
information.
Courtesy Rental Vehicle
For an overnight warranty repair, the dealer
may provide an available courtesy rental
vehicle or provide for reimbursement of a
rental vehicle. Reimbursement is limited and
must be supported by original receipts as
well as a signed and completed rental
agreement and meet state/provincial, local,
and rental vehicle provider requirements.
Requirements vary and may include
minimum age requirements, insurance
coverage, credit card, etc. Additional fees
such as fuel, rental vehicle insurance, taxes,
levies, usage fees, excessive mileage,
or rental usage beyond the completion of
the repair are also your responsibility.
It may not be possible to provide a like
vehicle as a courtesy rental.
Additional Program Information
All program options, such as shuttle service,
may not be available at every dealer.
Contact your dealer for specific availability.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
396
Customer Information
General Motors reserves the right to
unilaterally modify, change, or discontinue
Courtesy Transportation at any time and to
resolve all questions of claim eligibility
pursuant to the terms and conditions
described herein at its sole discretion.
Collision Damage Repair
If the vehicle is involved in a collision and it
is damaged, have the damage repaired by a
qualified technician using the proper
equipment and quality replacement parts.
Poorly performed collision repairs diminish
the vehicle resale value, and safety
performance can be compromised in
subsequent collisions.
Collision Parts
Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts
made with the same materials and
construction methods as the parts with
which the vehicle was originally built.
Genuine GM Collision parts are the best
choice to ensure that the vehicle's designed
appearance, durability, and safety are
preserved. The use of Genuine GM parts can
help maintain the GM New Vehicle Limited
Warranty.
Recycled original equipment parts may also
be used for repair. These parts are typically
removed from vehicles that were total losses
in prior crashes. In most cases, the parts
being recycled are from undamaged sections
of the vehicle. A recycled original equipment
GM part may be an acceptable choice to
maintain the vehicle's originally designed
appearance and safety performance;
however, the history of these parts is not
known. Such parts are not covered by the
GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
related failures are not covered by that
warranty.
Aftermarket collision parts are also available.
These are made by companies other than
GM and may not have been tested for the
vehicle. As a result, these parts may fit
poorly, exhibit premature durability/
corrosion problems, and may not perform
properly in subsequent collisions.
Aftermarket parts are not covered by the
GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
vehicle failure related to such parts is not
covered by that warranty.
Repair Facility
GM also recommends that you choose a
collision repair facility that meets your
needs before you ever need collision repairs.
Your dealer may have a collision repair
center with GM-trained technicians and
state-of-the-art equipment, or be able to
recommend a collision repair center that has
GM-trained technicians and comparable
equipment.
Insuring the Vehicle
Protect your investment in the GM vehicle
with comprehensive and collision insurance
coverage. There are significant differences in
the quality of coverage afforded by various
insurance policy terms. Many insurance
policies provide reduced protection to the
GM vehicle by limiting compensation for
damage repairs through the use of
aftermarket collision parts. Some insurance
companies will not specify aftermarket
collision parts. When purchasing insurance,
we recommend that you ensure that the
vehicle will be repaired with GM original
equipment collision parts. If such insurance
coverage is not available from your current
insurance carrier, consider switching to
another insurance carrier.
If the vehicle is leased, the leasing company
may require you to have insurance that
ensures repairs with Genuine GM Original
Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) parts or
Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Customer Information
Read the lease carefully, as you may be
charged at the end of the lease for poor
quality repairs.
If a Crash Occurs
If there has been an injury, call emergency
services for help. Do not leave the scene of
a crash until all matters have been taken
care of. Move the vehicle only if its position
puts you in danger, or you are instructed to
move it by a police officer.
Give only the necessary information to
police and other parties involved in the
crash.
For emergency towing see Roadside
Assistance Program 0 393.
Gather the following information:
. Driver name, address, and telephone
number
. Driver license number
. Owner name, address, and telephone
number
. Vehicle license plate number
. Vehicle make, model, and model year
. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
. Insurance company and policy number
. General description of the damage to the
other vehicle
Choose a reputable repair facility that uses
quality replacement parts. See “Collision
Parts” earlier in this section.
If the airbag has inflated, see What Will You
See after an Airbag Inflates? 0 64.
Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair
Process
In the event that the vehicle requires
damage repairs, GM recommends that you
take an active role in its repair. If you have
a pre-determined repair facility of choice,
take the vehicle there, or have it towed
there. Specify to the facility that any
required replacement collision parts be
original equipment parts, either new
Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM
parts. Remember, recycled parts will not be
covered by the GM vehicle warranty.
Insurance pays the bill for the repair, but
you must live with the repair. Depending on
your policy limits, your insurance company
may initially value the repair using
aftermarket parts. Discuss this with the
repair professional, and insist on Genuine
GM parts. Remember, if the vehicle is
leased, you may be obligated to have the
397
vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts,
even if your insurance coverage does not
pay the full cost.
If another party's insurance company is
paying for the repairs, you are not obligated
to accept a repair valuation based on that
insurance company's collision policy repair
limits, as you have no contractual limits
with that company. In such cases, you can
have control of the repair and parts choices
as long as the cost stays within reasonable
limits.
Publication Ordering Information
Service Manuals
Service manuals have the diagnosis and
repair information on the engine,
transmission, axle, suspension, brakes,
electrical system, steering system, body, etc.
Customer Literature
Owner’s manuals are written specifically for
owners and are intended to provide basic
operational information about the vehicle.
The owner’s manual includes the
Maintenance Schedule for all models.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
398
Customer Information
Customer literature publications available for
purchase include owner’s manuals, warranty
manuals, and portfolios. Portfolios include an
owner’s manual, warranty manual,
if applicable, and zip lock bag or pouch.
Current and Past Models
Service manuals and customer literature are
available for many current and past model
year GM vehicles.
To order, call 1-800-551-4123 Monday–Friday,
8:00 a.m.–6:00 p.m. eastern time
For credit card orders only (VISA,
MasterCard, or Discover), see Helm, Inc. at:
www.helminc.com.
Science and Economic Development (ISED)
Canada's license-exempt RSS(s) / RSP-100 /
ICES-GEN.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
1. The device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. The device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation of the device.
Changes or modifications to any of these
systems by other than an authorized service
facility could void authorization to use this
equipment.
To order by mail, write to:
Reporting Safety Defects
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service
47911 Halyard Drive
Plymouth, MI 48170
Reporting Safety Defects to the
United States Government
Make checks payable in U.S. funds.
Radio Frequency Statement
This vehicle uses license-exempt transmitters
/ receivers / systems that operate on a
radio frequency that complies with Part 15/
Part 18 of the Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) rules and with Innovation,
If you believe that your vehicle has a
defect which could cause a crash or
could cause injury or death, you should
immediately inform the National
Highway Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying General
Motors.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it
may open an investigation, and if it
finds that a safety defect exists in a
group of vehicles, it may order a recall
and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA
cannot become involved in individual
problems between you, your dealer,
or General Motors.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the
Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at
1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go
to https://www.safercar.gov; or write to:
Administrator, NHTSA
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.
Washington, D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other information
about motor vehicle safety from
https://www.safercar.gov.
Reporting Safety Defects to the
Canadian Government
If you live in Canada, and you believe
that the vehicle has a safety defect,
notify Transport Canada immediately,
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Customer Information
and notify General Motors of Canada
Company. Call Transport Canada at
1-800-333-0510; go to:
www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English)
www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French)
or write to:
Transport Canada
Motor Vehicle Safety Directorate
Defect Investigations and Recalls
Division
80 Noel Street
Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1
Reporting Safety Defects to
General Motors
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport
Canada) in a situation like this, notify
General Motors.
In the U.S., call 1-800-462-8782, or write:
GMC Customer Assistance Center
P.O. Box 33172
Detroit, MI 48232-5172
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 (English) or
1-800-263-7854 (French), or write:
399
General Motors of Canada Company
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
or average speed. These modules may retain
personal preferences, such as radio presets,
seat positions, and temperature settings.
In Mexico, call 800-466-0812 or
800-466-0801.
GM collects information about the use of
your vehicle including operational and safety
related information. We collect this
information to provide, evaluate, improve,
and troubleshoot our products and services
and to develop new products and services.
The protection of vehicle electronics systems
and customer data from unauthorized
outside electronic access or control is
important to GM. GM maintains appropriate
security standards, practices, guidelines and
controls aimed at defending the vehicle and
the vehicle service ecosystem against
unauthorized electronic access, detecting
possible malicious activity in related
networks, and responding to suspected
cybersecurity incidents in a timely,
coordinated and effective manner. Security
incidents could impact your safety or
compromise your private data. To minimize
security risks, please do not connect your
vehicle electronic systems to unauthorized
devices or connect your vehicle to any
unknown or untrusted networks (such as
Bluetooth, WIFI or similar technology). In
In other Central America and Caribbean
Countries, call 52-555-901-2369.
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy
The vehicle has a number of computers that
record information about the vehicle’s
performance and how it is driven or used.
For example, the vehicle uses computer
modules to monitor and control engine and
transmission performance, to monitor the
conditions for airbag deployment and
deploy them in a crash, and, if equipped, to
provide antilock braking to help the driver
control the vehicle. These modules may
store data to help the dealer technician
service the vehicle or to help GM improve
safety or features. Some modules may also
store data about how the vehicle is
operated, such as rate of fuel consumption
Cybersecurity
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
400
Customer Information
the event you suspect any security incident
impacting your data or the safe operation of
your vehicle, please stop operating your
vehicle and contact your dealer.
Event Data Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with an event data
recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR
is to record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an air bag
deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data
that will assist in understanding how a
vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is
designed to record data related to vehicle
dynamics and safety systems for a short
period of time, typically 30 seconds or less.
The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record
such data as:
. How various systems in your vehicle were
operating;
. Whether or not the driver and passenger
safety belts were buckled/fastened;
. How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator and/or brake
pedal; and,
. How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better
understanding of the circumstances in which
crashes and injuries occur.
Note
EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only
if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no
data are recorded by the EDR under normal
driving conditions and no personal data
(e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location)
are recorded. However, other parties, such
as law enforcement, could combine the EDR
data with the type of personally identifying
data routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special
equipment is required, and access to the
vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to
the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such
as law enforcement, that have the special
equipment, can read the information if they
have access to the vehicle or the EDR.
GM will not access these data or share it
with others except: with the consent of the
vehicle owner or, if the vehicle is leased,
with the consent of the lessee; in response
to an official request by police or similar
government office; as part of GM's defense
of litigation through the discovery process;
or, as permitted by law. Data that GM
collects or receives may also be used for GM
research needs or may be made available to
others for research purposes, where a need
is shown and the data is not tied to a
specific vehicle or vehicle owner.
OnStar
If the vehicle is equipped with OnStar and
has an active service plan, additional data
may be collected and transmitted through
the OnStar system. This includes information
about the vehicle’s operation; collisions
involving the vehicle; the use of the vehicle
and its features, including infotainment; and
the location and approximate GPS speed of
the vehicle. Refer to the OnStar Terms and
Conditions and Privacy Statement on the
OnStar website.
See OnStar Additional Information 0 402.
Infotainment System
If the vehicle is equipped with a navigation
system as part of the infotainment system,
use of the system may result in the storage
of destinations, addresses, telephone
numbers, and other trip information. See the
infotainment section for information on
stored data and for deletion instructions.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
OnStar
OnStar
OnStar Overview
The OnStar system status light is next to
the OnStar buttons. If the status light is:
. Solid Green: System is ready.
. Flashing Green: On a call.
. Red: Indicates a problem.
. Off: System is off. Press Q twice to
speak with an OnStar Advisor.
= Voice Command Button
Q Blue OnStar Button
> Red Emergency Button
Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) to speak to an Advisor.
OnStar Overview
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
OnStar Services
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
OnStar Additional Information
OnStar Additional Information . . . . . . . . 402
401
This vehicle may be equipped with a
comprehensive, in-vehicle system that can
connect to an OnStar Advisor for Emergency,
Security, Navigation, Connections, and
Diagnostics Services. OnStar services may
require a paid service plan and data plan.
OnStar requires the vehicle battery and
electrical system, cellular service, and GPS
satellite signals to be available and
operating. OnStar acts as a link to existing
emergency service providers. OnStar may
collect information about you and your
vehicle, including location information. See
OnStar User Terms, Privacy Statement, and
Software Terms for more details including
system limitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.)
or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Functionality of the Voice Command button
may vary by vehicle and region.
Press
= to:
. Open the OnStar app on the infotainment
display. If equipped, the infotainment
system has OnStar controls in the
embedded OnStar app on the Home Page.
Most OnStar functions that can be
performed with the buttons can be done
using the app. To open the app, touch the
OnStar icon on the Home Page. App
updates require a corresponding service
plan. Features vary by region and model.
Features are subject to change. For more
information, see my.gmc.com/learn or
press Q.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
402
OnStar
Or
. Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation voice
commands.
. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi hotspot
name or SSID and password, if equipped.
Press
Q to connect to an Advisor to:
. Verify account information or update
contact information.
. Get driving directions.
. Receive a Diagnostic check of the vehicle's
key operating systems.
. Receive Roadside Assistance.
. Manage Wi-Fi Settings, if equipped.
Press > to get a priority connection to an
OnStar Advisor available 24/7 to:
. Get help for an emergency.
. Be a Good Samaritan or respond to an
AMBER Alert.
. Get assistance in severe weather or other
crisis situations and find evacuation
routes.
OnStar Services
Emergency
Emergency Services require an active safety
and security plan. With Automatic Crash
Response, built-in sensors can automatically
alert a specially trained OnStar Advisor who
is immediately connected in to the vehicle
to help.
Press > for a priority connection to an
OnStar Advisor who can contact emergency
service providers, direct them to your exact
location, and relay important information.
With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially trained
Advisors are available 24 hours a day, 7 days
a week, to provide a central point of
contact, assistance, and information during a
crisis.
With Roadside Assistance, Advisors can
locate a nearby service provider to help with
a flat tire, a battery jump, or an empty
gas tank.
. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance, OnStar
Advisors can use GPS to pinpoint the
vehicle and help authorities quickly
recover it.
. With Remote Ignition Block, if equipped,
OnStar can block the engine from being
restarted.
. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,
if equipped, OnStar can work with law
enforcement to gradually slow the
vehicle down.
Theft Alarm Notification
If equipped, if the doors are locked and the
vehicle alarm sounds, a notification by text,
e-mail, or phone call will be sent. If the
vehicle is stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work
with authorities to recover the vehicle.
OnStar Additional
Information
In-Vehicle Audio Messages
Security
Audio messages may play important
information at the following times:
If equipped, OnStar provides these services:
. Prior to vehicle purchase. Press
up an account.
Q to set
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
OnStar
. After change in ownership and at
90 days.
Transferring Service
Press Q to request account transfer
eligibility information. The Advisor can
cancel or change account information.
Selling/Transferring the Vehicle
Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)
immediately to terminate your OnStar or
connected services if the vehicle is disposed
of, sold, transferred, or if the lease ends.
Reactivation for Subsequent Owners
Press Q and follow the prompts to speak to
an Advisor as soon as possible. The Advisor
will update vehicle records and explain
OnStar or connected service options.
How OnStar Service Works
Automatic Crash Response, Emergency
Services, Crisis Assist, Stolen Vehicle
Assistance, Remote Services, and Roadside
Assistance are available on most vehicles.
Not all OnStar services are available
everywhere or on all vehicles. For more
information, a full description of OnStar
services, system limitations, and OnStar User
Terms, Privacy Statement, and Software
Terms:
. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827).
. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).
. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.
. Press Q to speak with an Advisor.
OnStar or connected services cannot work
unless the vehicle is in a place where OnStar
has an agreement with a wireless service
provider for service in that area. The
wireless service provider must also have
coverage, network capacity, reception, and
technology compatible with OnStar or
connected services. Service involving location
information about the vehicle cannot work
unless GPS signals are available,
unobstructed, and compatible with the
OnStar hardware. OnStar or connected
services may not work if the OnStar
equipment is not properly installed or it has
not been properly maintained. If equipment
or software is added, connected,
or modified, OnStar or connected services
may not work. Other problems beyond the
control of OnStar — such as hills, tall
buildings, tunnels, weather, electrical system
design and architecture of the vehicle,
403
damage to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless
phone network congestion or jamming —
may prevent service.
See Radio Frequency Statement 0 398.
Services for People with Disabilities
Advisors provide services to help with
physical disabilities and medical conditions.
Press Q to help:
. Locate a gas station with an attendant to
pump gas.
. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., that meets
accessibility needs.
. Provide directions to the closest hospital
or pharmacy in urgent situations.
TTY Users
OnStar has the ability to communicate to
deaf, hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired
customers while in the vehicle. The available
TTY system can provide in-vehicle access to
all OnStar services, except Virtual Advisor
and OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation.
If equipped, TTY mode can be turned on or
off by touching Settings, then Apps, and
then Phone. When TTY mode is on, phone
calls can be made or received with OnStar
using the infotainment display.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
404
OnStar
OnStar Personal Identification
Number (PIN)
A PIN is needed to access some OnStar
services. The PIN will need to be changed
the first time when speaking with an
Advisor. To change the OnStar PIN, contact
an OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or calling
1-888-4ONSTAR.
Warranty
OnStar equipment may be warranted as part
of the vehicle warranty.
Languages
The vehicle can be programmed to respond
in multiple languages. Press Q and ask for
an Advisor. Advisors are available in English,
Spanish, and French. Available languages
may vary by country.
Potential Issues
OnStar cannot perform Remote Door Unlock
or Stolen Vehicle Assistance after the vehicle
has been off continuously for an extended
period of time without an ignition cycle. To
find out the duration of time that applies
for the vehicle, contact an OnStar Advisor by
pressing Q or calling 1-888-4ONSTAR. If the
vehicle has not been started for an extended
period of time, OnStar can contact Roadside
Assistance or a locksmith to help gain access
to the vehicle.
Global Positioning System (GPS)
. Obstruction of the GPS can occur in a
large city with tall buildings; in parking
garages; around airports; in tunnels and
underpasses; or in an area with very
dense trees. If GPS signals are not
available, the OnStar system should still
operate to call OnStar. However, OnStar
could have difficulty identifying the exact
location.
. In emergency situations, OnStar can use
the last stored GPS location to send to
emergency responders.
A temporary loss of GPS can cause loss of
the ability to send a Turn-by-Turn
Navigation route. The Advisor may give a
verbal route or may ask for a call back after
the vehicle is driven into an open area.
Cellular and GPS Antennas
Cellular reception is required for OnStar to
send remote signals to the vehicle. Do not
place items over or near the antenna to
prevent blocking cellular and GPS signal
reception.
Unable to Connect to OnStar Message
If there is limited cellular coverage or the
cellular network has reached maximum
capacity, this message may come on. Press
Q to try the call again or try again after
driving a few miles into another
cellular area.
Vehicle and Power Issues
OnStar services require a vehicle electrical
system, wireless service, and GPS satellite
technologies to be available and operating
for features to function properly. These
systems may not operate if the battery is
discharged or disconnected.
Add-on Electrical Equipment
The OnStar system is integrated into the
electrical architecture of the vehicle. Do not
add any electrical equipment. See Add-On
Electrical Equipment 0 294. Added electrical
equipment may interfere with the operation
of the OnStar system and cause it to not
operate.
Vehicle Software Updates
OnStar or GM may remotely deliver
software updates or changes to the vehicle
without further notice or consent. These
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
OnStar
updates or changes may enhance or
maintain safety, security, or the operation
of the vehicle or the vehicle systems.
Software updates or changes may affect or
erase data or settings that are stored in the
vehicle, such as saved navigation
destinations or pre-set radio stations.
Neither OnStar nor GM is responsible for
any affected or erased data or settings.
These updates or changes may also collect
personal information. Such collection is
described in the OnStar privacy statement or
separately disclosed at the time of
installation. These updates or changes may
also cause a system to automatically
communicate with GM servers to collect
information about vehicle system status,
identify whether updates or changes are
available, or deliver updates or changes. An
active OnStar agreement constitutes consent
to these software updates or changes and
agreement that either OnStar or GM may
remotely deliver them to the vehicle.
Privacy
The complete OnStar Privacy Statement may
be found at www.onstar.com (U.S.),
or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We recommend
that you review it. If you have any
questions, call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) or press Q to speak with
an Advisor. Users of wireless
communications are cautioned that the
privacy of any information sent via wireless
cellular communications cannot be assured.
Third parties may unlawfully intercept or
access transmissions and private
communications without consent.
OnStar - Software Acknowledgements
To obtain the source code under GPL, LGPL,
MPL, and other open source licenses, that is
contained in this product, please visit
https://opensource.lge.com. In addition to
the source code, all referred license terms,
warranty disclaimers, and copyright notices
are available for download. This offer is valid
for a period of three years after our last
shipment of this product. This offer is valid
to anyone in receipt of this information.
*Provided through LG Electronics Inc., who is
solely responsible for provisions of related
OSS compliance.
405
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
406
Connected Services
Connected Services
Connected Services
Connected Services
Navigation
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
Navigation requires a specific OnStar or
connected service plan.
Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn directions
or have them sent to the vehicle’s
navigation screen, if equipped. Select
Turn-by-Turn Directions from the Services
tab of the OnStar app to call an Advisor or
select a recent or favorite destination. Touch
the navigation icons to select home, address,
or place. A destination transfer from OnStar
will show the detail view of the destination
when it is transferred from OnStar to the
Navigation application. See www.onstar.com
for a coverage map. Services vary by model.
Map coverage is available in the United
States and Canada.
Turn-by-Turn Navigation
1. Press Q to connect to an Advisor.
2. Request directions to be downloaded to
the vehicle.
3. Follow the voice-guided commands.
Using Voice Commands During a
Planned Route
Functionality of the Voice Command button,
if equipped, may vary by vehicle and region.
For some vehicles, press = to open the
OnStar app on the infotainment display.
Send Destination to Vehicle
Directions can be sent to the vehicle’s
navigation screen, if equipped.
Press Q, then ask the Advisor to download
directions to the vehicle’s navigation system,
if equipped. After the call ends, the
navigation screen will provide prompts to
begin driving directions. Routes that are
sent to the navigation screen can only be
canceled through the navigation system.
See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca
(Canada).
Connections
The following services help with staying
connected.
For coverage maps, see www.onstar.com
(U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Connected Services
Ensuring Security
. Change the default passwords for the
Wi-Fi hotspot and myGMC mobile
application. Make these passwords
different from each other and use a
combination of letters and numbers to
increase the security.
. Change the default name of the SSID
(Service Set Identifier). This is your
network’s name that is visible to other
wireless devices. Choose a unique name
and avoid family names or vehicle
descriptions.
Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped)
The vehicle may have a built-in Wi-Fi
hotspot that provides access to the Internet
and web content at 4G LTE speed. Up to
seven mobile devices can be connected.
A data plan is required. Use the in-vehicle
controls only when it is safe to do so.
1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot information,
press = to open the OnStar app on the
infotainment display, then select Wi-Fi
Hotspot. On some vehicles, touch Wi-Fi
or Wi-Fi Settings on the screen.
2. The Wi-Fi settings will display the Wi-Fi
hotspot name (SSID), password, and on
some vehicles, the connection type (no
Internet connection, 3G, 4G, 4G LTE), and
signal quality (poor, good, excellent). The
LTE icon shows connection to Wi-Fi. It is
possible that the icon may not illuminate
even though the vehicle has an active
connection.
3. To change the SSID or password, press
Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR to connect
with an Advisor. On some vehicles, the
SSID and password can be changed in
the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu.
After initial set-up, your vehicle’s Wi-Fi
hotspot will connect automatically to your
mobile devices. Manage data usage by
turning Wi-Fi on or off on your mobile
device, using the myGMC mobile app, or by
contacting an OnStar Advisor. On some
vehicles, Wi-Fi can also be managed from
the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu.
MyGMC Mobile App (If Available)
Download the myGMC mobile app to
compatible Apple and Android smartphones.
GMC users can access the following services
from a smartphone:
. Remotely start/stop the vehicle,
if factory-equipped.
. Lock/unlock doors, if equipped with
automatic locks.
407
. Activate the horn and lamps.
. Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil life,
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
or tire pressure, if factory-equipped with
the Tire Pressure Monitor System.
Send destinations to the vehicle.
Locate the vehicle on a map (U.S.
market only).
Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot on/off,
manage settings, and monitor data
consumption, if equipped.
Locate a dealer and schedule service.
Request Roadside Assistance.
Set a parking reminder with pin drop,
take a photo, make a note, and set a
timer.
Connect with GMC on social media.
Features are subject to change. For myGMC
mobile app information and compatibility,
see my.gmc.com.
An active OnStar or connected service plan
may be required. A compatible device,
factory-installed remote start, and power
locks are required. Data rates apply. See
www.onstar.com for details and system
limitations.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./
Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
408
Connected Services
Remote Services
Contact an OnStar Advisor to unlock the
doors or sound the horn and flash the
lamps.
Marketplace
OnStar Advisors can provide offers from
restaurants and retailers on your route, help
locate hotels, or book a room. These services
vary by market.
Diagnostics
By monitoring and reporting on the vehicle's
key systems, OnStar Advanced Diagnostics,
if equipped, provides a way to keep up on
maintenance. Capabilities vary by model.
See www.onstar.com for details and system
limitations. Features are subject to change.
For updates on feature capabilities, see
my.gmc.com. Message and data rates may
apply.
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Index
Index
A
Accessories and Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Additional Information
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Additional Maintenance and Care . . . . . . . . 380
Adjustments
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Agreements
Trademarks and License . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182, 185
Air Filter
Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Air Filter, Passenger Compartment . . . . . . . .187
Air Suspension
Four Corner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Airbag System
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
How Does an Airbag Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . 64
Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
What Makes an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . . 64
What Will You See after an Airbag
Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
When Should an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . 63
409
Airbag System (cont'd)
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Airbags
Adding Equipment to the Vehicle . . . . . . . 69
Passenger Status Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Servicing Airbag-Equipped Vehicles . . . . . . 69
System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Alarm
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Alert
Lane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Rear Cross Traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Rear Pedestrian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
All-Terrain Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Antenna
Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Appearance Care
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Apple CarPlay and Android Auto . . . . . . . . . 170
Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Assistance Program, Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
410
Index
Assistance Systems for Driving . . . . . . . . . . 253
Assistance Systems for Parking and
Backing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Audio
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Auto Stop
Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Automatic
Dimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Emergency Braking (AEB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Automatic Transmission
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices . . . . . . . .153
Axle, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315
Axle, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315
B
Battery
Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . 143
Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Battery - North America . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313, 357
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315
Bluetooth
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165, 166
Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
Brake
Electric Boost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Parking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Brake Pad Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Pad Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Automatic Emergency (AEB) . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Reverse Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Braking System
Front Pedestrian (FPB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Buckle To Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
Bulb Replacement
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .341
C
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
California
Perchlorate Materials
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
California Proposition
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .313, 357,
Back Cover
Camera
Rear Vision (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Capacities and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Carbon Monoxide
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Cargo
Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Charging
Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Check
Engine Light (Malfunction Indicator) . . . . 112
Child Restraints
Infants and Young Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Index
Child Restraints (cont'd)
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84, 86, 88
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Cleaning
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Climate Control Systems
Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Compartments
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Connected Services
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Connections
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Control
Hill Descent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Traction and Electronic Stability . . . . . . . 220
Control Light
Hill Descent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Controls
Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Coolant
Engine Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Engine Temperature Warning Light . . . . . 118
Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182, 185
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Courtesy Transportation Program . . . . . . . . 395
Coverage Explanations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Cruise Control, Adaptive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Customer Information
Publications Ordering Information . . . . . 397
Customer Satisfaction Procedure . . . . . . . . . 390
Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
D
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
411
Data Collection
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400
Database Coverage Explanations . . . . . . . . . 164
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . .138
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Diagnostics
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Door
Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Driver
Teen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241
Driver Information Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . .122
Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Driver Mode Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Driving
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
412
Index
Driving (cont'd)
Characteristics and Towing Tips . . . . . . . . 266
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Impaired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Dual Automatic Climate Control
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182
Dynamic Fuel Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
E
Electric Brake Boost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218
Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Electrical Equipment, Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Electrical System
Engine Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . 320
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Rear Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . 326
Emergency
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Engine
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Check Light (Malfunction Indicator) . . . . . 112
Compartment Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Coolant Temperature Warning Light . . . . 118
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Running While Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Engine Air Filter Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Extender, Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . .138
Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . . . .143
F
Fan
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Filter,
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Floor Console Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .371
Fluid
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System . . . . 253
Four Corner Air Suspension Light . . . . . . . . .119
Four Corner Air Suspension System . . . . . . 227
Four-Wheel
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Drive Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Drive System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Frequency Statement
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Index
Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315
Front Fog Lamp
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Front Seats
Heated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Fuel
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Dynamic Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Economy, Driving for Better . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Filling a Portable Fuel Container . . . . . . . 266
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Top Tier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Fuses
Engine Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . 320
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Rear Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . 326
G
Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133
Garage Door Opener (cont'd)
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317
Gauges
Engine Coolant Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Transmission Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Warning Lights and Indicators . . . . . . . . . 104
General Information
Service and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Glass Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Global Positioning System (GPS) . . . . . . . . . 163
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
GM Mobility Reimbursement
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Guidance
Problems with the Route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
413
H
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
Head-up Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125
Headlamps
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . 138
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Heated
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Heated and Ventilated Front Seats . . . . . . . 43
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182, 185
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Hill Descent Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
How to Wear Seat Belts Properly . . . . . . . . . 54
HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182, 185
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
414
Index
I
L
If the System Needs Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Indicator
Pedestrian Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Infants and Young Children, Restraints . . . . .72
Information
Publication Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Infotainment
Rear Seat System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Instrument Panel
Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1, 144
Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Lamps
Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . . . . . . . . 138
Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . 143
Malfunction Indicator (Check
Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Lane Keep Assist Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
LATCH System
Replacing Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 83
LATCH, Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Lighting
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
J
Jump Starting - North America . . . . . . . . . . . 357
K
Keyless Entry
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Lights
Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Brake System Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Check Engine (Malfunction
Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Engine Coolant Temperature
Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Four Corner Air Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Four-Wheel-Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Hill Descent Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Lane Keep Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Service Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . 115
StabiliTrak OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Index
Lights (cont'd)
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Traction Control System
(TCS)/StabiliTrak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Lock
Steering Column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Locking Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Locks
Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
M
Magnetic Ride Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Maintenance
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Maintenance and Care
Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214
Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Media
Avoiding Untrusted Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Messages
Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Mirror
Rear Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Mirrors
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Automatic Dimming Rearview . . . . . . . . . . 29
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
415
Mode (cont'd)
Driver Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Monitor System, Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
N
Navigation
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Navigation Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
O
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Oil
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400
OnStar Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . 402
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
416
Index
OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Operation
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Outlets
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
P
Park
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 250
Parking
Brake and P (Park) Mechanism
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Parking or Backing
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator . . . . . . . . . 111
Passenger Compartment Air Filter . . . . . . . .187
Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Perchlorate Materials Requirements,
California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Personalization
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Phone
Apple CarPlay and Android Auto . . . . . . . 170
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165, 166
Port
USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Positioning
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Power
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Power Assist Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Problems with Route Guidance . . . . . . . . . . 164
Program
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Proposition 65 Warning,
California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .313, 357,
Back Cover
Publication Ordering Information . . . . . . . . 397
R
Radio Data System (RDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Radio Frequency Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152
Radios
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Rear
Seat Infotainment (RSI) System . . . . . . . . 155
Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315
Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Rear Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Rear Climate Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . .185
Rear Cross Traffic Alert System . . . . . . . . . . 253
Rear Pedestrian Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 243
Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Index
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Recognition
Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Recommended
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . 383
Records
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Reimbursement Program, GM
Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . . . . . . . 8
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Replacement
Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Replacement Parts
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Replacing LATCH System Parts after a
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after
a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Reporting Safety Defects
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Restraints
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . 208
Reverse Automatic Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .251
Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Ride Control Systems
Magnetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Roads
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Roadside Assistance Program . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Roof
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Running the Vehicle While Parked . . . . . . . 210
S
Safety Defects Reporting
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
Buckle To Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
417
Seat Belts (cont'd)
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
How to Wear Seat Belts Properly . . . . . . . 54
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Seats
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Heated and Ventilated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Second Row . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Third Row Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Securing Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . 84, 86, 88
Security
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Accessories and Modifications . . . . . . . . . 296
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
418
Index
Service (cont'd)
Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Maintenance, General Information . . . . . 373
Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Service Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . . . . 115
Services
Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Servicing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Shifting
Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Signals, Turn and Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Special Application Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Specifications and Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
StabiliTrak
OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Steering (cont'd)
Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Steering Column Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Steps
Power Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Storage
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Storage Areas
Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Floor Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Struts
Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Surround Vision System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
System
Brake Pad Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Engine Air Filter Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Four Corner Air Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Global Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Rear Cross Traffic Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Rear Seat Infotainment (RSI) . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Surround Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Systems
Driver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
T
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Teen Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Third-Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
All-Terrain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
Index
Tires (cont'd)
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Full-Size Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333, 335
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Pressure Monitor Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Pressure Monitor System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Terminology and Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . . 342
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . 344
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . . . . . . 340
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Top Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Towing
Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Traction
Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Trademarks and License Agreements . . . . . .178
Trailer
Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Trailer Towing
App . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Trailering App . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Transfer Case
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Transmission
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Transportation Program, Courtesy . . . . . . . 395
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Turn and Lane-Change Signals . . . . . . . . . . . 140
U
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Universal Remote System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
419
Updates
Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
Using the Navigation System . . . . . . . . . . . . .161
Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
V
Vehicle
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Identification Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Vehicle Care
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy . . . . . . 399
Vehicle Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Vehicle Security
Steering Column Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-15555988) - 2022 - CRC - 8/2/21
420
Index
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
W
Warning
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Warnings
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Wheels
Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Windshield
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Winter
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315
Wipers
Rear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101
ai162802044566_22_GMC_Yukon_XL_Denali_COV_en_US_84793870A_2021AUG9.pdf 1 8/3/2021 3:54:06 PM
2022
Scan to Access
M
Y
CM
MY
CY
CMY
K
• Owner’s Manual
• Warranty Information
• Connected Services
• myGMC Mobile App
• How To Videos
• Vehicle Diagnostics
• Schedule Maintenance
• Vehicle Features
United States
Customer Assistance
1-800-462-8782
Roadside Assistance
1-888-881-3302
Canada
Customer Assistance
1-800-263-3777
Roadside Assistance
1-800-268-6800
United States and Canada
84793870 A
Connected Services
1-888-4-ONSTAR
2022 Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali
C
Operating, servicing and maintaining a passenger
vehicle or off-highway motor vehicle can expose
you to chemicals including engine exhaust, carbon
monoxide, phthalates, and lead, which are known
to the State of California to cause cancer and birth
defects or other reproductive harm. To minimize
exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do not idle
engine except as necessary, service your vehicle
in a well-ventilated area and wear gloves or wash
your hands frequently when servicing your
vehicle. For more information go to
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.
Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali
Owner’s Manual